MAPP100.

200-ENG

Power Panel 100/200

User's Manual

Version: 2.50 (August 2011)

Model no.: MAPP100.200-ENG

All information contained in this manual is current as of its creation/publication. We reserve the
right to change the contents of this manual without warning. The information contained
herein is believed to be accurate as of the date of publication; however, Bernecker +
Rainer Industrie-Elektronik Ges.m.b.H. makes no warranty, expressed or implied, with
regard to the products or the documentation contained within this book. In addition,
Bernecker + Rainer Industrie-Elektronik Ges.m.b.H. shall not be liable in the event of
incidental or consequential damages in connection with or resulting from the furnishing,
performance, or use of these products. The software names, hardware names, and
trademarks used in this manual are registered by the respective companies.

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 1

2 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50
 Chapter 1: General information

Chapter 2: Technical data

Chapter 3: Commissioning

Chapter 4: Software

Chapter 5: Standards and certifications

Chapter 6: Accessories

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 3

4 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50
 Chapter 7: Maintenance / Servicing

Appendix A

Figure index

Table index

Model number index

Index

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 5

6 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50
 Table of contents

Table of contents

Chapter 1: General information ..................................................... 23

1. Manual history .................................................................................................................... 23
2. Safety guidelines ................................................................................................................ 28
2.1 Intended use .................................................................................................................. 28
2.2 Protection against electrostatic discharges ................................................................... 28
2.2.1 Packaging ............................................................................................................... 28
2.2.2 Guidelines for proper ESD handling ....................................................................... 28
2.3 Policy and procedures ................................................................................................... 29
2.4 Transport and storage ................................................................................................... 29
2.5 Installation ..................................................................................................................... 30
2.6 Operation ....................................................................................................................... 30
2.6.1 Protection against touching electrical parts ............................................................ 30
2.6.2 Protection against dust, humidity ............................................................................ 30
2.6.3 Programs, viruses and dangerous programs .......................................................... 30
2.7 Environmentally-friendly disposal .................................................................................. 31
2.7.1 Separation of materials ........................................................................................... 31
3. Organization of safety notices ............................................................................................ 32
4. Guidelines ........................................................................................................................... 32
5. Model numbers ................................................................................................................... 33
5.1 Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime .................................................................. 33
5.2 Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime .................................................................. 34
5.3 Power Panel 100 with BIOS .......................................................................................... 37
5.4 Accessories .................................................................................................................. 38
5.5 Software ........................................................................................................................ 40
5.6 Documentation .............................................................................................................. 41

Chapter 2: Technical data .............................................................. 43

1. General information ............................................................................................................ 43
1.1 Features ........................................................................................................................ 44
2. Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime ....................................................................... 45
2.1 Device interfaces ........................................................................................................... 45
2.1.1 Supply voltage ........................................................................................................ 45
2.1.2 Grounding clip ......................................................................................................... 46
2.1.3 COM interface ......................................................................................................... 46
2.1.4 USB port ................................................................................................................. 47
2.1.5 Mode / Node switches ............................................................................................. 48
2.1.6 Status LEDs ............................................................................................................ 49
2.1.7 Ethernet connection ................................................................................................ 49
2.1.8 Reset button ............................................................................................................ 50
2.1.9 CompactFlash slot .................................................................................................. 51
2.2 Stickers .......................................................................................................................... 52
2.2.1 Safety sticker .......................................................................................................... 52
2.2.2 Device label ............................................................................................................ 52
2.2.3 Serial number sticker .............................................................................................. 53
2.3 Device 4PP120.0571-01 ............................................................................................... 54
2.3.1 Technical data ......................................................................................................... 55

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 7

 Table of contents

2.3.2 Temperature humidity diagram ............................................................................... 58

2.3.3 Dimensions ............................................................................................................. 58
2.3.4 Cutout installation ................................................................................................... 59
2.3.5 Contents of delivery ................................................................................................ 59
2.4 Device 4PP120.0571-21 ............................................................................................... 60
2.4.1 Technical data ......................................................................................................... 61
2.4.2 Temperature humidity diagram ............................................................................... 64
2.4.3 Dimensions ............................................................................................................. 64
2.4.4 Cutout installation ................................................................................................... 65
2.4.5 Contents of delivery ................................................................................................ 65
2.5 Device 4PP120.1043-31 ............................................................................................... 66
2.5.1 Technical data ......................................................................................................... 67
2.5.2 Temperature humidity diagram ............................................................................... 70
2.5.3 Dimensions ............................................................................................................. 70
2.5.4 Cutout installation ................................................................................................... 71
2.5.5 Contents of delivery ................................................................................................ 71
2.6 Device 4PP120.1505-31 ............................................................................................... 72
2.6.1 Technical data ......................................................................................................... 73
2.6.2 Temperature humidity diagram ............................................................................... 76
2.6.3 Dimensions ............................................................................................................. 76
2.6.4 Cutout installation ................................................................................................... 77
2.6.5 Contents of delivery ................................................................................................ 77
2.7 Device 4PP151.0571-01 ............................................................................................... 78
2.7.1 Technical data ......................................................................................................... 79
2.7.2 Temperature humidity diagram ............................................................................... 82
2.7.3 Dimensions ............................................................................................................. 82
2.7.4 Cutout installation ................................................................................................... 83
2.7.5 Contents of delivery ................................................................................................ 83
2.8 Device 4PP151.0571-21 ............................................................................................... 84
2.8.1 Technical data ......................................................................................................... 85
2.8.2 Temperature humidity diagram ............................................................................... 88
2.8.3 Dimensions ............................................................................................................. 88
2.8.4 Cutout installation ................................................................................................... 89
2.8.5 Contents of delivery ................................................................................................ 89
2.9 Device 4PP151.1043-31 ............................................................................................... 90
2.9.1 Technical data ......................................................................................................... 91
2.9.2 Temperature humidity diagram ............................................................................... 94
2.9.3 Dimensions ............................................................................................................. 94
2.9.4 Cutout installation ................................................................................................... 95
2.9.5 Contents of delivery ................................................................................................ 95
2.10 Device 4PP151.1505-31 ............................................................................................. 96
2.10.1 Technical data ....................................................................................................... 97
2.10.2 Temperature humidity diagram ........................................................................... 100
2.10.3 Dimensions ......................................................................................................... 100
2.10.4 Cutout installation ............................................................................................... 101
2.10.5 Contents of delivery ............................................................................................ 101
2.11 Device 4PP152.0571-01 ........................................................................................... 102

8 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Table of contents

2.11.1 Technical data ..................................................................................................... 103

2.11.2 Temperature humidity diagram ........................................................................... 106
2.11.3 Dimensions ......................................................................................................... 106
2.11.4 Cutout installation ............................................................................................... 107
2.11.5 Contents of delivery ............................................................................................ 107
2.12 Device 4PP152.0571-21 ........................................................................................... 108
2.12.1 Technical data ..................................................................................................... 109
2.12.2 Temperature humidity diagram ........................................................................... 112
2.12.3 Dimensions ......................................................................................................... 112
2.12.4 Cutout installation ............................................................................................... 113
2.12.5 Contents of delivery ............................................................................................ 113
2.13 Device 4PP152.1043-31 ........................................................................................... 114
2.13.1 Technical data ..................................................................................................... 115
2.13.2 Temperature humidity diagram ........................................................................... 118
2.13.3 Dimensions ......................................................................................................... 118
2.13.4 Cutout installation ............................................................................................... 119
2.13.5 Contents of delivery ............................................................................................ 119
2.14 Device 4PP180.1043-31 ........................................................................................... 120
2.14.1 Technical data ..................................................................................................... 121
2.14.2 Temperature humidity diagram ........................................................................... 124
2.14.3 Dimensions ......................................................................................................... 124
2.14.4 Cutout installation ............................................................................................... 125
2.14.5 Contents of delivery ............................................................................................ 125
2.15 Device 4PP180.1505-31 ........................................................................................... 126
2.15.1 Technical data ..................................................................................................... 127
2.15.2 Temperature humidity diagram ........................................................................... 130
2.15.3 Dimensions ......................................................................................................... 130
2.15.4 Cutout installation ............................................................................................... 131
2.15.5 Contents of delivery ............................................................................................ 131
2.16 Device 4PP181.1043-31 ........................................................................................... 132
2.16.1 Technical data ..................................................................................................... 133
2.16.2 Temperature humidity diagram ........................................................................... 136
2.16.3 Dimensions ......................................................................................................... 136
2.16.4 Cutout installation ............................................................................................... 137
2.16.5 Contents of delivery ............................................................................................ 137
2.17 Device 4PP181.1505-31 ........................................................................................... 138
2.17.1 Technical data ..................................................................................................... 139
2.17.2 Temperature humidity diagram ........................................................................... 142
2.17.3 Dimensions ......................................................................................................... 142
2.17.4 Cutout installation ............................................................................................... 143
2.17.5 Contents of delivery ............................................................................................ 143
2.18 Device 4PP182.1043-31 ........................................................................................... 144
2.18.1 Technical data ..................................................................................................... 145
2.18.2 Temperature humidity diagram ........................................................................... 148
2.18.3 Dimensions ......................................................................................................... 148
2.18.4 Cutout installation ............................................................................................... 149
2.18.5 Contents of delivery ............................................................................................ 149

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 9

 Table of contents

3. Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime ..................................................................... 150

3.1 Interface descriptions .................................................................................................. 150
3.1.1 Supply voltage ...................................................................................................... 150
3.1.2 Grounding clip ....................................................................................................... 151
3.1.3 COM interface ....................................................................................................... 151
3.1.4 USB port ............................................................................................................... 152
3.1.5 Mode / Node switches ........................................................................................... 153
3.1.6 Status LEDs .......................................................................................................... 154
3.1.7 Ethernet connection .............................................................................................. 154
3.1.8 Reset button .......................................................................................................... 155
3.1.9 CompactFlash slot ................................................................................................ 155
3.2 Stickers ........................................................................................................................ 156
3.2.1 Safety sticker ........................................................................................................ 156
3.2.2 Device label .......................................................................................................... 156
3.2.3 Serial number sticker ............................................................................................ 157
3.3 Device 4PP210.0000-95 ............................................................................................. 158
3.3.1 Technical data ....................................................................................................... 159
3.3.2 Temperature humidity diagram ............................................................................. 162
3.3.3 Dimensions ........................................................................................................... 162
3.3.4 Drilling template .................................................................................................... 163
3.3.5 Contents of delivery .............................................................................................. 163
3.4 Device 4PP220.0571-45 ............................................................................................. 164
3.4.1 Technical data ....................................................................................................... 165
3.4.2 Temperature humidity diagram ............................................................................. 168
3.4.3 Dimensions ........................................................................................................... 168
3.4.4 Cutout installation ................................................................................................. 169
3.4.5 Contents of delivery .............................................................................................. 169
3.5 Device 4PP220.0571-65 ............................................................................................. 170
3.5.1 Technical data ....................................................................................................... 171
3.5.2 Temperature humidity diagram ............................................................................. 174
3.5.3 Dimensions ........................................................................................................... 174
3.5.4 Cutout installation ................................................................................................. 175
3.5.5 Contents of delivery .............................................................................................. 175
3.6 Device 4PP220.0571-85 ............................................................................................. 176
3.6.1 Technical data ....................................................................................................... 177
3.6.2 Temperature humidity diagram ............................................................................. 180
3.6.3 Dimensions ........................................................................................................... 180
3.6.4 Cutout installation ................................................................................................. 181
3.6.5 Contents of delivery .............................................................................................. 181
3.7 Device 4PP220.0571-A5 ............................................................................................. 182
3.7.1 Technical data ....................................................................................................... 183
3.7.2 Temperature humidity diagram ............................................................................. 186
3.7.3 Dimensions ........................................................................................................... 186
3.7.4 Cutout installation ................................................................................................. 187
3.7.5 Contents of delivery .............................................................................................. 187
3.8 Device 4PP220.1043-75 ............................................................................................. 188
3.8.1 Technical data ....................................................................................................... 189

10 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Table of contents

3.8.2 Temperature humidity diagram ............................................................................. 192

3.8.3 Dimensions ........................................................................................................... 192
3.8.4 Cutout installation ................................................................................................. 193
3.8.5 Contents of delivery .............................................................................................. 193
3.9 Device 4PP220.1043-B5 ............................................................................................. 194
3.9.1 Technical data ....................................................................................................... 195
3.9.2 Temperature humidity diagram ............................................................................. 198
3.9.3 Dimensions ........................................................................................................... 198
3.9.4 Cutout installation ................................................................................................. 199
3.9.5 Contents of delivery .............................................................................................. 199
3.10 Device 4PP220.1505-75 ........................................................................................... 200
3.10.1 Technical data ..................................................................................................... 201
3.10.2 Temperature humidity diagram ........................................................................... 204
3.10.3 Dimensions ......................................................................................................... 204
3.10.4 Cutout installation ............................................................................................... 205
3.10.5 Contents of delivery ............................................................................................ 205
3.11 Device 4PP220.1505-B5 ........................................................................................... 206
3.11.1 Technical data ..................................................................................................... 207
3.11.2 Temperature humidity diagram ........................................................................... 210
3.11.3 Dimensions ......................................................................................................... 210
3.11.4 Cutout installation ............................................................................................... 211
3.11.5 Contents of delivery ............................................................................................ 211
3.12 Device 4PP251.0571-45 ........................................................................................... 212
3.12.1 Technical data ..................................................................................................... 213
3.12.2 Temperature humidity diagram ........................................................................... 216
3.12.3 Dimensions ......................................................................................................... 216
3.12.4 Cutout installation ............................................................................................... 217
3.12.5 Contents of delivery ............................................................................................ 217
3.13 Device 4PP251.0571-65 ........................................................................................... 218
3.13.1 Technical data ..................................................................................................... 219
3.13.2 Temperature humidity diagram ........................................................................... 222
3.13.3 Dimensions ......................................................................................................... 222
3.13.4 Cutout installation ............................................................................................... 223
3.13.5 Contents of delivery ............................................................................................ 223
3.14 Device 4PP251.0571-85 ........................................................................................... 224
3.14.1 Technical data ..................................................................................................... 225
3.14.2 Temperature humidity diagram ........................................................................... 228
3.14.3 Dimensions ......................................................................................................... 228
3.14.4 Cutout installation ............................................................................................... 229
3.14.5 Contents of delivery ............................................................................................ 229
3.15 Device 4PP251.0571-A5 ........................................................................................... 230
3.15.1 Technical data ..................................................................................................... 231
3.15.2 Temperature humidity diagram ........................................................................... 234
3.15.3 Dimensions ......................................................................................................... 234
3.15.4 Cutout installation ............................................................................................... 235
3.15.5 Contents of delivery ............................................................................................ 235
3.16 Device 4PP251.1043-75 ........................................................................................... 236

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 11

 Table of contents

3.16.1 Technical data ..................................................................................................... 237

3.16.2 Temperature humidity diagram ........................................................................... 240
3.16.3 Dimensions ......................................................................................................... 240
3.16.4 Cutout installation ............................................................................................... 241
3.16.5 Contents of delivery ............................................................................................ 241
3.17 Device 4PP251.1043-B5 ........................................................................................... 242
3.17.1 Technical data ..................................................................................................... 243
3.17.2 Temperature humidity diagram ........................................................................... 246
3.17.3 Dimensions ......................................................................................................... 246
3.17.4 Cutout installation ............................................................................................... 247
3.17.5 Contents of delivery ............................................................................................ 247
3.18 Device 4PP251.1505-75 ........................................................................................... 248
3.18.1 Technical data ..................................................................................................... 249
3.18.2 Temperature humidity diagram ........................................................................... 252
3.18.3 Dimensions ......................................................................................................... 252
3.18.4 Cutout installation ............................................................................................... 253
3.18.5 Contents of delivery ............................................................................................ 253
3.19 Device 4PP251.1505-B5 ........................................................................................... 254
3.19.1 Technical data ..................................................................................................... 255
3.19.2 Temperature humidity diagram ........................................................................... 258
3.19.3 Dimensions ......................................................................................................... 258
3.19.4 Cutout installation ............................................................................................... 259
3.19.5 Contents of delivery ............................................................................................ 259
3.20 Device 4PP252.0571-45 ........................................................................................... 260
3.20.1 Technical data ..................................................................................................... 261
3.20.2 Temperature humidity diagram ........................................................................... 264
3.20.3 Dimensions ......................................................................................................... 264
3.20.4 Cutout installation ............................................................................................... 265
3.20.5 Contents of delivery ............................................................................................ 265
3.21 Device 4PP252.0571-65 ........................................................................................... 266
3.21.1 Technical data ..................................................................................................... 267
3.21.2 Temperature humidity diagram ........................................................................... 270
3.21.3 Dimensions ......................................................................................................... 270
3.21.4 Cutout installation ............................................................................................... 271
3.21.5 Contents of delivery ............................................................................................ 271
3.22 Device 4PP252.0571-85 ........................................................................................... 272
3.22.1 Technical data ..................................................................................................... 273
3.22.2 Temperature humidity diagram ........................................................................... 276
3.22.3 Dimensions ......................................................................................................... 276
3.22.4 Cutout installation ............................................................................................... 277
3.22.5 Contents of delivery ............................................................................................ 277
3.23 Device 4PP252.0571-A5 ........................................................................................... 278
3.23.1 Technical data ..................................................................................................... 279
3.23.2 Temperature humidity diagram ........................................................................... 282
3.23.3 Dimensions ......................................................................................................... 282
3.23.4 Cutout installation ............................................................................................... 283
3.23.5 Contents of delivery ............................................................................................ 283

12 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Table of contents

3.24 Device 4PP252.1043-75 ........................................................................................... 284

3.24.1 Technical data ..................................................................................................... 285
3.24.2 Temperature humidity diagram ........................................................................... 288
3.24.3 Dimensions ......................................................................................................... 288
3.24.4 Cutout installation ............................................................................................... 289
3.24.5 Contents of delivery ............................................................................................ 289
3.25 Device 4PP252.1043-B5 ........................................................................................... 290
3.25.1 Technical data ..................................................................................................... 291
3.25.2 Temperature humidity diagram ........................................................................... 294
3.25.3 Dimensions ......................................................................................................... 294
3.25.4 Cutout installation ............................................................................................... 295
3.25.5 Contents of delivery ............................................................................................ 295
3.26 Device 4PP280.1043-75 ........................................................................................... 296
3.26.1 Technical data ..................................................................................................... 297
3.26.2 Temperature humidity diagram ........................................................................... 300
3.26.3 Dimensions ......................................................................................................... 300
3.26.4 Cutout installation ............................................................................................... 301
3.26.5 Contents of delivery ............................................................................................ 301
3.27 Device 4PP280.1043-B5 ........................................................................................... 302
3.27.1 Technical data ..................................................................................................... 303
3.27.2 Temperature humidity diagram ........................................................................... 306
3.27.3 Dimensions ......................................................................................................... 306
3.27.4 Cutout installation ............................................................................................... 307
3.27.5 Contents of delivery ............................................................................................ 307
3.28 Device 4PP280.1505-75 ........................................................................................... 308
3.28.1 Technical data ..................................................................................................... 309
3.28.2 Temperature humidity diagram ........................................................................... 312
3.28.3 Dimensions ......................................................................................................... 312
3.28.4 Cutout installation ............................................................................................... 313
3.28.5 Contents of delivery ............................................................................................ 313
3.29 Device 4PP280.1505-B5 ........................................................................................... 314
3.29.1 Technical data ..................................................................................................... 315
3.29.2 Temperature humidity diagram ........................................................................... 318
3.29.3 Dimensions ......................................................................................................... 318
3.29.4 Cutout installation ............................................................................................... 319
3.29.5 Contents of delivery ............................................................................................ 319
3.30 Device 4PP281.1043-75 ........................................................................................... 320
3.30.1 Technical data ..................................................................................................... 321
3.30.2 Temperature humidity diagram ........................................................................... 324
3.30.3 Dimensions ......................................................................................................... 324
3.30.4 Cutout installation ............................................................................................... 325
3.30.5 Contents of delivery ............................................................................................ 325
3.31 Device 4PP281.1043-B5 ........................................................................................... 326
3.31.1 Technical data ..................................................................................................... 327
3.31.2 Temperature humidity diagram ........................................................................... 330
3.31.3 Dimensions ......................................................................................................... 330
3.31.4 Cutout installation ............................................................................................... 331

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 13

 Table of contents

3.31.5 Contents of delivery ............................................................................................ 331

3.32 Device 4PP281.1505-75 ........................................................................................... 332
3.32.1 Technical data ..................................................................................................... 333
3.32.2 Temperature humidity diagram ........................................................................... 336
3.32.3 Dimensions ......................................................................................................... 336
3.32.4 Cutout installation ............................................................................................... 337
3.32.5 Contents of delivery ............................................................................................ 337
3.33 Device 4PP281.1505-B5 ........................................................................................... 338
3.33.1 Technical data ..................................................................................................... 339
3.33.2 Temperature humidity diagram ........................................................................... 342
3.33.3 Dimensions ......................................................................................................... 342
3.33.4 Cutout installation ............................................................................................... 343
3.33.5 Contents of delivery ............................................................................................ 343
3.34 Device 4PP282.1043-75 ........................................................................................... 344
3.34.1 Technical data ..................................................................................................... 345
3.34.2 Temperature humidity diagram ........................................................................... 348
3.34.3 Dimensions ......................................................................................................... 348
3.34.4 Cutout installation ............................................................................................... 349
3.34.5 Contents of delivery ............................................................................................ 349
3.35 Device 4PP282.1043-B5 ........................................................................................... 350
3.35.1 Technical data ..................................................................................................... 351
3.35.2 Temperature humidity diagram ........................................................................... 354
3.35.3 Dimensions ......................................................................................................... 354
3.35.4 Cutout installation ............................................................................................... 355
3.35.5 Contents of delivery ............................................................................................ 355
4. Power Panel 100 with BIOS ............................................................................................. 356
4.1 Interface descriptions .................................................................................................. 356
4.1.1 Supply voltage ...................................................................................................... 356
4.1.2 Grounding clip ....................................................................................................... 357
4.1.3 COM interface ....................................................................................................... 357
4.1.4 USB port ............................................................................................................... 358
4.1.5 Mode / Node switches ........................................................................................... 359
4.1.6 Status LEDs .......................................................................................................... 360
4.1.7 Ethernet connection .............................................................................................. 360
4.1.8 Reset button .......................................................................................................... 361
4.1.9 CompactFlash slot ................................................................................................ 361
4.2 Stickers ........................................................................................................................ 362
4.2.1 Safety sticker ........................................................................................................ 362
4.2.2 Device label .......................................................................................................... 362
4.2.3 Serial number sticker ............................................................................................ 363
4.3 Device 5PP120.0571-27 ............................................................................................. 364
4.3.1 Technical data ....................................................................................................... 365
4.3.2 Temperature humidity diagram ............................................................................. 368
4.3.3 Dimensions ........................................................................................................... 368
4.3.4 Cutout installation ................................................................................................. 369
4.3.5 Contents of delivery .............................................................................................. 369
4.4 Device 5PP120.1043-37 ............................................................................................. 370

14 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Table of contents

4.4.1 Technical data ....................................................................................................... 371

4.4.2 Temperature humidity diagram ............................................................................. 374
4.4.3 Dimensions ........................................................................................................... 374
4.4.4 Cutout installation ................................................................................................. 375
4.4.5 Contents of delivery .............................................................................................. 375
4.5 Device 5PP120.1043-37A ........................................................................................... 376
4.5.1 Technical data ....................................................................................................... 377
4.5.2 Temperature humidity diagram ............................................................................. 380
4.5.3 Dimensions ........................................................................................................... 380
4.5.4 Cutout installation ................................................................................................. 381
4.5.5 Contents of delivery .............................................................................................. 381
4.6 Device 5PP120.1214-37 ............................................................................................. 382
4.6.1 Technical data ....................................................................................................... 383
4.6.2 Temperature humidity diagram ............................................................................. 386
4.6.3 Dimensions ........................................................................................................... 386
4.6.4 Cutout installation ................................................................................................. 387
4.6.5 Contents of delivery .............................................................................................. 387
4.7 Device 5PP120.1214-37A ........................................................................................... 388
4.7.1 Technical data ....................................................................................................... 389
4.7.2 Temperature humidity diagram ............................................................................. 392
4.7.3 Dimensions ........................................................................................................... 392
4.7.4 Cutout installation ................................................................................................. 393
4.7.5 Contents of delivery .............................................................................................. 393
4.8 Device 5PP120.1505-37 ............................................................................................. 394
4.8.1 Technical data ....................................................................................................... 395
4.8.2 Temperature humidity diagram ............................................................................. 398
4.8.3 Dimensions ........................................................................................................... 398
4.8.4 Cutout installation ................................................................................................. 399
4.8.5 Contents of delivery .............................................................................................. 399
4.9 Device 5PP120.1505-37A ........................................................................................... 400
4.9.1 Technical data ....................................................................................................... 401
4.9.2 Temperature humidity diagram ............................................................................. 404
4.9.3 Dimensions ........................................................................................................... 404
4.9.4 Cutout installation ................................................................................................. 405
4.9.5 Contents of delivery .............................................................................................. 405
5. Power Panel light / compact ............................................................................................. 406
5.1 Power Panel 200 light / compact ................................................................................. 407
5.1.1 Technical data - Power Panel 200 light ................................................................ 407
5.1.2 Temperature humidity diagram - Power Panel 200 light - Monochrome LCD ...... 410
5.1.3 Temperature humidity diagram - Power Panel 200 light - Color LCD ................... 410
5.1.4 Technical data - Power Panel 200 compact ......................................................... 411
5.1.5 Temperature humidity diagram - Power Panel 200 compact - Monochrome LCD 414
5.1.6 Temperature humidity diagram - Power Panel 200 compact - Color LCD ............ 414
5.1.7 Dimensions ........................................................................................................... 415
5.1.8 Cutout installation ................................................................................................. 415
5.1.9 Contents of delivery .............................................................................................. 415
5.2 Power Panel 251 light / compact ................................................................................. 416

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 15

 Table of contents

5.2.1 Technical data - Power Panel 251 light ................................................................ 416

5.2.2 Temperature humidity diagram - Power Panel 251 light - Monochrome LCD ...... 419
5.2.3 Temperature humidity diagram - Power Panel 251 light - Color LCD ................... 419
5.2.4 Technical data - Power Panel 251 compact ......................................................... 420
5.2.5 Temperature humidity diagram - Power Panel 251 compact - Monochrome LCD 423
5.2.6 Temperature humidity diagram - Power Panel 251 compact - Color LCD ............ 423
5.2.7 Dimensions ........................................................................................................... 424
5.2.8 Cutout installation ................................................................................................. 424
5.2.9 Contents of delivery .............................................................................................. 424
5.3 Power Panel 252 light / compact ................................................................................. 425
5.3.1 Technical data - Power Panel 252 light ................................................................ 425
5.3.2 Temperature humidity diagram - Power Panel 252 light - Monochrome LCD ...... 428
5.3.3 Temperature humidity diagram - Power Panel 252 light - Color LCD ................... 428
5.3.4 Technical data - Power Panel 252 compact ......................................................... 429
5.3.5 Temperature humidity diagram - Power Panel 252 compact - Monochrome LCD 432
5.3.6 Temperature humidity diagram - Power Panel 252 compact - Color LCD ............ 432
5.3.7 Dimensions ........................................................................................................... 433
5.3.8 Cutout installation ................................................................................................. 433
5.3.9 Contents of delivery .............................................................................................. 433

Chapter 3: Commissioning .......................................................... 435

1. Mounting instructions ........................................................................................................ 435
2. Mounting orientation ......................................................................................................... 437
3. Key and LED configurations ............................................................................................. 439
3.1 Power Panel 5.7" QVGA ............................................................................................. 440
3.1.1 Format - Vertical1 ................................................................................................. 440
3.1.2 Format - Horizontal2 ............................................................................................. 441
3.2 Power Panel 10.4" VGA .............................................................................................. 442
3.2.1 Format - Horizontal1 ............................................................................................. 442
3.2.2 Format - Vertical1 ................................................................................................. 443
3.2.3 Format - Horizontal2 ............................................................................................. 444
3.3 Power Panel 15" XGA ................................................................................................. 445
3.3.1 Format - Horizontal1 ............................................................................................. 445
3.3.2 Format - Vertical1 ................................................................................................. 446
4. Touch screen calibration ................................................................................................... 447
4.1 Windows CE ................................................................................................................ 447
4.2 Windows XP Embedded .............................................................................................. 447
4.3 Automation Runtime / Visual Components .................................................................. 447
5. Screen rotation ................................................................................................................. 448
5.1 Power Panel 100 BIOS ............................................................................................... 448
5.1.1 Windows XP embedded ........................................................................................ 448
5.1.2 Windows CE ......................................................................................................... 448
5.2 PowerPanel 100/200 Automation Runtime ................................................................. 448
5.2.1 Automation Runtime / Visual Components ........................................................... 448
5.3 Power Panel light / compact Automation Runtime ...................................................... 448
5.3.1 Automation Runtime / Visual Components ........................................................... 448

16 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Table of contents

6. User tips for increasing the display lifespan ..................................................................... 449

6.1 Backlight ...................................................................................................................... 449
6.2 How can the lifespan of backlights be extended? ....................................................... 449
6.3 Image sticking ............................................................................................................. 449
6.4 What causes image sticking? ...................................................................................... 449
6.5 How can image sticking be avoided? .......................................................................... 450
7. Pixel error ......................................................................................................................... 450
8. Known problems / issues .................................................................................................. 451

Chapter 4: Software ...................................................................... 453

1. Power Panel 100/200 with Automation Runtime .............................................................. 453
1.1 General information ..................................................................................................... 453
1.1.1 Summary screen ................................................................................................... 453
1.2 Power Panel 100 as an intelligent visualization system .............................................. 455
1.3 Power Panel 200 with Power Panel 100 terminals ...................................................... 456
1.4 Automation Runtime and SMC .................................................................................... 457
1.4.1 Voltage dips (power failures) ................................................................................ 458
1.4.2 Watchdog events .................................................................................................. 458
1.4.3 Reset button .......................................................................................................... 458
1.4.4 Over-temperature .................................................................................................. 458
1.4.5 Software reset ....................................................................................................... 458
2. Power Panel with BIOS .................................................................................................... 459
2.1 General information ..................................................................................................... 459
2.2 BIOS settings for VGA, SVGA and XGA Power Panel devices .................................. 462
2.2.1 BIOS setup main menu ......................................................................................... 462
2.2.2 Time ...................................................................................................................... 463
2.2.3 Date ...................................................................................................................... 464
2.2.4 Motherboard device configuration ......................................................................... 465
2.2.5 Memory optimization ............................................................................................. 470
2.2.6 Advanced BIOS features ...................................................................................... 473
2.2.7 Special OEM features ........................................................................................... 475
2.2.8 Device information ................................................................................................ 476
2.2.9 Firmware configuration ......................................................................................... 478
2.2.10 Restore CMOS values ........................................................................................ 479
2.2.11 Load optimized defaults ...................................................................................... 480
2.2.12 Load previous values .......................................................................................... 481
2.2.13 Save values without exit ..................................................................................... 481
2.2.14 Exit without save ................................................................................................. 482
2.2.15 Save values and exit ........................................................................................... 483
2.3 BIOS settings for QVGA Power Panel devices ........................................................... 484
2.3.1 BIOS setup main menu ......................................................................................... 484
2.3.2 Motherboard device configuration ......................................................................... 485
2.3.3 Memory optimization ............................................................................................. 492
2.3.4 Advanced BIOS features ...................................................................................... 496
2.3.5 Special OEM features ........................................................................................... 497
2.3.6 Device information ................................................................................................ 498

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 17

 Table of contents

2.3.7 Firmware configuration ......................................................................................... 501

2.3.8 Restore CMOS values .......................................................................................... 502
2.3.9 Load optimized defaults ........................................................................................ 502
2.3.10 Load previous values .......................................................................................... 503
2.3.11 Save values without exit ..................................................................................... 503
2.3.12 Exit without save ................................................................................................. 504
2.3.13 Save values and exit ........................................................................................... 504
2.3.14 Help ..................................................................................................................... 505
2.4 BIOS upgrade und utilities ........................................................................................... 506
2.4.1 BIOS upgrade disk ................................................................................................ 507
2.4.2 aPCI firmware upgrade disk .................................................................................. 509
2.4.3 User boot logo upgrade disk ................................................................................. 511
2.4.4 REMHOST utility disk ........................................................................................... 513
2.5 CMOS backup ............................................................................................................. 517
2.6 Distribution of resources .............................................................................................. 517
2.6.1 RAM address assignment ..................................................................................... 517
2.6.2 DMA channel assignment ..................................................................................... 518
2.6.3 I/O address assignment ........................................................................................ 518
2.6.4 Interrupt assignment ............................................................................................. 519
3. Power Panel 100 with BIOS and Windows CE ................................................................. 521
3.1 General information ..................................................................................................... 521
3.2 Differences between the Windows CE 5.0 versions (Pro - PropPlus) ......................... 522
3.3 Requirements .............................................................................................................. 522
3.4 Installation .................................................................................................................. 522
3.4.1 B&R Embedded OS Installer ................................................................................ 523
4. Power Panel 100 with BIOS and Windows XP Embedded ............................................... 524
4.1 General information ..................................................................................................... 524
4.2 Features with FP2007 (Feature Pack 2007) ............................................................... 524
4.3 Installation .................................................................................................................. 525
4.4 Drivers ......................................................................................................................... 525
5. B&R Automation Device Interface (ADI) - Control Center ................................................ 527
5.1 Functions ..................................................................................................................... 528
5.2 Installation ................................................................................................................... 529

Chapter 5: Standards and certifications ..................................... 531

1. Applicable European guidelines ....................................................................................... 531
2. Overview of standards ...................................................................................................... 531
3. Emission requirements ..................................................................................................... 533
3.1 Network-related emissions .......................................................................................... 534
3.2 Emissions, electromagnetic emissions ........................................................................ 535
3.3 Harmonic currents for devices ≤ 16 A ......................................................................... 536
3.4 Voltage fluctuations and flickering ≤ 16 A ................................................................... 537
3.5 Voltage fluctuations and flickering ≤ 75 A ................................................................... 537
4. Requirements for immunity to disturbances ..................................................................... 538
4.1 Electrostatic discharge (ESD) ..................................................................................... 539
4.2 High-frequency electromagnetic fields (HF field) ........................................................ 539

18 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Table of contents

4.3 High-speed transient electrical disturbances (burst) ................................................... 540

4.4 Surges ......................................................................................................................... 540
4.5 Conducted disturbances .............................................................................................. 540
4.6 Magnetic fields with electrical frequencies .................................................................. 541
4.7 Voltage dips, fluctuations, and short-term interruptions .............................................. 541
4.8 Damped vibration ........................................................................................................ 542
5. Mechanical conditions ...................................................................................................... 543
5.1 Vibration operation ...................................................................................................... 543
5.2 Vibration during transport (packaged) ......................................................................... 544
5.3 Shock during operation ............................................................................................... 544
5.4 Shock during transport (packaged) ............................................................................. 544
5.5 Toppling ....................................................................................................................... 545
5.6 Free fall (packaged) .................................................................................................... 545
6. Climate conditions ............................................................................................................ 546
6.1 Worst case operation .................................................................................................. 546
6.2 Dry heat ....................................................................................................................... 546
6.3 Dry cold ....................................................................................................................... 546
6.4 Large temperature fluctuations .................................................................................... 547
6.5 Temperature fluctuations in operation ......................................................................... 547
6.6 Humid heat, cyclic ....................................................................................................... 547
6.7 Humid heat, constant (storage) ................................................................................... 547
6.8 Sprayed water (front side) ........................................................................................... 548
7. Safety ................................................................................................................................ 549
7.1 Ground resistance ....................................................................................................... 549
7.2 Insulation resistance .................................................................................................... 550
7.3 High voltage ................................................................................................................ 550
7.4 Residual voltage .......................................................................................................... 550
7.5 Leakage current .......................................................................................................... 551
7.6 Overload ...................................................................................................................... 551
7.7 Defective component ................................................................................................... 551
7.8 Voltage range .............................................................................................................. 551
8. Other tests ........................................................................................................................ 552
8.1 Impact resistance ........................................................................................................ 552
8.2 Protection type ............................................................................................................ 552
8.3 Degree of pollution ...................................................................................................... 552
9. International certifications ................................................................................................. 553

Chapter 6: Accessories ................................................................ 555

1. Overview ........................................................................................................................... 555
2. Lithium battery .................................................................................................................. 558
2.1 General information ..................................................................................................... 558
2.2 Order data ................................................................................................................... 558
2.3 Technical data ............................................................................................................. 558
3. TB103 3-pin supply voltage connector ............................................................................. 559
3.1 General information ..................................................................................................... 559
3.2 Order data ................................................................................................................... 559

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 19

 Table of contents

4. aPCI slot cover ................................................................................................................. 561

4.1 Installation ................................................................................................................... 561
5. Legend strip templates ..................................................................................................... 562
5.1 Order data ................................................................................................................... 563
6. CompactFlash cards 5CFCRD.xxxx-03 ............................................................................ 564
6.1 General information ..................................................................................................... 564
6.2 Order data ................................................................................................................... 564
6.3 Technical data ............................................................................................................. 565
6.3.1 Temperature humidity diagram - Operation and storage ...................................... 566
6.4 Dimensions .................................................................................................................. 567
7. CompactFlash cards 5CFCRD.xxxx-02 ............................................................................ 568
7.1 General information ..................................................................................................... 568
7.2 Order data ................................................................................................................... 568
7.3 Technical data ............................................................................................................. 568
7.4 Dimensions .................................................................................................................. 569
7.5 Calculating the lifespan ............................................................................................... 570
8. CompactFlash cards 5CFCRD.0xxx-01 ............................................................................ 576
8.1 General information ..................................................................................................... 576
8.2 Order data ................................................................................................................... 576
8.3 Technical data ............................................................................................................. 576
9. USB flash drive ................................................................................................................. 578
9.1 General information ..................................................................................................... 578
9.2 Order data ................................................................................................................... 578
9.3 Technical data ............................................................................................................. 579
9.3.1 Temperature humidity diagram - Operation and storage ...................................... 580
9.4 Creating a bootable USB flash drive ........................................................................... 581
9.4.1 Requirements ........................................................................................................ 581
9.4.2 Procedure ............................................................................................................. 581
10. Null modem cable ........................................................................................................... 582
10.1 Order data ................................................................................................................. 582
10.2 Technical data ........................................................................................................... 582
10.3 Cable specifications .................................................................................................. 583
11. HMI Drivers & Utilities DVD 5SWHMI.0000-00 ............................................................... 584

Chapter 7: Maintenance / Servicing ............................................ 589

1. Operating guidelines for the touch screen ........................................................................ 589
2. Cleaning the touch screen ................................................................................................ 589
2.1 Cleaning agents .......................................................................................................... 589
3. Changing the battery ........................................................................................................ 590
3.1 Procedure for changing the battery ............................................................................. 590

Appendix A .................................................................................... 593

1. Touch screen .................................................................................................................... 593
1.1 Elo ............................................................................................................................... 593
1.1.1 Temperature humidity diagram ............................................................................. 594
1.1.2 Cleaning ................................................................................................................ 594

20 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Table of contents

1.2 3M touch ...................................................................................................................... 595

1.2.1 Temperature humidity diagram ............................................................................. 596
1.2.2 Cleaning ................................................................................................................ 596
1.3 Gunze touch ................................................................................................................ 596
1.3.1 Temperature humidity diagram ............................................................................. 597
1.3.2 Cleaning ................................................................................................................ 597
2. Décor foil ........................................................................................................................... 598
3. Filter glass ........................................................................................................................ 599
3.1 Mechanical characteristics .......................................................................................... 599
3.2 Chemical properties .................................................................................................... 599
4. Viewing angles .................................................................................................................. 600
5. Mounting compatibilities ................................................................................................... 601
5.1 Compatibility overview ................................................................................................. 601
5.2 Compatibility details .................................................................................................... 603
5.2.1 5.7" devices ........................................................................................................... 603
5.2.2 10.4" devices ......................................................................................................... 605
5.2.3 12.1" devices ......................................................................................................... 607
5.2.4 15" devices ............................................................................................................ 608
6. B&R Key Editor information .............................................................................................. 609
7. B&R Automation Device Interface (ADI) development kit ................................................. 611
8. B&R Automation Device Interface (ADI) .NET SDK ......................................................... 613
9. Glossary ............................................................................................................................ 615

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 21

 Table of contents

22 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 General information • Manual history

General information
Chapter 1
Chapter 1 • General information

Information:
B&R does its best to keep the printed versions of its user's manuals as current as
possible. However, any newer versions of the User's Manual can always be
downloaded in electronic form (pdf) from the B&R homepage www.br-
automation.com.

1. Manual history

Version Date Change

1.0 May 2, 2002 - First version
1.1 Aug 20, 2002 - Model numbers added for 24 VDC supply voltage plug
- Metal housing for PP120 versions 4PP120.0571-01 and 4PP120.0571-21 added
- CompactFlash cards (5CFCRD.0xxx-00) added
1.2 Oct 30, 2002 - Layout changes
1.3 Dec 6, 2002 - Layout changes
- Restructuring of the manual
- The following model numbers have either been updated or added: 4PP120.0571-01, 4PP120.0571-
21, 4PP120.1043-31, 4PP120.1505-31, 4PP220.0571-45, 4PP220.0571-65, 4PP220.0571-85,
4PP220.0571-A5, 4PP220.1043-75, 4PP220.1043-B5, 4PP220.1505-75, 4PP220.1505-B5,
5PP120.0571-27, 5PP120.1043-37, 5PP120.1505-37, 0AC201.9, 0TB103.9
0TB103.91, 0TB704.9, 0TB704.91, 3IF772.9, 3IF786.9, 3IF787.9, 3IF789.9, 9A0013.01, 9S0001.13-
010, 9S0001.13-02
New Chapter 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 added
1.4 March 27, 2003 - Description of BIOS revised (table formatting, content)
1.5 April 28, 2003 - Technical data for the 3-pin supply plug updated
- Mounting instructions (distance) and mounting position updated
- Following Power Panel devices added: 4PP210.0000-95, 4PP251.0571-65, 4PP251.0571-A5
- Battery change, battery buffer time updated
- Power consumption and operating temperatures added
- BIOS Upgrade description added
- REMHOST description added
- CMOS backup description added
- Windows CE section updated
- Distribution of resources by BIOS added
- Contents of delivery for each Power Panel device added

Table 1: Manual history

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 23

 General information • Manual history

Version Date Change

1.6 July 1, 2004 - Changeover to a new A5 book template V3.3
- Ground resistance information added to the "Technical data" for the individual Power Panel devices
- New figure for "Power Panel 100 and Power Panel 200 devices" on page 43.
- "Features" on page 44 revised
- Chapter 4 "Software", section 2 "Power Panel with BIOS" revised, separate BIOS descriptions for
VGA, SVGA and XGA and for QVGA Power Panel devices
- Section "BIOS upgrade und utilities" on page 506 regarding the new BIOS Upgrade disk set (3 disks)
revised
- Section "Power Panel 100 with BIOS and Windows XP Embedded" on page 524 as well as the model
number for Windows XP Embedded image added
- Device 4PP151.0571-01 added (see section "Device 4PP151.0571-01" on page 78)
- Device 4PP151.0571-21 added (see section "Device 4PP151.0571-21" on page 84)
- Device 4PP152.0571-01 added (See section "Device 4PP152.0571-01" on page 102)
- Device 4PP152.0571-21 added (see section "Device 4PP152.0571-21" on page 108)
- Device 4PP251.0571-45 added (see section "Device 4PP251.0571-45" on page 212)
- Device 4PP251.0571-85 added (see section "Device 4PP251.0571-85" on page 224)
- Device 4PP251.1043-75 added (see section "Device 4PP251.1043-75" on page 236)
- Device 4PP251.1043-B5 added (see section "Device 4PP251.1043-B5" on page 242)
- Device 4PP252.0571-65 added (see section "Device 4PP252.0571-65" on page 266)
- Device 4PP252.0571-85 added (see section "Device 4PP252.0571-85" on page 272)
- Device 4PP252.0571-A5 added (see section "Device 4PP252.0571-A5" on page 278)
- Device 4PP252.1043-75 added (see section "Device 4PP252.1043-75" on page 284)
- Device 4PP252.1043-B5 added (see section "Device 4PP252.1043-B5" on page 290)
- Device 4PP280.1043-75 added (see section "Device 4PP280.1043-75" on page 296)
- Device 4PP280.1043-B5 added (see section "Device 4PP280.1043-B5" on page 302)
- Device 4PP280.1505-75 added (see section "Device 4PP280.1505-75" on page 308)
- Device 4PP280.1505-B5 added (see section "Device 4PP280.1505-B5" on page 314)
- Device 4PP281.1043-75 added (see section "Device 4PP281.1043-75" on page 320)
- Device 4PP281.1043-B5 added (see section "Device 4PP281.1043-B5" on page 326)
- Device 4PP281.1505-75 added (see section "Device 4PP281.1505-75" on page 332)
- Device 4PP281.1505-B5 added (see section "Device 4PP281.1505-B5" on page 338)
- Device 4PP282.1043-75 added (see section "Device 4PP282.1043-75" on page 344)
- Device 4PP282.1043-B5 added (see section "Device 4PP282.1043-B5" on page 350)
- Device 5PP120.1214-37 added (see section "Device 5PP120.1214-37" on page 382)
- aPCI Interface Modules section deleted from the the Accessories chapter and Model Numbers
Overview
- Weight and dimension specifications for Power Panel devices corrected
- Power Panel light / compact device types added (see section "Power Panel light / compact" on
page 406)
- 2 GB CompactFlash card (5CFCRD.2048-02) added
- USB flash drives (5MMUSB.0128-00, 5MMUSB.0256-00, 5MMUSB.0512-00) added
- Legend strip templates 5AC900.057X-00, 5AC900.057X-01, 5AC900.104X-00, 5AC900.104X-01,
5AC900.104X-02, 5AC900.150X-00 added

Table 1: Manual history (Forts.)

24 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 General information • Manual history

Version Date Change

General information
1.7 May 17, 2005 - Section "Power Panel 100 as an intelligent visualization system" on page 455 added

Chapter 1
- Section "Power Panel 200 with Power Panel 100 terminals" on page 456 added
- Error correction at an ambient temperature for 15" Power Panel devices (all 0-45°C)
- Memory of Power Panel 100 devices with Automation Runtime expanded to 64 MB SDRAM
- Accessory 4A0006.00-000 lithium battery 1 pc. added
- Device 4PP151.1043-31 added (see section "Device 4PP151.1043-31" on page 90)
- Device 4PP151.1505-31 added (see section "Device 4PP151.1505-31" on page 96)
- Device 4PP152.1043-31 added (see section "Device 4PP152.1043-31" on page 114)
- Device 4PP180.1043-31 added (see section "Device 4PP180.1043-31" on page 120)
- Device 4PP180.1505-31 added (see section "Device 4PP180.1505-31" on page 126)
- Device 4PP181.1505-31 added (see section "Device 4PP181.1043-31" on page 132)
- Device 4PP181.1505-31 added (see section "Device 4PP181.1505-31" on page 138)
- Device 4PP182.1043-31 added (see section "Device 4PP182.1043-31" on page 144)
- Device 4PP251.1505-75 added (see section "Device 4PP251.1505-75" on page 248)
- Device 4PP251.1505-B5 added (see section "Device 4PP251.1505-B5" on page 254)
- Device 4PP120.1043-37A added (see section "Device 5PP120.1043-37A" on page 376)
- Device 4PP120.1214-37A added (see section "Device 5PP120.1214-37A" on page 388)
- Device 4PP120.1505-37A added (see section "Device 5PP120.1505-37A" on page 400)
- aPCI slot cover 4AC200.1000-00 added (see section "aPCI slot cover" on page 561)
- Lifespan calculation (white paper from SanDisk) for CompactFlash cards added (see section
"Calculating the lifespan" on page 570)
- Automation Runtime and SMC section added (see "Automation Runtime and SMC" on page 457)
- Standards and certifications section added (see section 5 "Standards and certifications" on page 531)
- Appendix A data (touch screen and mylar properties) added from page 593
- BIOS upgrade and utilities section revised for new BIOS version 1.12
1.8 Jan 31, 2006 - Conductor cross section and AWG change for the supply plug.
- Safety guidelines revised
- IP65 protection specified in more detail
- Legend strip position and color specifications added for each display front
- Installation diagrams and tolerance information revised for the dimensions sections
- Operating environment temperature of 15" Power Panel devices changed to 0 - 50°C
- Rear view photos added for devices 4PP120.1505-31, 4PP151.1043-31, 4PP151.1505-31,
4PP152.1043-31, 4PP180.1043-31, 4PP180.1505-31, 4PP181.1043-31, 4PP181.1505-31, and
4PP182.1043-31
- International European (CE) certification symbol changed
- Section "Standards and certifications" revised
- 1 GB flash drive (mod. no 5MMUSB.1024-00) added, 128 MB flash drive cancelled
- Silicon Systems CompactFlash cards 5CFCRD.xxxx-03 added.
- Note for pressing several keys simultaneously
- Power Panel display contrast and viewing angle specifications added
- Null modem cable (9A0017.01 and 9A0017.02) added in the "Accessories" section
1.90 Sept 13, 2006 - Safety guidelines updated to include ESD.
- Maximum holding torque for aPCI modules included.
- Storage and transport temperature for all 5.7" B/W Power Panel devices increased from -20°C ..
+60°C to
-20°C .. +70°.
- New BIOS function "Auto (+Timing)" described for the video and flat panel configuration resolution
settings.
- Elo touch screen specification updated (see Appendix A).

Table 1: Manual history (Forts.)

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 25

 General information • Manual history

Version Date Change

2.00 Nov 30, 2006 - New model number for the PP100/200 documentation MAPP100.200-ENG.
- Chapter 3 renamed to "Commissioning".
- Document now includes the chm tag "Filename".
- 2 GB USB San Disk flash drive 5MMUSB.2048-00 added.
- "Viewing angles" on page 600 added.
- Perspective information modified
- "B&R Key Editor information" on page 609 added.
- "Mounting compatibilities" on page 601 added.
- "Glossary" on page 615 added.
- "Key and LED configurations" on page 439 added.
- "Creating a bootable USB flash drive" added on page 575.
- Figure 44 "Rear view - 4PP151.1043-31" on page 90 added
- New model number for Windows CE
- "HMI Drivers & Utilities DVD 5SWHMI.0000-00" on page 584 added.
2.10 April 25, 2007 Changes / new features
- USB flash drive 5MMUSB.0256-00 and USB flash drive 5MMUSB.1024-00 cancelled
- Section 1.1 "Features" on page 44: "Software compatible with B&R 2000 PCC family" changed to
"Software compatible with B&R 2000 PLC family"
- Section "USB flash drive" on page 578 updated.
2.20 Nov 10, 2008 Changes / new features
- Section "Protection against dust, humidity" on page 30 added
- Section "Touch screen calibration" on page 447 added
- Section „Preventing after-image effect in LCD/TFT monitors“, on page 582 added
- Additional temperature humidity diagram information
- Real-time clock specifications updated in technical data of Power Panel devices
- Text change from "Compact Flash" to "CompactFlash".
- New Windows CE order numbers added.
- Section "Power Panel 100 with BIOS and Windows CE" on page 521 and section "Power Panel 100
with BIOS and Windows XP Embedded" on page 524 updated.
- Section "Lithium battery" on page 558 updated.
- Section "Changing the battery" on page 590 updated.
- Vibration / shock specifications for all Power Panel 100/200 devices updated.
- USB flash drive 5MMUSB.0512-00 discontinued.
- Screen rotation information added for every device / section "Screen rotation" on page 448.
- Footnote added to battery lifespan specification in the technical data for the devices: "Typical lifespan
(at 50% buffer operation, temperature 25°C when off, 50°C when on)".
- Term "Grounding resistance" changed to "bleeder resistance".
- Note for pressing several keys simultaneously (phantom keys).
2.30 Feb 13, 2009 - Nomenclature and formatting of safety guidelines changed according to specifications.
- Topologies (symbol language) updated in chapter "Software" on page 453.
- Section "Environmentally-friendly disposal" on page 31 added
- Mounting orientation -45° and +45° added on page 438.
- CompactFlash image replaced.
- Section "USB flash drive" on page 578 updated.
- Figure 14 "Rear view - 4PP120.0571-01" on page 54, figure 19 "Rear view - 4PP120.0571-21" on
page 60 and updated.
- Temperature humidity diagrams added for devices.
- B&R Key Editor information revised on page 609.
- Section "Screen rotation" on page 448 added.
- Section "Differences between the Windows CE 5.0 versions (Pro - PropPlus)" on page 522 added

Table 1: Manual history (Forts.)

26 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 General information • Manual history

Version Date Change

General information
2.40 July 22, 2009 - "Key lifespan" added to the "Technical data" tables for the individual components.

Chapter 1
- "Actuating force" deleted form table 101 "Technical data - 4PP280.1043-B5" on page 303.
- Display section in table 30 "Technical data - 4PP151.1505-31" on page 97 and table 137 "Technical
data - 5PP120.1505-37A" on page 401 was updated.
- Display diagonal for the 15 inch devices corrected from 380 mm to 381 mm (Table: Technical data).
- Page 259 - 4PP251.1043-B5 - Mech. char. Depth = 108 mm, Height = 358 mm
- Page 253 - 4PP251.1043-75 - Mech. char. Height = 358 mm
- Figure 36 "Dimensions - 4PP151.0571-01" on page 82 and figure 41 "Dimensions - 4PP151.0571-
21" on page 88 added.
- CompactFlash information updated in chapter 6, Accessories (arrangement/order, detailed
information concerning 5CFCRD.xxxx-03 changed and/or added)
- Information text (Information!) on the décor foil and filter glass in Appendix A changed.
- Section "Known problems" was removed from the Software chapter (Power Panel 100 with BIOS and
Windows CE).
- Information (General) for Windows XP Embedded on page 538 updated.
- Information concerning the LED status check (Ethernet connection) on pages 50, 155 and 361
changed.
- "Compact Flash" changed to "CompactFlash" in the images (rear view of the devices and
CompactFlash slot).
- Information for touch screen calibration on page 447 updated.
- Temperature humidity diagrams and temperature specifications for the devices updated.
- The "Touch screen type" table entry was added to the technical data for the devices.
2.50 Aug 2, 2011 - Sections
"User tips for increasing the display lifespan" on page 449,
"Pixel error" on page 450,
"B&R Automation Device Interface (ADI) - Control Center" on page 527,
"B&R Automation Device Interface (ADI) development kit" on page 611,
"B&R Automation Device Interface (ADI) .NET SDK" on page 613
and "Known problems / issues" on page 451 added.
- Section „Preventing after-image effect in LCD/TFT monitors“ removed.
- Lithium battery 0AC201.9 replaced with 0AC201.91.
- Section "CompactFlash cards 5CFCRD.xxxx-03" on page 564 updated.
- Information about derating after temperature humidity diagram removed.
- Information about half-brightness time added (footnote in technical data).
- Section "HMI Drivers & Utilities DVD 5SWHMI.0000-00" on page 584 moved in chapter appendix A
and updated.
- Temperature humidity diagram of touch screens added (3M touch, Gunze touch and of USB flash
drive updated.
- Color information of the 15inch devices in the technical data corrected.
- Informations about operating systems updated ("Power Panel 100 with BIOS and Windows CE" on
page 521, "Power Panel 100 with BIOS and Windows XP Embedded" on page 524).

Table 1: Manual history (Forts.)

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 27

 General information • Safety guidelines

2. Safety guidelines

2.1 Intended use

Programmable logic controllers (PLCs), operating and monitoring devices (industrial PCs, Power
Panels, Mobile Panels, etc.), and B&R uninterruptible power supplies have been designed,
developed, and manufactured for conventional use in industry. They were not designed,
developed, and manufactured for any use involving serious risks or hazards that could lead to
death, injury, serious physical damage, or loss of any kind without the implementation of
exceptionally stringent safety precautions. In particular, such risks and hazards include the use
of these devices to monitor nuclear reactions in nuclear power plants, as well as flight control
systems, flight safety, the control of mass transit systems, medical life support systems and the
control of weapons systems.

2.2 Protection against electrostatic discharges

Electrical components that are vulnerable to electrostatic discharge (ESD) must be handled
accordingly.

2.2.1 Packaging

• Electrical components with housing

… do not require special ESD packaging, but must be handled properly
(see "Electrical components with housing").
• Electrical components without housing
… must be protected by ESD-suitable packaging.

2.2.2 Guidelines for proper ESD handling

Electrical components with housing

• Do not touch the contacts of connectors on connected cables.

• Do not touch the contact tips on the circuit boards.

Electrical components without housing

In addition to "Electrical components with housing", the following also applies:

• Any persons handling electrical components or devices that will be installed in the
electrical components must be grounded.
• Components can only be touched on the small sides or on the front plate.
• Components should always be stored in a suitable medium (ESD packaging, conductive
foam, etc.).
Metallic surfaces are not suitable storage surfaces!

28 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 General information • Safety guidelines

• Electrostatic discharges should be avoided on the components (e.g. through charged

General information
plastics).

Chapter 1
• A minimum distance of 10 cm must be kept from monitors and TV sets.
• Measurement devices and equipment must be grounded.
• Measurement probes on potential-free measurement devices must be discharged on
sufficiently grounded surfaces before taking measurements.

Individual components

• ESD protective measures for individual components are thoroughly integrated at B&R
(conductive floors, footwear, arm bands, etc.).
The increased ESD protective measures for individual components are not necessary for our
customers for handling B&R products.

2.3 Policy and procedures

Electronic devices are generally not failsafe. In the event of a failure on the programmable
control system, operating or monitoring device, or uninterruptible power supply, the user is
responsible for ensuring that other devices that may be connected, e.g. motors, are in a secure
state.

Both when using programmable logic controllers and when using operating and monitoring
devices as control systems in conjunction with a soft PLC (e.g. B&R Automation Runtime or
comparable products) or a slot PLC (e.g. B&R LS251 or comparable products), the safety
precautions applying to industrial control systems (e.g. the provision of safety devices such as
emergency stop circuits, etc.) must be observed in accordance with applicable national and
international regulations. The same applies for all other devices connected to the system, such
as drives.

All tasks such as installation, commissioning, and maintenance are only permitted to be carried
out by qualified personnel. Qualified personnel are persons who are familiar with the transport,
mounting, installation, commissioning, and operation of the product and who have the
appropriate qualifications (e.g. IEC 60364). National accident prevention guidelines must be
followed.
The safety guidelines, connection descriptions (rating plate and documentation) and limit values
listed in the technical data must be read carefully and must be observed before installation and
commissioning.

2.4 Transport and storage

During transport and storage, devices must be protected from excessive stress (mechanical
load, temperature, humidity, aggressive atmospheres, etc.).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 29

 General information • Safety guidelines

2.5 Installation

• Installation must take place according to the documentation, using suitable equipment
and tools.
• Devices must be installed without voltage applied and by qualified personnel.
• General safety regulations and nationally applicable accident prevention guidelines must
be observed.
• Electrical installation must be carried out according to the relevant guidelines (e.g. line
cross section, fuse, protective ground connection).

2.6 Operation

2.6.1 Protection against touching electrical parts

To operate programmable logic controllers, operating and monitoring devices, and

uninterruptible power supplies, certain components must carry dangerous voltage levels of over
42 VDC. A life-threatening electrical shock could occur if you come into contact with these parts.
This could result in death, severe injury or material damage.

Before turning on the programmable logic controller, the operating and monitoring devices and
the uninterruptible power supply, ensure that the housing is properly grounded (PE rail). The
ground connection must be established when testing the operating and monitoring devices or
the uninterruptible power supply, even when operating them for only a short time.

Before turning the device on, make sure that all parts with voltage applied are securely covered.
During operation, all covers must remain closed.

2.6.2 Protection against dust, humidity

For operation in dusty or humid conditions, correctly installed (cutout installation) operating and
monitoring devices such as Automation Panel or Power Panel are protected on the front side.
IPCs should never be used in very dusty environments as the active cooling fans can clog (bus
unit and processor), and can no longer guarantee sufficient cooling.
The rear side of all devices must be protected from dust and humidity and must be cleaned at
suitable intervals.

2.6.3 Programs, viruses and dangerous programs

The system is subject to potential danger each time data is exchanged or software is installed
from a data medium (e.g. diskette, CD-ROM, USB flash drive, etc.), a network connection, or the
Internet. The user is responsible for assessing these dangers, implementing preventative
measures such as virus protection programs, firewalls, etc. and obtaining software from reliable
sources.

30 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 General information • Safety guidelines

2.7 Environmentally-friendly disposal

General information
Chapter 1
All B&R programmable controllers, operating and monitoring devices, and uninterruptible power
supplies are designed to inflict as little harm on the environment as possible.

2.7.1 Separation of materials

It is necessary to separate different materials so the device can undergo an environmentally-

friendly recycling process.

. Component Disposal
Programmable logic controllers Electronics recycling
Operating and monitoring devices
Uninterruptible power supply
Cables
Cardboard box / paper packaging Paper / cardboard recycling
Plastic packaging Plastic recycling

Table 2: Environmentally-friendly separation of materials

Disposal must comply with the respective legal regulations.

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 31

 General information • Organization of safety notices

3. Organization of safety notices

The safety notices in this manual are organized as follows:

Safety notice Description

Danger! Disregarding the safety regulations and guidelines can be life-threatening.
Caution! Disregarding the safety regulations and guidelines can result in severe injury or major damage to material.
Warning! Disregarding the safety regulations and guidelines can result in injury or damage to material.
Information: Important information for preventing errors.

Table 3: Organization of safety notices

4. Guidelines

E
European dimension standards apply to all dimensions (e.g. dimension
diagrams, etc.).

32 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 General information • Model numbers

5. Model numbers

General information
Chapter 1
5.1 Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

Model number Description Note

4PP120.0571-01 Power Panel 120 LCD B/W QVGA 5.7" T MH See page 54
Power Panel PP120; 5.7" QVGA b/w LC display with touch screen (resistive), CompactFlash
slot (type I), ETH 10/100, RS 232, 2x USB; 64 MB SDRAM; metal housing, IP 65 protection
(front side); 24 VDC.
4PP120.0571-21 Power Panel 120 LCD C QVGA 5.7" T MH See page 60
Power Panel PP120; 5.7" QVGA color LC display with touch screen (resistive),
CompactFlash slot (type I), ETH 10/100, RS 232, 2x USB; 64 MB SDRAM; metal housing,
IP65 protection (front side); 24 VDC.
4PP120.1043-31 Power Panel 120 TFT C VGA 10.4" T MH See page 66
Power Panel PP120; 10.4" VGA color TFT display with touch screen (resistive),
CompactFlash slot (type I), ETH 10/100, RS 232, 2x USB; 64 MB SDRAM; metal housing,
IP65 protection (front side); 24 VDC.
4PP120.1505-31 Power Panel 120 TFT C XGA 15" T MH See page 72
Power Panel PP120; 15" XGA color TFT display with touch screen (resistive), CompactFlash
slot (type I), ETH 10/100, RS 232, 2x USB; 64 MB SDRAM; metal housing, IP65 protection
(front side); 24 VDC.
4PP151.0571-01 Power Panel 151 LCD B/W QVGA 5.7" F MH See page 78
Power Panel PP151; 5.7" QVGA b/w LC display; 6 soft keys; 16 function keys and 20 system
keys; 64 MB SDRAM; CompactFlash slot (type I); ETH 10/100; RS 232; 2x USB; metal
housing, IP65 protection (front side); 24 VDC.
4PP151.0571-21 Power Panel 151 LCD C QVGA 5.7" F MH See page 84
Power Panel PP151; 5.7" QVGA color LC display; 6 soft keys; 16 function keys and 20 system
keys; 64 MB SDRAM; CompactFlash slot (type I); ETH 10/100; RS 232; 2x USB; metal
housing, IP65 protection (front side); 24 VDC.
4PP151.1043-31 Power Panel 151 TFT C VGA 10.4" F MH See page 90
Power Panel PP151; 10.4" VGA color TFT display; 10 soft keys; 28 function keys and 20
system keys; 64 MB SDRAM; CompactFlash Slot (type I); ETH 10/100; RS 232; 2x USB;
metal housing, IP65 protection (front side); 24 VDC.
4PP151.1505-31 Power Panel 151 TFT C XGA 15" F MH See page 96
Power Panel 151; 15" XGA color TFT display; 12 soft keys; 20 function keys and 92 system
keys; 64 MB SDRAM; CompactFlash slot (type I); ETH 10/100; RS 232; 2x USB; metal
housing, IP65 protection (front side); 24 VDC.
4PP152.0571-01 Power Panel 152 LCD B/W QVGA 5.7" F MH See page 102
Power Panel PP152; 5.7" QVGA b/w LC display; 20 function keys and 20 system keys; 64 MB
SDRAM; CompactFlash slot (type I); ETH 10/100; RS 232; 2x USB; metal housing, IP65
protection (front side); 24 VDC.
4PP152.0571-21 Power Panel 152 LCD C QVGA 5.7" F MH See page 108
Power Panel PP152; 5.7" QVGA color LC display; 20 function keys and 20 system keys;
64 MB SDRAM; CompactFlash slot (type I); ETH 10/100; RS 232; 2x USB; metal housing,
IP65 protection (front side); 24 VDC.
4PP152.1043-31 Power Panel 152 TFT VGA 10.4" F MH See page 114
Power Panel PP152; 10.4" VGA color TFT display; 44 function keys and 20 system keys;
64 MB SDRAM; CompactFlash Slot (type I); ETH 10/100; RS 232; 2x USB; metal housing,
IP65 protection (front side); 24 VDC.

Table 4: Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 33

 General information • Model numbers

Model number Description Note

4PP180.1043-31 Power Panel 180 TFT VGA 10.4" F T MH See page 120
Power Panel PP180; 10.4" VGA color TFT display with touch screen (resistive); 10 soft keys;
12 function keys; 64 MB SDRAM; CompactFlash slot (type I); ETH 10/100; RS 232; 2x USB;
metal housing, IP65 protection (front side); 24 VDC.
4PP180.1505-31 Power Panel 180 TFT VGA 15" F T MH See page 126
Power Panel PP180; 15" XGA color TFT display with touch screen (resistive); 12 soft keys
and 20 function keys; 64 MB SDRAM; CompactFlash slot (type I); ETH 10/100; RS 232; 2x
USB; metal housing, IP65 protection (front side); 24 VDC.
4PP181.1043-31 Power Panel 181 TFT VGA 10.4" F T MH See page 132
Power Panel PP181; 10.4" VGA color TFT display with touch screen (resistive); 10 soft keys;
28 function keys and 20 system keys; 64 MB SDRAM; CompactFlash slot (type I);
ETH 10/100; RS 232; 2x USB; metal housing, IP65 protection (front side); 24 VDC.
4PP181.1505-31 Power Panel 181 TFT VGA 15" F T MH See page 138
Power Panel PP151; 15" XGA color TFT display with touch screen (resistive); 12 soft keys;
20 function keys and 92 system keys; 64 MB SDRAM; CompactFlash slot (type I);
ETH 10/100; RS 232; 2x USB; metal housing, IP65 protection (front side); 24 VDC.
4PP182.1043-31 Power Panel 182 TFT VGA 10.4" F T MH See page 144
Power Panel PP152; 10.4" VGA color TFT display with touch screen (resistive); 44 function
keys and 20 system keys; 64 MB SDRAM; CompactFlash slot (type I); ETH 10/100; RS 232;
2x USB; metal housing, IP65 protection (front side); 24 VDC.

Table 4: Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime (Forts.)

5.2 Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Model number Description Note

4PP210.0000-95 Power Panel 210 Controller MH 2aPCI See page 158
Power Panel PP210 controller, CompactFlash slot (type I), ETH 10/100, RS 232, 2x USB;
64 MB SDRAM; 2 aPCI slots; 256 kB SRAM; battery; metal housing, IP 65 protection (front
side); 24 VDC.
4PP220.0571-45 Power Panel 220 LCD B/W QVGA 5.7" T MH 1aPCI See page 164
Power Panel PP220; 5.7" QVGA b/w LC display with touch screen (resistive), CompactFlash
slot (type I), ETH 10/100, RS 232, 2x USB; 64 MB SDRAM; 1 aPCI Slot; 256 kB SRAM;
battery; metal housing, IP65 protection (front side); 24 VDC.
4PP220.0571-65 Power Panel 220 LCD C QVGA 5.7" T MH 1aPCI See page 170
Power Panel PP220; 5.7" QVGA color LC display with touch screen (resistive),
CompactFlash slot (type I), ETH 10/100, RS 232, 2x USB; 64 MB SDRAM; 1 aPCI slot;
256 kB SRAM;
battery; metal housing, IP65 protection (front side); 24 VDC.
4PP220.0571-85 Power Panel 220 LCD B/W QVGA 5.7" T MH 2aPCI See page 176
Power Panel PP220; 5.7" QVGA b/w LC display with touch screen (resistive), CompactFlash
slot (type I), ETH 10/100, RS 232, 2x USB; 64 MB SDRAM; 2 aPCI slots; 256 kB SRAM;
battery; metal housing, IP65 protection (front side); 24 VDC.
4PP220.0571-A5 Power Panel 220 LCD C QVGA 5.7" T MH 2aPCI See page 182
Power Panel PP220; 5.7" QVGA color LC display with touch screen (resistive),
CompactFlash slot (type I), ETH 10/100, RS 232, 2x USB; 64 MB SDRAM; 2 aPCI slots;
256 kB SRAM; battery; metal housing, IP65 protection (front side); 24 VDC.
4PP220.1043-75 Power Panel 220 TFT C VGA 10.4" T MH 1aPCI See page 188
Power Panel PP220; 10.4" VGA color TFT display with touch screen (resistive),
CompactFlash slot (type I), ETH 10/100, RS 232, 2x USB; 64 MB SDRAM; 1 aPCI slot;
256 kB SRAM; battery; metal housing, IP65 protection (front side); 24 VDC.

Table 5: Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

34 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 General information • Model numbers

Model number Description Note

General information
4PP220.1043-B5 Power Panel 220 TFT C VGA 10.4" T MH 2aPCI See page 194

Chapter 1
Power Panel PP220; 10.4" VGA color TFT display with touch screen (resistive),
CompactFlash slot (type I), ETH 10/100, RS 232, 2x USB; 64 MB SDRAM; 2 aPCI slots;
256 kB SRAM; battery; metal housing, IP65 protection (front side); 24 VDC.
4PP220.1505-75 Power Panel 220 TFT C XGA 15" T MH 1aPCI See page 200
Power Panel PP220; 15" XGA color TFT display with touch screen (resistive), CompactFlash
slot (type I), ETH 10/100, RS 232, 2x USB; 64 MB SDRAM; 1 aPCI slot; 256 kB SRAM;
battery; metal housing, IP65 protection (front side); 24 VDC.
4PP220.1505-B5 Power Panel 220 TFT C XGA 15" T MH 2aPCI See page 206
Power Panel PP220; 15" XGA color TFT display with touch screen (resistive), CompactFlash
slot (type I), ETH 10/100, RS 232, 2x USB; 64 MB SDRAM; 2 aPCI slots; 256 kB SRAM;
battery; metal housing, IP65 protection (front side); 24 VDC.
4PP251.0571-45 Power Panel 251 LCD B/W QVGA 5.7" F MH 1aPCI See page 212
Power Panel PP251; 5.7" QVGA b/w LC display; 6 soft keys; 16 function keys and 20 system
keys; 1 aPCI slot; 64 MB SDRAM; 256 kB SRAM; CompactFlash slot (type I); ETH 10/100;
RS 232; 2x USB; battery; metal housing, IP65 protection (front side); 24 VDC.
4PP251.0571-65 Power Panel 251 LCD C QVGA 5.7" F MH 1aPCI See page 218
Power Panel PP251; 5.7" QVGA color LC display; 6 soft keys; 16 function keys and 20 system
keys; 1 aPCI Slot; 64 MB SDRAM; 256 KB SRAM CompactFlash slot (type I); ETH 10/100;
RS 232; 2x USB; battery; metal housing, IP65 protection (front side); 24 VDC.
4PP251.0571-85 Power Panel 251 LCD B/W QVGA 5.7" F MH 2aPCI See page 224
Power Panel PP251 5.7" QVGA color LC display; 6 soft keys; 16 function keys and 20 system
keys; 2 aPCI slots; 64 MB SDRAM; 256 kB SRAM CompactFlash slot (type I); ETH 10/100;
RS 232; 2x USB; battery; metal housing, IP65 protection (front side); 24 VDC.
4PP251.0571-A5 Power Panel 251 LCD C QVGA 5.7" F MH 2aPCI See page 230
Power Panel PP251 5.7" QVGA color LC display; 6 soft keys; 16 function keys and 20 system
keys ; 2 aPCI slots; 64 MB SDRAM; 256 kB SRAM CompactFlash slot (type I); ETH 10/100;
RS 232; 2x USB; battery metal housing, IP65 protection (front side); 24 VDC.
4PP251.1043-75 Power Panel 251 TFT C VGA 10.4" F MH 1aPCI See page 236
Power Panel PP251; 10" VGA color TFT display; 10 soft keys; 28 function keys and 20
system keys; 1 aPCI slot; 64 MB SDRAM; 256 kB SRAM CompactFlash slot (type I);
ETH 10/100; RS 232; 2x USB; battery; metal housing, IP65 protection (front side); 24 VDC.
4PP251.1043-B5 Power Panel 251 TFT C VGA 10.4" F MH 2aPCI See page 242
Power Panel PP251; 10" VGA color TFT display; 10 soft keys; 28 function keys and 20
system keys; 2 aPCI slot; 64 MB SDRAM; 256 kB SRAM CompactFlash slot (type I);
ETH 10/100; RS 232; 2x USB; battery; metal housing, IP65 protection (front side); 24 VDC.
4PP251.1505-75 Power Panel 251 TFT C XGA 15" F MH 1aPCI See page 248
Power Panel PP281; 15" XGA color TFT display; 12 soft keys; 20 function keys and 92
system keys; 1 aPCI slot; 64 MB SDRAM; 256 KB SRAM; CompactFlash slot (type I);
ETH 10/100; RS 232; 2x USB; battery; metal housing, IP65 protection (front side); 24 VDC.
4PP251.1505-B5 Power Panel 251 TFT C XGA 15" F MH 2aPCI See page 254
Power Panel PP251; 15" XGA color TFT display; 12 soft keys; 20 function keys and 92
system keys; 2 aPCI slots; 64 MB SDRAM; 256 KB SRAM; CompactFlash slot (type I);
ETH 10/100; RS 232; 2x USB; battery; metal housing, IP65 protection (front side); 24 VDC.
4PP252.0571-45 Power Panel 252 LCD B/W QVGA 5.7" F MH 1aPCI See page 260
Power Panel PP252; 5.7" QVGA b/w LC display with touch screen (resistive); 20 function and
20 system keys; 1 aPCI slot; 64 MB SDRAM; 256 kB SRAM; CompactFlash slot (type I); ETH
10/100; RS 232; 2x USB; battery; metal housing, IP65 protection (front side); 24 VDC.
4PP252.0571-65 Power Panel 252 LCD C QVGA 5.7" F MH 1aPCI See page 266
Power Panel PP252; 5.7" QVGA color LC display; 20 function and 20 system keys; 1 aPCI
slot; 64 MB SDRAM; 256 kB SRAM; CompactFlash slot (type I); ETH 10/100; RS 232; 2x
USB; battery; metal housing, IP65 protection (front side); 24 VDC.

Table 5: Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime (Forts.)

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 35

 General information • Model numbers

Model number Description Note

4PP252.0571-85 Power Panel 252 LCD B/W QVGA 5.7" F MH 2aPCI See page 272
Power Panel PP252; 5.7" QVGA b/w LC display; 20 functions and 20 system keys; 2 aPCI
slots; 64 MB SDRAM; 256 kB SRAM; CompactFlash slot (type I); ETH 10/100; RS 232; 2x
USB; battery; metal housing, IP65 protection (front side); 24 VDC.
4PP252.0571-A5 Power Panel 252 LCD C QVGA 5.7" F MH 2aPCI See page 278
Power Panel PP252; 5.7" QVGA color LC display; 20 function and 20 system keys; 2 aPCI
slots; 64 MB SDRAM; 256 kB SRAM; CompactFlash slot (type I); ETH 10/100; RS232; 2x
USB; battery; metal housing, IP65 protection (front side); 24 VDC.
4PP252.1043-75 Power Panel 252 TFT C VGA 10.4" F MH 1aPCI See page 284
Power Panel PP252; 10.4" VGA color TFT display; 32 function keys and 32 system keys; 1
aPCI slots; 64 MB SDRAM; 256 kB SRAM; CompactFlash slot (type I); ETH 10/100; RS 232;
2x USB; battery; metal housing, IP65 protection (front side); 24 VDC.
4PP252.1043-B5 Power Panel 252 TFT C VGA 10.4" F MH 2aPCI See page 290
Power Panel PP252; 10.4" VGA color TFT display; 32 function keys and 32 system keys; 2
aPCI slots; 64 MB SDRAM; 256 kB SRAM; CompactFlash slot (type I); ETH 10/100; RS 232;
2x USB; battery; metal housing, IP65 protection (front side); 24 VDC.
4PP280.1043-75 Power Panel 280 TFT C VGA 10.4" FT MH 1aPCI See page 296
Power Panel PP280; 10" VGA color TFT display with touch screen (resistive); 10 soft keys
and 12 function keys; 1 aPCI slot; 64 MB SDRAM; 256 kB SRAM; CompactFlash slot (type
I); ETH 10/100; RS 232; 2x USB; battery; metal housing, IP65 protection (front side); 24 VDC.
4PP280.1043-B5 Power Panel 280 TFT C VGA 10.4" FT MH 2aPCI See page 302
Power Panel PP280; 10" VGA color TFT display with touch screen (resistive); 10 soft keys
and 12 function keys; 2 aPCI slots; 64 MB SDRAM; 256 kB SRAM; CompactFlash slot (type
I); ETH 10/100; RS 232; 2x USB; battery; metal housing, IP65 protection (front side); 24 VDC.
4PP280.1505-75 Power Panel 280 TFT C XGA 15" FT MH 1aPCI See page 308
Power Panel PP280; 15" XGA color TFT display with touch screen (resistive); 12 soft keys
and 20 function keys; 1 aPCI slot; 64 MB SDRAM; 256 kB SRAM; CompactFlash slot (type
I); ETH 10/100; RS 232; 2x USB; battery; metal housing, IP65 protection (front side); 24 VDC.
4PP280.1505-B5 Power Panel 280 TFT C XGA 15" FT MH 2aPCI See page 314
Power Panel PP280; 15" XGA color TFT display with touch screen (resistive); 12 soft keys
and 20 function keys; 2 aPCI slots; 64 MB SDRAM; 256 kB SRAM; CompactFlash slot (type
I); ETH10/100; RS232; 2x USB; battery; metal housing, IP65 protection (front side); 24VDC.
4PP281.1043-75 Power Panel 281 TFT C VGA 10.4" FT MH 1aPCI See page 320
Power Panel PP281; 10.4" VGA color TFT display with touch screen (resistive), 10 soft keys,
28 function keys and 20 system keys, CompactFlash slot (type I), ETH 10/100, RS 232, 2x
USB; 64 MB SDRAM; 1 aPCI slot; 256 kB SRAM; battery; metal housing, IP65 protection
(front side); 24 VDC.
4PP281.1043-B5 Power Panel 281 TFT C VGA 10.4" FT MH 2aPCI See page 326
Power Panel PP281; 10.4" VGA color TFT display with touch screen (resistive), 10 soft keys,
28 function keys and 20 system keys, CompactFlash slot (type I), ETH 10/100, RS 232, 2x
USB; 64 MB SDRAM; 2 aPCI slots; 256 kB SRAM; battery; metal housing, IP65 protection
(front side); 24 VDC.
4PP281.1505-75 Power Panel 281 TFT C XGA 15" FT MH 1aPCI See page 332
Power Panel PP281; 15" XGA color TFT display with touch screen (resistive); 12 soft keys;
20 function keys and 92 system keys; 1 aPCI slot; 64 MB SDRAM; 256 kB SRAM;
CompactFlash slot (type I); ETH 10/100; RS 232; 2x USB; battery; metal housing, IP65
protection (front side); 24 VDC.
4PP281.1505-B5 Power Panel 281 TFT C XGA 15" FT MH 2aPCI See page 338
Power Panel PP281; 15" XGA color TFT display with touch screen (resistive); 12 soft keys;
20 function keys and 92 system keys; 2 aPCI slots; 64 MB SDRAM; 256 kB SRAM;
CompactFlash slot (type I); ETH 10/100; RS 232; 2x USB; battery; metal housing, IP65
protection (front side); 24 VDC.

Table 5: Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime (Forts.)

36 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 General information • Model numbers

Model number Description Note

General information
4PP282.1043-75 Power Panel 282 TFT C VGA 10.4" FT MH 1aPCI See page 344

Chapter 1
Power Panel PP282; 10.4" VGA color TFT display with touch screen (resistive), 12 soft keys,
32 function keys and 20 system keys, CompactFlash slot (type I), ETH 10/100, RS 232, 2x
USB; 64 MB SDRAM; 1 aPCI slots; 256 kB SRAM; battery; metal housing, IP65 protection
(front side); 24 VDC.
4PP282.1043-B5 Power Panel 282 TFT C VGA 10.4" FT MH 2aPCI See page 350
Power Panel PP282; 10.4" VGA color TFT display with touch screen (resistive), 12 soft keys,
32 function keys and 20 system keys, CompactFlash slot (type I), ETH 10/100, RS 232, 2x
USB; 64 MB SDRAM; 2 aPCI slots; 256 kB SRAM; battery; metal housing, IP65 protection
(front side); 24 VDC.

Table 5: Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime (Forts.)

5.3 Power Panel 100 with BIOS

Model number Description Note

5PP120.0571-27 Power Panel 120 LCD C QVGA 5.7" T MH See page 364
Power Panel PP120 BIOS; 5.7" QVGA color LC display with touch screen (resistive),
CompactFlash slot (type I), ETH 10/100, RS 232, 2x USB; 128 MB SDRAM; battery; metal
housing, IP65 protection (front side); 24 VDC.
5PP120.1043-37 Power Panel 120 TFT C VGA 10.4" T (3M) MH See page 370
Power Panel PP120 BIOS; 10.4" VGA color TFT display with touch screen (resistive),
CompactFlash slot (type I), ETH 10/100, RS 232, 2x USB; 128 MB SDRAM; battery; metal
housing, IP65 protection (front side); 24 VDC.
5PP120.1043-37A Power Panel 120 TFT C VGA 10.4" T MH See page 376
Power Panel PP120 BIOS; 10.4" VGA color TFT display with touch screen (resistive),
CompactFlash slot (type I), ETH 10/100, RS 232, 2x USB; 128 MB SDRAM; battery; metal
housing, IP65 protection (front side); 24 VDC.
5PP120.1214-37 Power Panel 120 TFT C VGA 12.1" T (3M) MH See page 382
Power Panel PP120 BIOS; 12.1" SVGA color TFT display with touch screen (resistive);
128 MB SDRAM; CompactFlash slot (type I); ETH 10/100; RS 232; 2x USB; battery; metal
housing, IP65 protection (front side); 24 VDC.
5PP120.1214-37A Power Panel 120 TFT C VGA 12.1" T MH See page 388
Power Panel PP120 BIOS; 12.1" SVGA color TFT display with touch screen (resistive);
128 MB SDRAM; CompactFlash slot (type I); ETH 10/100; RS 232; 2x USB; battery; metal
housing, IP65 protection (front side); 24 VDC.
5PP120.1505-37 Power Panel 120 TFT C XGA 15" T (3M) MH See page 394
Power Panel PP120 BIOS; 15" XGA color TFT display with touch screen (resistive),
CompactFlash slot (type I), ETH 10/100, RS 232, 2x USB; 128 MB SDRAM; battery; metal
housing, IP65 protection (front side); 24 VDC.
5PP120.1505-37A Power Panel 120 TFT C XGA 15" T MH See page 400
Power Panel PP120 BIOS; 15" XGA color TFT display with touch screen (resistive),
CompactFlash slot (type I), ETH 10/100, RS 232, 2x USB; 128 MB SDRAM; battery; metal
housing, IP65 protection (front side); 24 VDC.

Table 6: Model numbers - Power Panel 100 with BIOS

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 37

 General information • Model numbers

5.4 Accessories

Model number Description Note

0AC201.91 Lithium batteries (4x) See page 558
Lithium batteries, 4 pcs., 3 V / 950 mAh, button cell
4A0006.00-000 Lithium battery (1x) See page 558
Lithium battery, 1 pc., 3 V / 950 mAh, button cell
0TB103.9 Plug 24V 5.08 3-pin screw clamps See page 559
24 VDC 3-pin connector, female. Screw clamp, 3.31 mm², protected against vibration by the
screw flange.
0TB103.91 Plug 24V 5.08 3-pin cage clamps See page 559
24 VDC 3-pin connector, female. Cage clamps, 3.31 mm², protected against vibration by the
screw flange.
4AC200.1000-00 aPCI slot cover, 1 pc. See page 561
Optional aPCI slot cover for inserting into an available aPCI slot on a Power Panel 200 device
5AC900.057X-00 Legend strips 3x 5.7" Vertical1 See page 562
Legend strip template for Power Panels 4PP151.0571-01, 4PP151.0571-21, 4PP251.0571-
45, 4PP251.0571-65, 4PP251.0571-85, 4PP251.0571-A5. For 3 devices.
5AC900.057X-01 Legend strips 2x 5.7" Horizontal2 See page 562
Legend strip template for Power Panels 4PP152.0571-01, 4PP152.0571-21, 4PP252.0571-
45, 4PP252.0571-65, 4PP252.0571-85, 4PP252.0571-A5. For 2 devices.
5AC900.104X-00 Legend strip 1x 10.4" Vertical1 See page 562
Legend strip template for Power Panels 4PP151.1043-31, 4PP181.1043-31, 4PP251.1043-
75, 4PP251.1043-B5, 4PP281.1043-75, 4PP281.1043-B5. For 1 device.
5AC900.104X-01 Legend strip 1x 10.4" Horizontal2 See page 562
Legend strip template for Power Panels 4PP152.1043-31, 4PP182.1043-31, 4PP252.1043-
75, 4PP252.1043-B5, 4PP282.1043-75, 4PP282.1043-B5. For 1 device.
5AC900.104X-02 Legend strips 3x 10.4" Horizontal1 See page 562
Legend strip template for Power Panels 4PP180.1043-31, 4PP280.1043-75, 4PP280.1043-
B5. For 3 devices.
5AC900.150X-00 Legend strips 4x 15" See page 562
Legend strip template for Power Panels 4PP151.1505-31, 4PP180.1505-31, 4PP181.1505-
31, 4PP251.1505-75, 4PP251.1505-B5, 4PP280.1505-75, 4PP280.1505-B5, 4PP281.1505-
75, 4PP281.1505-B5. For 4 devices.
5CFCRD.0032-01 CompactFlash 32 MB TrueIDE SanDisk/R2 Cancelled
CompactFlash card with 32 MB flash PROM and True IDE/ATA interface since 11/2003

5CFCRD.0032-02 CompactFlash 32 MB TrueIDE SanDisk/A Cancelled

since 12/2005
CompactFlash card with 32 MB flash PROM and True IDE/ATA interface
5CFCRD.0064-01 CompactFlash 64 MB TrueIDE SanDisk/R2 Cancelled
CompactFlash card with 64 MB flash PROM and True IDE/ATA interface since 11/2003

5CFCRD.0064-02 CompactFlash 64 MB TrueIDE SanDisk/A Cancelled

since 12/2005
CompactFlash card with 64 MB flash PROM and True IDE/ATA interface
5CFCRD.0064-03 CompactFlash 64 MB TrueIDE SSI See page 564
CompactFlash card with 64 MB SLC NAND flash, and True IDE/ATA interface
5CFCRD.0128-01 CompactFlash 128 MB TrueIDE SanDisk/R2 Cancelled
CompactFlash card with 128 MB flash PROM and True IDE/ATA interface since 11/2003

5CFCRD.0128-02 CompactFlash 128 MB TrueIDE SanDisk/A Cancelled

since 12/2005
CompactFlash card with 128 MB flash PROM and True IDE/ATA interface

Table 7: Model numbers - Accessories

38 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 General information • Model numbers

Model number Description Note

General information
5CFCRD.0128-03 CompactFlash 128 MB TrueIDE SSI See page 564

Chapter 1
CompactFlash card with 128 MB SLC NAND flash, and True IDE/ATA interface
5CFCRD.0128-01 CompactFlash 196 MB TrueIDE SanDisk/R2 Cancelled
CompactFlash card with 196 MB flash PROM and True IDE/ATA interface since 07/2003

5CFCRD.0256-01 CompactFlash 256 MB TrueIDE SanDisk/R2 Cancelled

CompactFlash card with 256 MB flash PROM and True IDE/ATA interface since 11/2003

5CFCRD.0256-02 CompactFlash 256 MB TrueIDE SanDisk/A Cancelled

since 12/2005
CompactFlash card with 256 MB flash PROM and True IDE/ATA interface
5CFCRD.0256-03 CompactFlash 256 MB TrueIDE SSI See page 564
CompactFlash card with 256 MB SLC NAND flash, and True IDE/ATA interface
5CFCRD.0384-01 CompactFlash 384 MB TrueIDE SanDisk/R2 Cancelled
CompactFlash card with 384 MB flash PROM and True IDE/ATA interface since 07/2003

5CFCRD.0512-01 CompactFlash 512 MB TrueIDE SanDisk/R2 Cancelled

CompactFlash card with 512 MB flash PROM and True IDE/ATA interface since 11/2003

5CFCRD.0512-02 CompactFlash 512 MB TrueIDE SanDisk/A Cancelled

since 12/2005
CompactFlash card with 512 MB flash PROM and True IDE/ATA interface
5CFCRD.0512-03 CompactFlash 512 MB TrueIDE SSI See page 564
CompactFlash card with 512 MB SLC NAND flash, and True IDE/ATA interface
5CFCRD.1024-02 CompactFlash 1024 MB TrueIDE SanDisk/A Cancelled
since 12/2005
CompactFlash card with 1024 MB flash PROM and True IDE/ATA interface
5CFCRD.1024-03 CompactFlash 1024 MB TrueIDE SSI See page 564
CompactFlash card with 1024 MB SLC NAND flash, and True IDE/ATA interface
5CFCRD.2048-02 CompactFlash 2048 MB TrueIDE SanDisk/A Cancelled
since 12/2005
CompactFlash card with 2048 MB flash PROM and True IDE/ATA interface
5CFCRD.2048-03 CompactFlash 2048 MB TrueIDE SSI See page 564
CompactFlash card with 2048 MB SLC NAND flash, and True IDE/ATA interface
5CFCRD.4096-03 CompactFlash 4096 MB TrueIDE SSI See page 564
CompactFlash card with 4096 MB SLC NAND flash, and True IDE/ATA interface
5CFCRD.8192-03 CompactFlash 8192 MB TrueIDE SSI See page 564
CompactFlash card with 8192 MB SLC NAND flash, and True IDE/ATA interface
5MMUSB.0128-00 USB flash drive 128 MB SanDisk Cancelled since 03/2007
Replaced by 5MMUSB.2048-
USB 2.0 flash drive 128 MB 00

5MMUSB.0256-00 USB flash drive 256 MB SanDisk Cancelled since 07/2007

Replaced by 5MMUSB.2048-
USB 2.0 flash drive 256 MB 00

5MMUSB.0512-00 USB flash drive 512 MB SanDisk Cancelled since 03/2007

Replaced by 5MMUSB.2048-
USB 2.0 flash drive 512 MB 00

5MMUSB.1024-00 USB flash drive 1 GB SanDisk Cancelled since 03/2007

Replaced by 5MMUSB.2048-
USB 2.0 flash drive 1 GB 00

Table 7: Model numbers - Accessories (Forts.)

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 39

 General information • Model numbers

Model number Description Note

5MMUSB.2048-00 USB flash drive 2 GB SanDisk See page 578
USB 2.0 flash drive 2 GB
9A0017.01 RS232 DB9 null modem cable 0.6 m
Null modem cable RS232 0.6 m to connect UPS and IPC (9-pin DSUB socket - 9-pin DSUB See page 582
socket).
9A0017.02 RS232 DB9 null modem cable 1.8 m
Null modem cable RS232, 1.8 m, to connect UPS and IPC (9-pin DSUB socket - 9-pin DSUB See page 582
socket).
9A0013.01 Pen for resistive touch screen
5SWHMI.0000-00 HMI Drivers & Utilities DVD See page 584

Table 7: Model numbers - Accessories (Forts.)

5.5 Software

Model number Description Note

9S0001.13-010 OEM MS Win CE4.1 German
Only delivered with a Power Panel BIOS device
9S0001.13-020 OEM MS Win CE4.1 English
Only delivered with a Power Panel BIOS device
9S0001.17-020 OEM Microsoft Windows CE 4.2 English
OEM Microsoft Windows CE 4.2 English license
Only delivered with a Power Panel BIOS device
9S0001.29-020 OEM Microsoft Windows CE 5.0 English Cancelled since 07/2007
OEM Microsoft Windows CE 5.0 English license
Only delivered with a Power Panel BIOS device.
5SWWCE.0517-ENG WinCE5.0 Pro PP100 SCx200
Microsoft Windows CE 5.0 Professional, English; for PP100 BIOS units 5PP120.0571-27,
5PP120.1043-37A, 5PP120.1214-37A, 5PP120.1505-37A, order CompactFlash separately
(at least 128 MB).
5SWWCE.0617-ENG WinCE5.0 ProPlus PP100 SCX200
Microsoft Windows CE 5.0 Professional Plus, English; for PP100 BIOS units 5PP120.0571-
27, 5PP120.1043-37A, 5PP120.1214-37A, 5PP120.1505-37A, order CompactFlash
separately (at least 128 MB).
5SWWXP.0417-ENG WinXPe FP2007 PP100 SCx200
Microsoft Windows XP embedded English, Feature Pack 2007; for PP100 BIOS units
5PP120.1043-37A, 5PP120.1214-37A, 5PP120.1505-37A, order CompactFlash separately
(at least 512 MB). Only delivered with a new PC.
9S0001.16-020 OEM MS WinXPe PP100/200 w/CF Cancelled since 07/2007
Replacement type:
OEM MS WinXP Embedded Runtime PP100 preinstalled on CompactFlash 256 MB;
5SWWXP.0417-ENG
for Power Panel 100 BIOS.
Only delivered with a Power Panel BIOS device
9S0001.25-020 OEM MS WinXPe PP100/200 w/CF SP2 Cancelled since 07/2007
Replacement type:
OEM Microsoft Windows XP embedded SP2 for PP100 BIOS, English; preinstalled on
5SWWXP.0417-ENG
CompactFlash 256 MB.
Only delivered with a Power Panel BIOS device

Table 8: Model numbers - Software

40 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 General information • Model numbers

5.6 Documentation

General information
Chapter 1
Model number Description Note
MAPP100.200-GER Power Panel 100 / 200 User's Manual, German
MAPP100.200-ENG Power Panel 100 / 200 User's Manual, English

Table 9: Model numbers - Documentation

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 41

 General information • Model numbers

42 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • General information

Chapter 2 • Technical data

1. General information

Technical data
Chapter 2
B&R offers the B&R Power Panel 100 and Power Panel 200 product ranges for automating small
to mid-sized machines and systems.

The Power Panel 100 and Power Panel 200 product range encompasses a line of devices from
operator panels with QVGA, VGA or XGA displays to visualization and machine control.
Programmable with Automation Studio (Visual Components), these devices close the gap
between Panelware and IPC-based systems. Depending on the design, the devices contain the
embedded operating system Automation Runtime or a BIOS-based operating system such as
Windows CE or Windows XP Embedded. The number of onboard interfaces is reduced to a
minimum and size is optimized to the smallest dimensions.

Depending on the variant, the devices have a 5.7" QVGA touch screen available in color or
black/white, a 10.4" VGA, a 12.1" SVGA, or a 15" XGA touch screen in color. In addition, there
are horizontally or vertically formatted devices available (numeric and alphanumeric keys,
with/without legend strips) for all display sizes (exception: 12.1" SVGA - only available without
keys and with touch screen).

Figure 1: Power Panel 100 and Power Panel 200 devices

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 43

 Technical data • General information

1.1 Features

• 24 VDC supply voltage

• 2 USB 1.1 connections
• Ethernet 10/100 MBit interface
• CompactFlash card (type I) slot
• RS232 interface, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
• 2 operating mode switches (2 x 16 digit)
• 2 status LEDs (User or CompactFlash card access)
• Fan-free operation
• Touch screen (analog resistive), function keys or both1)
• Filter glass (multiple-coated, non-reflective)1)
• Horizontal and vertical mounting orientations, numeric and alphanumeric keys1)
• Software compatible with B&R 2000 PLC family
• Maximum 2 aPCI slots (see B&R System 2005 User's Manual for available aPCI interface
modules)1)
• BIOS or Automation Runtime operating system1)
• Real-time clock (battery-buffered)1)
• Up to 128 MB SDRAM main memory1)

1) Depending on the design of the Power Panel device version

44 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2. Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.1 Device interfaces

The following section provides a description of all interfaces and plugs possible with a
Power Panel 100 device with Automation Runtime.

2.1.1 Supply voltage

Technical data
Input voltage: 24 VDC ±25%

Chapter 2
The 3-pin socket required for the supply voltage connection is not included in delivery. This can
be ordered from B&R using the model number 0TB103.9 (screw clamps) or 0TB103.91 (cage
clamps). The cable required for the connection must be supplied by the customer (see also
section "TB103 3-pin supply voltage connector" on page 559).

The supply voltage is internally protected so that the device cannot be damaged if there is an
overload or if the voltage supply is connected incorrectly.

Pin assignments can be found either in the following table or printed on the Power Panel plate
or device label (see section 2.2.2 "Device label" on page 52).

Supply voltage

Pin Description
1 +
2 Functional ground
1 3
3 -
Accessories
0TB103.9 Plug 24 V 5.08 3p screw clamps
0TB103.91 Plug 24 V 5.08 3p cage clamps

Figure 2: Supply voltage connection

Warning!
The pin's connection to the functional ground (pin 2) should be as short as possible.

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 45

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.1.2 Grounding clip

Should be connected to ground using the shortest route possible.

Grounding clip

Figure 3: Grounding clip

2.1.3 COM interface

The Power Panel is equipped with a PC-compatible serial interface with a 16-byte FIFO buffer.
This non-electrically isolated interface is primarily intended for programming Power Panel
devices using Automation Studio.

The RS232 can also be used as a general interface (e.g. third-party connections, barcode
reader, etc.).

Serial interface COM

RS232 interface
Modem-capable, not electrically isolated
Up to 115 kBaud
9-pin DSUB plug
Pin RS232
1 DCD
2 RxD
3 TxD 1 5

4 DTR
6 9
5 GND
6 DSR
7 RTS
8 CTS
9 RI

Table 10: Pin assignments - COM

46 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.1.4 USB port

The Power Panel is equipped with a USB (Universal Serial Bus) host controller with two USB
ports.

Universal serial bus

Technical data
Chapter 2
Figure 4: USB port

Technical data - USB port

Transfer rate 1.5 MBit/s to 12 MBit/s
Power supply 500 mA for each port
Maximum cable length 5 m (can be extended using a USB hub)

Table 11: Technical data for USB connection

Warning!
• Only the USB devices tested and verified by B&R and found in the section
"Accessories" on page 555 may be connected to the USB interface.
• Because of general PC specifications, this interface should be handled with
extreme care with regard to EMC, location of cables, etc.

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 47

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.1.5 Mode / Node switches

Power Panel devices are equipped with 2 hex switches that serve as operating mode switches.
Switch positions 01 to FD are available for any purpose in an application and can be evaluated
by the application program.

Mode/Node switch

SW1 SW2

Figure 5: Mode/Node switch

Switch position Function Description

SW1 (x16) SW2 (x1) Operating mode switch
0 0 Boot Automation Runtime boot mode for operating system (firmware) upgrade (default:
Automation Runtime).
In this position, a new or missing operating system can be downloaded.
0 to F 0 to F Node Automation Runtime run mode with node 01-FD (CompactFlash Automation Runtime or
terminal operation).
Freely available for use in an application, e.g. setting the INA2000 node number for the
Ethernet interface.
F E Dyn. mode Automation Runtime run mode with node 01-FD (CompactFlash Automation Runtime or
terminal operation).
Device addresses can be assigned through the software.
F F Diagnostics Automation Runtime diagnostics mode (CompactFlash Automation Runtime or terminal
operation).

Table 12: Switch settings for the Mode / Node switch

48 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.1.6 Status LEDs

Power Panels are equipped with two status LEDs that are visible on the outside.

Status LEDs

Technical data
Chapter 2
Figure 6: Status LEDs

LED Color Function

User Green Available for use by the user (corresponding libraries for Automation Studio in preparation)
CF Yellow Indicates that a CompactFlash card is being accessed.

Table 13: Status LEDs

2.1.7 Ethernet connection

Ethernet connection

Figure 7: Ethernet connection

Ethernet 10/100 MBit/s 1)

Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10BaseT/100BaseT)
Controller MacPhyter DP83815 or DP83816 - depends on the revision
Cabling S/STP (category 5)

Table 14: Ethernet controller

1) Both operating modes are possible. Switching takes place automatically.

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 49

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

The onboard Ethernet controller for Power Panel devices provides an RJ45 twisted pair
connection where 2 LEDs are attached for status checking:

LED On Off
Green 100 MBit/s 10 MBit/s
Yellow Link (LED blinks during transfer) No link

Table 15: Status LEDs - Ethernet controller

2.1.8 Reset button

The reset button can be accessed through a small hole between the USB and the Ethernet
connections. In order to avoid accidental activation, a reset can only be triggered with a pointed
object.

Reset button

Figure 8: Reset button

50 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.1.9 CompactFlash slot

Power Panel devices are equipped with a CompactFlash slot that is accessible from the side.
Type I CompactFlash cards are supported.

CompactFlash safety clip Ejector

Technical data
Chapter 2
Caution!
Do not remove Compact
Flash while power is on!

Figure 9: CompactFlash slot

It is possible to secure the CompactFlash slot using the latch provided. By pressing the ejector
(using a pointed object is the best way to do this), the CompactFlash card can be changed
quickly and safely.

Warning!
The power must be turned off before inserting or removing the CompactFlash card!
As a safety measure, a sticker is also attached to Power Panel devices stating this.

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 51

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.2 Stickers

2.2.1 Safety sticker

A safety sticker attached over the CompactFlash slot advises that the power to the Power Panel
device must be switched off when inserting or removing a CompactFlash card.

Caution!
Do not remove Compact
Flash while power is on!

Figure 10: Safety sticker

2.2.2 Device label

The following label is attached to a suitable location on the Power Panel and shows brief
descriptions for all of the interfaces:

Figure 11: Device label

52 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.2.3 Serial number sticker

General information

Each B&R device is given a unique serial number sticker with a barcode that allows the device
to be clearly identified.

Design / dimensions

Technical data
Chapter 2
60 mm

R2
4PP120.0571-21 Rev. C0

14 mm
55240168769
www.br-automation.com

Model number Revision Standards met

4PP120.0571-21 Rev. C0

55240168769
www.br-automation.com

Serial number Barcode type 128

Figure 12: Design / dimensions - Serial number sticker

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 53

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.3 Device 4PP120.0571-01

Figure 13: Front view - 4PP120.0571-01

Grounding clip

Power
supply

USB
Reset button
Ethernet
COM
Status CompactFlash slot
LEDs SW1 SW2
(with latch)
(x16) (x1)

Figure 14: Rear view - 4PP120.0571-01

54 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.3.1 Technical data

Features 4PP120.0571-01
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB (Rev. < H0: 16 MB)
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 2 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM -
Quantity
Battery-buffered
Watchdog -
Controller
Power failure logic -
Controller
Buffer time
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered -
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day1)
Battery -
Type
Removable
Lifespan
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816 (Rev. < D0 DP83615)
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 16: Technical data - 4PP120.0571-01

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 55

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP120.0571-01
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots -
Holding torque for aPCI module
Display
Type LCD monochrome
Diagonal 5.7 in (144 mm)
Colors 8 shades of gray
Resolution QVGA, 320 x 240 pixels
Contrast 25:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =40°
Vertical Direction U = 40°/ direction D = 50°
Background lighting
Brightness 140 cd/m²
Half-brightness time2) 50,000 hours
Touch screen
Touch screen type Gunze
Technology Analog, resistive
Controller Hampshire, serial, 12-bit
Degree of transmission 84%
Filter glass -
Degree of transmission
Coating
Keys -
Key lifespan
Function keys
Soft keys
Cursor keys
Number block
Other keys
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 10 W typical, 15 W max.
Electrical isolation -
Bleeder resistance 0 Ohm

Table 16: Technical data - 4PP120.0571-01 (Forts.)

56 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

Mechanical characteristics 4PP120.0571-01

Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Design Gray
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 212 mm

Technical data
Height 156 mm

Chapter 2
Depth 55.5 mm
Weight Approx. 1.4 kg
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature3)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +70°C
Transport -20 to +70°C
Relative humidity See 2.3.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 58
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 16: Technical data - 4PP120.0571-01 (Forts.)

1) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
2) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
3) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 57

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.3.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 15: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP120.0571-01

2.3.3 Dimensions

2.9 9.4
8 196
3 46.5 6

General tolerance acc. to

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium
Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
156

140

Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm
Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm
Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm
82

212
8

Figure 16: Dimensions - 4PP120.0571-01

58 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.3.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 16 "Dimensions -
4PP120.0571-01" on page 58) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
156
149.5

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 199 ±0.5 mm x 143 ±0.5 mm suitable for

4PP120.0571-01
4PP120.0571-21
4PP220.0571-45
4PP220.0571-65
4PP220.0571-85
4PP220.0571-A5
5PP120.0571-27

6.5
0
212
6.5

205.5
0

Figure 17: Cutout dimensions

2.3.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 120 LCD B/W QVGA 5.7" T MH
4 Retaining clips included

Table 17: Contents of delivery - 4PP120.0571-01

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 59

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.4 Device 4PP120.0571-21

Figure 18: Front view - 4PP120.0571-21

Grounding clip

Power
supply

USB
Reset button
Ethernet
COM
Status CompactFlash slot
LEDs SW1 SW2
(with latch)
(x16) (x1)

Figure 19: Rear view - 4PP120.0571-21

60 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.4.1 Technical data

Features 4PP120.0571-21
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB (Rev. < H0: 16 MB)
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 2 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM -
Quantity
Battery-buffered
Watchdog -
Controller
Power failure logic -
Controller
Buffer time
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered -
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day1)
Battery -
Type
Removable
Lifespan
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816 (Rev. < D0 DP83615)
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 18: Technical data - 4PP120.0571-21

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 61

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP120.0571-21
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots -
Holding torque for aPCI module
Display
Type Color LCD
Diagonal 5.7 in (144 mm)
Colors 256 colors
Resolution QVGA, 320 x 240 pixels
Contrast 40:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =40°
Vertical Direction U = 40°/ direction D = 50°
Background lighting
Brightness 150 cd/m²
Half-brightness time2) 50,000 hours
Touch screen
Touch screen type Gunze
Technology Analog, resistive
Controller Hampshire, serial, 12-bit
Degree of transmission 84%
Filter glass -
Degree of transmission
Coating
Keys -
Key lifespan
Function keys
Soft keys
Cursor keys
Number block
Other keys
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 10 W typical, 15 W max.
Electrical isolation -
Bleeder resistance 0 Ohm

Table 18: Technical data - 4PP120.0571-21 (Forts.)

62 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

Mechanical characteristics 4PP120.0571-21

Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Design Gray
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 212 mm

Technical data
Height 156 mm

Chapter 2
Depth 55.5 mm
Weight Approx. 1.4 kg
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature3)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +60°C
Transport -20 to +60°C
Relative humidity See 2.4.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 64
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 18: Technical data - 4PP120.0571-21 (Forts.)

1) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
2) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
3) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 63

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.4.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 20: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP120.0571-21

2.4.3 Dimensions

2.9 9.4
8 196
3 46.5 6

General tolerance acc. to

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium
Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
156

140

Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm
Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm
Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm
82

212
8

Figure 21: Dimensions - 4PP120.0571-21

64 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.4.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 21 "Dimensions -
4PP120.0571-21" on page 64) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
156
149.5

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 199 ±0.5 mm x 143 ±0.5 mm suitable for

4PP120.0571-01
4PP120.0571-21
4PP220.0571-45
4PP220.0571-65
4PP220.0571-85
4PP220.0571-A5
5PP120.0571-27

6.5
0
212
6.5

205.5
0

Figure 22: Cutout dimensions

2.4.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 120 LCD C QVGA 5.7" T MH
4 Retaining clips included

Table 19: Contents of delivery - 4PP120.0571-21

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 65

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.5 Device 4PP120.1043-31

Figure 23: Front view - 4PP120.1043-31

Grounding clip
CompactFlash slot
Power (with latch)
supply USB
Reset button SW2
(x1)
Ethernet
SW1
COM (x16)
Status
LEDs

Figure 24: Rear view - 4PP120.1043-31

66 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.5.1 Technical data

Features 4PP120.1043-31
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB (Rev. < H0: 16 MB)
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 2 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM -
Quantity
Battery-buffered
Watchdog -
Controller
Power failure logic -
Controller
Buffer time
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered -
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day1)
Battery -
Type
Removable
Lifespan
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816 (Rev. < C7 DP83615)
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 20: Technical data - 4PP120.1043-31

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 67

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP120.1043-31
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots -
Holding torque for aPCI module
Display
Type Color TFT
Diagonal 10.4 inch (264 mm)
Colors 256 colors
Resolution VGA, 640 x 480 pixels
Contrast 600:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =70°
Vertical Direction U = 45°/ direction D = 55°
Background lighting
Brightness 350 cd/m²
Half-brightness time2) 55,000 hours
Touch screen
Touch screen type Elo (Rev. < I0: 3M)
Technology Analog, resistive
Controller Hampshire, serial, 12-bit
Degree of transmission 78%
Filter glass -
Degree of transmission
Coating
Keys -
Key lifespan
Function keys
Soft keys
Cursor keys
Number block
Other keys
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 15 W typical, 20 W max.
Electrical isolation -
Bleeder resistance ≤ 24 kOhm

Table 20: Technical data - 4PP120.1043-31 (Forts.)

68 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

Mechanical characteristics 4PP120.1043-31

Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Design Gray
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 323 mm

Technical data
Height 260 mm

Chapter 2
Depth 65.5 mm
Weight Approx. 3.7 kg
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature3)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +70°C
Transport -20 to +70°C
Relative humidity See 2.5.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 70
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 20: Technical data - 4PP120.1043-31 (Forts.)

1) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
2) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
3) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 69

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.5.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 25: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP120.1043-31

2.5.3 Dimensions

2.9 9.9
11.5 300 3 54.5 8

General tolerance acc. to

82

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium

Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
260

Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
240

Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm

Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm
Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm
100

10

323 27.5

Figure 26: Dimensions - 4PP120.1043-31

70 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.5.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 26 "Dimensions -
4PP120.1043-31" on page 70) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
260
251.5

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 303 mm ± 0.5 mm x 243 mm ± 0.5 mm suitable for

4PP120.1043-31
4PP180.1043-31
4PP220.1043-75
4PP220.1043-B5
4PP280.1043-75
4PP280.1043-B5
5PP120.1043-37
5PP120.1043-37A

8.5
0
323
0

313
10

Figure 27: Cutout dimensions

2.5.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 120 TFT C VGA 10.4" T MH
6 Retaining clips included

Table 21: Contents of delivery - 4PP120.1043-31

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 71

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.6 Device 4PP120.1505-31

Figure 28: Front view - 4PP120.1505-31

CompactFlash slot
Grounding clip (with latch)

Power
supply USB SW2
SW1 (x1)
Reset button
(x16)
Ethernet Status
COM LEDs

Figure 29: Rear view - 4PP120.1505-31

72 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.6.1 Technical data

Features 4PP120.1505-31
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB (Rev. < K0: 16 MB)
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 2 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM -
Quantity
Battery-buffered
Watchdog -
Controller
Power failure logic -
Controller
Buffer time
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered -
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day1)
Battery -
Type
Removable
Lifespan
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816 (Rev. < E0 DP83615)
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 22: Technical data - 4PP120.1505-31

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 73

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP120.1505-31
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots -
Holding torque for aPCI module
Display
Type Color TFT
Diagonal 15 inch (381 mm)
Colors 16.7 million colors
Resolution XGA, 1024 x 768 pixels
Contrast 300:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =65°
Vertical Direction U = 50°/ direction D = 55°
Background lighting
Brightness 330 cd/m²
Half-brightness time2) 35,000 hours
Touch screen
Touch screen type Elo (Rev. < L0: 3M)
Technology Analog, resistive
Controller Hampshire, serial, 12-bit
Degree of transmission 78%
Filter glass -
Degree of transmission
Coating
Keys -
Key lifespan
Function keys
Soft keys
Cursor keys
Number block
Other keys
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 30 W typical, 35 W max.
Electrical isolation Yes
Bleeder resistance ≤ 24 kOhm

Table 22: Technical data - 4PP120.1505-31 (Forts.)

74 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

Mechanical characteristics 4PP120.1505-31

Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Design Gray
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 435 mm

Technical data
Height 330 mm

Chapter 2
Depth 71.5 mm
Weight Approx. 6.3 kg
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature3)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +60°C
Transport -20 to +60°C
Relative humidity See 2.6.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 76
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 22: Technical data - 4PP120.1505-31 (Forts.)

1) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
2) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
3) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 75

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.6.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 30: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP120.1505-31

2.6.3 Dimensions

2,9 9,9

11,5
11.5 412 3 60,5 8
81,6

General tolerance acc. to

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium
330

± 0.1 mm
309

Up to 6 mm
Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm
Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm
Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm
169
10,5

435 28,5

Figure 31: Dimensions - 4PP120.1505-31

76 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.6.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 31 "Dimensions -
4PP120.1505-31" on page 76) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
330
321

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 415 ±0.5 mm x 312 ±0.5 mm suitable for

4PP120.1505-31
4PP180.1505-31
4PP220.1505-75
4PP220.1505-B5
4PP280.1505-75
4PP280.1505-B5
5PP120.1505-37
5PP120.1505-37A

9
0
425
435
0
10

Figure 32: Cutout dimensions

2.6.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 120 TFT C XGA 15" T MH
8 Retaining clips included

Table 23: Contents of delivery - 4PP120.1505-31

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 77

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.7 Device 4PP151.0571-01

Keys can be Keys can be

labeled using labeled using
legend strips legend strips

Figure 33: Front view - 4PP151.0571-01

Grounding clip

Power
supply

USB CompactFlash slot

(with latch)
Reset button

Ethernet
SW2
COM (x1)
Status SW1
LEDs (x16)

Figure 34: Rear view - 4PP151.0571-01

78 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.7.1 Technical data

Features 4PP151.0571-01
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB (Rev. < E0: 16 MB)
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 2 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM -
Quantity
Battery-buffered
Watchdog -
Controller
Power failure logic -
Controller
Buffer time
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered -
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day1)
Battery -
Type
Removable
Lifespan
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 24: Technical data - 4PP151.0571-01

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 79

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP151.0571-01
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots -
Holding torque for aPCI module
Display
Type LCD monochrome
Diagonal 5.7 in (144 mm)
Colors 8 shades of gray
Resolution QVGA, 320 x 240 pixels
Contrast 25:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =40°
Vertical Direction U = 40°/ direction D = 50°
Background lighting
Brightness 140 cd/m²
Half-brightness time2) 50,000 hours
Touch screen -
Touch screen type
Technology
Controller
Degree of transmission
Filter glass
Degree of transmission 95%
Coating On both sides
Keys/LED
Key lifespan > 1,000,000 activations at 1 ±0.3 to 3 ±0.3 N activating force
Function keys 16 with LED
Soft keys 6 with LED
Cursor keys -
Number block 15 without LED
Other keys 5 without LED
Pressing more than one key at a time may result in so-called phantom keys, and may trigger
unintended actions.
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 13 W typical, 18 W max.
Electrical isolation -

Table 24: Technical data - 4PP151.0571-01 (Forts.)

80 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

Electrical characteristics 4PP151.0571-01

Bleeder resistance 0 Ohm
Mechanical characteristics
Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Orange keys Similar to Pantone 151CV
Dark gray keys Similar to Pantone 431CV
Legend strips (gray) Similar to Pantone 429CV

Technical data
Design Gray

Chapter 2
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 212 mm
Height 245 mm
Depth 55.5 mm
Weight Approx. 2 kg
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature3)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +70°C
Transport -20 to +70°C
Relative humidity See 2.7.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 82
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 24: Technical data - 4PP151.0571-01 (Forts.)

1) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
2) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
3) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 81

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.7.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 35: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP151.0571-01

2.7.3 Dimensions

2.9 9,9
8 196 3 46.5 6

General tolerance acc. to

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium
140

Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm
Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm
Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm
82
245

97

13.2

212 28

Figure 36: Dimensions - 4PP151.0571-01

82 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.7.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 36 "Dimensions -
4PP151.0571-01" on page 82) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
245

238.5

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 199 ±0.5 mm x 226.8 ±0.5 mm suitable for

4PP151.0571-01
4PP151.0571-21
4PP251.0571-45
4PP251.0571-65
4PP251.0571-85
4PP251.0571-A5

11.7
0
212
6.5

205.5
0

Figure 37: Cutout dimensions

2.7.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 151 LCD B/W QVGA 5.7" F MH
6 Retaining clips included
4 Legend strips (inserted in the front)

Table 25: Contents of delivery - 4PP151.0571-01

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 83

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.8 Device 4PP151.0571-21

Keys can be Keys can be

labeled using labeled using
legend strips legend strips

Figure 38: Front view - 4PP151.0571-21

Grounding clip

Power
supply

USB CompactFlash slot

(with latch)
Reset button

Ethernet
SW2
COM (x1)
Status SW1
LEDs (x16)

Figure 39: Rear view - 4PP151.0571-21

84 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.8.1 Technical data

Features 4PP151.0571-21
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB (Rev. < E0: 16 MB)
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 2 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM -
Quantity
Battery-buffered
Watchdog -
Controller
Power failure logic -
Controller
Buffer time
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered -
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day1)
Battery -
Type
Removable
Lifespan
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 26: Technical data - 4PP151.0571-21

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 85

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP151.0571-21
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots -
Holding torque for aPCI module
Display
Type Color LCD
Diagonal 5.7 in (144 mm)
Colors 256 colors
Resolution QVGA, 320 x 240 pixels
Contrast 40:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =40°
Vertical Direction U = 40°/ direction D = 50°
Background lighting
Brightness 150 cd/m²
Half-brightness time2) 50,000 hours
Touch screen -
Touch screen type
Technology
Controller
Degree of transmission
Filter glass
Degree of transmission 95%
Coating On both sides
Keys
Key lifespan > 1,000,000 activations at 1 ±0.3 to 3 ±0.3 N activating force
Function keys 16 with LED
Soft keys 6 with LED
Cursor keys -
Number block 15 without LED
Other keys 5 without LED
Pressing more than one key at a time may result in so-called phantom keys, and may trigger
unintended actions.
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 13 W typical, 18 W max.
Electrical isolation -

Table 26: Technical data - 4PP151.0571-21 (Forts.)

86 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

Electrical characteristics 4PP151.0571-21

Bleeder resistance 0 Ohm
Mechanical characteristics
Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Orange keys Similar to Pantone 151CV
Dark gray keys Similar to Pantone 431CV
Legend strips (gray) Similar to Pantone 429CV

Technical data
Design Gray

Chapter 2
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 212 mm
Height 245 mm
Depth 55.5 mm
Weight Approx. 2 kg
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature3)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +60°C
Transport -20 to +60°C
Relative humidity See 2.8.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 88
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 26: Technical data - 4PP151.0571-21 (Forts.)

1) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
2) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
3) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 87

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.8.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 40: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP151.0571-21

2.8.3 Dimensions

2.9 9,9
8 196 3 46.5 6

General tolerance acc. to

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium
140

Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm
Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm
Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm
82
245

97

13.2

212 28

Figure 41: Dimensions - 4PP151.0571-21

88 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.8.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 41 "Dimensions -
4PP151.0571-21" on page 88) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
245

238.5

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 199 ±0.5 mm x 226.8 ±0.5 mm suitable for

4PP151.0571-01
4PP151.0571-21
4PP251.0571-45
4PP251.0571-65
4PP251.0571-85
4PP251.0571-A5

11.7
0
212
6.5

205.5
0

Figure 42: Cutout dimensions

2.8.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 120 LCD C QVGA 5.7" T MH
6 Retaining clips included
4 Legend strips (inserted in the front)

Table 27: Contents of delivery - 4PP151.0571-21

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 89

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.9 Device 4PP151.1043-31

Keys can be Keys can be

labeled using labeled using
legend strips legend strips

Figure 43: Front view - 4PP151.1043-31

CompactFlash slot
(with latch)

Grounding clip

Power
supply SW2
USB
(x1)
Reset button SW1
Ethernet (x16)
COM
Status
LEDs

Figure 44: Rear view - 4PP151.1043-31

90 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.9.1 Technical data

Features 4PP151.1043-31
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 2 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM -
Quantity
Battery-buffered
Watchdog -
Controller
Power failure logic -
Controller
Buffer time
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered -
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day1)
Battery -
Type
Removable
Lifespan
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 28: Technical data - 4PP120.1043-31

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 91

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP151.1043-31
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots -
Holding torque for aPCI module
Display
Type Color TFT
Diagonal 10.4 inch (264 mm)
Colors 256 colors
Resolution VGA, 640 x 480 pixels
Contrast 600:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =70°
Vertical Direction U = 45°/ direction D = 55°
Background lighting
Brightness 350 cd/m²
Half-brightness time2) 55,000 hours
Touch screen -
Touch screen type
Technology
Controller
Degree of transmission
Filter glass
Degree of transmission 95%
Coating On both sides
Keys
Key lifespan > 1,000,000 activations at 1 ±0.3 to 3 ±0.3 N activating force
Function keys 28 with LED
Soft keys 10 with LED
Cursor keys -
Number block 15 without LED
Other keys 5 without LED
Pressing more than one key at a time may result in so-called phantom keys, and may trigger
unintended actions.
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 18 W typical, 23 W max.
Electrical isolation -

Table 28: Technical data - 4PP120.1043-31 (Forts.)

92 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

Electrical characteristics 4PP151.1043-31

Bleeder resistance ≤ 24 kOhm
Mechanical characteristics
Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Orange keys Similar to Pantone 151CV
Dark gray keys Similar to Pantone 431CV
Legend strips (gray) Similar to Pantone 429CV

Technical data
Design Gray

Chapter 2
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 323 mm
Height 358 mm
Depth 65.5 mm
Weight Approx. 4.6 kg
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature3)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +70°C
Transport -20 to +70°C
Relative humidity See 2.9.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 94
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 28: Technical data - 4PP120.1043-31 (Forts.)

1) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
2) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
3) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 93

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.9.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 45: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP151.1043-31

2.9.3 Dimensions

2.9 9,9
11.5 300 3 54.5 8

General tolerance acc. to

81.6

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium

Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm
Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm
358

333

Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm

193
15

323 27.5

Figure 46: Dimensions - 4PP151.1043-31

94 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.9.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 46 "Dimensions -
4PP151.1043-31" on page 94) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
358

349.5

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 303 ±0.5 mm x 336 ±0.5 mm suitable for

4PP151.1043-31
4PP181.1043-31
4PP251.1043-75
4PP251.1043-B5
4PP281.1043-75
4PP281.1043-B5

13.5
0
0
10

313
323

Figure 47: Cutout dimensions

2.9.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 151 TFT C VGA 10.4" F MH
12 Retaining clips included
6 Legend strips (inserted in the front)

Table 29: Contents of delivery - 4PP151.1043-31

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 95

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.10 Device 4PP151.1505-31

Keys can be Keys can be

labeled using labeled using
legend strips legend strips

Figure 48: Front view - 4PP151.1505-31

CompactFlash slot
(with latch)
Grounding clip
SW2
Power (x1)
supply
USB SW1
(x16)
Reset button

Status
Ethernet
LEDs
COM

Figure 49: Rear view - 4PP151.1505-31

96 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.10.1 Technical data

Features 4PP151.1505-31
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 2 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM -
Quantity
Battery-buffered
Watchdog -
Controller
Power failure logic -
Controller
Buffer time
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered -
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day1)
Battery -
Type
Removable
Lifespan
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 30: Technical data - 4PP151.1505-31

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 97

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP151.1505-31
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots -
Holding torque for aPCI module
Display
Type Color TFT
Diagonal 15 inch (381 mm)
Colors 16.7 million colors
Resolution XGA, 1024 x 768 pixels
Contrast 300:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =65°
Vertical Direction U = 50°/ direction D = 55°
Background lighting
Brightness 330 cd/m²
Half-brightness time2) 35,000 hours
Touch screen -
Touch screen type
Technology
Controller
Degree of transmission
Filter glass
Degree of transmission 95%
Coating On both sides
Keys
Key lifespan > 1,000,000 activations at 1 ±0.3 to 3 ±0.3 N activating force
Function keys 20 with LED
Soft keys 12 with LED
Cursor keys -
Number block 15 without LED
Other keys 77 without LED
Pressing more than one key at a time may result in so-called phantom keys, and may trigger
unintended actions.
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 33 W typical, 38 W max.
Electrical isolation Yes

Table 30: Technical data - 4PP151.1505-31 (Forts.)

98 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

Electrical characteristics 4PP151.1505-31

Bleeder resistance ≤ 24 kOhm
Mechanical characteristics
Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Orange keys Similar to Pantone 151CV
Dark gray keys Similar to Pantone 431CV
Legend strips (gray) Similar to Pantone 429CV

Technical data
Design Gray

Chapter 2
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 435 mm
Height 430 mm
Depth 71.5 mm
Weight Approx. 7.6 kg
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature3)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +60°C
Transport -20 to +60°C
Relative humidity See 2.10.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 100
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 30: Technical data - 4PP151.1505-31 (Forts.)

1) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
2) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
3) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 99

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.10.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 50: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP151.1505-31

2.10.3 Dimensions

2.9 9.9
11.5 412 3 60.5 8
81.6

General tolerance acc. to

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium
Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm
409.5
430

Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm

Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm
269.5
10

435 28.5

Figure 51: Dimensions - 4PP151.1505-31

100 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.10.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 51 "Dimensions -
4PP151.1505-31" on page 100) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
430
421

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 415 ±0.5 mm x 412 ±0.5 mm suitable for

4PP151.1505-31
4PP181.1505-31
4PP251.1505-75
4PP251.1505-B5
4PP281.1505-75
4PP281.1505-B5

9
0
425
435
0
10

Figure 52: Cutout dimensions

2.10.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 151 TFT C XGA 15" F MH
12 Retaining clips included
2 Legend strips (inserted in the front)

Table 31: Contents of delivery - 4PP151.1505-31

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 101

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.11 Device 4PP152.0571-01

Keys can be labeled using legend strips

Figure 53: Front view - 4PP152.0571-01

Grounding clip

Power
supply CompactFlash slot
USB (with latch)
Reset button

Ethernet
COM
Status SW2
LEDs SW1 (x1)
(x16)

Figure 54: Rear view - 4PP152.0571-01

102 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.11.1 Technical data

Features 4PP152.0571-01
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB (Rev. < D0: 16 MB)
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 2 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM -
Quantity
Battery-buffered
Watchdog -
Controller
Power failure logic -
Controller
Buffer time
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered -
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day1)
Battery -
Type
Removable
Lifespan
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 32: Technical data - 4PP152.0571-01

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 103

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP152.0571-01
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots -
Holding torque for aPCI module
Display
Type LCD monochrome
Diagonal 5.7 in (144 mm)
Colors 8 shades of gray
Resolution QVGA, 320 x 240 pixels
Contrast 25:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =40°
Vertical Direction U = 40°/ direction D = 50°
Background lighting
Brightness 140 cd/m²
Half-brightness time2) 50,000 hours
Touch screen -
Touch screen type
Technology
Controller
Degree of transmission
Filter glass
Degree of transmission 95%
Coating On both sides
Keys
Key lifespan > 1,000,000 activations at 1 ±0.3 to 3 ±0.3 N activating force
Function keys 20 with LED
Soft keys -
Cursor keys -
Number block 15 without LED
Other keys 5 without LED
Pressing more than one key at a time may result in so-called phantom keys, and may trigger
unintended actions.
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 13 W typical, 18 W max.
Electrical isolation -

Table 32: Technical data - 4PP152.0571-01 (Forts.)

104 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

Electrical characteristics 4PP152.0571-01

Bleeder resistance 0 Ohm
Mechanical characteristics
Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Orange keys Similar to Pantone 151CV
Dark gray keys Similar to Pantone 431CV
Legend strips (gray) Similar to Pantone 429CV

Technical data
Design Gray

Chapter 2
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 302 mm
Height 187 mm
Depth 55.5 mm
Weight Approx. 2.2 kg
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature3)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +70°C
Transport -20 to +70°C
Relative humidity See 2.11.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 106
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 32: Technical data - 4PP152.0571-01 (Forts.)

1) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
2) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
3) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 105

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.11.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 55: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP152.0571-01

2.11.3 Dimensions

2.9 11.9
8 286
3 46.5 6

General tolerance acc. to

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium
Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
171
187

Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm

Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm
Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm
113
8

302

Figure 56: Dimensions - 4PP152.0571-01

106 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.11.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 56 "Dimensions -
4PP152.0571-01" on page 106) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
187
180.5

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 289 ±0.5 mm x 174 ±0.5 mm suitable for

4PP152.0571-01
4PP152.0571-21
4PP252.0571-45
4PP252.0571-65
4PP252.0571-85
4PP252.0571-A5

6.5
0
302
6.5

295.5
0

Figure 57: Cutout dimensions

2.11.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 152 LCD B/W QVGA 5.7" F MH
10 Retaining clips included
8 Legend strips (inserted in the front)

Table 33: Contents of delivery - 4PP152.0571-01

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 107

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.12 Device 4PP152.0571-21

Keys can be labeled using legend strips

Figure 58: Front view - 4PP152.0571-21

Grounding clip

Power
supply CompactFlash slot
USB (with latch)
Reset button

Ethernet
COM
Status SW2
LEDs SW1 (x1)
(x16)

Figure 59: Rear view - 4PP152.0571-21

108 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.12.1 Technical data

Features 4PP152.0571-21
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB (Rev. < F0: 16 MB)
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 2 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM -
Quantity
Battery-buffered
Watchdog -
Controller
Power failure logic -
Controller
Buffer time
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered -
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day1)
Battery -
Type
Removable
Lifespan
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 34: Technical data - 4PP152.0571-21

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 109

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP152.0571-21
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots -
Holding torque for aPCI module
Display
Type Color LCD
Diagonal 5.7 in (144 mm)
Colors 256 colors
Resolution QVGA, 320 x 240 pixels
Contrast 40:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =40°
Vertical Direction U = 40°/ direction D = 50°
Background lighting
Brightness 150 cd/m²
Half-brightness time2) 50,000 hours
Touch screen -
Touch screen type
Technology
Controller
Degree of transmission
Filter glass
Degree of transmission 95%
Coating On both sides
Keys
Key lifespan > 1,000,000 activations at 1 ±0.3 to 3 ±0.3 N activating force
Function keys 20 with LED
Soft keys -
Cursor keys -
Number block 15 without LED
Other keys 5 without LED
Pressing more than one key at a time may result in so-called phantom keys, and may trigger
unintended actions.
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 13 W typical, 18 W max.
Electrical isolation -

Table 34: Technical data - 4PP152.0571-21 (Forts.)

110 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

Electrical characteristics 4PP152.0571-21

Bleeder resistance 0 Ohm
Mechanical characteristics
Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Orange keys Similar to Pantone 151CV
Dark gray keys Similar to Pantone 431CV
Legend strips (gray) Similar to Pantone 429CV

Technical data
Design Gray

Chapter 2
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 302 mm
Height 187 mm
Depth 55.5 mm
Weight Approx. 2.2 kg
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature3)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +60°C
Transport -20 to +60°C
Relative humidity See 2.12.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 112
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 34: Technical data - 4PP152.0571-21 (Forts.)

1) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
2) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
3) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 111

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.12.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 60: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP152.0571-21

2.12.3 Dimensions

2.9 11.9
8 286
3 46.5 6

General tolerance acc. to

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium
Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
171
187

Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm

Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm
Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm
113
8

302

Figure 61: Dimensions - 4PP152.0571-21

112 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.12.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 61 "Dimensions -
4PP152.0571-21" on page 112) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
187
180.5

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 289 ±0.5 mm x 174 ±0.5 mm suitable for

4PP152.0571-01
4PP152.0571-21
4PP252.0571-45
4PP252.0571-65
4PP252.0571-85
4PP252.0571-A5

6.5
0
302
6.5

295.5
0

Figure 62: Cutout dimensions

2.12.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 152 LCD C QVGA 5.7" F MH
10 Retaining clips included
8 Legend strips (inserted in the front)

Table 35: Contents of delivery - 4PP152.0571-21

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 113

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.13 Device 4PP152.1043-31

Keys can be
labeled using
legend strips

Keys can be labeled using legend strips

Figure 63: Front view - 4PP152.1043-31

Grounding clip
CompactFlash slot
Power (with latch)
supply
USB
Reset button SW2
(x1)
Ethernet
COM
Status SW1
LEDs (x16)

Figure 64: Rear view - 4PP152.1043-31

114 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.13.1 Technical data

Features 4PP152.1043-31
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 2 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM -
Quantity
Battery-buffered
Watchdog -
Controller
Power failure logic -
Controller
Buffer time
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered -
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day1)
Battery -
Type
Removable
Lifespan
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 36: Technical data - 4PP152.1043-31

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 115

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP152.1043-31
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots -
Holding torque for aPCI module
Display
Type Color TFT
Diagonal 10.4 inch (264 mm)
Colors 256 colors
Resolution VGA, 640 x 480 pixels
Contrast 600:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =70°
Vertical Direction U = 45°/ direction D = 55°
Background lighting
Brightness 350 cd/m²
Half-brightness time2) 55,000 hours
Touch screen -
Touch screen type
Technology
Controller
Degree of transmission
Filter glass
Degree of transmission 95%
Coating On both sides
Keys
Key lifespan > 1,000,000 activations at 1 ±0.3 to 3 ±0.3 N activating force
Function keys 44 with LED
Soft keys -
Cursor keys -
Number block 15 without LED
Other keys 5 without LED
Pressing more than one key at a time may result in so-called phantom keys, and may trigger
unintended actions.
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 18 W typical, 23 W max.
Electrical isolation -

Table 36: Technical data - 4PP152.1043-31 (Forts.)

116 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

Electrical characteristics 4PP152.1043-31

Bleeder resistance ≤ 24 kOhm
Mechanical characteristics
Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Orange keys Similar to Pantone 151CV
Dark gray keys Similar to Pantone 431CV
Legend strips (gray) Similar to Pantone 429CV

Technical data
Design Gray

Chapter 2
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 423 mm
Height 288 mm
Depth 65.5 mm
Weight Approx. 4.8 kg
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature3)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +70°C
Transport -20 to +70°C
Relative humidity See 2.13.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 118
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 36: Technical data - 4PP152.1043-31 (Forts.)

1) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
2) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
3) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 117

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.13.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 65: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP152.1043-31

2.13.3 Dimensions

2.9 9.9
11.5 399 3 54.5 8

General tolerance acc. to

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium
81.5

Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
263.5

Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
288

Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm

Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm
Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm
123.5
14.5

423 27.5

Figure 66: Dimensions - 4PP152.1043-31

118 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.13.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 66 "Dimensions -
4PP152.1043-31" on page 118) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
288
279.5

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 402 ±0.5 mm x 266.5 ±0.5 mm suitable for

4PP152.1043-31
4PP182.1043-31
4PP252.1043-75
4PP252.1043-B5
4PP282.1043-75
4PP282.1043-B5

13
0
412
0
10

423

Figure 67: Cutout dimensions

2.13.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 152 TFT VGA 10.4" F MH
12 Retaining clips included
16 Legend strips (inserted in the front)

Table 37: Contents of delivery - 4PP152.1043-31

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 119

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.14 Device 4PP180.1043-31

Keys can be Keys can be

labeled using labeled using
legend strips legend strips

Figure 68: Front view - 4PP180.1043-31

Grounding clip
CompactFlash slot
Power (with latch)
supply USB
Reset button SW2
(x1)
Ethernet
SW1
COM (x16)
Status
LEDs

Figure 69: Rear view - 4PP180.1043-31

120 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.14.1 Technical data

Features 4PP180.1043-31
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 2 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM -
Quantity
Battery-buffered
Watchdog -
Controller
Power failure logic -
Controller
Buffer time
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered -
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day1)
Battery -
Type
Removable
Lifespan
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 38: Technical data - 4PP180.1043-31

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 121

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP180.1043-31
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots -
Holding torque for aPCI module
Display
Type Color TFT
Diagonal 10.4 inch (264 mm)
Colors 256 colors
Resolution VGA, 640 x 480 pixels
Contrast 600:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =70°
Vertical Direction U = 45°/ direction D = 55°
Background lighting
Brightness 350 cd/m²
Half-brightness time2) 55,000 hours
Touch screen
Touch screen type Elo
Technology Analog, resistive
Controller Hampshire, serial, 12-bit
Degree of transmission 78%
Filter glass -
Degree of transmission
Coating
Keys
Key lifespan > 1,000,000 activations at 1 ±0.3 to 3 ±0.3 N activating force
Function keys 12 with LED
Soft keys 10 with LED
Cursor keys -
Number block -
Other keys -
Pressing more than one key at a time may result in so-called phantom keys, and may trigger
unintended actions.
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 18 W typical, 23 W max.
Electrical isolation -

Table 38: Technical data - 4PP180.1043-31 (Forts.)

122 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

Electrical characteristics 4PP180.1043-31

Bleeder resistance ≤ 24 kOhm
Mechanical characteristics
Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Legend strips (gray) Similar to Pantone 429CV
Design Gray
Gasket Flat gasket around display front

Technical data
Chapter 2
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 323 mm
Height 260 mm
Depth 65.5 mm
Weight Approx. 3.7 kg
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature3)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +70°C
Transport -20 to +70°C
Relative humidity See 2.14.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 124
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 38: Technical data - 4PP180.1043-31 (Forts.)

1) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
2) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
3) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 123

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.14.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 70: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP180.1043-31

2.14.3 Dimensions

9.9
2.9
11.5 300 3 54.5 8

General tolerance acc. to

81.5

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium

260

Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
240

Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm
Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm
Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm
100

323
10

27.5

Figure 71: Dimensions - 4PP180.1043-31

124 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.14.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 71 "Dimensions -
4PP180.1043-31" on page 124) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
260
251.5

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 303 mm ± 0.5 mm x 243 mm ± 0.5 mm suitable for

4PP120.1043-31
4PP180.1043-31
4PP220.1043-75
4PP220.1043-B5
4PP280.1043-75
4PP280.1043-B5
5PP120.1043-37
5PP120.1043-37A

8.5
0
323
0

313
10

Figure 72: Cutout dimensions

2.14.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 180 TFT VGA 10.4" F T MH
6 Retaining clips included
2 Legend strips (inserted in the front)

Table 39: Contents of delivery - 4PP180.1043-31

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 125

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.15 Device 4PP180.1505-31

Keys can be Keys can be

labeled using labeled using
legend strips legend strips

Figure 73: Front view - 4PP180.1505-31

CompactFlash slot
Grounding clip (with latch)

Power
supply USB SW2
SW1 (x1)
Reset button
(x16)
Ethernet Status
COM LEDs

Figure 74: Rear view - 4PP180.1505-31

126 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.15.1 Technical data

Features 4PP180.1505-31
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 2 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM -
Quantity
Battery-buffered
Watchdog -
Controller
Power failure logic -
Controller
Buffer time
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered -
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day1)
Battery -
Type
Removable
Lifespan
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 40: Technical data - 4PP180.1505-31

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 127

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP180.1505-31
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots -
Holding torque for aPCI module
Display
Type Color TFT
Diagonal 15 inch (381 mm)
Colors 16.7 million colors
Resolution XGA, 1024 x 768 pixels
Contrast 300:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =65°
Vertical Direction U = 50°/ direction D = 55°
Background lighting
Brightness 330 cd/m²
Half-brightness time2) 35,000 hours
Touch screen
Touch screen type Elo
Technology Analog, resistive
Controller Hampshire, serial, 12-bit
Degree of transmission 78%
Filter glass -
Degree of transmission
Coating
Keys
Key lifespan > 1,000,000 activations at 1 ±0.3 to 3 ±0.3 N activating force
Function keys 20 with LED
Soft keys 12 with LED
Cursor keys -
Number block -
Other keys -
Pressing more than one key at a time may result in so-called phantom keys, and may trigger
unintended actions.
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 33 W typical, 38 W max.
Electrical isolation Yes

Table 40: Technical data - 4PP180.1505-31 (Forts.)

128 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

Electrical characteristics 4PP180.1505-31

Bleeder resistance ≤ 24 kOhm
Mechanical characteristics
Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Legend strips (gray) Similar to Pantone 429CV
Design Gray
Gasket Flat gasket around display front

Technical data
Chapter 2
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 435 mm
Height 330 mm
Depth 71.5 mm
Weight Approx. 6.3 kg
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature3)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +60°C
Transport -20 to +60°C
Relative humidity See 2.15.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 130
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 40: Technical data - 4PP180.1505-31 (Forts.)

1) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
2) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
3) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 129

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.15.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 75: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP180.1505-31

2.15.3 Dimensions

2.9
9.9
11.5
412 3 60.5 8
81.6

General tolerance acc. to

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium
309
330

Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm
Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm
Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm
169
10.5

435 28.5

Figure 76: Dimensions - 4PP180.1505-31

130 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.15.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 76 "Dimensions -
4PP180.1505-31" on page 130) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
330
321

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 415 ±0.5 mm x 312 ±0.5 mm suitable for

4PP120.1505-31
4PP180.1505-31
4PP220.1505-75
4PP220.1505-B5
4PP280.1505-75
4PP280.1505-B5
5PP120.1505-37
5PP120.1505-37A

9
0
425
435
0
10

Figure 77: Cutout dimensions

2.15.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 180 TFT VGA 15" F T MH
8 Retaining clips included
2 Legend strips (inserted in the front)

Table 41: Contents of delivery - 4PP180.1505-31

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 131

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.16 Device 4PP181.1043-31

Keys can be Keys can be

labeled using labeled using
legend strips legend strips

Figure 78: Front view - 4PP181.1043-31

CompactFlash slot
(with latch)

Grounding clip

Power
supply SW2
USB
(x1)
Reset button SW1
Ethernet (x16)
COM
Status
LEDs

Figure 79: Rear view - 4PP181.1043-31

132 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.16.1 Technical data

Features 4PP181.1043-31
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 2 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM -
Quantity
Battery-buffered
Watchdog -
Controller
Power failure logic -
Controller
Buffer time
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered -
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day1)
Battery -
Type
Removable
Lifespan
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 42: Technical data - 4PP181.1043-31

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 133

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP181.1043-31
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots -
Holding torque for aPCI module
Display
Type Color TFT
Diagonal 10.4 inch (264 mm)
Colors 256 colors
Resolution VGA, 640 x 480 pixels
Contrast 600:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =70°
Vertical Direction U = 45°/ direction D = 55°
Background lighting
Brightness 350 cd/m²
Half-brightness time2) 55,000 hours
Touch screen
Touch screen type Elo
Technology Analog, resistive
Controller Hampshire, serial, 12-bit
Degree of transmission 78%
Filter glass -
Degree of transmission
Coating
Keys
Key lifespan > 1,000,000 activations at 1 ±0.3 to 3 ±0.3 N activating force
Function keys 28 with LED
Soft keys 10 with LED
Cursor keys -
Number block 15 without LED
Other keys 5 without LED
Pressing more than one key at a time may result in so-called phantom keys, and may trigger
unintended actions.
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 17 W typical, 23 W max.
Electrical isolation -

Table 42: Technical data - 4PP181.1043-31 (Forts.)

134 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

Electrical characteristics 4PP181.1043-31

Bleeder resistance ≤ 24 kOhm
Mechanical characteristics
Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Orange keys Similar to Pantone 151CV
Dark gray keys Similar to Pantone 431CV
Legend strips (gray) Similar to Pantone 429CV

Technical data
Design Gray

Chapter 2
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 323 mm
Height 358 mm
Depth 65.5 mm
Weight Approx. 4.6 kg
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature3)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +70°C
Transport -20 to +70°C
Relative humidity See 2.16.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 136
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 42: Technical data - 4PP181.1043-31 (Forts.)

1) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
2) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
3) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 135

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.16.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 80: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP181.1043-31

2.16.3 Dimensions

2.9 9,9
11.5 300 3 54.5 8

General tolerance acc. to

81.6

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium

Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm
Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm
358

333

Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm

193
15

323 27.5

Figure 81: Dimensions - 4PP181.1043-31

136 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.16.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 81 "Dimensions -
4PP181.1043-31" on page 136) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
358

349.5

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 303 ±0.5 mm x 336 ±0.5 mm suitable for

4PP151.1043-31
4PP181.1043-31
4PP251.1043-75
4PP251.1043-B5
4PP281.1043-75
4PP281.1043-B5

13.5
0
0
10

313
323

Figure 82: Cutout dimensions

2.16.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 181 TFT C VGA 10.4" F T MH
12 Retaining clips included
6 Legend strips (inserted in the front)

Table 43: Contents of delivery - 4PP181.1043-31

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 137

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.17 Device 4PP181.1505-31

Keys can be Keys can be

labeled using labeled using
legend strips legend strips

Figure 83: Front view - 4PP181.1505-31

CompactFlash slot
(with latch)
Grounding clip
SW2
Power (x1)
supply
USB SW1
(x16)
Reset button

Status
Ethernet
LEDs
COM

Figure 84: Rear view - 4PP181.1505-31

138 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.17.1 Technical data

Features 4PP181.1505-31
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 2 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM -
Quantity
Battery-buffered
Watchdog -
Controller
Power failure logic -
Controller
Buffer time
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered -
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day1)
Battery -
Type
Removable
Lifespan
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 44: Technical data - 4PP181.1505-31

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 139

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP181.1505-31
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots -
Holding torque for aPCI module
Display
Type Color TFT
Diagonal 15 inch (381 mm)
Colors 16.7 million colors
Resolution XGA, 1024 x 768 pixels
Contrast 300:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =65°
Vertical Direction U = 50°/ direction D = 55°
Background lighting
Brightness 330 cd/m²
Half-brightness time2) 35,000 hours
Touch screen
Touch screen type Elo
Technology Analog, resistive
Controller Hampshire, serial, 12-bit
Degree of transmission 78%
Filter glass -
Degree of transmission
Coating
Keys
Key lifespan > 1,000,000 activations at 1 ±0.3 to 3 ±0.3 N activating force
Function keys 20 with LED
Soft keys 12 with LED
Cursor keys -
Number block 15 without LED
Other keys 77 without LED
Pressing more than one key at a time may result in so-called phantom keys, and may trigger
unintended actions.
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 33 W typical, 38 W max.
Electrical isolation Yes

Table 44: Technical data - 4PP181.1505-31 (Forts.)

140 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

Electrical characteristics 4PP181.1505-31

Bleeder resistance ≤ 24 kOhm
Mechanical characteristics
Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Orange keys Similar to Pantone 151CV
Dark gray keys Similar to Pantone 431CV
Legend strips (gray) Similar to Pantone 429CV

Technical data
Design Gray

Chapter 2
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 435 mm
Height 430 mm
Depth 71.5 mm
Weight Approx. 7.6 kg
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature3)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +60°C
Transport -20 to +60°C
Relative humidity See 2.17.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 142
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 44: Technical data - 4PP181.1505-31 (Forts.)

1) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
2) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
3) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 141

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.17.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 85: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP181.1505-31

2.17.3 Dimensions

2.9 9.9
11.5 412 3 60.5 8
81.6

General tolerance acc. to

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium
Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm
409.5
430

Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm

Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm
269.5
10

435 28.5

Figure 86: Dimensions - 4PP181.1505-31

142 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.17.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 86 "Dimensions -
4PP181.1505-31" on page 142) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
430
421

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 415 ±0.5 mm x 412 ±0.5 mm suitable for

4PP151.1505-31
4PP181.1505-31
4PP251.1505-75
4PP251.1505-B5
4PP281.1505-75
4PP281.1505-B5

9
0
425
435
0
10

Figure 87: Cutout dimensions

2.17.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 181 TFT VGA 15" F T MH
12 Retaining clips included
6 Legend strips (inserted in the front)

Table 45: Contents of delivery - 4PP181.1505-31

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 143

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.18 Device 4PP182.1043-31

Keys can be
labeled using
legend strips

Keys can be labeled using legend strips

Figure 88: Front view - 4PP182.1043-31

Grounding clip
CompactFlash slot
Power (with latch)
supply
USB
Reset button SW2
(x1)
Ethernet
COM
Status SW1
LEDs (x16)

Figure 89: Rear view - 4PP182.1043-31

144 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.18.1 Technical data

Features 4PP182.1043-31
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 2 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM -
Quantity
Battery-buffered
Watchdog -
Controller
Power failure logic -
Controller
Buffer time
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered -
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day1)
Battery -
Type
Removable
Lifespan
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 46: Technical data - 4PP182.1043-31

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 145

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP182.1043-31
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots -
Holding torque for aPCI module
Display
Type Color TFT
Diagonal 10.4 inch (264 mm)
Colors 256 colors
Resolution VGA, 640 x 480 pixels
Contrast 600:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =70°
Vertical Direction U = 45°/ direction D = 55°
Background lighting
Brightness 350 cd/m²
Half-brightness time2) 55,000 hours
Touch screen
Touch screen type Elo
Technology Analog, resistive
Controller Hampshire, serial, 12-bit
Degree of transmission 78%
Filter glass -
Degree of transmission
Coating
Keys
Key lifespan > 1,000,000 activations at 1 ±0.3 to 3 ±0.3 N activating force
Function keys 44 with LED
Soft keys -
Cursor keys -
Number block 15 without LED
Other keys 5 without LED
Pressing more than one key at a time may result in so-called phantom keys, and may trigger
unintended actions.
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 18 W typical, 23 W max.
Electrical isolation -

Table 46: Technical data - 4PP182.1043-31 (Forts.)

146 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

Electrical characteristics 4PP182.1043-31

Bleeder resistance ≤ 24 kOhm
Mechanical characteristics
Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Orange keys Similar to Pantone 151CV
Dark gray keys Similar to Pantone 431CV
Legend strips (gray) Similar to Pantone 429CV

Technical data
Design Gray

Chapter 2
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 423 mm
Height 288 mm
Depth 65.5 mm
Weight Approx. 4.8 kg
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature3)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +70°C
Transport -20 to +70°C
Relative humidity See 2.18.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 148
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 46: Technical data - 4PP182.1043-31 (Forts.)

1) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
2) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
3) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 147

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.18.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 90: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP182.1043-31

2.18.3 Dimensions

2.9 9.9
11.5 399 3 54.5 8

General tolerance acc. to

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium
81.5

Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
263.5

Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
288

Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm

Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm
Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm
123.5
14.5

423 27.5

Figure 91: Dimensions - 4PP182.1043-31

148 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime

2.18.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 81 "Dimensions -
4PP181.1043-31" on page 136) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
288
279.5

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 402 ±0.5 mm x 266.5 ±0.5 mm suitable for

4PP152.1043-31
4PP182.1043-31
4PP252.1043-75
4PP252.1043-B5
4PP282.1043-75
4PP282.1043-B5

13
0
412
0
10

423

Figure 92: Cutout dimensions

2.18.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 182 TFT VGA 10.4" F T MH
12 Retaining clips included
16 Legend strips (inserted in the front)

Table 47: Contents of delivery - 4PP182.1043-31

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 149

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3. Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.1 Interface descriptions

The following section provides a description of all interfaces and plugs possible with a
Power Panel 200 device with Automation Runtime.

3.1.1 Supply voltage

Input voltage: 24 VDC ±25%

The 3-pin socket required for the supply voltage connection is not included in delivery. This can
be ordered from B&R using the model number 0TB103.9 (screw clamps) or 0TB103.91 (cage
clamps). The cable required for the connection must be supplied by the customer (see also
section "TB103 3-pin supply voltage connector" on page 559).

The supply voltage is internally protected so that the device cannot be damaged if there is an
overload or if the voltage supply is connected incorrectly.

Pin assignments can be found either in the following table or printed on the Power Panel plate
or device label (see section 3.2.2 "Device label" on page 156).

Supply voltage

Pin Description
1 +
2 Functional ground
1 3
3 -
Accessories
0TB103.9 Plug 24 V 5.08 3p screw clamps
0TB103.91 Plug 24 V 5.08 3p cage clamps

Figure 93: Supply voltage connection

Warning!
The pin's connection to the functional ground (pin 2) should be as short as possible.

150 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.1.2 Grounding clip

Should be connected to ground using the shortest route possible.

Grounding clip

Technical data
Chapter 2
Figure 94: Grounding clip

3.1.3 COM interface

The Power Panel is equipped with a PC-compatible serial interface with a 16-byte FIFO buffer.
This non-electrically isolated interface is primarily intended for programming Power Panel
devices using Automation Studio.

The RS232 can also be used as a general interface (e.g. third-party connections, barcode
reader, etc.).

Serial interface COM

RS232 interface
Modem-capable, not electrically isolated
Up to 115 kBaud
9-pin DSUB plug
Pin RS232
1 DCD
2 RxD
3 TxD 1 5

4 DTR
6 9
5 GND
6 DSR
7 RTS
8 CTS
9 RI

Table 48: Pin assignments - COM

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 151

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.1.4 USB port

The Power Panel is equipped with a USB (Universal Serial Bus) host controller with two USB
ports.

Universal serial bus

Figure 95: USB port

Technical data - USB port

Transfer rate 1.5 MBit/s to 12 MBit/s
Power supply 500 mA for each port
Maximum cable length 5 m (can be extended using a USB hub)

Table 49: Technical data for USB connection

Warning!
Only the USB devices tested and verified by B&R and found in the section
"Accessories" on page 555 may be connected to the USB interface.

Warning!
Because of general PC specifications, this interface should be handled with extreme
care with regard to EMC, location of cables, etc.

152 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.1.5 Mode / Node switches

Power Panel devices are equipped with 2 hex switches that serve as operating mode switches.
Switch positions 01 to FD are available for any purpose in an application and can be evaluated
by the application program.

Mode/Node switch

Technical data
Chapter 2
SW1 SW2

Figure 96: Mode/Node switch

Switch position Function Description

SW1 (x16) SW2 (x1) Operating mode switch
0 0 Boot Automation Runtime boot mode for operating system (firmware) upgrade (default:
Automation Runtime).
In this position, a new or missing operating system can be downloaded.
0 to F 0 to F Node Automation Runtime run mode with node 01-FD (CompactFlash Automation Runtime or
terminal operation).
Freely available for use in an application, e.g. setting the INA2000 node number for the
Ethernet interface.
F E Dyn. mode Automation Runtime run mode with node 01-FD (CompactFlash Automation Runtime or
terminal operation).
Device addresses can be assigned through the software.
F F Diagnostics Automation Runtime diagnostics mode (CompactFlash Automation Runtime or terminal
operation).

Table 50: Switch settings for the Mode / Node switch

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 153

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.1.6 Status LEDs

Power Panels are equipped with two status LEDs that are visible on the outside.

Status LEDs

LED Color Function

User Green Freely available for use in an application (corresponding libraries for Automation Studio in preparation)
CF Yellow Indicates that a CompactFlash card is being accessed

Figure 97: Status LEDs

3.1.7 Ethernet connection

Ethernet connection

Figure 98: Ethernet connection

Ethernet 10/100 MBit/s 1)

Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10BaseT/100BaseT)
Controller MacPhyter DP83815 or DP83816 - depends on the revision
Cabling S/STP (category 5)

Table 51: Ethernet controller

1) Both operating modes are possible. Switching takes place automatically.

154 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

The onboard Ethernet controller for Power Panel devices provides an RJ45 twisted pair
connection where 2 LEDs are attached for status checking:

LED On Off
Green 100 MBit/s 10 MBit/s
Yellow Link (LED blinks during transfer) No link

Table 52: Status LEDs - Ethernet controller

3.1.8 Reset button

Technical data
Chapter 2
The reset button can be accessed through a small hole between the USB and the Ethernet
connections. In order to avoid accidental activation, a reset can only be triggered with a pointed
object.

Reset button

Figure 99: Reset button

3.1.9 CompactFlash slot

Power Panel devices are equipped with a CompactFlash slot that is accessible from the side.
Type I CompactFlash cards are supported.

CompactFlash safety clip Ejector

Caution!
Do not remove Compact
Flash while power is on!

Figure 100: CompactFlash slot

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 155

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

It is possible to secure the CompactFlash slot using the latch provided. By pressing the ejector
(using a pointed object is the best way to do this), the CompactFlash card can be changed
quickly and safely.

Warning!
The power must be turned off before inserting or removing the CompactFlash card!
As a safety measure, a sticker is also attached to Power Panel devices stating this.

3.2 Stickers

3.2.1 Safety sticker

A safety sticker attached over the CompactFlash slot advises that the power to the Power Panel
device (depending on revision) must be switched off when inserting or removing a CompactFlash
card.

An ESD warning sticker is attached next to the battery compartment. This indicates the
components at risk from electrostatic discharge inside the Power Panel devices.

Caution!
Do not remove Compact
Flash while power is on!

Figure 101: Safety sticker

3.2.2 Device label

The following label is attached to a suitable location on the Power Panel and shows brief
descriptions for all of the interfaces:

Figure 102: Device label

156 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.2.3 Serial number sticker

General information

Each B&R device is given a unique serial number sticker with a barcode that allows the device
to be clearly identified.

Design / dimensions

Technical data
Chapter 2
60 mm

R2
4PP220.0571-A5 Rev. F0

14 mm
57830168812
www.br-automation.com

Model number Revision Standards met

4PP220.0571-A5 Rev. F0

57830168812
www.br-automation.com

Serial number Barcode type 128

Figure 103: Design / dimensions - Serial number sticker

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 157

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.3 Device 4PP210.0000-95

Figure 104: Front view - 4PP210.0000-95

aPCI slot 2 Battery

compartment
aPCI slot 1 CompactFlash slot
(with latch)

Grounding clip

Power
supply

USB

Reset button
Ethernet

COM
Status Mounting holes
LEDs SW1 SW2
(x16) (x1)

Figure 105: Rear view - 4PP210.0000-95

158 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.3.1 Technical data

Features 4PP210.0000-95
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 4 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory -
Screen rotation -
SRAM
Quantity 256 KB
Battery-buffered Yes
Watchdog
Controller SMC 1)
Power failure logic
Controller SMC 1)
Buffer time 10 ms
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered Yes
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day2)
Battery
Type Renata 950 mAh
Removable Yes, accessible from the outside
Lifespan 4 years 3)
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time 10 minutes
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816 (Rev. < E0 DP83615)
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 53: Technical data - 4PP210.0000-95

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 159

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP210.0000-95
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots 2 (see B&R System 2005 manual for available aPCI interface modules)
Holdingtorque for aPCI module Max. 0.7 Nm
Display -
Type
Diagonal
Colors
Resolution
Contrast
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal
Vertical
Background lighting
Brightness
Half-brightness time4)
Touch screen -
Touch screen type
Technology
Controller
Degree of transmission
Filter glass -
Degree of transmission
Coating
Keys -
Key lifespan
Function keys
Soft keys
Cursor keys
Number block
Other keys
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 5) 12 W typical, 17 W max.
Electrical isolation Yes
Bleeder resistance ≥ 47 kOhm

Table 53: Technical data - 4PP210.0000-95 (Forts.)

160 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Mechanical characteristics 4PP210.0000-95

Front -
Frame
Membrane
Design
Gasket
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 230 mm
Height 146 mm
Depth 80.5 mm

Technical data
Chapter 2
Weight Approx. 1.4 kg (without aPCI interface modules)
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature6)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +80°C
Transport -20 to +80°C
Relative humidity See 3.3.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 162
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed aPCI interface modules and Compact Flash card)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 53: Technical data - 4PP210.0000-95 (Forts.)

1) System Management Controller

2) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
3) Typical lifespan (at 50% buffer operation, temperature 25°C when off, 50°C when on).
4) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
5) Values without inserted aPCI interface modules. An aPCI interface module may use a max. of 3 watts per aPCI slot.
6) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 161

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.3.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Storage
50 Operation
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 106: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP210.0000-95

3.3.3 Dimensions

General tolerance acc. to

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium
Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm
Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm
Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm
1

3 77.5
35 4.5
8
8

ø9
140
127
82

23.3
3

196
213
230

Figure 107: Dimensions - 4PP210.0000-95

162 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.3.4 Drilling template

For mounting, the drillings must be made according to the following diagram. For further
information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3 "Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

140 ±0.2
127

Technical data
Chapter 2
Drilling template for 4PP210.0000-95

23.3
General tolerance ISO 2768 medium

0
0
8.5

221.5
Figure 108: Cutout dimensions 230 ±0.2

3.3.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 210 Controller MH 2aPCI
1 Lithium battery 3 V / 950 mAh included

Table 54: Contents of delivery - 4PP210.0000-95

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 163

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.4 Device 4PP220.0571-45

Figure 109: Front view - 4PP220.0571-45

Battery
aPCI slot 1 compartment

Grounding clip

Power
supply

USB
Reset button
Ethernet
COM
Status CompactFlash slot
LEDs SW1 Sw2
(with latch)
(x16) (x1)

Figure 110: Rear view - 4PP220.0571-45

164 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.4.1 Technical data

Features 4PP220.0571-45
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 4 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM
Quantity 256 KB
Battery-buffered Yes
Watchdog
Controller SMC 1)
Power failure logic
Controller SMC 1)
Buffer time 10 ms
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered Yes
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day2)
Battery
Type Renata 950 mAh
Removable Yes, accessible from the outside
Lifespan 4 years 3)
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time 10 minutes
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816 (Rev. < G0 DP83615)
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 55: Technical data - 4PP220.0571-45

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 165

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP220.0571-45
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots 1 (see B&R System 2005 manual for available aPCI interface modules)
Holding torque for aPCI module Max. 0.7 Nm
Display
Type LCD monochrome
Diagonal 5.7 in (144 mm)
Colors 8 shades of gray
Resolution QVGA, 320 x 240 pixels
Contrast 25:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =40°
Vertical Direction U = 40°/ direction D = 50°
Background lighting
Brightness 140 cd/m²
Half-brightness time4) 50,000 hours
Touch screen
Touch screen type Gunze
Technology Analog, resistive
Controller Hampshire, serial, 12-bit
Degree of transmission 84%
Filter glass -
Degree of transmission
Coating
Keys -
Key lifespan
Function keys
Soft keys
Cursor keys
Number block
Other keys
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 5) 12 W typical, 17 W max.
Electrical isolation Yes
Bleeder resistance ≥ 47 kOhm

Table 55: Technical data - 4PP220.0571-45 (Forts.)

166 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Mechanical characteristics 4PP220.0571-45

Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Design Gray
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 212 mm

Technical data
Height 156 mm

Chapter 2
Depth 76 mm
Weight Approx. 1.7 kg (without aPCI interface modules)
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature6)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +70°C
Transport -20 to +70°C
Relative humidity See 3.4.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 168
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 55: Technical data - 4PP220.0571-45 (Forts.)

1) System Management Controller

2) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
3) Typical lifespan (at 50% buffer operation, temperature 25°C when off, 50°C when on).
4) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
5) Values without inserted aPCI interface modules. An aPCI interface module may use a max. of 3 watts per aPCI slot.
6) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 167

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.4.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 111: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP220.0571-45

3.4.3 Dimensions

2.9 9.4
8 196 3 67 6

General tolerance acc. to

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium
Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
156

140

Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm
Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm
Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm
82
8

212

Figure 112: Dimensions - 4PP220.0571-45

168 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.4.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 112 "Dimensions
- 4PP220.0571-45" on page 168) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
156
149.5

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 199 ±0.5 mm x 143 ±0.5 mm suitable for

4PP120.0571-01
4PP120.0571-21
4PP220.0571-45
4PP220.0571-65
4PP220.0571-85
4PP220.0571-A5
5PP120.0571-27

6.5
0
212
6.5

205.5
0

Figure 113: Cutout dimensions

3.4.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 220 LCD B/W QVGA 5.7" T MH 1aPCI
4 Retaining clips included
1 Lithium battery 3 V / 950 mAh included

Table 56: Contents of delivery - 4PP220.0571-45

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 169

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.5 Device 4PP220.0571-65

Figure 114: Front view - 4PP220.0571-65

Battery
aPCI slot 1 compartment

Grounding clip

Power
supply

USB
Reset button
Ethernet
COM
Status CompactFlash slot
LEDs SW1 Sw2
(with latch)
(x16) (x1)

Figure 115: Rear view - 4PP220.0571-65

170 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.5.1 Technical data

Features 4PP220.0571-65
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 4 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM
Quantity 256 KB
Battery-buffered Yes
Watchdog
Controller SMC 1)
Power failure logic
Controller SMC 1)
Buffer time 10 ms
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered Yes
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day2)
Battery
Type Renata 950 mAh
Removable Yes, accessible from the outside
Lifespan 4 years 3)
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time 10 minutes
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816 (Rev. < G0 DP83615)
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 57: Technical data - 4PP220.0571-65

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 171

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP220.0571-65
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots 1 (see B&R System 2005 manual for available aPCI interface modules)
Holding torque for aPCI module Max. 0.7 Nm
Display
Type Color LCD
Diagonal 5.7 in (144 mm)
Colors 256 colors
Resolution QVGA, 320 x 240 pixels
Contrast 40:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =40°
Vertical Direction U = 40°/ direction D = 50°
Background lighting
Brightness 150 cd/m²
Half-brightness time4) 50,000 hours
Touch screen
Touch screen type Gunze
Technology Analog, resistive
Controller Hampshire, serial, 12-bit
Degree of transmission 84%
Filter glass -
Degree of transmission
Coating
Keys -
Key lifespan
Function keys
Soft keys
Cursor keys
Number block
Other keys
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 5) 12 W typical, 17 W max.
Electrical isolation Yes
Bleeder resistance ≥ 47 kOhm

Table 57: Technical data - 4PP220.0571-65 (Forts.)

172 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Mechanical characteristics 4PP220.0571-65

Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Design Gray
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 212 mm

Technical data
Height 156 mm

Chapter 2
Depth 76 mm
Weight Approx. 1.7 kg (without aPCI interface modules)
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature6)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +60°C
Transport -20 to +60°C
Relative humidity See 3.5.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 174
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 57: Technical data - 4PP220.0571-65 (Forts.)

1) System Management Controller

2) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
3) Typical lifespan (at 50% buffer operation, temperature 25°C when off, 50°C when on).
4) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
5) Values without inserted aPCI interface modules. An aPCI interface module may use a max. of 3 watts per aPCI slot.
6) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 173

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.5.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 116: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP220.0571-65

3.5.3 Dimensions

2.9 9.4
8 196 3 67 6

General tolerance acc. to

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium
Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
156

140

Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm
Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm
Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm
82
8

212

Figure 117: Dimensions - 4PP220.0571-65

174 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.5.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 117 "Dimensions
- 4PP220.0571-65" on page 174) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
156
149.5

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 199 ±0.5 mm x 143 ±0.5 mm suitable for

4PP120.0571-01
4PP120.0571-21
4PP220.0571-45
4PP220.0571-65
4PP220.0571-85
4PP220.0571-A5
5PP120.0571-27

6.5
0
212
6.5

205.5
0

Figure 118: Cutout dimensions

3.5.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 220 LCD C QVGA 5.7" T MH 1aPCI
4 Retaining clips included
1 Lithium battery 3 V / 950 mAh included

Table 58: Contents of delivery - 4PP220.0571-65

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 175

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.6 Device 4PP220.0571-85

Figure 119: Front view - 4PP220.0571-85

aPCI slot 2
Battery
aPCI slot 1 compartment

Grounding clip

Power
supply

USB
Reset button
Ethernet
COM
Status CompactFlash slot
LEDs SW1 SW2
(with latch)
(x16) (x1)

Figure 120: Rear view - 4PP220.0571-85

176 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.6.1 Technical data

Features 4PP220.0571-85
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 4 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM
Quantity 256 KB
Battery-buffered Yes
Watchdog
Controller SMC 1)
Power failure logic
Controller SMC 1)
Buffer time 10 ms
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered Yes
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day2)
Battery
Type Renata 950 mAh
Removable Yes, accessible from the outside
Lifespan 4 years 3)
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time 10 minutes
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816 (Rev. < G0 DP83615)
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 59: Technical data - 4PP220.0571-85

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 177

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP220.0571-85
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots 2 (see B&R System 2005 manual for available aPCI interface modules)
Holding torque for aPCI module Max. 0.7 Nm
Display
Type LCD monochrome
Diagonal 5.7 in (144 mm)
Colors 8 shades of gray
Resolution QVGA, 320 x 240 pixels
Contrast 25:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =40°
Vertical Direction U = 40°/ direction D = 50°
Background lighting
Brightness 140 cd/m²
Half-brightness time4) 50,000 hours
Touch screen
Touch screen type Gunze
Technology Analog, resistive
Controller Hampshire, serial, 12-bit
Degree of transmission 84%
Filter glass -
Degree of transmission
Coating
Keys -
Key lifespan
Function keys
Soft keys
Cursor keys
Number block
Other keys
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 5) 12 W typical, 17 W max.
Electrical isolation Yes
Bleeder resistance ≥ 47 kOhm

Table 59: Technical data - 4PP220.0571-85 (Forts.)

178 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Mechanical characteristics 4PP220.0571-85

Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Design Gray
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 212 mm

Technical data
Height 156 mm

Chapter 2
Depth 98 mm
Weight Approx. 2 kg (without aPCI interface modules)
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature6)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +70°C
Transport -20 to +70°C
Relative humidity See 3.6.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 180
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 59: Technical data - 4PP220.0571-85 (Forts.)

1) System Management Controller

2) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
3) Typical lifespan (at 50% buffer operation, temperature 25°C when off, 50°C when on).
4) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
5) Values without inserted aPCI interface modules. An aPCI interface module may use a max. of 3 watts per aPCI slot.
6) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 179

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.6.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 121: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP220.0571-85

3.6.3 Dimensions

2.9 9.4
8 196 3 89 6

General tolerance acc. to

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium
Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
156

140

Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm
Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm
Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm

212
8

Figure 122: Dimensions - 4PP220.0571-85

180 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.6.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 122 "Dimensions
- 4PP220.0571-85" on page 180) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
156
149.5

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 199 ±0.5 mm x 143 ±0.5 mm suitable for

4PP120.0571-01
4PP120.0571-21
4PP220.0571-45
4PP220.0571-65
4PP220.0571-85
4PP220.0571-A5
5PP120.0571-27

6.5
0
212
6.5

205.5
0

Figure 123: Cutout dimensions

3.6.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 220 LCD B/W QVGA 5.7" T MH 2aPCI
4 Retaining clips included
1 Lithium battery 3 V / 950 mAh included

Table 60: Contents of delivery - 4PP220.0571-85

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 181

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.7 Device 4PP220.0571-A5

Figure 124: Front view - 4PP220.0571-A5

aPCI slot 2
Battery
aPCI slot 1 compartment

Grounding clip

Power
supply

USB
Reset button
Ethernet
COM
Status CompactFlash slot
LEDs SW1 SW2
(with latch)
(x16) (x1)

Figure 125: Rear view - 4PP220.0571-A5

182 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.7.1 Technical data

Features 4PP220.0571-A5
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 4 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM
Quantity 256 KB
Battery-buffered Yes
Watchdog
Controller SMC 1)
Power failure logic
Controller SMC 1)
Buffer time 10 ms
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered Yes
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day2)
Battery
Type Renata 950 mAh
Removable Yes, accessible from the outside
Lifespan 4 years 3)
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time 10 minutes
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816 (Rev. < G0 DP83615)
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 61: Technical data - 4PP220.0571-A5

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 183

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP220.0571-A5
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots 2 (see B&R System 2005 manual for available aPCI interface modules)
Holding torque for aPCI module Max. 0.7 Nm
Display
Type Color LCD
Diagonal 5.7 in (144 mm)
Colors 256 colors
Resolution QVGA, 320 x 240 pixels
Contrast 40:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =40°
Vertical Direction U = 40°/ direction D = 50°
Background lighting
Brightness 150 cd/m²
Half-brightness time4) 50,000 hours
Touch screen
Touch screen type Gunze
Technology Analog, resistive
Controller Hampshire, serial, 12-bit
Degree of transmission 84%
Filter glass -
Degree of transmission
Coating
Keys -
Key lifespan
Function keys
Soft keys
Cursor keys
Number block
Other keys
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 5) 12 W typical, 17 W max.
Electrical isolation Yes
Bleeder resistance ≥ 47 kOhm

Table 61: Technical data - 4PP220.0571-A5 (Forts.)

184 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Mechanical characteristics 4PP220.0571-A5

Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Design Gray
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 212 mm

Technical data
Height 156 mm

Chapter 2
Depth 98 mm
Weight Approx. 2 kg (without aPCI interface modules)
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature6)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +60°C
Transport -20 to +60°C
Relative humidity See 3.7.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 186
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 61: Technical data - 4PP220.0571-A5 (Forts.)

1) System Management Controller

2) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
3) Typical lifespan (at 50% buffer operation, temperature 25°C when off, 50°C when on).
4) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
5) Values without inserted aPCI interface modules. An aPCI interface module may use a max. of 3 watts per aPCI slot.
6) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 185

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.7.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 126: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP220.0571-A5

3.7.3 Dimensions

2.9 9.4
8 196 3 89 6

General tolerance acc. to

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium
Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
156

140

Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm
Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm
Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm

212
8

Figure 127: Dimensions - 4PP220.0571-A5

186 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.7.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 127 "Dimensions
- 4PP220.0571-A5" on page 186) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
156
149.5

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 199 ±0.5 mm x 143 ±0.5 mm suitable for

4PP120.0571-01
4PP120.0571-21
4PP220.0571-45
4PP220.0571-65
4PP220.0571-85
4PP220.0571-A5
5PP120.0571-27

6.5
0
212
6.5

205.5
0

Figure 128: Cutout dimensions

3.7.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 220 LCD C QVGA 5.7" T MH 2aPCI
4 Retaining clips included
1 Lithium battery 3 V / 950 mAh included

Table 62: Contents of delivery - 4PP220.0571-A5

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 187

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.8 Device 4PP220.1043-75

Figure 129: Front view - 4PP220.1043-75

Battery
aPCI slot 1 compartment

CompactFlash slot
(with latch)

Grounding clip
SW2
Power USB Ethernet Status SW1 (x1)
supply Reset button COM
LEDs (x16)

Figure 130: Rear view - 4PP220.1043-75

188 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.8.1 Technical data

Features 4PP220.1043-75
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 4 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM
Quantity 256 KB
Battery-buffered Yes
Watchdog
Controller SMC 1)
Power failure logic
Controller SMC 1)
Buffer time 10 ms
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered Yes
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day2)
Battery
Type Renata 950 mAh
Removable Yes, accessible from the outside
Lifespan 4 years 3)
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time 10 minutes
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816 (Rev. < F0 DP83615)
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 63: Technical data - 4PP220.1043-75

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 189

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP220.1043-75
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots 1 (see B&R System 2005 manual for available aPCI interface modules)
Holding torque for aPCI module Max. 0.7 Nm
Display
Type Color TFT
Diagonal 10.4 inch (264 mm)
Colors 256 colors
Resolution VGA, 640 x 480 pixels
Contrast 600:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =70°
Vertical Direction U = 45°/ direction D = 55°
Background lighting
Brightness 350 cd/m²
Half-brightness time4) 55,000 hours
Touch screen
Touch screen type Elo (Rev. < M0: 3M)
Technology Analog, resistive
Controller Hampshire, serial, 12-bit
Degree of transmission 78%
Filter glass -
Degree of transmission
Coating
Keys -
Key lifespan
Function keys
Soft keys
Cursor keys
Number block
Other keys
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 5) 17 W typical, 22 W max.
Electrical isolation Yes
Bleeder resistance ≥ 47 kOhm

Table 63: Technical data - 4PP220.1043-75 (Forts.)

190 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Mechanical characteristics 4PP220.1043-75

Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Design Gray
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 323 mm

Technical data
Height 260 mm

Chapter 2
Depth 86 mm
Weight Approx. 3.9 kg (without aPCI interface modules)
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature6)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +70°C
Transport -20 to +70°C
Relative humidity See 3.8.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 192
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 63: Technical data - 4PP220.1043-75 (Forts.)

1) System Management Controller

2) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
3) Typical lifespan (at 50% buffer operation, temperature 25°C when off, 50°C when on).
4) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
5) Values without inserted aPCI interface modules. An aPCI interface module may use a max. of 3 watts per aPCI slot.
6) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 191

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.8.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 131: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP220.1043-75

3.8.3 Dimensions

2.9 9.9
11.5 300 3 75 8

General tolerance acc. to

81.5

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium

Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
260

240

Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm
Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm
Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm
100

10

323 27 27.5

Figure 132: Dimensions - 4PP220.1043-75

192 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.8.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 132 "Dimensions
- 4PP220.1043-75" on page 192) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
260
251.5

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 303 mm ± 0.5 mm x 243 mm ± 0.5 mm suitable for

4PP120.1043-31
4PP180.1043-31
4PP220.1043-75
4PP220.1043-B5
4PP280.1043-75
4PP280.1043-B5
5PP120.1043-37
5PP120.1043-37A

8.5
0
323
0

313
10

Figure 133: Cutout dimensions

3.8.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 220 TFT C VGA 10.4" T MH 1aPCI
6 Retaining clips included
1 Lithium battery 3 V / 950 mAh included

Table 64: Contents of delivery - 4PP220.1043-75

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 193

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.9 Device 4PP220.1043-B5

Figure 134: Front view - 4PP220.1043-B5

aPCI slot 2
Battery
compartment
aPCI slot 1

Grounding clip
Power CompactFlash slot
supply USB (with latch)

Reset button
SW2
Ethernet (x1)
COM
Status
LEDs SW1
(x16)

Figure 135: Rear view - 4PP220.1043-B5

194 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.9.1 Technical data

Features 4PP220.1043-B5
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 4 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM
Quantity 256 KB
Battery-buffered Yes
Watchdog
Controller SMC 1)
Power failure logic
Controller SMC 1)
Buffer time 10 ms
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered Yes
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day2)
Battery
Type Renata 950 mAh
Removable Yes, accessible from the outside
Lifespan 4 years 3)
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time 10 minutes
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816 (Rev. < G0 DP83615)
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 65: Technical data - 4PP220.1043-B5

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 195

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP220.1043-B5
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots 2 (see B&R System 2005 manual for available aPCI interface modules)
Holding torque for aPCI module Max. 0.7 Nm
Display
Type Color TFT
Diagonal 10.4 inch (264 mm)
Colors 256 colors
Resolution VGA, 640 x 480 pixels
Contrast 600:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =70°
Vertical Direction U = 45°/ direction D = 55°
Background lighting
Brightness 350 cd/m²
Half-brightness time4) 55,000 hours
Touch screen
Touch screen type Elo (Rev. < O0: 3M)
Technology Analog, resistive
Controller Hampshire, serial, 12-bit
Degree of transmission 78%
Filter glass -
Degree of transmission
Coating
Keys -
Key lifespan
Function keys
Soft keys
Cursor keys
Number block
Other keys
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 5) 17 W typical, 22 W max.
Electrical isolation Yes
Bleeder resistance ≥ 47 kOhm

Table 65: Technical data - 4PP220.1043-B5 (Forts.)

196 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Mechanical characteristics 4PP220.1043-B5

Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Design Gray
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 323 mm

Technical data
Height 260 mm

Chapter 2
Depth 108 mm
Weight Approx. 4.2 kg (without aPCI interface modules)
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature6)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +70°C
Transport -20 to +70°C
Relative humidity See 3.9.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 198
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 65: Technical data - 4PP220.1043-B5 (Forts.)

1) System Management Controller

2) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
3) Typical lifespan (at 50% buffer operation, temperature 25°C when off, 50°C when on).
4) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
5) Values without inserted aPCI interface modules. An aPCI interface module may use a max. of 3 watts per aPCI slot.
6) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 197

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.9.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 136: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP220.1043-B5

3.9.3 Dimensions

9.9
2.9
11.5 300 3 97 8
81.5

General tolerance acc. to

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium
260

240

Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm
Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm
Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm
100
10

323 27 27.5

Figure 137: Dimensions - 4PP220.1043-B5

198 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.9.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 137 "Dimensions
- 4PP220.1043-B5" on page 198) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
260
251.5

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 303 mm ± 0.5 mm x 243 mm ± 0.5 mm suitable for

4PP120.1043-31
4PP180.1043-31
4PP220.1043-75
4PP220.1043-B5
4PP280.1043-75
4PP280.1043-B5
5PP120.1043-37
5PP120.1043-37A

8.5
0
323
0

313
10

Figure 138: Cutout dimensions

3.9.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 220 TFT C VGA 10.4" T MH 2aPCI
6 Retaining clips included
1 Lithium battery 3 V / 950 mAh included

Table 66: Contents of delivery - 4PP220.1043-B5

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 199

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.10 Device 4PP220.1505-75

Figure 139: Front view - 4PP220.1505-75

aPCI slot 1 Battery

compartment

CompactFlash slot
(with latch)
Grounding clip
USB
Power Ethernet SW2
supply Reset button Status SW1 (x1)
COM
LEDs (x16)

Figure 140: Rear view - 4PP220.1505-75

200 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.10.1 Technical data

Features 4PP220.1505-75
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 4 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM
Quantity 256 KB
Battery-buffered Yes
Watchdog
Controller SMC 1)
Power failure logic
Controller SMC 1)
Buffer time 10 ms
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered Yes
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day2)
Battery
Type Renata 950 mAh
Removable Yes, accessible from the outside
Lifespan 4 years 3)
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time 10 minutes
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816 (Rev. < G0 DP83615)
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 67: Technical data - 4PP220.1505-75

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 201

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP220.1505-75
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots 1 (see B&R System 2005 manual for available aPCI interface modules)
Holding torque for aPCI module Max. 0.7 Nm
Display
Type Color TFT
Diagonal 15 inch (381 mm)
Colors 16.7 million colors
Resolution XGA, 1024 x 768 pixels
Contrast 300:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =65°
Vertical Direction U = 50°/ direction D = 55°
Background lighting
Brightness 330 cd/m²
Half-brightness time4) 35,000 hours
Touch screen
Touch screen type Elo (Rev. < N0: 3M)
Technology Analog, resistive
Controller Hampshire, serial, 12-bit
Degree of transmission 78%
Filter glass -
Degree of transmission
Coating
Keys -
Key lifespan
Function keys
Soft keys
Cursor keys
Number block
Other keys
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 5) 30 W typical, 35 W max.
Electrical isolation Yes
Bleeder resistance ≥ 47 kOhm

Table 67: Technical data - 4PP220.1505-75 (Forts.)

202 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Mechanical characteristics 4PP220.1505-75

Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Design Gray
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 435 mm

Technical data
Height 330 mm

Chapter 2
Depth 86 mm
Weight Approx. 6.7 kg (without aPCI interface modules)
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature6)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +60°C
Transport -20 to +60°C
Relative humidity See 3.10.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 204
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 67: Technical data - 4PP220.1505-75 (Forts.)

1) System Management Controller

2) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
3) Typical lifespan (at 50% buffer operation, temperature 25°C when off, 50°C when on).
4) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
5) Values without inserted aPCI interface modules. An aPCI interface module may use a max. of 3 watts per aPCI slot.
6) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 203

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.10.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 141: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP220.1505-75

3.10.3 Dimensions

2.9 9.9
11.5 412 3 76 8
81.5

General tolerance acc. to

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium
Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
309
330

Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm
Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm
Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm
169
10.5

435 27 28.5

Figure 142: Dimensions - 4PP220.1505-75

204 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.10.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 142 "Dimensions
- 4PP220.1505-75" on page 204) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
330
321

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 415 ±0.5 mm x 312 ±0.5 mm suitable for

4PP120.1505-31
4PP180.1505-31
4PP220.1505-75
4PP220.1505-B5
4PP280.1505-75
4PP280.1505-B5
5PP120.1505-37
5PP120.1505-37A

9
0
425
435
0
10

Figure 143: Cutout dimensions

3.10.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 220 TFT C XGA 15" T MH 1aPCI
8 Retaining clips included
1 Lithium battery 3 V / 950 mAh included

Table 68: Contents of delivery - 4PP220.1505-75

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 205

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.11 Device 4PP220.1505-B5

Figure 144: Front view - 4PP220.1505-B5

aPCI slot 2 Battery

compartment
aPCI slot 1

CompactFlash slot
Grounding clip (with latch)
USB
Power Ethernet SW2
supply Reset button Status SW1 (x1)
COM
LEDs (x16)

Figure 145: Rear view - 4PP220.1505-B5

206 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.11.1 Technical data

Features 4PP220.1505-B5
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 4 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM
Quantity 256 KB
Battery-buffered Yes
Watchdog
Controller SMC 1)
Power failure logic
Controller SMC 1)
Buffer time 10 ms
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered Yes
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day2)
Battery
Type Renata 950 mAh
Removable Yes, accessible from the outside
Lifespan 4 years 3)
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time 10 minutes
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816 (Rev. < G0 DP83615)
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 69: Technical data - 4PP220.1505-B5

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 207

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP220.1505-B5
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots 2 (see B&R System 2005 manual for available aPCI interface modules)
Holding torque for aPCI module Max. 0.7 Nm
Display
Type Color TFT
Diagonal 15 inch (381 mm)
Colors 16.7 million colors
Resolution XGA, 1024 x 768 pixels
Contrast 300:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =65°
Vertical Direction U = 50°/ direction D = 55°
Background lighting
Brightness 330 cd/m²
Half-brightness time4) 35,000 hours
Touch screen
Touch screen type Elo (Rev. < N0: 3M)
Technology Analog, resistive
Controller Hampshire, serial, 12-bit
Degree of transmission 78%
Filter glass -
Degree of transmission
Coating
Keys -
Key lifespan
Function keys
Soft keys
Cursor keys
Number block
Other keys
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 5) 30 W typical, 35 W max.
Electrical isolation Yes
Bleeder resistance ≥ 47 kOhm

Table 69: Technical data - 4PP220.1505-B5 (Forts.)

208 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Mechanical characteristics 4PP220.1505-B5

Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Design Gray
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 435 mm

Technical data
Height 330 mm

Chapter 2
Depth 109 mm
Weight Approx. 6.8 kg (without aPCI interface modules)
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature6)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +60°C
Transport -20 to +60°C
Relative humidity See 3.11.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 210
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 69: Technical data - 4PP220.1505-B5 (Forts.)

1) System Management Controller

2) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
3) Typical lifespan (at 50% buffer operation, temperature 25°C when off, 50°C when on).
4) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
5) Values without inserted aPCI interface modules. An aPCI interface module may use a max. of 3 watts per aPCI slot.
6) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 209

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.11.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 146: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP220.1505-B5

3.11.3 Dimensions

2.9 9.9
11.5 412 3 98 8
81.5

General tolerance acc. to

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium
Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
330

309

Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm
Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm
Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm
169
10.5

435 27 28.5

Figure 147: Dimensions - 4PP220.1505-B5

210 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.11.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 147 "Dimensions
- 4PP220.1505-B5" on page 210) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
330
321

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 415 ±0.5 mm x 312 ±0.5 mm suitable for

4PP120.1505-31
4PP180.1505-31
4PP220.1505-75
4PP220.1505-B5
4PP280.1505-75
4PP280.1505-B5
5PP120.1505-37
5PP120.1505-37A

9
0
425
435
0
10

Figure 148: Cutout dimensions

3.11.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 220 TFT C XGA 15" T MH 2aPCI
8 Retaining clips included
1 Lithium battery 3 V / 950 mAh included

Table 70: Contents of delivery - 4PP220.1505-B5

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 211

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.12 Device 4PP251.0571-45

Keys can be Keys can be

labeled using labeled using
legend strips legend strips

Figure 149: Front view - 4PP251.0571-45

aPCI slot 1 Battery

compartment

Grounding clip

Power
supply

CompactFlash slot
USB (with latch)

Reset button

Ethernet
SW2
COM (x1)
SW1
Status
(x16)
LEDs

Figure 150: Rear view - 4PP251.0571-45

212 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.12.1 Technical data

Features 4PP251.0571-45
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 4 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM
Quantity 256 KB
Battery-buffered Yes
Watchdog
Controller SMC 1)
Power failure logic
Controller SMC 1)
Buffer time 10 ms
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered Yes
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day2)
Battery
Type Renata 950 mAh
Removable Yes, accessible from the outside
Lifespan 4 years 3)
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time 10 minutes
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 71: Technical data - 4PP251.0571-45

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 213

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP251.0571-45
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots 1 (see B&R System 2005 manual for available aPCI interface modules)
Holding torque for aPCI module Max. 0.7 Nm
Display
Type LCD monochrome
Diagonal 5.7 in (144 mm)
Colors 8 shades of gray
Resolution QVGA, 320 x 240 pixels
Contrast 25:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =40°
Vertical Direction U = 40°/ direction D = 50°
Background lighting
Brightness 140 cd/m²
Half-brightness time4) 50,000 hours
Touch screen -
Touch screen type
Technology
Controller
Degree of transmission
Filter glass
Degree of transmission 95%
Coating On both sides
Keys
Key lifespan > 1,000,000 actuations at 1±0.3 to 3±0.3 N actuating force
Function keys 16 with LED
Soft keys 6 with LED
Cursor keys -
Number block 15 without LED
Other keys 5 without LED
Pressing more than one key at a time may result in so-called phantom keys, and may trigger
unintended actions.
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 5) 15 W typical, 20 W max.
Electrical isolation Yes

Table 71: Technical data - 4PP251.0571-45 (Forts.)

214 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Electrical characteristics 4PP251.0571-45

Bleeder resistance ≥ 47 kOhm
Mechanical characteristics
Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Orange keys Similar to Pantone 151CV
Dark gray keys Similar to Pantone 431CV
Legend strips (gray) Similar to Pantone 429CV

Technical data
Design Gray

Chapter 2
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 212 mm
Height 245 mm
Depth 76 mm
Weight Approx. 2.4 kg (without aPCi interface modules)
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature6)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +70°C
Transport -20 to +70°C
Relative humidity See 3.12.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 216
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 71: Technical data - 4PP251.0571-45 (Forts.)

1) System Management Controller

2) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
3) Typical lifespan (at 50% buffer operation, temperature 25°C when off, 50°C when on).
4) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
5) Values without inserted aPCI interface modules. An aPCI interface module may use a max. of 3 watts per aPCI slot.
6) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 215

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.12.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 151: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP251.0571-45

3.12.3 Dimensions

2.9 9.9
8 196 3 67 6

General tolerance acc. to

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium
140

Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm
Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm
Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm
82
245

97

13.2

212 28

Figure 152: Dimensions - 4PP251.0571-45

216 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.12.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 152 "Dimensions
- 4PP251.0571-45" on page 216) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
245

238.5

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 199 ±0.5 mm x 226.8 ±0.5 mm suitable for

4PP151.0571-01
4PP151.0571-21
4PP251.0571-45
4PP251.0571-65
4PP251.0571-85
4PP251.0571-A5

11.7
0
212
6.5

205.5
0

Figure 153: Cutout dimensions

3.12.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 251 LCD B/W QVGA 5.7" F MH 1aPCI
6 Retaining clips included
1 Lithium battery 3 V / 950 mAh included
4 Legend strips (inserted in the front)

Table 72: Contents of delivery - 4PP251.0571-45

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 217

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.13 Device 4PP251.0571-65

Keys can be Keys can be

labeled using labeled using
legend strips legend strips

Figure 154: Front view - 4PP251.0571-65

aPCI slot 1 Battery

compartment

Grounding clip

Power
supply

CompactFlash slot
USB (with latch)

Reset button

Ethernet
SW2
COM (x1)
SW1
Status
(x16)
LEDs

Figure 155: Rear view - 4PP251.0571-65

218 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.13.1 Technical data

Features 4PP251.0571-65
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 4 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM
Quantity 256 KB
Battery-buffered Yes
Watchdog
Controller SMC 1)
Power failure logic
Controller SMC 1)
Buffer time 10 ms
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered Yes
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day2)
Battery
Type Renata 950 mAh
Removable Yes, accessible from the outside
Lifespan 4 years 3)
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time 10 minutes
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 73: Technical data - 4PP251.0571-65

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 219

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP251.0571-65
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots 1 (see B&R System 2005 manual for available aPCI interface modules)
Holding torque for aPCI module Max. 0.7 Nm
Display
Type Color LCD
Diagonal 5.7 in (144 mm)
Colors 256 colors
Resolution QVGA, 320 x 240 pixels
Contrast 40:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =40°
Vertical Direction U = 40°/ direction D = 50°
Background lighting
Brightness 150 cd/m²
Half-brightness time4) 50,000 hours
Touch screen -
Touch screen type
Technology
Controller
Degree of transmission
Filter glass
Degree of transmission 95%
Coating On both sides
Keys
Key lifespan > 1,000,000 actuations at 1±0.3 to 3±0.3 N actuating force
Function keys 16 with LED
Soft keys 6 with LED
Cursor keys -
Number block 15 without LED
Other keys 5 without LED
Pressing more than one key at a time may result in so-called phantom keys, and may trigger
unintended actions.
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 5) 15 W typical, 20 W max.
Electrical isolation Yes

Table 73: Technical data - 4PP251.0571-65 (Forts.)

220 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Electrical characteristics 4PP251.0571-65

Bleeder resistance ≥ 47 kOhm
Mechanical characteristics
Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Orange keys Similar to Pantone 151CV
Dark gray keys Similar to Pantone 431CV
Legend strips (gray) Similar to Pantone 429CV

Technical data
Design Gray

Chapter 2
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 212 mm
Height 245 mm
Depth 76 mm
Weight Approx. 2.4 kg (without aPCi interface modules)
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature6)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +60°C
Transport -20 to +60°C
Relative humidity See 3.13.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 222
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 73: Technical data - 4PP251.0571-65 (Forts.)

1) System Management Controller

2) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
3) Typical lifespan (at 50% buffer operation, temperature 25°C when off, 50°C when on).
4) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
5) Values without inserted aPCI interface modules. An aPCI interface module may use a max. of 3 watts per aPCI slot.
6) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 221

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.13.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 156: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP251.0571-65

3.13.3 Dimensions

2.9 9.9
8 196 3 67 6

General tolerance acc. to

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium
140

Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm
Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm
Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm
82
245

97

13.2

212 28

Figure 157: Dimensions - 4PP251.0571-65

222 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.13.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 157 "Dimensions
- 4PP251.0571-65" on page 222) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
245

238.5

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 199 ±0.5 mm x 226.8 ±0.5 mm suitable for

4PP151.0571-01
4PP151.0571-21
4PP251.0571-45
4PP251.0571-65
4PP251.0571-85
4PP251.0571-A5

11.7
0
212
6.5

205.5
0

Figure 158: Cutout dimensions

3.13.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 251 LCD C QVGA 5.7" F MH 1aPCI
6 Retaining clips included
1 Lithium battery 3 V / 950 mAh included
4 Legend strips (inserted in the front)

Table 74: Contents of delivery - 4PP251.0571-65

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 223

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.14 Device 4PP251.0571-85

Keys can be Keys can be

labeled using labeled using
legend strips legend strips

Figure 159: Front view - 4PP251.0571-85

aPCI slot 2

aPCI slot 1

Battery
Grounding clip compartment

Power
supply

CompactFlash slot
USB (with latch)

Reset button

Ethernet
SW2
COM (x1)
SW1
Status
(x16)
LEDs

Figure 160: Rear view - 4PP251.0571-85

224 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.14.1 Technical data

Features 4PP251.0571-85
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 4 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM
Quantity 256 KB
Battery-buffered Yes
Watchdog
Controller SMC 1)
Power failure logic
Controller SMC 1)
Buffer time 10 ms
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered Yes
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day2)
Battery
Type Renata 950 mAh
Removable Yes, accessible from the outside
Lifespan 4 years 3)
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time 10 minutes
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 75: Technical data - 4PP251.0571-85

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 225

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP251.0571-85
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots 2 (see B&R System 2005 manual for available aPCI interface modules)
Holding torque for aPCI module Max. 0.7 Nm
Display
Type LCD monochrome
Diagonal 5.7 in (144 mm)
Colors 8 shades of gray
Resolution QVGA, 320 x 240 pixels
Contrast 25:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =40°
Vertical Direction U = 40°/ direction D = 50°
Background lighting
Brightness 140 cd/m²
Half-brightness time4) 50,000 hours
Touch screen -
Touch screen type
Technology
Controller
Degree of transmission
Filter glass
Degree of transmission 95%
Coating On both sides
Keys
Key lifespan > 1,000,000 actuations at 1±0.3 to 3±0.3 N actuating force
Function keys 16 with LED
Soft keys 6 with LED
Cursor keys -
Number block 15 without LED
Other keys 5 without LED
Pressing more than one key at a time may result in so-called phantom keys, and may trigger
unintended actions.
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 5) 15 W typical, 20 W max.
Electrical isolation Yes

Table 75: Technical data - 4PP251.0571-85 (Forts.)

226 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Electrical characteristics 4PP251.0571-85

Bleeder resistance ≥ 47 kOhm
Mechanical characteristics
Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Orange keys Similar to Pantone 151CV
Dark gray keys Similar to Pantone 431CV
Legend strips (gray) Similar to Pantone 429CV

Technical data
Design Gray

Chapter 2
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 212 mm
Height 245 mm
Depth 98 mm
Weight Approx. 2.7 kg (without aPCI interface modules)
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature6)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +70°C
Transport -20 to +70°C
Relative humidity See 3.14.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 228
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 75: Technical data - 4PP251.0571-85 (Forts.)

1) System Management Controller

2) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
3) Typical lifespan (at 50% buffer operation, temperature 25°C when off, 50°C when on).
4) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
5) Values without inserted aPCI interface modules. An aPCI interface module may use a max. of 3 watts per aPCI slot.
6) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 227

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.14.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 161: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP251.0571-85

3.14.3 Dimensions

9.9
2.9
8 196 3 89 6

General tolerance acc. to

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium
Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
140

Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm
Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm
Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm
82
245

97

13.2

212 28

Figure 162: Dimensions - 4PP251.0571-85

228 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.14.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 162 "Dimensions
- 4PP251.0571-85" on page 228) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
358

349.5

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 303 ±0.5 mm x 336 ±0.5 mm suitable for

4PP151.1043-31
4PP181.1043-31
4PP251.1043-75
4PP251.1043-B5
4PP281.1043-75
4PP281.1043-B5

13.5
0
0
10

313
323

Figure 163: Cutout dimensions

3.14.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 251 LCD B/W QVGA 5.7" F MH 2aPCI
6 Retaining clips included
1 Lithium battery 3 V / 950 mAh included
4 Legend strips (inserted in the front)

Table 76: Contents of delivery - 4PP251.0571-85

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 229

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.15 Device 4PP251.0571-A5

Keys can be Keys can be

labeled using labeled using
legend strips legend strips

Figure 164: Front view - 4PP251.0571-A5

aPCI slot 2

aPCI slot 1

Battery
Grounding clip compartment

Power
supply

CompactFlash slot
USB (with latch)

Reset button

Ethernet
SW2
COM (x1)
SW1
Status
(x16)
LEDs

Figure 165: Rear view - 4PP251.0571-A5

230 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.15.1 Technical data

Features 4PP251.0571-A5
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 4 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM
Quantity 256 KB
Battery-buffered Yes
Watchdog
Controller SMC 1)
Power failure logic
Controller SMC 1)
Buffer time 10 ms
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered Yes
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day2)
Battery
Type Renata 950 mAh
Removable Yes, accessible from the outside
Lifespan 4 years 3)
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time 10 minutes
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 77: Technical data - 4PP251.0571-A5

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 231

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP251.0571-A5
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots 2 (see B&R System 2005 manual for available aPCI interface modules)
Holding torque for aPCI module Max. 0.7 Nm
Display
Type Color LCD
Diagonal 5.7 in (144 mm)
Colors 256 colors
Resolution QVGA, 320 x 240 pixels
Contrast 40:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =40°
Vertical Direction U = 40°/ direction D = 50°
Background lighting
Brightness 150 cd/m²
Half-brightness time4) 50,000 hours
Touch screen -
Touch screen type
Technology
Controller
Degree of transmission
Filter glass
Degree of transmission 95%
Coating On both sides
Keys
Key lifespan > 1,000,000 actuations at 1±0.3 to 3±0.3 N actuating force
Function keys 16 with LED
Soft keys 6 with LED
Cursor keys -
Number block 15 without LED
Other keys 5 without LED
Pressing more than one key at a time may result in so-called phantom keys, and may trigger
unintended actions.
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 5) 15 W typical, 20 W max.
Electrical isolation Yes

Table 77: Technical data - 4PP251.0571-A5 (Forts.)

232 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Electrical characteristics 4PP251.0571-A5

Bleeder resistance ≥ 47 kOhm
Mechanical characteristics
Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Orange keys Similar to Pantone 151CV
Dark gray keys Similar to Pantone 431CV
Legend strips (gray) Similar to Pantone 429CV

Technical data
Design Gray

Chapter 2
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 212 mm
Height 245 mm
Depth 98 mm
Weight Approx. 2.7 kg (without aPCI interface modules)
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature6)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +60°C
Transport -20 to +60°C
Relative humidity See 3.15.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 234
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 77: Technical data - 4PP251.0571-A5 (Forts.)

1) System Management Controller

2) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
3) Typical lifespan (at 50% buffer operation, temperature 25°C when off, 50°C when on).
4) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
5) Values without inserted aPCI interface modules. An aPCI interface module may use a max. of 3 watts per aPCI slot.
6) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 233

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.15.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 166: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP251.0571-A5

3.15.3 Dimensions

9.9
2.9
8 196 3 89 6

General tolerance acc. to

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium
Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
140

Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm
Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm
Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm
82
245

97

13.2

212 28

Figure 167: Dimensions - 4PP251.0571-A5

234 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.15.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 167 "Dimensions
- 4PP251.0571-A5" on page 234) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
245

238.5

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 199 ±0.5 mm x 226.8 ±0.5 mm suitable for

4PP151.0571-01
4PP151.0571-21
4PP251.0571-45
4PP251.0571-65
4PP251.0571-85
4PP251.0571-A5

11.7
0
212
6.5

205.5
0

Figure 168: Cutout dimensions

3.15.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 251 LCD C QVGA 5.7" F MH 2aPCI
6 Retaining clips included
1 Lithium battery 3 V / 950 mAh included
4 Legend strips (inserted in the front)

Table 78: Contents of delivery - 4PP251.0571-A5

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 235

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.16 Device 4PP251.1043-75

Keys can be Keys can be

labeled using labeled using
legend strips legend strips

Figure 169: Front view - 4PP251.1043-75

aPCI slot 1 Battery

compartment

CompactFlash slot
(with latch)

Grounding clip

Power
supply SW2
USB
(x1)
Reset button SW1
Ethernet (x16)
COM
Status
LEDs

Figure 170: Rear view - 4PP251.1043-75

236 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.16.1 Technical data

Features 4PP251.1043-75
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 4 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM
Quantity 256 KB
Battery-buffered Yes
Watchdog
Controller SMC 1)
Power failure logic
Controller SMC 1)
Buffer time 10 ms
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered Yes
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day2)
Battery
Type Renata 950 mAh
Removable Yes, accessible from the outside
Lifespan 4 years 3)
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time 10 minutes
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 79: Technical data - 4PP251.1043-75

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 237

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP251.1043-75
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots 1 (see B&R System 2005 manual for available aPCI interface modules)
Holding torque for aPCI module Max. 0.7 Nm
Display
Type Color TFT
Diagonal 10.4 inch (264 mm)
Colors 256 colors
Resolution VGA, 640 x 480 pixels
Contrast 600:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =70°
Vertical Direction U = 45°/ direction D = 55°
Background lighting
Brightness 350 cd/m²
Half-brightness time4) 55,000 hours
Touch screen -
Touch screen type
Technology
Controller
Degree of transmission
Filter glass
Degree of transmission 95%
Coating On both sides
Keys
Key lifespan > 1,000,000 actuations at 1±0.3 to 3±0.3 N actuating force
Function keys 28 with LED
Soft keys 10 with LED
Cursor keys -
Number block 15 without LED
Other keys 5 without LED
Pressing more than one key at a time may result in so-called phantom keys, and may trigger
unintended actions.
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 5) 20 W typical, 25 W max.
Electrical isolation Yes

Table 79: Technical data - 4PP251.1043-75 (Forts.)

238 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Electrical characteristics 4PP251.1043-75

Bleeder resistance ≥ 47 kOhm
Mechanical characteristics
Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Orange keys Similar to Pantone 151CV
Dark gray keys Similar to Pantone 431CV
Legend strips (gray) Similar to Pantone 429CV

Technical data
Design Gray

Chapter 2
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 323 mm
Height 358 mm
Depth 86 mm
Weight Approx. 5 kg (without aPCI interface modules)
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature6)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +70°C
Transport -20 to +70°C
Relative humidity See 3.16.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 240
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 79: Technical data - 4PP251.1043-75 (Forts.)

1) System Management Controller

2) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
3) Typical lifespan (at 50% buffer operation, temperature 25°C when off, 50°C when on).
4) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
5) Values without inserted aPCI interface modules. An aPCI interface module may use a max. of 3 watts per aPCI slot.
6) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 239

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.16.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 171: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP251.1043-75

3.16.3 Dimensions

2.9 9.9
11.5 300 3 75 8

General tolerance acc. to

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium
81.6

Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm
Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm
333

Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm

358

193
15

323 27.5

Figure 172: Dimensions - 4PP251.1043-75

240 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.16.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 172 "Dimensions
- 4PP251.1043-75" on page 240) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
358

349.5

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 303 ±0.5 mm x 336 ±0.5 mm suitable for

4PP151.1043-31
4PP181.1043-31
4PP251.1043-75
4PP251.1043-B5
4PP281.1043-75
4PP281.1043-B5

13.5
0
0
10

313
323

Figure 173: Cutout dimensions

3.16.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 251 TFT C VGA 10.4" F MH 1aPCI
12 Retaining clips included
1 Lithium battery 3 V / 950 mAh included
4 Legend strips (inserted in the front)

Table 80: Contents of delivery - 4PP251.1043-75

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 241

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.17 Device 4PP251.1043-B5

Keys can be Keys can be

labeled using labeled using
legend strips legend strips

Figure 174: Front view - 4PP251.1043-B5

aPCI slot 2 Battery

compartment
aPCI slot 1

CompactFlash slot
(with latch)

Grounding clip

Power
supply SW2
USB
(x1)
Reset button SW1
Ethernet (x16)
COM
Status
LEDs

Figure 175: Rear view - 4PP251.1043-B5

242 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.17.1 Technical data

Features 4PP251.1043-B5
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 4 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM
Quantity 256 KB
Battery-buffered Yes
Watchdog
Controller SMC 1)
Power failure logic
Controller SMC 1)
Buffer time 10 ms
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered Yes
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day2)
Battery
Type Renata 950 mAh
Removable Yes, accessible from the outside
Lifespan 4 years 3)
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time 10 minutes
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 81: Technical data - 4PP251.1043-B5

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 243

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP251.1043-B5
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots 2 (see B&R System 2005 manual for available aPCI interface modules)
Holding torque for aPCI module Max. 0.7 Nm
Display
Type Color TFT
Diagonal 10.4 inch (264 mm)
Colors 256 colors
Resolution VGA, 640 x 480 pixels
Contrast 600:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =70°
Vertical Direction U = 45°/ direction D = 55°
Background lighting
Brightness 350 cd/m²
Half-brightness time4) 55,000 hours
Touch screen -
Touch screen type
Technology
Controller
Degree of transmission
Filter glass
Degree of transmission 95%
Coating On both sides
Keys
Key lifespan > 1,000,000 actuations at 1±0.3 to 3±0.3 N actuating force
Function keys 28 with LED
Soft keys 10 with LED
Cursor keys -
Number block 15 without LED
Other keys 5 without LED
Pressing more than one key at a time may result in so-called phantom keys, and may trigger
unintended actions.
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 5) 20 W typical, 25 W max.
Electrical isolation Yes

Table 81: Technical data - 4PP251.1043-B5 (Forts.)

244 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Electrical characteristics 4PP251.1043-B5

Bleeder resistance ≥ 47 kOhm
Mechanical characteristics
Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Orange keys Similar to Pantone 151CV
Dark gray keys Similar to Pantone 431CV
Legend strips (gray) Similar to Pantone 429CV

Technical data
Design Gray

Chapter 2
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 323 mm
Height 358 mm
Depth 108 mm
Weight Approx. 5.3 kg (without aPCI interface modules)
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature6)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +70°C
Transport -20 to +70°C
Relative humidity See 3.17.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 246
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 81: Technical data - 4PP251.1043-B5 (Forts.)

1) System Management Controller

2) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
3) Typical lifespan (at 50% buffer operation, temperature 25°C when off, 50°C when on).
4) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
5) Values without inserted aPCI interface modules. An aPCI interface module may use a max. of 3 watts per aPCI slot.
6) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 245

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.17.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 176: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP251.1043-B5

3.17.3 Dimensions

9.9
2,9
11.5 300 3 97 8

General tolerance acc. to

81.6

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium

Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm
Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm
333
358

Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm

193
15

323 27.5

Figure 177: Dimensions - 4PP251.1043-B5

246 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.17.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 177 "Dimensions
- 4PP251.1043-B5" on page 246) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
358

349.5

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 303 ±0.5 mm x 336 ±0.5 mm suitable for

4PP151.1043-31
4PP181.1043-31
4PP251.1043-75
4PP251.1043-B5
4PP281.1043-75
4PP281.1043-B5

13.5
0
0
10

313
323

Figure 178: Cutout dimensions

3.17.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 251 TFT C VGA 10.4" F MH 2aPCI
12 Retaining clips included
1 Lithium battery 3 V / 950 mAh included
4 Legend strips (inserted in the front)

Table 82: Contents of delivery - 4PP251.1043-B5

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 247

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.18 Device 4PP251.1505-75

Keys can be Keys can be

labeled using labeled using
legend strips legend strips

Figure 179: Front view - 4PP251.1505-75

aPCI slot 1

Battery
compartment

CompactFlash slot
(with latch)
Grounding clip
SW2
Power (x1)
supply
USB SW1
(x16)
Reset button

Status
Ethernet
LEDs
COM

Figure 180: Rear view - 4PP251.1505-75

248 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.18.1 Technical data

Features 4PP251.1505-75
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 4 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM
Quantity 256 KB
Battery-buffered Yes
Watchdog
Controller SMC 1)
Power failure logic
Controller SMC 1)
Buffer time 10 ms
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered Yes
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day2)
Battery
Type Renata 950 mAh
Removable Yes, accessible from the outside
Lifespan 4 years 3)
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time 10 minutes
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 83: Technical data - 4PP251.1505-75

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 249

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP251.1505-75
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots 1 (see B&R System 2005 manual for available aPCI interface modules)
Holding torque for aPCI module Max. 0.7 Nm
Display
Type Color TFT
Diagonal 15 inch (381 mm)
Colors 16.7 million colors
Resolution XGA, 1024 x 768 pixels
Contrast 300:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =65°
Vertical Direction U = 45°/ direction D = 55°
Background lighting
Brightness 330 cd/m²
Half-brightness time4) 35,000 hours
Touch screen -
Touch screen type
Technology
Controller
Degree of transmission
Filter glass
Degree of transmission 95%
Coating On both sides
Keys
Key lifespan > 1,000,000 actuations at 1±0.3 to 3±0.3 N actuating force
Function keys 20 with LED
Soft keys 12 with LED
Cursor keys -
Number block 15 without LED
Other keys 77 without LED
Pressing more than one key at a time may result in so-called phantom keys, and may trigger
unintended actions.
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 5) 35 W typical, 40 W max.
Electrical isolation Yes

Table 83: Technical data - 4PP251.1505-75 (Forts.)

250 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Electrical characteristics 4PP251.1505-75

Bleeder resistance ≥ 47 kOhm
Mechanical characteristics
Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Orange keys Similar to Pantone 151CV
Dark gray keys Similar to Pantone 431CV
Legend strips (gray) Similar to Pantone 429CV

Technical data
Design Gray

Chapter 2
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 435 mm
Height 430 mm
Depth 87 mm
Weight Approx. 8 kg
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature6)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +60°C
Transport -20 to +60°C
Relative humidity See 3.18.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 252
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 83: Technical data - 4PP251.1505-75 (Forts.)

1) System Management Controller

2) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
3) Typical lifespan (at 50% buffer operation, temperature 25°C when off, 50°C when on).
4) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
5) Values without inserted aPCI interface modules. An aPCI interface module may use a max. of 3 watts per aPCI slot.
6) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 251

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.18.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 181: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP251.1505-75

3.18.3 Dimensions

2.9 9.9
11.5 412 3 76 8
81.6

General tolerance acc. to

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium
Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm
430

Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm

409.5

Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm

269.5
10

435 28.5

Figure 182: Dimensions - 4PP251.1505-75

252 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.18.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 182 "Dimensions
- 4PP251.1505-75" on page 252) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
430
421

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 415 ±0.5 mm x 412 ±0.5 mm suitable for

4PP151.1505-31
4PP181.1505-31
4PP251.1505-75
4PP251.1505-B5
4PP281.1505-75
4PP281.1505-B5

9
0
425
435
0
10

Figure 183: Cutout dimensions

3.18.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 251 TFT C XGA 15" F MH 1aPCI
12 Retaining clips included
1 Lithium battery 3 V / 950 mAh included
2 Legend strips (inserted in the front)

Table 84: Contents of delivery - 4PP251.1505-75

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 253

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.19 Device 4PP251.1505-B5

Keys can be Keys can be

labeled using labeled using
legend strips legend strips

Figure 184: Front view - 4PP251.1505-B5

aPCI slot 2
aPCI slot 1 Battery
compartment

CompactFlash slot
(with latch)
Grounding clip
SW2
Power (x1)
supply
USB SW1
(x16)
Reset button

Status
Ethernet
LEDs
COM

Figure 185: Rear view - 4PP251.1505-B5

254 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.19.1 Technical data

Features 4PP251.1505-B5
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 4 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM
Quantity 256 KB
Battery-buffered Yes
Watchdog
Controller SMC 1)
Power failure logic
Controller SMC 1)
Buffer time 10 ms
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered Yes
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day2)
Battery
Type Renata 950 mAh
Removable Yes, accessible from the outside
Lifespan 4 years 3)
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time 10 minutes
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 85: Technical data - 4PP251.1505-B5

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 255

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP251.1505-B5
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots 2 (see B&R System 2005 manual for available aPCI interface modules)
Holding torque for aPCI module Max. 0.7 Nm
Display
Type Color TFT
Diagonal 15 inch (381 mm)
Colors 16.7 million colors
Resolution XGA, 1024 x 768 pixels
Contrast 300:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =65°
Vertical Direction U = 50°/ direction D = 55°
Background lighting
Brightness 330 cd/m²
Half-brightness time4) 35,000 hours
Touch screen -
Touch screen type
Technology
Controller
Degree of transmission
Filter glass
Degree of transmission 95%
Coating On both sides
Keys
Key lifespan > 1,000,000 actuations at 1±0.3 to 3±0.3 N actuating force
Function keys 20 with LED
Soft keys 12 with LED
Cursor keys -
Number block 15 without LED
Other keys 77 without LED
Pressing more than one key at a time may result in so-called phantom keys, and may trigger
unintended actions.
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 5) 35 W typical, 40 W max.
Electrical isolation Yes

Table 85: Technical data - 4PP251.1505-B5 (Forts.)

256 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Electrical characteristics 4PP251.1505-B5

Bleeder resistance ≥ 47 kOhm
Mechanical characteristics
Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Orange keys Similar to Pantone 151CV
Dark gray keys Similar to Pantone 431CV
Legend strips (gray) Similar to Pantone 429CV

Technical data
Design Gray

Chapter 2
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 435 mm
Height 430 mm
Depth 109 mm
Weight Approx. 8.3 kg
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature6)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +60°C
Transport -20 to +60°C
Relative humidity See 3.19.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 258
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 85: Technical data - 4PP251.1505-B5 (Forts.)

1) System Management Controller

2) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
3) Typical lifespan (at 50% buffer operation, temperature 25°C when off, 50°C when on).
4) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
5) Values without inserted aPCI interface modules. An aPCI interface module may use a max. of 3 watts per aPCI slot.
6) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 257

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.19.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 186: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP251.1505-B5

3.19.3 Dimensions

9.9
2.9
11.5 412 3 98 8
81.6

General tolerance acc. to

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium
Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm
Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm
409.5
430

Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm

269.5

10

435 28.5

Figure 187: Dimensions - 4PP251.1505-B5

258 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.19.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 187 "Dimensions
- 4PP251.1505-B5" on page 258) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
430
421

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 415 ±0.5 mm x 412 ±0.5 mm suitable for

4PP151.1505-31
4PP181.1505-31
4PP251.1505-75
4PP251.1505-B5
4PP281.1505-75
4PP281.1505-B5

9
0
425
435
0
10

Figure 188: Cutout dimensions

3.19.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 251 TFT C XGA 15" F MH 2aPCI
12 Retaining clips included
1 Lithium battery 3 V / 950 mAh included
2 Legend strips (inserted in the front)

Table 86: Contents of delivery - 4PP251.1505-B5

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 259

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.20 Device 4PP252.0571-45

Keys can be labeled using legend strips

Figure 189: Front view - 4PP252.0571-45

aPCI slot 1 Battery

compartment

Grounding clip
Power USB
supply Reset button
Ethernet CompactFlash slot
COM Status (with latch)
LEDs SW1 SW2
(x16) (x1)

Figure 190: Rear view - 4PP252.0571-45

260 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.20.1 Technical data

Features 4PP252.0571-45
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 4 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM
Quantity 256 KB
Battery-buffered Yes
Watchdog
Controller SMC 1)
Power failure logic
Controller SMC 1)
Buffer time 10 ms
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered Yes
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day2)
Battery
Type Renata 950 mAh
Removable Yes, accessible from the outside
Lifespan 4 years 3)
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time 10 minutes
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 87: Technical data - 4PP252.0571-45

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 261

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP252.0571-45
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots 1 (see B&R System 2005 manual for available aPCI interface modules)
Holding torque for aPCI module Max. 0.7 Nm
Display
Type LCD monochrome
Diagonal 5.7 in (144 mm)
Colors 8 shades of gray
Resolution QVGA, 320 x 240 pixels
Contrast 25:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =40°
Vertical Direction U = 40°/ direction D = 50°
Background lighting
Brightness 140 cd/m²
Half-brightness time4) 50,000 hours
Touch screen -
Touch screen type
Technology
Controller
Degree of transmission
Filter glass
Degree of transmission 95%
Coating On both sides
Keys
Key lifespan > 1,000,000 actuations at 1±0.3 to 3±0.3 N actuating force
Function keys 20 with LED
Soft keys -
Cursor keys -
Number block 15 without LED
Other keys 5 without LED
Pressing more than one key at a time may result in so-called phantom keys, and may trigger
unintended actions.
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 5) 15 W typical, 20 W max.
Electrical isolation Yes

Table 87: Technical data - 4PP252.0571-45 (Forts.)

262 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Electrical characteristics 4PP252.0571-45

Bleeder resistance ≥ 47 kOhm
Mechanical characteristics
Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Orange keys Similar to Pantone 151CV
Dark gray keys Similar to Pantone 431CV
Legend strips (gray) Similar to Pantone 429CV

Technical data
Design Gray

Chapter 2
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 302 mm
Height 187 mm
Depth 76 mm
Weight Approx. 2.6 kg (without aPCI interface modules)
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature6)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +70°C
Transport -20 to +70°C
Relative humidity See 3.20.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 264
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 87: Technical data - 4PP252.0571-45 (Forts.)

1) System Management Controller

2) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
3) Typical lifespan (at 50% buffer operation, temperature 25°C when off, 50°C when on).
4) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
5) Values without inserted aPCI interface modules. An aPCI interface module may use a max. of 3 watts per aPCI slot.
6) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 263

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.20.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 191: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP252.0571-45

3.20.3 Dimensions

2.9 196 11.9

8 286 3 67 6

General tolerance acc. to

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium
Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm
187

171

Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm

Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm
82
31
8

302 47

Figure 192: Dimensions - 4PP252.0571-45

264 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.20.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 192 "Dimensions
- 4PP252.0571-45" on page 264) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
187
180.5

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 289 ±0.5 mm x 174 ±0.5 mm suitable for

4PP152.0571-01
4PP152.0571-21
4PP252.0571-45
4PP252.0571-65
4PP252.0571-85
4PP252.0571-A5

6.5
0
302
6.5

295.5
0

Figure 193: Cutout dimensions

3.20.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 252 LCD B/W QVGA 5.7" F MH 1aPCI
10 Retaining clips included
1 Lithium battery 3 V / 950 mAh included
8 Legend strips (inserted in the front)

Table 88: Contents of delivery - 4PP252.0571-45

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 265

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.21 Device 4PP252.0571-65

Keys can be labeled using legend strips

Figure 194: Front view - 4PP252.0571-65

aPCI slot 1 Battery

compartment

Grounding clip
Power USB
supply Reset button
Ethernet CompactFlash slot
COM Status (with latch)
LEDs SW1 SW2
(x16) (x1)

Figure 195: Rear view - 4PP252.0571-65

266 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.21.1 Technical data

Features 4PP252.0571-65
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 4 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM
Quantity 256 KB
Battery-buffered Yes
Watchdog
Controller SMC 1)
Power failure logic
Controller SMC 1)
Buffer time 10 ms
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered Yes
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day2)
Battery
Type Renata 950 mAh
Removable Yes, accessible from the outside
Lifespan 4 years 3)
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time 10 minutes
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 89: Technical data - 4PP252.0571-65

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 267

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP252.0571-65
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots 1 (see B&R System 2005 manual for available aPCI interface modules)
Holding torque for aPCI module Max. 0.7 Nm
Display
Type Color LCD
Diagonal 5.7 in (144 mm)
Colors 256 colors
Resolution QVGA, 320 x 240 pixels
Contrast 40:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =40°
Vertical Direction U = 40°/ direction D = 50°
Background lighting
Brightness 150 cd/m²
Half-brightness time4) 50,000 hours
Touch screen -
Touch screen type
Technology
Controller
Degree of transmission
Filter glass
Degree of transmission 95%
Coating On both sides
Keys
Key lifespan > 1,000,000 actuations at 1±0.3 to 3±0.3 N actuating force
Function keys 20 with LED
Soft keys -
Cursor keys -
Number block 15 without LED
Other keys 5 without LED
Pressing more than one key at a time may result in so-called phantom keys, and may trigger
unintended actions.
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 5) 15 W typical, 20 W max.
Electrical isolation Yes

Table 89: Technical data - 4PP252.0571-65 (Forts.)

268 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Electrical characteristics 4PP252.0571-65

Bleeder resistance ≥ 47 kOhm
Mechanical characteristics
Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Orange keys Similar to Pantone 151CV
Dark gray keys Similar to Pantone 431CV
Legend strips (gray) Similar to Pantone 429CV

Technical data
Design Gray

Chapter 2
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 302 mm
Height 187 mm
Depth 76 mm
Weight Approx. 2.6 kg (without aPCI interface modules)
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature6)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +60°C
Transport -20 to +60°C
Relative humidity See 3.21.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 270
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 89: Technical data - 4PP252.0571-65 (Forts.)

1) System Management Controller

2) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
3) Typical lifespan (at 50% buffer operation, temperature 25°C when off, 50°C when on).
4) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
5) Values without inserted aPCI interface modules. An aPCI interface module may use a max. of 3 watts per aPCI slot.
6) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 269

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.21.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 196: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP252.0571-65

3.21.3 Dimensions

2.9 196 11.9

8 286 3 67 6

General tolerance acc. to

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium
Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm
187

171

Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm

Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm
82
31
8

302 47

Figure 197: Dimensions - 4PP252.0571-65

270 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.21.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 197 "Dimensions
- 4PP252.0571-65" on page 270) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
187
180.5

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 289 ±0.5 mm x 174 ±0.5 mm suitable for

4PP152.0571-01
4PP152.0571-21
4PP252.0571-45
4PP252.0571-65
4PP252.0571-85
4PP252.0571-A5

6.5
0
302
6.5

295.5
0

Figure 198: Cutout dimensions

3.21.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 252 LCD C QVGA 5.7" F MH 1aPCI
10 Retaining clips included
1 Lithium battery 3 V / 950 mAh included
8 Legend strips (inserted in the front)

Table 90: Contents of delivery - 4PP252.0571-65

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 271

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.22 Device 4PP252.0571-85

Keys can be labeled using legend strips

Figure 199: Front view - 4PP252.0571-85

aPCI slot 2 Battery

compartment
aPCI slot 1

Grounding clip
Power
supply USB Reset button
Ethernet CompactFlash slot
COM Status
SW1 (with latch)
LEDs SW2
(x16) (x1)

Figure 200: Rear view - 4PP252.0571-85

272 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.22.1 Technical data

Features 4PP252.0571-85
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 4 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM
Quantity 256 KB
Battery-buffered Yes
Watchdog
Controller SMC 1)
Power failure logic
Controller SMC 1)
Buffer time 10 ms
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered Yes
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day2)
Battery
Type Renata 950 mAh
Removable Yes, accessible from the outside
Lifespan 4 years 3)
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time 10 minutes
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 91: Technical data - 4PP252.0571-85

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 273

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP252.0571-85
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots 2 (see B&R System 2005 manual for available aPCI interface modules)
Holding torque for aPCI module Max. 0.7 Nm
Display
Type LCD monochrome
Diagonal 5.7 in (144 mm)
Colors 8 shades of gray
Resolution QVGA, 320 x 240 pixels
Contrast 25:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =40°
Vertical Direction U = 40°/ direction D = 50°
Background lighting
Brightness 140 cd/m²
Half-brightness time4) 50,000 hours
Touch screen -
Touch screen type
Technology
Controller
Degree of transmission
Filter glass
Degree of transmission 95%
Coating On both sides
Keys
Key lifespan > 1,000,000 actuations at 1±0.3 to 3±0.3 N actuating force
Function keys 20 with LED
Soft keys -
Cursor keys -
Number block 15 without LED
Other keys 5 without LED
Pressing more than one key at a time may result in so-called phantom keys, and may trigger
unintended actions.
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 5) 15 W typical, 20 W max.
Electrical isolation Yes

Table 91: Technical data - 4PP252.0571-85 (Forts.)

274 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Electrical characteristics 4PP252.0571-85

Bleeder resistance ≥ 47 kOhm
Mechanical characteristics
Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Orange keys Similar to Pantone 151CV
Dark gray keys Similar to Pantone 431CV
Legend strips (gray) Similar to Pantone 429CV

Technical data
Design Gray

Chapter 2
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 302 mm
Height 187 mm
Depth 98 mm
Weight Approx. 2.9 kg (without aPCI interface modules)
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature6)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +70°C
Transport -20 to +70°C
Relative humidity See 3.22.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 276
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 91: Technical data - 4PP252.0571-85 (Forts.)

1) System Management Controller

2) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
3) Typical lifespan (at 50% buffer operation, temperature 25°C when off, 50°C when on).
4) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
5) Values without inserted aPCI interface modules. An aPCI interface module may use a max. of 3 watts per aPCI slot.
6) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 275

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.22.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 201: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP252.0571-85

3.22.3 Dimensions

2.9 196 11.9

8 286 3 89 6

General tolerance acc. to

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium
Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
171

Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm

187

Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm

Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm
82
31

302 47

Figure 202: Dimensions - 4PP252.0571-85

276 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.22.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 202 "Dimensions
- 4PP252.0571-85" on page 276) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
187
180.5

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 289 ±0.5 mm x 174 ±0.5 mm suitable for

4PP152.0571-01
4PP152.0571-21
4PP252.0571-45
4PP252.0571-65
4PP252.0571-85
4PP252.0571-A5

6.5
0
302
6.5

295.5
0

Figure 203: Cutout dimensions

3.22.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 252 LCD B/W QVGA 5.7" F MH 2aPCI
10 Retaining clips included
1 Lithium battery 3 V / 950 mAh included
8 Legend strips (inserted in the front)

Table 92: Contents of delivery - 4PP252.0571-85

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 277

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.23 Device 4PP252.0571-A5

Keys can be labeled using legend strips

Figure 204: Front view - 4PP252.0571-A5

aPCI slot 2 Battery

compartment
aPCI slot 1

Grounding clip
Power
supply USB Reset button
Ethernet CompactFlash slot
COM Status
SW1 (with latch)
LEDs SW2
(x16) (x1)

Figure 205: Rear view - 4PP252.0571-A5

278 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.23.1 Technical data

Features 4PP252.0571-A5
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 4 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM
Quantity 256 KB
Battery-buffered Yes
Watchdog
Controller SMC 1)
Power failure logic
Controller SMC 1)
Buffer time 10 ms
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered Yes
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day2)
Battery
Type Renata 950 mAh
Removable Yes, accessible from the outside
Lifespan 4 years 3)
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time 10 minutes
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 93: Technical data - 4PP252.0571-A5

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 279

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP252.0571-A5
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots 2 (see B&R System 2005 manual for available aPCI interface modules)
Holding torque for aPCI module Max. 0.7 Nm
Display
Type Color LCD
Diagonal 5.7 in (144 mm)
Colors 256 colors
Resolution QVGA, 320 x 240 pixels
Contrast 40:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =40°
Vertical Direction U = 40°/ direction D = 50°
Background lighting
Brightness 150 cd/m²
Half-brightness time4) 50,000 hours
Touch screen -
Touch screen type
Technology
Controller
Degree of transmission
Filter glass
Degree of transmission 95%
Coating On both sides
Keys
Key lifespan > 1,000,000 actuations at 1±0.3 to 3±0.3 N actuating force
Function keys 20 with LED
Soft keys -
Cursor keys -
Number block 15 without LED
Other keys 5 without LED
Pressing more than one key at a time may result in so-called phantom keys, and may trigger
unintended actions.
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 5) 15 W typical, 20 W max.
Electrical isolation Yes

Table 93: Technical data - 4PP252.0571-A5 (Forts.)

280 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Electrical characteristics 4PP252.0571-A5

Bleeder resistance ≥ 47 kOhm
Mechanical characteristics
Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Orange keys Similar to Pantone 151CV
Dark gray keys Similar to Pantone 431CV
Legend strips (gray) Similar to Pantone 429CV

Technical data
Design Gray

Chapter 2
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 302 mm
Height 187 mm
Depth 98 mm
Weight Approx. 2.9 kg (without aPCI interface modules)
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature6)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +60°C
Transport -20 to +60°C
Relative humidity See 3.23.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 282
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 93: Technical data - 4PP252.0571-A5 (Forts.)

1) System Management Controller

2) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
3) Typical lifespan (at 50% buffer operation, temperature 25°C when off, 50°C when on).
4) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
5) Values without inserted aPCI interface modules. An aPCI interface module may use a max. of 3 watts per aPCI slot.
6) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 281

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.23.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 206: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP252.0571-A5

3.23.3 Dimensions

2.9 196 11.9

8 286 3 89 6

General tolerance acc. to

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium
Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
171

Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm

187

Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm

Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm
82
31

302 47

Figure 207: Dimensions - 4PP252.0571-A5

282 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.23.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 207 "Dimensions
- 4PP252.0571-A5" on page 282) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
187
180.5

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 289 ±0.5 mm x 174 ±0.5 mm suitable for

4PP152.0571-01
4PP152.0571-21
4PP252.0571-45
4PP252.0571-65
4PP252.0571-85
4PP252.0571-A5

6.5
0
302
6.5

295.5
0

Figure 208: Cutout dimensions

3.23.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 252 LCD C QVGA 5.7" F MH 2aPCI
10 Retaining clips included
1 Lithium battery 3 V / 950 mAh included
8 Legend strips (inserted in the front)

Table 94: Contents of delivery - 4PP252.0571-A5

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 283

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.24 Device 4PP252.1043-75

Keys can be
labeled using
legend strips

Keys can be labeled using legend strips

Figure 209: Front view - 4PP252.1043-75

aPCI slot 1
Battery
compartment

Grounding clip
CompactFlash slot
Power (with latch)
supply
USB
Reset button SW2
(x1)
Ethernet
COM
Status SW1
LEDs (x16)

Figure 210: Rear view - 4PP252.1043-75

284 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.24.1 Technical data

Features 4PP252.1043-75
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 4 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM
Quantity 256 KB
Battery-buffered Yes
Watchdog
Controller SMC 1)
Power failure logic
Controller SMC 1)
Buffer time 10 ms
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered Yes
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day2)
Battery
Type Renata 950 mAh
Removable Yes, accessible from the outside
Lifespan 4 years 3)
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time 10 minutes
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 95: Technical data - 4PP252.1043-75

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 285

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP252.1043-75
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots 1 (see B&R System 2005 manual for available aPCI interface modules)
Holding torque for aPCI module Max. 0.7 Nm
Display
Type Color TFT
Diagonal 10.4 inch (264 mm)
Colors 256 colors
Resolution VGA, 640 x 480 pixels
Contrast 600:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =70°
Vertical Direction U = 45°/ direction D = 55°
Background lighting
Brightness 350 cd/m²
Half-brightness time4) 55,000 hours
Touch screen -
Touch screen type
Technology
Controller
Degree of transmission
Filter glass
Degree of transmission 95%
Coating On both sides
Keys
Key lifespan > 1,000,000 actuations at 1±0.3 to 3±0.3 N actuating force
Function keys 44 with LED
Soft keys -
Cursor keys -
Number block 15 without LED
Other keys 5 without LED
Pressing more than one key at a time may result in so-called phantom keys, and may trigger
unintended actions.
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 5) 20 W typical, 25 W max.
Electrical isolation Yes

Table 95: Technical data - 4PP252.1043-75 (Forts.)

286 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Electrical characteristics 4PP252.1043-75

Bleeder resistance ≥ 47 kOhm
Mechanical characteristics
Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Orange keys Similar to Pantone 151CV
Dark gray keys Similar to Pantone 431CV
Legend strips (gray) Similar to Pantone 429CV

Technical data
Design Gray

Chapter 2
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 423 mm
Height 288 mm
Depth 86 mm
Weight Approx. 5.2 kg (without aPCI interface modules)
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature6)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +70°C
Transport -20 to +70°C
Relative humidity See 3.24.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 288
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 95: Technical data - 4PP252.1043-75 (Forts.)

1) System Management Controller

2) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
3) Typical lifespan (at 50% buffer operation, temperature 25°C when off, 50°C when on).
4) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
5) Values without inserted aPCI interface modules. An aPCI interface module may use a max. of 3 watts per aPCI slot.
6) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 287

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.24.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 211: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP252.1043-75

3.24.3 Dimensions

2.9 196 9.9

11.5 399 3 75 8

General tolerance acc. to

81.5

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium

263.5

Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
288

Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm

Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm
Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm
123.5

14.5

423 27.5

Figure 212: Dimensions - 4PP252.1043-75

288 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.24.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 212 "Dimensions
- 4PP252.1043-75" on page 288) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
288
279.5

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 402 ±0.5 mm x 266.5 ±0.5 mm suitable for

4PP152.1043-31
4PP182.1043-31
4PP252.1043-75
4PP252.1043-B5
4PP282.1043-75
4PP282.1043-B5

13
0
412
0
10

423

Figure 213: Cutout dimensions

3.24.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 252 TFT C VGA 10.4" F MH 1aPCI
12 Retaining clips included
1 Lithium battery 3 V / 950 mAh included
16 Legend strips (inserted in the front)

Table 96: Contents of delivery - 4PP252.1043-75

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 289

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.25 Device 4PP252.1043-B5

Keys can be
labeled using
legend strips

Keys can be labeled using legend strips

Figure 214: Front view - 4PP252.1043-B5

aPCI slot 2
Battery
aPCI slot 1 compartment

Grounding clip
CompactFlash slot
Power
USB (with latch)
supply
Reset button
SW2
Ethernet (x1)
COM
Status
LEDs SW1
(x16)

Figure 215: Rear view - 4PP252.1043-B5

290 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.25.1 Technical data

Features 4PP252.1043-B5
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 4 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM
Quantity 256 KB
Battery-buffered Yes
Watchdog
Controller SMC 1)
Power failure logic
Controller SMC 1)
Buffer time 10 ms
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered Yes
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day2)
Battery
Type Renata 950 mAh
Removable Yes, accessible from the outside
Lifespan 4 years 3)
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time 10 minutes
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 97: Technical data - 4PP252.1043-B5

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 291

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP252.1043-B5
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots 2 (see B&R System 2005 manual for available aPCI interface modules)
Holding torque for aPCI module Max. 0.7 Nm
Display
Type Color TFT
Diagonal 10.4 inch (264 mm)
Colors 256 colors
Resolution VGA, 640 x 480 pixels
Contrast 600:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =70°
Vertical Direction U = 45°/ direction D = 55°
Background lighting
Brightness 350 cd/m²
Half-brightness time4) 55,000 hours
Touch screen -
Touch screen type
Technology
Controller
Degree of transmission
Filter glass
Degree of transmission 95%
Coating On both sides
Keys
Key lifespan > 1,000,000 actuations at 1±0.3 to 3±0.3 N actuating force
Function keys 44 with LED
Soft keys -
Cursor keys -
Number block 15 without LED
Other keys 5 without LED
Pressing more than one key at a time may result in so-called phantom keys, and may trigger
unintended actions.
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 5) 20 W typical, 25 W max.
Electrical isolation Yes

Table 97: Technical data - 4PP252.1043-B5 (Forts.)

292 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Electrical characteristics 4PP252.1043-B5

Bleeder resistance ≥ 47 kOhm
Mechanical characteristics
Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Orange keys Similar to Pantone 151CV
Dark gray keys Similar to Pantone 431CV
Legend strips (gray) Similar to Pantone 429CV

Technical data
Design Gray

Chapter 2
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 423 mm
Height 288 mm
Depth 108 mm
Weight Approx. 5.5 kg (without aPCI interface modules)
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature6)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +70°C
Transport -20 to +70°C
Relative humidity See 3.25.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 294
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 97: Technical data - 4PP252.1043-B5 (Forts.)

1) System Management Controller

2) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
3) Typical lifespan (at 50% buffer operation, temperature 25°C when off, 50°C when on).
4) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
5) Values without inserted aPCI interface modules. An aPCI interface module may use a max. of 3 watts per aPCI slot.
6) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 293

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.25.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 216: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP252.1043-B5

3.25.3 Dimensions

2.9 196 9.9

11.5 399 3 97 8

General tolerance acc. to

81.5

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium

Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
263,5

Over 6 bis 30 mm ± 0.2 mm

288

Over 30 bis 120 mm ± 0.3 mm

Over 120 bis 400 ± 0.5 mm
Over 400 bis 1000 ± 0.8 mm
123.5
14.5

423 27.5

Figure 217: Dimensions - 4PP252.1043-B5

294 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.25.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 217 "Dimensions
- 4PP252.1043-B5" on page 294) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
288
279.5

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 402 ±0.5 mm x 266.5 ±0.5 mm suitable for

4PP152.1043-31
4PP182.1043-31
4PP252.1043-75
4PP252.1043-B5
4PP282.1043-75
4PP282.1043-B5

13
0
412
0
10

423

Figure 218: Cutout dimensions

3.25.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 252 TFT C VGA 10.4" F MH 2aPCI
12 Retaining clips included
1 Lithium battery 3 V / 950 mAh included
16 Legend strips (inserted in the front)

Table 98: Contents of delivery - 4PP252.1043-B5

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 295

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.26 Device 4PP280.1043-75

Keys can be Keys can be

labeled using labeled using
legend strips legend strips

Figure 219: Front view - 4PP280.1043-75

aPCI slot 1
Battery
compartment

Grounding clip
CompactFlash slot
Power (with latch)
supply
USB
Reset button SW2
(x1)
Ethernet
COM
Status SW1
LEDs (x16)

Figure 220: Rear view - 4PP280.1043-75

296 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.26.1 Technical data

Features 4PP280.1043-75
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 4 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM
Quantity 256 KB
Battery-buffered Yes
Watchdog
Controller SMC 1)
Power failure logic
Controller SMC 1)
Buffer time 10 ms
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered Yes
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day2)
Battery
Type Renata 950 mAh
Removable Yes, accessible from the outside
Lifespan 4 years 3)
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time 10 minutes
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 99: Technical data - 4PP280.1043-75

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 297

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP280.1043-75
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots 1 (see B&R System 2005 manual for available aPCI interface modules)
Holding torque for aPCI module Max. 0.7 Nm
Display
Type Color TFT
Diagonal 10.4 inch (264 mm)
Colors 256 colors
Resolution VGA, 640 x 480 pixels
Contrast 600:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =70°
Vertical Direction U = 45°/ direction D = 55°
Background lighting
Brightness 350 cd/m²
Half-brightness time4) 55,000 hours
Touch screen
Touch screen type Elo
Technology Analog, resistive
Controller Hampshire, serial, 12-bit
Degree of transmission 78%
Filter glass -
Degree of transmission
Coating
Keys
Key lifespan > 1,000,000 actuations at 1±0.3 to 3±0.3 N actuating force
Function keys 12 with LED
Soft keys 10 with LED
Cursor keys -
Number block -
Other keys -
Pressing more than one key at a time may result in so-called phantom keys, and may trigger
unintended actions.
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 5) 20 W typical, 25 W max.
Electrical isolation -

Table 99: Technical data - 4PP280.1043-75 (Forts.)

298 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Electrical characteristics 4PP280.1043-75

Bleeder resistance ≥ 47 kOhm
Mechanical characteristics
Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Legend strips (gray) Similar to Pantone 429CV
Design Gray
Gasket Flat gasket around display front

Technical data
Chapter 2
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 323 mm
Height 260 mm
Depth 86 mm
Weight Approx. 3.9 kg (without aPCI interface modules)
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature6)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +70°C
Transport -20 to +70°C
Relative humidity See 3.26.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 300
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 99: Technical data - 4PP280.1043-75 (Forts.)

1) System Management Controller

2) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
3) Typical lifespan (at 50% buffer operation, temperature 25°C when off, 50°C when on).
4) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
5) Values without inserted aPCI interface modules. An aPCI interface module may use a max. of 3 watts per aPCI slot.
6) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 299

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.26.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 221: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP280.1043-75

3.26.3 Dimensions

2.9 9.9
11.5 300 3 75 8

General tolerance acc. to

81.6

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium

240

Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
260

Over 6 bis 30 mm ± 0.2 mm

Over 30 bis 120 mm ± 0.3 mm
Over 120 bis 400 ± 0.5 mm
Over 400 bis 1000 ± 0.8 mm
100

10

323
27.5

Figure 222: Dimensions - 4PP280.1043-75

300 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.26.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 222 "Dimensions
- 4PP280.1043-75" on page 300) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
260
251.5

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 303 mm ± 0.5 mm x 243 mm ± 0.5 mm suitable for

4PP120.1043-31
4PP180.1043-31
4PP220.1043-75
4PP220.1043-B5
4PP280.1043-75
4PP280.1043-B5
5PP120.1043-37
5PP120.1043-37A

8.5
0
323
0

313
10

Figure 223: Cutout dimensions

3.26.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 280 TFT C VGA 10.4" FT MH 1aPCI
6 Retaining clips included
1 Lithium battery 3 V / 950 mAh included
2 Legend strips (inserted in the front)

Table 100: Contents of delivery - 4PP280.1043-75

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 301

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.27 Device 4PP280.1043-B5

Keys can be Keys can be

labeled using labeled using
legend strips legend strips

Figure 224: Front view - 4PP280.1043-B5

aPCI slot 2
Battery
compartment
aPCI slot 1

Grounding clip
Power CompactFlash slot
supply USB (with latch)

Reset button
SW2
Ethernet (x1)
COM
Status
LEDs SW1
(x16)

Figure 225: Rear view - 4PP280.1043-B5

302 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.27.1 Technical data

Features 4PP280.1043-B5
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 4 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM
Quantity 256 KB
Battery-buffered Yes
Watchdog
Controller SMC 1)
Power failure logic
Controller SMC 1)
Buffer time 10 ms
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered Yes
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day2)
Battery
Type Renata 950 mAh
Removable Yes, accessible from the outside
Lifespan 4 years 3)
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time 10 minutes
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 101: Technical data - 4PP280.1043-B5

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 303

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP280.1043-B5
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots 2 (see B&R System 2005 manual for available aPCI interface modules)
Holding torque for aPCI module Max. 0.7 Nm
Display
Type Color TFT
Diagonal 10.4 inch (264 mm)
Colors 256 colors
Resolution VGA, 640 x 480 pixels
Contrast 600:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =70°
Vertical Direction U = 45°/ direction D = 55°
Background lighting
Brightness 350 cd/m²
Half-brightness time4) 55,000 hours
Touch screen
Touch screen type Elo
Technology Analog, resistive
Controller Hampshire, serial, 12-bit
Degree of transmission 78%
Filter glass -
Degree of transmission
Coating
Keys
Key lifespan > 1,000,000 operations at 1±0.3 to 3±0.3 N operating force
Function keys 12 with LED
Soft keys 10 with LED
Cursor keys -
Number block -
Other keys -
Pressing more than one key at a time may result in so-called phantom keys, and may trigger
unintended actions.
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 5) 20 W typical, 25 W max.
Electrical isolation -

Table 101: Technical data - 4PP280.1043-B5 (Forts.)

304 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Electrical characteristics 4PP280.1043-B5

Bleeder resistance ≥ 47 kOhm
Mechanical characteristics
Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Legend strips (gray) Similar to Pantone 429CV
Design Gray
Gasket Flat gasket around display front

Technical data
Chapter 2
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 323 mm
Height 260 mm
Depth 108 mm
Weight Approx. 4.2 kg (without aPCI interface modules)
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature6)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +70°C
Transport -20 to +70°C
Relative humidity See 3.27.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 306
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 101: Technical data - 4PP280.1043-B5 (Forts.)

1) System Management Controller

2) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
3) Typical lifespan (at 50% buffer operation, temperature 25°C when off, 50°C when on).
4) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
5) Values without inserted aPCI interface modules. An aPCI interface module may use a max. of 3 watts per aPCI slot.
6) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 305

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.27.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 226: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP280.1043-B5

3.27.3 Dimensions

2.9 9.9
11.5 300 3 97 8

General tolerance acc. to

81.6

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium

Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
240
260

Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm
Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm
Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm
100

323
10

27.5

Figure 227: Dimensions - 4PP280.1043-B5

306 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.27.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 227 "Dimensions
- 4PP280.1043-B5" on page 306) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
260
251.5

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 303 mm ± 0.5 mm x 243 mm ± 0.5 mm suitable for

4PP120.1043-31
4PP180.1043-31
4PP220.1043-75
4PP220.1043-B5
4PP280.1043-75
4PP280.1043-B5
5PP120.1043-37
5PP120.1043-37A

8.5
0
323
0

313
10

Figure 228: Cutout dimensions

3.27.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 280 TFT C VGA 10.4" FT MH 2aPCI
6 Retaining clips included
1 Lithium battery 3 V / 950 mAh included
2 Legend strips (inserted in the front)

Table 102: Contents of delivery - 4PP280.1043-B5

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 307

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.28 Device 4PP280.1505-75

Keys can be Keys can be

labeled using labeled using
legend strips legend strips

Figure 229: Front view - 4PP280.1505-75

aPCI slot 1 Battery

compartment

CompactFlash slot
(with latch)
Grounding clip
USB
Power Ethernet SW2
supply Reset button Status SW1 (x1)
COM
LEDs (x16)

Figure 230: Rear view - 4PP280.1505-75

308 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.28.1 Technical data

Features 4PP280.1505-75
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 4 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM
Quantity 256 KB
Battery-buffered Yes
Watchdog
Controller SMC 1)
Power failure logic
Controller SMC 1)
Buffer time 10 ms
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered Yes
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day2)
Battery
Type Renata 950 mAh
Removable Yes, accessible from the outside
Lifespan 4 years 3)
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time 10 minutes
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 103: Technical data - 4PP280.1505-75

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 309

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP280.1505-75
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots 1 (see B&R System 2005 manual for available aPCI interface modules)
Holding torque for aPCI module Max. 0.7Nm
Display
Type Color TFT
Diagonal 15 inch (381 mm)
Colors 16.7 million colors
Resolution XGA, 1024 x 768 pixels
Contrast 300:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =65°
Vertical Direction U = 50°/ direction D = 55°
Background lighting
Brightness 330 cd/m²
Half-brightness time4) 35,000 hours
Touch screen
Touch screen type Elo
Technology Analog, resistive
Controller Hampshire, serial, 12-bit
Degree of transmission 78%
Filter glass -
Degree of transmission
Coating
Keys
Key lifespan > 1,000,000 actuations at 1±0.3 to 3±0.3 N actuating force
Function keys 20 with LED
Soft keys 12 with LED
Cursor keys -
Number block -
Other keys -
Pressing more than one key at a time may result in so-called phantom keys, and may trigger
unintended actions.
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 5) 35 W typical, 40 W max.
Electrical isolation -

Table 103: Technical data - 4PP280.1505-75 (Forts.)

310 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Electrical characteristics 4PP280.1505-75

Bleeder resistance ≥ 47 kOhm
Mechanical characteristics
Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Legend strips (gray) Similar to Pantone 429CV
Design Gray
Gasket Flat gasket around display front

Technical data
Chapter 2
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 435 mm
Height 330 mm
Depth 87 mm
Weight Approx. 6.5 kg (without aPCI interface modules)
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature6)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +60°C
Transport -20 to +60°C
Relative humidity See 3.28.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 312
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 103: Technical data - 4PP280.1505-75 (Forts.)

1) System Management Controller

2) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
3) Typical lifespan (at 50% buffer operation, temperature 25°C when off, 50°C when on).
4) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
5) Values without inserted aPCI interface modules. An aPCI interface module may use a max. of 3 watts per aPCI slot.
6) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 311

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.28.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 231: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP280.1505-75

3.28.3 Dimensions

2.9 9.9
11.5 412 3 76 8
81.6

General tolerance acc. to

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium
Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
309
330

Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm
Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm
Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm
169
10.5

435 28.5

Figure 232: Dimensions - 4PP280.1505-75

312 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.28.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 232 "Dimensions
- 4PP280.1505-75" on page 312) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
330
321

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 415 ±0.5 mm x 312 ±0.5 mm suitable for

4PP120.1505-31
4PP180.1505-31
4PP220.1505-75
4PP220.1505-B5
4PP280.1505-75
4PP280.1505-B5
5PP120.1505-37
5PP120.1505-37A

9
0
425
435
0
10

Figure 233: Cutout dimensions

3.28.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 280 TFT C XGA 15" FT MH 1aPCI
8 Retaining clips included
1 Lithium battery 3 V / 950 mAh included
2 Legend strips (inserted in the front)

Table 104: Contents of delivery - 4PP280.1505-75

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 313

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.29 Device 4PP280.1505-B5

Keys can be Keys can be

labeled using labeled using
legend strips legend strips

Figure 234: Front view - 4PP280.1505-B5

aPCI slot 2 Battery

compartment
aPCI slot 1

CompactFlash slot
Grounding clip (with latch)
USB
Power Ethernet SW2
supply Reset button Status SW1 (x1)
COM
LEDs (x16)

Figure 235: Rear view - 4PP280.1505-B5

314 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.29.1 Technical data

Features 4PP280.1505-B5
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 4 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM
Quantity 256 KB
Battery-buffered Yes
Watchdog
Controller SMC 1)
Power failure logic
Controller SMC 1)
Buffer time 10 ms
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered Yes
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day2)
Battery
Type Renata 950 mAh
Removable Yes, accessible from the outside
Lifespan 4 years 3)
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time 10 minutes
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 105: Technical data - 4PP280.1505-B5

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 315

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP280.1505-B5
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots 2 (see B&R System 2005 manual for available aPCI interface modules)
Holding torque for aPCI module Max. 0.7 Nm
Display
Type Color TFT
Diagonal 15 inch (381 mm)
Colors 16.7 million colors
Resolution XGA, 1024 x 768 pixels
Contrast 300:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =65°
Vertical Direction U = 50°/ direction D = 55°
Background lighting
Brightness 330 cd/m²
Half-brightness time4) 35,000 hours
Touch screen
Touch screen type Elo
Technology Analog, resistive
Controller Hampshire, serial, 12-bit
Degree of transmission 78%
Filter glass -
Degree of transmission
Coating
Keys
Key lifespan > 1,000,000 actuations at 1±0.3 to 3±0.3 N actuating force
Function keys 20 with LED
Soft keys 12 with LED
Cursor keys -
Number block -
Other keys -
Pressing more than one key at a time may result in so-called phantom keys, and may trigger
unintended actions.
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 5) 35 W typical, 40 W max.
Electrical isolation -

Table 105: Technical data - 4PP280.1505-B5 (Forts.)

316 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Electrical characteristics 4PP280.1505-B5

Bleeder resistance ≥ 47 kOhm
Mechanical characteristics
Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Legend strips (gray) Similar to Pantone 429CV
Design Gray
Gasket Flat gasket around display front

Technical data
Chapter 2
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 435 mm
Height 330 mm
Depth 109 mm
Weight Approx. 6.8 kg (without aPCI interface modules)
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature6)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +60°C
Transport -20 to +60°C
Relative humidity See 3.29.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 318
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 105: Technical data - 4PP280.1505-B5 (Forts.)

1) System Management Controller

2) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
3) Typical lifespan (at 50% buffer operation, temperature 25°C when off, 50°C when on).
4) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
5) Values without inserted aPCI interface modules. An aPCI interface module may use a max. of 3 watts per aPCI slot.
6) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 317

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.29.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 236: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP280.1505-B5

3.29.3 Dimensions

9.9
2.9
11.5 412 3 98 8
81.6

General tolerance acc. to

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium
Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
309
330

Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm
Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm
Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm
169
10,5

435 28.5

Figure 237: Dimensions - 4PP280.1505-B5

318 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.29.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 237 "Dimensions
- 4PP280.1505-B5" on page 318) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
330
321

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 415 ±0.5 mm x 312 ±0.5 mm suitable for

4PP120.1505-31
4PP180.1505-31
4PP220.1505-75
4PP220.1505-B5
4PP280.1505-75
4PP280.1505-B5
5PP120.1505-37
5PP120.1505-37A

9
0
425
435
0
10

Figure 238: Cutout dimensions

3.29.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 280 TFT C XGA 15" FT MH 2aPCI
8 Retaining clips included
1 Lithium battery 3 V / 950 mAh included
2 Legend strips (inserted in the front)

Table 106: Contents of delivery - 4PP280.1505-B5

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 319

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.30 Device 4PP281.1043-75

Keys can be Keys can be

labeled using labeled using
legend strips legend strips

Figure 239: Front view - 4PP281.1043-75

aPCI slot 1 Battery

compartment

CompactFlash slot
(with latch)

Grounding clip

Power
supply SW2
USB
(x1)
Reset button SW1
Ethernet (x16)
COM
Status
LEDs

Figure 240: Rear view - 4PP281.1043-75

320 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.30.1 Technical data

Features 4PP281.1043-75
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 4 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM
Quantity 256 KB
Battery-buffered Yes
Watchdog
Controller SMC 1)
Power failure logic
Controller SMC 1)
Buffer time 10 ms
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered Yes
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day2)
Battery
Type Renata 950 mAh
Removable Yes, accessible from the outside
Lifespan 4 years 3)
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time 10 minutes
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 107: Technical data - 4PP281.1043-75

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 321

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP281.1043-75
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots 1 (see B&R System 2005 manual for available aPCI interface modules)
Holding torque for aPCI module Max. 0.7 Nm
Display
Type Color TFT
Diagonal 10.4 inch (264 mm)
Colors 256 colors
Resolution VGA, 640 x 480 pixels
Contrast 600:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =70°
Vertical Direction U = 45°/ direction D = 55°
Background lighting
Brightness 350 cd/m²
Half-brightness time4) 55,000 hours
Touch screen
Touch screen type Elo
Technology Analog, resistive
Controller Hampshire, serial, 12-bit
Degree of transmission 78%
Filter glass -
Degree of transmission
Coating
Keys
Key lifespan > 1,000,000 actuations at 1±0.3 to 3±0.3 N actuating force
Function keys 28 with LED
Soft keys 10 with LED
Cursor keys -
Number block 15 without LED
Other keys 5 without LED
Pressing more than one key at a time may result in so-called phantom keys, and may trigger
unintended actions.
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 5) 20 W typical, 25 W max.
Electrical isolation -

Table 107: Technical data - 4PP281.1043-75 (Forts.)

322 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Electrical characteristics 4PP281.1043-75

Bleeder resistance ≥ 47 kOhm
Mechanical characteristics
Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Orange keys Similar to Pantone 151CV
Dark gray keys Similar to Pantone 431CV
Legend strips (gray) Similar to Pantone 429CV

Technical data
Design Gray

Chapter 2
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 323 mm
Height 358 mm
Depth 86 mm
Weight Approx. 5 kg (without aPCI interface modules)
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature6)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +70°C
Transport -20 to +70°C
Relative humidity See 3.30.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 324
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 107: Technical data - 4PP281.1043-75 (Forts.)

1) System Management Controller

2) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
3) Typical lifespan (at 50% buffer operation, temperature 25°C when off, 50°C when on).
4) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
5) Values without inserted aPCI interface modules. An aPCI interface module may use a max. of 3 watts per aPCI slot.
6) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 323

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.30.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 241: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP281.1043-75

3.30.3 Dimensions

2.9 9.9
11.5 300 3 75 8

General tolerance acc. to

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium
81.6

Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm
Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm
333

Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm

358

193
15

323 27.5

Figure 242: Dimensions - 4PP281.1043-75

324 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.30.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 242 "Dimensions
- 4PP281.1043-75" on page 324) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
358

349.5

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 303 ±0.5 mm x 336 ±0.5 mm suitable for

4PP151.1043-31
4PP181.1043-31
4PP251.1043-75
4PP251.1043-B5
4PP281.1043-75
4PP281.1043-B5

13.5
0
0
10

313
323

Figure 243: Cutout dimensions

3.30.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 281 TFT C VGA 10.4" FT MH 1aPCI
12 Retaining clips included
1 Lithium battery 3 V / 950 mAh included
2 Legend strips (inserted in the front)

Table 108: Contents of delivery - 4PP281.1043-75

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 325

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.31 Device 4PP281.1043-B5

Keys can be Keys can be

labeled using labeled using
legend strips legend strips

Figure 244: Front view - 4PP281.1043-B5

aPCI slot 2 Battery

compartment
aPCI slot 1

CompactFlash slot
(with latch)

Grounding clip

Power
supply SW2
USB
(x1)
Reset button SW1
Ethernet (x16)
COM
Status
LEDs

Figure 245: Rear view - 4PP281.1043-B5

326 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.31.1 Technical data

Features 4PP281.1043-B5
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 4 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM
Quantity 256 KB
Battery-buffered Yes
Watchdog
Controller SMC 1)
Power failure logic
Controller SMC 1)
Buffer time 10 ms
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered Yes
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day2)
Battery
Type Renata 950 mAh
Removable Yes, accessible from the outside
Lifespan 4 years 3)
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time 10 minutes
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 109: Technical data - 4PP281.1043-B5

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 327

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP281.1043-B5
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots 2 (see B&R System 2005 manual for available aPCI interface modules)
Holding torque for aPCI module Max. 0.7 Nm
Display
Type Color TFT
Diagonal 10.4 inch (264 mm)
Colors 256 colors
Resolution VGA, 640 x 480 pixels
Contrast 600:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =70°
Vertical Direction U = 45°/ direction D = 55°
Background lighting
Brightness 350 cd/m²
Half-brightness time4) 55,000 hours
Touch screen
Touch screen type Elo
Technology Analog, resistive
Controller Hampshire, serial, 12-bit
Degree of transmission 78%
Filter glass -
Degree of transmission
Coating
Keys
Key lifespan > 1,000,000 actuations at 1±0.3 to 3±0.3 N actuating force
Function keys 28 with LED
Soft keys 10 with LED
Cursor keys -
Number block 15 without LED
Other keys 5 without LED
Pressing more than one key at a time may result in so-called phantom keys, and may trigger
unintended actions.
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 5) 20 W typical, 25 W max.
Electrical isolation -

Table 109: Technical data - 4PP281.1043-B5 (Forts.)

328 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Electrical characteristics 4PP281.1043-B5

Bleeder resistance ≥ 47 kOhm
Mechanical characteristics
Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Orange keys Similar to Pantone 151CV
Dark gray keys Similar to Pantone 431CV
Legend strips (gray) Similar to Pantone 429CV

Technical data
Design Gray

Chapter 2
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 323 mm
Height 358 mm
Depth 108 mm
Weight Approx. 5.3 kg (without aPCI interface modules)
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature6)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +70°C
Transport -20 to +70°C
Relative humidity See 3.31.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 330
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 109: Technical data - 4PP281.1043-B5 (Forts.)

1) System Management Controller

2) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
3) Typical lifespan (at 50% buffer operation, temperature 25°C when off, 50°C when on).
4) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
5) Values without inserted aPCI interface modules. An aPCI interface module may use a max. of 3 watts per aPCI slot.
6) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 329

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.31.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 246: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP281.1043-B5

3.31.3 Dimensions

9.9
2,9
11.5 300 3 97 8

General tolerance acc. to

81.6

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium

Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm
Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm
333
358

Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm

193
15

323 27.5

Figure 247: Dimensions - 4PP281.1043-B5

330 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.31.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 247 "Dimensions
- 4PP281.1043-B5" on page 330) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
358

349.5

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 303 ±0.5 mm x 336 ±0.5 mm suitable for

4PP151.1043-31
4PP181.1043-31
4PP251.1043-75
4PP251.1043-B5
4PP281.1043-75
4PP281.1043-B5

13.5
0
0
10

313
323

Figure 248: Cutout dimensions

3.31.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 281 TFT C VGA 10.4" FT MH 2aPCI
12 Retaining clips included
1 Lithium battery 3 V / 950 mAh included
2 Legend strips (inserted in the front)

Table 110: Contents of delivery - 4PP281.1043-B5

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 331

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.32 Device 4PP281.1505-75

Keys can be Keys can be

labeled using labeled using
legend strips legend strips

Figure 249: Front view - 4PP281.1505-75

aPCI slot 1

Battery
compartment

CompactFlash slot
(with latch)
Grounding clip
SW2
Power (x1)
supply
USB SW1
(x16)
Reset button

Status
Ethernet
LEDs
COM

Figure 250: Rear view - 4PP281.1505-75

332 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.32.1 Technical data

Features 4PP281.1505-75
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 4 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM
Quantity 256 KB
Battery-buffered Yes
Watchdog
Controller SMC 1)
Power failure logic
Controller SMC 1)
Buffer time 10 ms
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered Yes
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day2)
Battery
Type Renata 950 mAh
Removable Yes, accessible from the outside
Lifespan 4 years 3)
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time 10 minutes
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 111: Technical data - 4PP281.1505-75

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 333

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP281.1505-75
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots 1 (see B&R System 2005 manual for available aPCI interface modules)
Holding torque for aPCI module Max. 0.7 Nm
Display
Type Color TFT
Diagonal 15 inch (381 mm)
Colors 16.7 million colors
Resolution XGA, 1024 x 768 pixels
Contrast 300:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =65°
Vertical Direction U = 50°/ direction D = 55°
Background lighting
Brightness 330 cd/m²
Half-brightness time4) 35,000 hours
Touch screen
Touch screen type Elo
Technology Analog, resistive
Controller Hampshire, serial, 12-bit
Degree of transmission 78%
Filter glass -
Degree of transmission
Coating
Keys
Key lifespan > 1,000,000 actuations at 1±0.3 to 3±0.3 N actuating force
Function keys 20 with LED
Soft keys 12 with LED
Cursor keys -
Number block 15 without LED
Other keys 77 without LED
Pressing more than one key at a time may result in so-called phantom keys, and may trigger
unintended actions.
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 5) 35 W typical, 40 W max.
Electrical isolation Yes

Table 111: Technical data - 4PP281.1505-75 (Forts.)

334 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Electrical characteristics 4PP281.1505-75

Bleeder resistance ≥ 47 kOhm
Mechanical characteristics
Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Orange keys Similar to Pantone 151CV
Dark gray keys Similar to Pantone 431CV
Legend strips (gray) Similar to Pantone 429CV

Technical data
Design Gray

Chapter 2
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 435 mm
Height 430 mm
Depth 87 mm
Weight Approx. 8 kg (without aPCI interface modules)
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature6)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +60°C
Transport -20 to +60°C
Relative humidity See 3.32.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 336
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 111: Technical data - 4PP281.1505-75 (Forts.)

1) System Management Controller

2) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
3) Typical lifespan (at 50% buffer operation, temperature 25°C when off, 50°C when on).
4) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
5) Values without inserted aPCI interface modules. An aPCI interface module may use a max. of 3 watts per aPCI slot.
6) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 335

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.32.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 251: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP281.1505-75

3.32.3 Dimensions

2.9 9.9
11.5 412 3 76 8
81.6

General tolerance acc. to

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium
Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm
430

Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm

409.5

Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm

269.5
10

435 28.5

Figure 252: Dimensions - 4PP281.1505-75

336 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.32.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 252 "Dimensions
- 4PP281.1505-75" on page 336) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
430
421

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 415 ±0.5 mm x 412 ±0.5 mm suitable for

4PP151.1505-31
4PP181.1505-31
4PP251.1505-75
4PP251.1505-B5
4PP281.1505-75
4PP281.1505-B5

9
0
425
435
0
10

Figure 253: Cutout dimensions

3.32.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 281 TFT C XGA 15" FT MH 1aPCI
12 Retaining clips included
1 Lithium battery 3 V / 950 mAh included
2 Legend strips (inserted in the front)

Table 112: Contents of delivery - 4PP281.1505-75

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 337

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.33 Device 4PP281.1505-B5

Keys can be Keys can be

labeled using labeled using
legend strips legend strips

Figure 254: Front view - 4PP281.1505-B5

aPCI slot 2
aPCI slot 1 Battery
compartment

CompactFlash slot
(with latch)
Grounding clip
SW2
Power (x1)
supply
USB SW1
(x16)
Reset button

Status
Ethernet
LEDs
COM

Figure 255: Rear view - 4PP281.1505-B5

338 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.33.1 Technical data

Features 4PP281.1505-B5
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 4 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM
Quantity 256 KB
Battery-buffered Yes
Watchdog
Controller SMC 1)
Power failure logic
Controller SMC 1)
Buffer time 10 ms
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered Yes
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day2)
Battery
Type Renata 950 mAh
Removable Yes, accessible from the outside
Lifespan 4 years 3)
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time 10 minutes
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 113: Technical data - 4PP281.1505-B5

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 339

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP281.1505-B5
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots 2 (see B&R System 2005 manual for available aPCI interface modules)
Holding torque for aPCI module Max. 0.7 Nm
Display
Type Color TFT
Diagonal 15 inch (381 mm)
Colors 16.7 million colors
Resolution XGA, 1024 x 768 pixels
Contrast 300:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =65°
Vertical Direction U = 50°/ direction D = 55°
Background lighting
Brightness 330 cd/m²
Half-brightness time4) 35,000 hours
Touch screen
Touch screen type Elo
Technology Analog, resistive
Controller Hampshire, serial, 12-bit
Degree of transmission 78%
Filter glass -
Degree of transmission
Coating
Keys
Key lifespan > 1,000,000 actuations at 1±0.3 to 3±0.3 N actuating force
Function keys 20 with LED
Soft keys 12 with LED
Cursor keys -
Number block 15 without LED
Other keys 77 without LED
Pressing more than one key at a time may result in so-called phantom keys, and may trigger
unintended actions.
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 5) 35 W typical, 40 W max.
Electrical isolation Yes

Table 113: Technical data - 4PP281.1505-B5 (Forts.)

340 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Electrical characteristics 4PP281.1505-B5

Bleeder resistance ≥ 47 kOhm
Mechanical characteristics
Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Orange keys Similar to Pantone 151CV
Dark gray keys Similar to Pantone 431CV
Legend strips (gray) Similar to Pantone 429CV

Technical data
Design Gray

Chapter 2
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 435 mm
Height 430 mm
Depth 109 mm
Weight Approx. 8.3 kg (without aPCI interface modules)
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature6)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +60°C
Transport -20 to +60°C
Relative humidity See 3.33.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 342
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 113: Technical data - 4PP281.1505-B5 (Forts.)

1) System Management Controller

2) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
3) Typical lifespan (at 50% buffer operation, temperature 25°C when off, 50°C when on).
4) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
5) Values without inserted aPCI interface modules. An aPCI interface module may use a max. of 3 watts per aPCI slot.
6) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 341

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.33.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 256: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP281.1505-B5

3.33.3 Dimensions

9.9
2.9
11.5 412 3 98 8
81.6

General tolerance acc. to

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium
Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm
Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm
409.5
430

Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm

269.5

10

435 28.5

Figure 257: Dimensions - 4PP281.1505-B5

342 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.33.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 257 "Dimensions
- 4PP281.1505-B5" on page 342) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
430
421

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 415 ±0.5 mm x 412 ±0.5 mm suitable for

4PP151.1505-31
4PP181.1505-31
4PP251.1505-75
4PP251.1505-B5
4PP281.1505-75
4PP281.1505-B5

9
0
425
435
0
10

Figure 258: Cutout dimensions

3.33.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 281 TFT C XGA 15" FT MH 2aPCI
12 Retaining clips included
1 Lithium battery 3 V / 950 mAh included
2 Legend strips (inserted in the front)

Table 114: Contents of delivery - 4PP281.1505-B5

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 343

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.34 Device 4PP282.1043-75

Keys can be
labeled using
legend strips

Keys can be labeled using legend strips

Figure 259: Front view - 4PP282.1043-75

aPCI slot 1
Battery
compartment

Grounding clip
CompactFlash slot
Power (with latch)
supply
USB
Reset button SW2
(x1)
Ethernet
COM
Status SW1
LEDs (x16)

Figure 260: Rear view - 4PP282.1043-75

344 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.34.1 Technical data

Features 4PP282.1043-75
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 4 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM
Quantity 256 KB
Battery-buffered Yes
Watchdog
Controller SMC 1)
Power failure logic
Controller SMC 1)
Buffer time 10 ms
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered Yes
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day2)
Battery
Type Renata 950 mAh
Removable Yes, accessible from the outside
Lifespan 4 years 3)
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time 10 minutes
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 115: Technical data - 4PP282.1043-75

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 345

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP282.1043-75
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots 1 (see B&R System 2005 manual for available aPCI interface modules)
Holding torque for aPCI module Max. 0.7 Nm
Display
Type Color TFT
Diagonal 10.4 inch (264 mm)
Colors 256 colors
Resolution VGA, 640 x 480 pixels
Contrast 600:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =70°
Vertical Direction U = 45°/ direction D = 55°
Background lighting
Brightness 350 cd/m²
Half-brightness time4) 55,000 hours
Touch screen
Touch screen type Elo
Technology Analog, resistive
Controller Hampshire, serial, 12-bit
Degree of transmission 78%
Filter glass -
Degree of transmission
Coating
Keys
Key lifespan > 1,000,000 actuations at 1±0.3 to 3±0.3 N actuating force
Function keys 44 with LED
Soft keys -
Cursor keys -
Number block 15 without LED
Other keys 5 without LED
Pressing more than one key at a time may result in so-called phantom keys, and may trigger
unintended actions.
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 5) 20 W typical, 35 W max.
Electrical isolation Yes

Table 115: Technical data - 4PP282.1043-75 (Forts.)

346 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Electrical characteristics 4PP282.1043-75

Bleeder resistance ≥ 47 kOhm
Mechanical characteristics
Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Orange keys Similar to Pantone 151CV
Dark gray keys Similar to Pantone 431CV
Legend strips (gray) Similar to Pantone 429CV

Technical data
Design Gray

Chapter 2
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 423 mm
Height 288 mm
Depth 86 mm
Weight Approx. 5.2 kg (without aPCI interface modules)
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature6)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +70°C
Transport -20 to +70°C
Relative humidity See 3.34.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 348
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 115: Technical data - 4PP282.1043-75 (Forts.)

1) System Management Controller

2) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
3) Typical lifespan (at 50% buffer operation, temperature 25°C when off, 50°C when on).
4) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
5) Values without inserted aPCI interface modules. An aPCI interface module may use a max. of 3 watts per aPCI slot.
6) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 347

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.34.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 261: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP282.1043-75

3.34.3 Dimensions

2.9 196 9.9

11.5 399 3 75 8

General tolerance acc. to

81.5

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium

263.5

Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
288

Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm

Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm
Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm
123.5

14.5

423 27.5

Figure 262: Dimensions - 4PP282.1043-75

348 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.34.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 262 "Dimensions
- 4PP282.1043-75" on page 348) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
288
279.5

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 402 ±0.5 mm x 266.5 ±0.5 mm suitable for

4PP152.1043-31
4PP182.1043-31
4PP252.1043-75
4PP252.1043-B5
4PP282.1043-75
4PP282.1043-B5

13
0
412
0
10

423

Figure 263: Cutout dimensions

3.34.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 282 TFT C VGA 10.4" FT MH 1aPCI
12 Retaining clips included
1 Lithium battery 3 V / 950 mAh included
16 Legend strips (inserted in the front)

Table 116: Contents of delivery - 4PP282.1043-75

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 349

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.35 Device 4PP282.1043-B5

Keys can be
labeled using
legend strips

Keys can be labeled using legend strips

Figure 264: Front view - 4PP282.1043-B5

aPCI slot 2
Battery
aPCI slot 1 compartment

Grounding clip
CompactFlash slot
Power
USB (with latch)
supply
Reset button
SW2
Ethernet (x1)
COM
Status
LEDs SW1
(x16)

Figure 265: Rear view - 4PP282.1043-B5

350 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.35.1 Technical data

Features 4PP282.1043-B5
Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 4 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM
Quantity 256 KB
Battery-buffered Yes
Watchdog
Controller SMC 1)
Power failure logic
Controller SMC 1)
Buffer time 10 ms
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered Yes
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day2)
Battery
Type Renata 950 mAh
Removable Yes, accessible from the outside
Lifespan 4 years 3)
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time 10 minutes
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 117: Technical data - 4PP282.1043-B5

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 351

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Features 4PP282.1043-B5
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots 2 (see B&R System 2005 manual for available aPCI interface modules)
Holding torque for aPCI module Max. 0.7 Nm
Display
Type Color TFT
Diagonal 10.4 inch (264 mm)
Colors 256 colors
Resolution VGA, 640 x 480 pixels
Contrast 600:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =70°
Vertical Direction U = 45°/ direction D = 55°
Background lighting
Brightness 350 cd/m²
Half-brightness time4) 55,000 hours
Touch screen
Touch screen type Elo
Technology Analog, resistive
Controller Hampshire, serial, 12-bit
Degree of transmission 78%
Filter glass -
Degree of transmission
Coating
Keys
Key lifespan > 1,000,000 actuations at 1±0.3 to 3±0.3 N actuating force
Function keys 44 with LED
Soft keys -
Cursor keys -
Number block 15 without LED
Other keys 5 without LED
Pressing more than one key at a time may result in so-called phantom keys, and may trigger
unintended actions.
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 5) 20 W typical, 35 W max.
Electrical isolation Yes

Table 117: Technical data - 4PP282.1043-B5 (Forts.)

352 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

Electrical characteristics 4PP282.1043-B5

Bleeder resistance ≥ 47 kOhm
Mechanical characteristics
Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Orange keys Similar to Pantone 151CV
Dark gray keys Similar to Pantone 431CV
Legend strips (gray) Similar to Pantone 429CV

Technical data
Design Gray

Chapter 2
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 423 mm
Height 288 mm
Depth 108 mm
Weight Approx. 5.5 kg (without aPCI interface modules)
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature6)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +70°C
Transport -20 to +70°C
Relative humidity See 3.35.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 354
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 117: Technical data - 4PP282.1043-B5 (Forts.)

1) System Management Controller

2) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
3) Typical lifespan (at 50% buffer operation, temperature 25°C when off, 50°C when on).
4) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
5) Values without inserted aPCI interface modules. An aPCI interface module may use a max. of 3 watts per aPCI slot.
6) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 353

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.35.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 266: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP282.1043-B5

3.35.3 Dimensions

2.9 196 9.9

11.5 399 3 97 8

General tolerance acc. to

81.5

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium

Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
263,5

Over 6 bis 30 mm ± 0.2 mm

288

Over 30 bis 120 mm ± 0.3 mm

Over 120 bis 400 ± 0.5 mm
Over 400 bis 1000 ± 0.8 mm
123.5
14.5

423 27.5

Figure 267: Dimensions - 4PP282.1043-B5

354 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime

3.35.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 267 "Dimensions
- 4PP282.1043-B5" on page 354) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
288
279.5

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 402 ±0.5 mm x 266.5 ±0.5 mm suitable for

4PP152.1043-31
4PP182.1043-31
4PP252.1043-75
4PP252.1043-B5
4PP282.1043-75
4PP282.1043-B5

13
0
412
0
10

423

Figure 268: Cutout dimensions

3.35.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 282 TFT C VGA 10.4" FT MH 2aPCI
12 Retaining clips included
1 Lithium battery 3 V / 950 mAh included
16 Legend strips (inserted in the front)

Table 118: Contents of delivery - 4PP282.1043-B5

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 355

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

4. Power Panel 100 with BIOS

4.1 Interface descriptions

The following pages provide information about all interfaces and connectors present on the
Power Panel.

4.1.1 Supply voltage

Input voltage: 24 VDC ±25%

The 3-pin socket required for the supply voltage connection is not included in delivery. This can
be ordered from B&R using the model number 0TB103.9 (screw clamps) or 0TB103.91 (cage
clamps). The cable required for the connection must be supplied by the customer (see also
section "TB103 3-pin supply voltage connector" on page 559).

The supply voltage is internally protected so that the device cannot be damaged if there is an
overload or if the voltage supply is connected incorrectly.

Pin assignments can be found either in the following table or printed on the Power Panel plate
or device label (see section 4.2.2 "Device label" on page 362).

Supply voltage

Pin Description
1 +
2 Functional ground
1 3
3 -
Accessories
0TB103.9 Plug 24 V 5.08 3p screw clamps
0TB103.91 Plug 24 V 5.08 3p cage clamps

Figure 269: Supply voltage connection

Warning!
The pin's connection to the functional ground (pin 2) should be as short as possible.

356 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

4.1.2 Grounding clip

Should be connected to ground using the shortest route possible.

Grounding clip

Technical data
Chapter 2
Figure 270: Grounding clip

4.1.3 COM interface

The Power Panel is equipped with a PC-compatible serial interface with a 16-byte FIFO buffer.

The RS232 can also be used as a general interface (e.g. third-party connection, bar code reader,
etc.).

Serial interface COM

RS232 interface
Modem-capable, not electrically isolated
Up to 115 kBaud
9-pin DSUB plug
Pin RS232
1 DCD
2 RxD
3 TxD 1 5

4 DTR
6 9
5 GND
6 DSR
7 RTS
8 CTS
9 RI

Table 119: Pin assignments - COM

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 357

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

4.1.4 USB port

The Power Panel is equipped with a USB (Universal Serial Bus) host controller with two USB
ports.

Universal serial bus

Figure 271: USB port connection

Technical data - USB port

Transfer rate 1.5 MBit/s to 12 MBit/s
Power supply 500 mA for each port
Maximum cable length 5 m (can be extended using a USB hub)

Table 120: Technical data for USB connection

Warning!
Only the USB devices tested and verified by B&R and found in the section
"Accessories" on page 555 may be connected to the USB interface.

Warning!
Because of general PC specifications, this interface should be handled with extreme
care with regard to EMC, location of cables, etc.

358 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

4.1.5 Mode / Node switches

Power Panel devices are equipped with 2 hex switches that serve as operating mode switches.
Switch positions 01 up to FF are available for any purpose in an application. The switch's position
can be evaluated from an application program.

Mode/Node switch

Technical data
Chapter 2
SW1 SW2

Figure 272: Mode / Node switches

Switch position Function Description

SW1 (x16) SW2 (x1) Operating mode switch
0 0 Service mode • The resolution for the display used is automatically set (see also section "Video
and flat panel configuration" on page 468).
• Contrast and brightness settings for the display are set to default values (see also
section "Video and flat panel configuration" on page 468).
• Legacy USB support is always set to "enabled" regardless of the BIOS setting (see
section "Advanced BIOS features" on page 473).
• With incorrect factory settings (e.g. if the checksum is wrong), the Power Panel
boots but the display is not initialized. This error is signalized by a continuous
lighting of the user LED.
Video output is then only possible using the REMHOST utility (see section
"REMHOST utility disk" on page 513).
• When switching on the Power Panel, the Power Panel can be controlled by the
user using a serial connection to a PC and the REMHOST tool, e.g. to make
changes in the BIOS.
REMHOST supports text mode only for video output. This means that output from
programs that write directly to the video memory is not displayed correctly.
• The Power Panel attempts to establish a connection to the REMHOST utility (a
"ping" is sent to the serial interface).
x x Other switch positions have no significance.

Table 121: Switch settings for the Mode / Node switch

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 359

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

4.1.6 Status LEDs

Power Panels are equipped with two status LEDs that are visible on the outside.

Status LEDs

LED Color Function

User Green Freely available for use in an application
CF Yellow Indicates that a CompactFlash card is being accessed

Table 122: Status LEDs

4.1.7 Ethernet connection

Ethernet connection

Figure 273: Ethernet connection

Ethernet 10/100 MBit/s 1)

Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10BaseT/100BaseT)
Controller MacPhyter DP83815 or DP83816 - depends on the revision
Cabling S/STP (category 5)

Table 123: Ethernet controller

1) Both operating modes are possible. Switching takes place automatically.

360 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

The onboard Ethernet controller for Power Panel devices provides an RJ45 twisted pair
connection where 2 LEDs are attached for status checking:

LED On Off
Green 100 MBit/s 10 MBit/s
Yellow Link (LED blinks during transfer) No link

Table 124: Status LEDs - Ethernet controller

4.1.8 Reset button

Technical data
Chapter 2
The reset button can be accessed through a small hole between the USB and the Ethernet
connections. In order to avoid accidental activation, a reset can only be triggered with a pointed
object.

Reset button

Figure 274: Reset button

4.1.9 CompactFlash slot

Power Panel devices are equipped with a CompactFlash slot that is accessible from the side.
Type I CompactFlash cards are supported.

CompactFlash safety clip Ejector

Caution!
Do not remove Compact
Flash while power is on!

Figure 275: CompactFlash slot

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 361

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

It is possible to secure the CompactFlash slot using the latch provided. By pressing the ejector
(using a pointed object is the best way to do this), the CompactFlash card can be changed
quickly and safely.

Warning!
The power must be turned off before inserting or removing the CompactFlash card!
As a safety measure, a sticker is also attached to Power Panel devices stating this.

4.2 Stickers

4.2.1 Safety sticker

A safety sticker attached over the CompactFlash slot advises that the power to the Power Panel
device (depending on revision) must be switched off when inserting or removing a CompactFlash
card.

An ESD warning sticker is attached next to the battery compartment. This indicates the
components at risk from electrostatic discharge inside the Power Panel devices.

Caution!
Do not remove Compact
Flash while power is on!

Figure 276: Safety sticker

4.2.2 Device label

The following label is attached to a suitable location on the Power Panel and shows brief
descriptions for all of the interfaces:

Figure 277: Device label

362 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

4.2.3 Serial number sticker

General information

Each B&R device is given a unique serial number sticker with a barcode that allows the device
to be clearly identified.

Design / dimensions

Technical data
Chapter 2
60 mm

R2
5PP120.1043-37 Rev. D0

14 mm
57770168923
www.br-automation.com

Model number Revision Standards met

5PP120.1043-37 Rev. D0

57770168923
www.br-automation.com

Serial number Barcode type 128

Figure 278: Design / dimensions - Serial number sticker

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 363

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

4.3 Device 5PP120.0571-27

Figure 279: Front view - 5PP120.0571-27

Battery
compartment

Grounding clip

Power
supply
USB
Reset button CompactFlash slot
Ethernet (with latch)
COM
Status
LEDs SW1 SW2
(x16) (x1)

Figure 280: Rear view - 5PP120.0571-27

364 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

4.3.1 Technical data

Features 5PP120.0571-27
Boot loader / Operating system BIOS
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 128 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 4 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM -
Quantity
Battery-buffered
Watchdog -
Controller
Power failure logic -
Controller
Buffer time
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered Yes
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day1)
Battery
Type Renata 950 mAh
Removable Yes, accessible from the outside
Lifespan 4 years 2)
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time 10 minutes
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816 (Rev. < D0 DP83615)
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 125: Technical data - 5PP120.0571-27

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 365

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

Features 5PP120.0571-27
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots -
Holding torque for aPCI module
Display
Type Color LCD
Diagonal 5.7 in (144 mm)
Colors 512 colors 4)
Resolution QVGA, 320 x 240 pixels
Contrast 40:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =40°
Vertical Direction U = 40°/ direction D = 50°
Background lighting
Brightness 150 cd/m²
Half-brightness time3) 50,000 hours
Touch screen
Touch screen type Gunze
Technology Analog, resistive
Controller Hampshire, serial, 12-bit
Degree of transmission 84%
Filter glass -
Degree of transmission
Coating
Keys -
Key lifespan
Function keys
Soft keys
Cursor keys
Number block
Other keys
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 10 W typical, 15 W max.
Electrical isolation -
Bleeder resistance 0 Ohm

Table 125: Technical data - 5PP120.0571-27 (Forts.)

366 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

Mechanical characteristics 5PP120.0571-27

Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Design Gray
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 212 mm
Height 156 mm
Depth 55.5 mm

Technical data
Chapter 2
Weight Approx. 1.4 kg
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature5)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +60°C
Transport -20 to +60°C
Relative humidity See 4.3.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 368
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 125: Technical data - 5PP120.0571-27 (Forts.)

1) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
2) Typical lifespan (at 50% buffer operation, temperature 25°C when off, 50°C when on).
3) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
4) The actual number of colors depends on the graphics memory, the graphics mode set and the graphics driver used.
5) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 367

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

4.3.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 281: Temperature humidity diagram - 5PP120.0571-27

4.3.3 Dimensions

9.4
2.9
8 196 3 46.5 6

General tolerance acc. to

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium
Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
156

140

Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm
Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm
Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm
82

212
8

Figure 282: Dimensions - 5PP120.0571-27

368 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

4.3.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 282 "Dimensions
- 5PP120.0571-27" on page 368) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
156
149.5

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 199 ±0.5 mm x 143 ±0.5 mm suitable for

4PP120.0571-01
4PP120.0571-21
4PP220.0571-45
4PP220.0571-65
4PP220.0571-85
4PP220.0571-A5
5PP120.0571-27

6.5
0
212
6.5

205.5
0

Figure 283: Cutout dimensions

4.3.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 120 LCD C QVGA 5.7" T MH
4 Retaining clips included
1 Lithium battery 3 V / 950 mAh included

Table 126: Contents of delivery - 5PP120.0571-27

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 369

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

4.4 Device 5PP120.1043-37

Figure 284: Front view - 5PP120.1043-37

Battery
compartment

CompactFlash slot
(with latch)
Grounding clip
Power USB
supply
Reset button Ethernet SW2
(x1)
COM
Status SW1
LEDs (x16)

Figure 285: Rear view - 5PP120.1043-37

370 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

4.4.1 Technical data

Features 5PP120.1043-37
Boot loader / Operating system BIOS
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 128 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 4 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM -
Quantity
Battery-buffered
Watchdog -
Controller
Power failure logic -
Controller
Buffer time
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered Yes
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day1)
Battery
Type Renata 950 mAh
Removable Yes, accessible from the outside
Lifespan 4 years 2)
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time 10 minutes
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 127: Technical data - 5PP120.1043-37

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 371

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

Features 5PP120.1043-37
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots -
Holding torque for aPCI module
Display
Type Color TFT
Diagonal 10.4 inch (264 mm)
Colors 262144 colors 4)
Resolution VGA, 640 x 480 pixels
Contrast 600:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =70°
Vertical Direction U = 45°/ direction D = 55°
Background lighting
Brightness 350 cd/m²
Half-brightness time3) 55,000 hours
Touch screen
Touch screen type 3M
Technology Analog, resistive
Controller Hampshire, serial, 12-bit
Degree of transmission 78%
Filter glass -
Degree of transmission
Coating
Keys -
Key lifespan
Function keys
Soft keys
Cursor keys
Number block
Other keys
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 15 W typical, 20 W max.
Electrical isolation -
Bleeder resistance ≤ 24 kOhm

Table 127: Technical data - 5PP120.1043-37 (Forts.)

372 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

Mechanical characteristics 5PP120.1043-37

Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Design Gray
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 323 mm
Height 260 mm
Depth 65.5 mm

Technical data
Chapter 2
Weight Approx. 3.7 kg
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature5)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +70°C
Transport -20 to +70°C
Relative humidity See 4.4.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 374
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 127: Technical data - 5PP120.1043-37 (Forts.)

1) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
2) Typical lifespan (at 50% buffer operation, temperature 25°C when off, 50°C when on).
3) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
4) The actual number of colors depends on the graphics memory, the graphics mode set and the graphics driver used.
5) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 373

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

4.4.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 286: Temperature humidity diagram - 5PP120.1043-37

4.4.3 Dimensions

2.9 9.9
11.5 300 3 54.5 8

General tolerance acc. to

82

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium

Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
260

240

Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm
Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm
Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm
100
10

323 27.5

Figure 287: Dimensions - 5PP120.1043-37

374 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

4.4.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 287 "Dimensions
- 5PP120.1043-37" on page 374) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
260
251.5

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 303 mm ± 0.5 mm x 243 mm ± 0.5 mm suitable for

4PP120.1043-31
4PP180.1043-31
4PP220.1043-75
4PP220.1043-B5
4PP280.1043-75
4PP280.1043-B5
5PP120.1043-37
5PP120.1043-37A

8.5
0
323
0

313
10

Figure 288: Cutout dimensions

4.4.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 120 TFT C VGA 10.4" T (3M) MH
6 Retaining clips included
1 Lithium battery 3 V / 950 mAh included

Table 128: Contents of delivery - 5PP120.1043-37

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 375

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

4.5 Device 5PP120.1043-37A

Figure 289: Front view - 5PP120.1043-37A

Battery
compartment

CompactFlash slot
(with latch)
Grounding clip
Power USB
supply
Reset button Ethernet SW2
(x1)
COM
Status SW1
LEDs (x16)

Figure 290: Rear view - 5PP120.1043-37A

376 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

4.5.1 Technical data

Features 5PP120.1043-37A
Boot loader / Operating system BIOS
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 128 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 4 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM -
Quantity
Battery-buffered
Watchdog -
Controller
Power failure logic -
Controller
Buffer time
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered Yes
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day1)
Battery
Type Renata 950 mAh
Removable Yes, accessible from the outside
Lifespan 4 years 2)
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time 10 minutes
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 129: Technical data - 5PP120.1043-37A

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 377

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

Features 5PP120.1043-37A
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots -
Holding torque for aPCI module
Display
Type Color TFT
Diagonal 10.4 inch (264 mm)
Colors 262144 colors 4)
Resolution VGA, 640 x 480 pixels
Contrast 600:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =70°
Vertical Direction U = 45°/ direction D = 55°
Background lighting
Brightness 350 cd/m²
Half-brightness time3) 55,000 hours
Touch screen
Touch screen type Elo
Technology Analog, resistive
Controller Hampshire, serial, 12-bit
Degree of transmission 78%
Filter glass -
Degree of transmission
Coating
Keys -
Key lifespan
Function keys
Soft keys
Cursor keys
Number block
Other keys
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 15 W typical, 20 W max.
Electrical isolation -
Bleeder resistance ≤ 24 kOhm

Table 129: Technical data - 5PP120.1043-37A (Forts.)

378 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

Mechanical characteristics 5PP120.1043-37A

Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Design Gray
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 323 mm
Height 260 mm
Depth 65.5 mm

Technical data
Chapter 2
Weight Approx. 3.7 kg
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature5)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +70°C
Transport -20 to +70°C
Relative humidity See 4.5.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 380
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 129: Technical data - 5PP120.1043-37A (Forts.)

1) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
2) Typical lifespan (at 50% buffer operation, temperature 25°C when off, 50°C when on).
3) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
4) The actual number of colors depends on the graphics memory, the graphics mode set and the graphics driver used.
5) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 379

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

4.5.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 291: Temperature humidity diagram - 5PP120.1043-37A

4.5.3 Dimensions

2.9 9.9
11.5 300 3 54.5 8

General tolerance acc. to

82

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium

Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
260

240

Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm
Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm
Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm
100
10

323 27.5

Figure 292: Dimensions - 5PP120.1043-37A

380 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

4.5.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 292 "Dimensions
- 5PP120.1043-37A" on page 380) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
260
251.5

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 303 mm ± 0.5 mm x 243 mm ± 0.5 mm suitable for

4PP120.1043-31
4PP180.1043-31
4PP220.1043-75
4PP220.1043-B5
4PP280.1043-75
4PP280.1043-B5
5PP120.1043-37
5PP120.1043-37A

8.5
0
323
0

313
10

Figure 293: Cutout dimensions

4.5.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 120 TFT C VGA 10.4" T MH
6 Retaining clips included
1 Lithium battery 3 V / 950 mAh included

Table 130: Contents of delivery - 5PP120.1043-37A

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 381

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

4.6 Device 5PP120.1214-37

Figure 294: Front view - 5PP120.1214-37

Battery compartment

CompactFlash slot
(with latch)
Grounding clip
Power
supply USB
SW2
Reset button (x1)
Ethernet
COM SW1
(x16)
Status
LEDs

Figure 295: Rear view - 5PP120.1214-37

382 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

4.6.1 Technical data

Features 5PP120.1214-37
Boot loader / Operating system BIOS
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 128 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 4 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM -
Quantity
Battery-buffered
Watchdog -
Controller
Power failure logic -
Controller
Buffer time
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered Yes
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day1)
Battery
Type Renata 950 mAh
Removable Yes, accessible from the outside
Lifespan 4 years 2)
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time 10 minutes
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 131: Technical data - 5PP120.1214-37

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 383

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

Features 5PP120.1214-37
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots -
Holding torque for aPCI module
Display
Type Color TFT
Diagonal 12.1 inch (307 mm)
Colors 262144 colors 4)
Resolution VGA, 800 x 600 pixels
Contrast 300:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =70°
Vertical Direction U = 50°/ direction D = 60°
Background lighting
Brightness 350 cd/m²
Half-brightness time3) 55,000 hours
Touch screen
Touch screen type 3M
Technology Analog, resistive
Controller Hampshire, serial, 12-bit
Degree of transmission 78%
Filter glass -
Degree of transmission
Coating
Keys -
Key lifespan
Function keys
Soft keys
Cursor keys
Number block
Other keys
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 15 W typical, 20 W max.
Electrical isolation -
Bleeder resistance ≤ 24 kOhm

Table 131: Technical data - 5PP120.1214-37 (Forts.)

384 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

Mechanical characteristics 5PP120.1214-37

Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Design Gray
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 362 mm
Height 284 mm
Depth 65.5 mm

Technical data
Chapter 2
Weight Approx. 4.1 kg
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature5)
Operation 0 to +45°C
Storage -20 to +60°C
Transport -20 to +60°C
Relative humidity See 4.6.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 386
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 131: Technical data - 5PP120.1214-37 (Forts.)

1) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
2) Typical lifespan (at 50% buffer operation, temperature 25°C when off, 50°C when on).
3) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
4) The actual number of colors depends on the graphics memory, the graphics mode set and the graphics driver used.
5) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 385

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

4.6.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 296: Temperature humidity diagram - 5PP120.1214-37

4.6.3 Dimensions

2.9 9.9
10 342 3 54.5 8

General tolerance acc. to

82

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium

Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
284

264

Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm
Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm
Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm
123.9
10

362 27.5

Figure 297: Dimensions - 5PP120.1214-37

386 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

4.6.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 297 "Dimensions
- 5PP120.1214-37" on page 386) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
284
275.5

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 345 ±0.5 mm x 267 ±0.5 mm suitable for

5PP120.1214-37
5PP120.1214-37A

8.5
0
362
8.5

353.5
0

Figure 298: Cutout dimensions

4.6.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 120 TFT C VGA 12.1" T (3M) MH
6 Retaining clips included
1 Lithium battery 3 V / 950 mAh included

Table 132: Contents of delivery - 5PP120.1214-37

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 387

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

4.7 Device 5PP120.1214-37A

Figure 299: Front view - 5PP120.1214-37A

Battery
compartment

CompactFlash slot
(with latch)
Grounding clip
Power
supply USB
SW2
Reset button (x1)
Ethernet
COM SW1
(x16)
Status
LEDs

Figure 300: Rear view - 5PP120.1214-37A

388 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

4.7.1 Technical data

Features 5PP120.1214-37A
Boot loader / Operating system BIOS
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 128 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 4 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM -
Quantity
Battery-buffered
Watchdog -
Controller
Power failure logic -
Controller
Buffer time
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered Yes
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day1)
Battery
Type Renata 950 mAh
Removable Yes, accessible from the outside
Lifespan 4 years 2)
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time 10 minutes
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 133: Technical data - 5PP120.1214-37A

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 389

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

Features 5PP120.1214-37A
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots -
Holding torque for aPCI module
Display
Type Color TFT
Diagonal 12.1 inch (307 mm)
Colors 262144 colors 4)
Resolution VGA, 800 x 600 pixels
Contrast 300:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =70°
Vertical Direction U = 50°/ direction D = 60°
Background lighting
Brightness 350 cd/m²
Half-brightness time3) 55,000 hours
Touch screen
Touch screen type Elo
Technology Analog, resistive
Controller Hampshire, serial, 12-bit
Degree of transmission 78%
Filter glass -
Degree of transmission
Coating
Keys -
Key lifespan
Function keys
Soft keys
Cursor keys
Number block
Other keys
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 15 W typical, 20 W max.
Electrical isolation -
Bleeder resistance ≤ 24 kOhm

Table 133: Technical data - 5PP120.1214-37A (Forts.)

390 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

Mechanical characteristics 5PP120.1214-37A

Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Design Gray
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 362 mm
Height 284 mm
Depth 65.5 mm

Technical data
Chapter 2
Weight Approx. 4.1 kg
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature5)
Operation 0 to +45°C
Storage -20 to +60°C
Transport -20 to +60°C
Relative humidity See 4.7.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 392
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 133: Technical data - 5PP120.1214-37A (Forts.)

1) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
2) Typical lifespan (at 50% buffer operation, temperature 25°C when off, 50°C when on).
3) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
4) The actual number of colors depends on the graphics memory, the graphics mode set and the graphics driver used.
5) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 391

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

4.7.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 301: Temperature humidity diagram - 5PP120.1214-37A

4.7.3 Dimensions

2.9 9.9
10 342 3 54.5 8

General tolerance acc. to

82

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium

Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
284

264

Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm
Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm
Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm
123.9
10

362 27.5

Figure 302: Dimensions - 5PP120.1214-37A

392 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

4.7.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 302 "Dimensions
- 5PP120.1214-37A" on page 392) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
284
275.5

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 345 ±0.5 mm x 267 ±0.5 mm suitable for

5PP120.1214-37
5PP120.1214-37A

8.5
0
362
8.5

353.5
0

Figure 303: Cutout dimensions

4.7.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 120 TFT C VGA 12.1" T MH
6 Retaining clips included
1 Lithium battery 3 V / 950 mAh included

Table 134: Contents of delivery - 5PP120.1214-37A

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 393

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

4.8 Device 5PP120.1505-37

Figure 304: Front view - 5PP120.1505-37

Battery
compartment

CompactFlash slot
Grounding clip (with latch)

Power
supply USB SW2
SW1 (x1)
Reset button
(x16)
Ethernet Status
COM LEDs

Figure 305: Rear view - 5PP120.1505-37

394 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

4.8.1 Technical data

Features 5PP120.1505-37
Boot loader / Operating system BIOS
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 128 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 4 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM -
Quantity
Battery-buffered
Watchdog -
Controller
Power failure logic -
Controller
Buffer time
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered Yes
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day1)
Battery
Type Renata 950 mAh
Removable Yes, accessible from the outside
Lifespan 4 years 2)
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time 10 minutes
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 135: Technical data - 5PP120.1505-37

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 395

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

Features 5PP120.1505-37
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots -
Holding torque for aPCI module
Display
Type Color TFT
Diagonal 15 inch (381 mm)
Colors 262144 colors 4)
Resolution XGA, 1024 x 768 pixels
Contrast 300:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =65°
Vertical Direction U = 50°/ direction D = 55°
Background lighting
Brightness 330 cd/m²
Half-brightness time3) 35,000 hours
Touch screen
Touch screen type 3M
Technology Analog, resistive
Controller Hampshire, serial, 12-bit
Degree of transmission 78%
Filter glass -
Degree of transmission
Coating
Keys -
Key lifespan
Function keys
Soft keys
Cursor keys
Number block
Other keys
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 30 W typical, 35 W max.
Electrical isolation Yes
Bleeder resistance ≤ 24 kOhm

Table 135: Technical data - 5PP120.1505-37 (Forts.)

396 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

Mechanical characteristics 5PP120.1505-37

Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Design Gray
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 435 mm
Height 330 mm
Depth 71.5 mm

Technical data
Chapter 2
Weight Approx. 6.3 kg
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature5)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +60°C
Transport -20 to +60°C
Relative humidity See 4.8.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 398
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 135: Technical data - 5PP120.1505-37 (Forts.)

1) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
2) Typical lifespan (at 50% buffer operation, temperature 25°C when off, 50°C when on).
3) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
4) The actual number of colors depends on the graphics memory, the graphics mode set and the graphics driver used.
5) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 397

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

4.8.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 306: Temperature humidity diagram - 5PP120.1505-37

4.8.3 Dimensions

2.9 9.9
11.5 412 3 60.5 8
82

General tolerance acc. to

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium
Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
309
330

Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm
Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm
Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm
169
10.5

435 28.5

Figure 307: Dimensions - 5PP120.1505-37

398 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

4.8.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 307 "Dimensions
- 5PP120.1505-37" on page 398) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
330
321

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 415 ±0.5 mm x 312 ±0.5 mm suitable for

4PP120.1505-31
4PP180.1505-31
4PP220.1505-75
4PP220.1505-B5
4PP280.1505-75
4PP280.1505-B5
5PP120.1505-37
5PP120.1505-37A

9
0
425
435
0
10

Figure 308: Cutout dimensions

4.8.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 120 TFT C XGA 15" T (3M) MH
8 Retaining clips included
1 Lithium battery 3 V / 950 mAh included

Table 136: Contents of delivery - 5PP120.1505-37

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 399

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

4.9 Device 5PP120.1505-37A

Figure 309: Front view - 5PP120.1505-37A

Battery
compartment

CompactFlash slot
Grounding clip (with latch)

Power
supply USB SW2
SW1 (x1)
Reset button
(x16)
Ethernet Status
COM LEDs

Figure 310: Rear view - 5PP120.1505-37A

400 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

4.9.1 Technical data

Features 5PP120.1505-37A
Boot loader / Operating system BIOS
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 128 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 4 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM -
Quantity
Battery-buffered
Watchdog -
Controller
Power failure logic -
Controller
Buffer time
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered Yes
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day1)
Battery
Type Renata 950 mAh
Removable Yes, accessible from the outside
Lifespan 4 years 2)
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time 10 minutes
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 137: Technical data - 5PP120.1505-37A

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 401

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

Features 5PP120.1505-37A
Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots -
Holding torque for aPCI module
Display
Type Color TFT
Diagonal 15 inch (381 mm)
Colors 16.7 million colors 4)
Resolution XGA, 1024 x 768 pixels
Contrast 300:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =65°
Vertical Direction U = 50°/ direction D = 55°
Background lighting
Brightness 330 cd/m²
Half-brightness time3) 35,000 hours
Touch screen
Touch screen type Elo
Technology Analog, resistive
Controller Hampshire, serial, 12-bit
Degree of transmission 78%
Filter glass -
Degree of transmission
Coating
Keys -
Key lifespan
Function keys
Soft keys
Cursor keys
Number block
Other keys
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 30 W typical, 35 W max.
Electrical isolation Yes
Bleeder resistance ≤ 24 kOhm

Table 137: Technical data - 5PP120.1505-37A (Forts.)

402 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

Mechanical characteristics 5PP120.1505-37A

Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Design Gray
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 435 mm
Height 330 mm
Depth 71.5 mm

Technical data
Chapter 2
Weight Approx. 6.3 kg
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature5)
Operation 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +60°C
Transport -20 to +60°C
Relative humidity See 4.9.2 "Temperature humidity diagram" on page 404
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 137: Technical data - 5PP120.1505-37A (Forts.)

1) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
2) Typical lifespan (at 50% buffer operation, temperature 25°C when off, 50°C when on).
3) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
4) The actual number of colors depends on the graphics memory, the graphics mode set and the graphics driver used.
5) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 403

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

4.9.2 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55

Transport
50
Storage
45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 311: Temperature humidity diagram - 5PP120.1505-37A

4.9.3 Dimensions

2.9 9.9
11.5 412 3 60.5 8
82

General tolerance acc. to

Nominal size range DIN ISO 2768 medium
Up to 6 mm ± 0.1 mm
309
330

Over 6 to 30 mm ± 0.2 mm
Over 30 to 120 mm ± 0.3 mm
Over 120 to 400 ± 0.5 mm
Over 400 to 1000 ± 0.8 mm
169
10,5

435 28.5

Figure 312: Dimensions - 5PP120.1505-37A

404 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel 100 with BIOS

4.9.4 Cutout installation

The cutout hole is to be made according to the following dimensions for cutout installation. The
device must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery. The defined position for
mounting the retaining clips can be seen in the dimension diagram (see figure 312 "Dimensions
- 5PP120.1505-37A" on page 404) For further information regarding mounting, see Chapter 3
"Commissioning" on page 435.

Outer contour (Power Panel)

Technical data
Chapter 2
330
321

Cutout

Cutout dimensions 415 ±0.5 mm x 312 ±0.5 mm suitable for

4PP120.1505-31
4PP180.1505-31
4PP220.1505-75
4PP220.1505-B5
4PP280.1505-75
4PP280.1505-B5
5PP120.1505-37
5PP120.1505-37A

9
0
425
435
0
10

Figure 313: Cutout dimensions

4.9.5 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel 120 TFT C XGA 15" T MH
8 Retaining clips included
1 Lithium battery 3 V / 950 mAh included

Table 138: Contents of delivery - 5PP120.1505-37A

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 405

 Technical data • Power Panel light / compact

5. Power Panel light / compact

Power Panel 200 light / compact series devices have QVGA operator panels with an integrated
controller.

Power Panel 200 light devices are primarily intended for applications which rely on CAN bus or
X2X interfaces for connecting peripherals without requiring Ethernet.
Devices from the compact series are also equipped with a 10/100 Ethernet interface, making
them the ideal choice anywhere a network connection to a higher-level computer is required.

Power Panel devices are delivered as B&R sets, i.e. already with an inserted aPCI module. The
following QVGA Power Panel light / compact versions are available:

Power Panel 200 light / compact

Power Panel 251 light / compact

Keys can be Keys can be

labeled using labeled using
legend strips legend strips

Power Panel 252 light / compact

Keys can be labeled using legend strips

Figure 314: Power Panel light / compact overview

406 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel light / compact

5.1 Power Panel 200 light / compact

5.1.1 Technical data - Power Panel 200 light

Features 4PP220:0571-L05 4PP220:0571-L45 4PP220:0571-L25 4PP220:0571-L65

Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB

Technical data
L2 cache -

Chapter 2
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling
Method Passive (heat sink)
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 4 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM
Quantity 256 KB
Battery-buffered Yes
Watchdog
Controller SMC 1)
Power failure logic
Controller SMC 1)
Buffer time 10 ms
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered Yes
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day2)
Battery
Type Renata 950 mAh
Removable Yes, accessible from the outside
Lifespan 4 years 3)
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time 10 minutes
Ethernet -
Controller
Transfer rate
Connection
Cables
NE2000-compatible
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 139: Technical data - Power Panel 200 light

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 407

 Technical data • Power Panel light / compact

Features 4PP220:0571-L05 4PP220:0571-L45 4PP220:0571-L25 4PP220:0571-L65

Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots 1 pcs. 1 pcs. 1 pcs. 1 pcs.
CAN aPCI module X2X aPCI module CAN aPCI module X2X aPCI module
(3IF771.9) inserted (3IF791.9) inserted (3IF771.9) inserted (3IF791.9) inserted
Display
Type LCD monochrome Color LCD
Diagonal 5.7 in (144 mm) 5.7 in (144 mm)
Colors 8 shades of gray 256 colors
Resolution QVGA, 320 x 240 pixels QVGA, 320 x 240 pixels
Contrast 25:1 40:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =40° Direction R / direction L =40°
Vertical Direction U = 40°/ direction D = 50° Direction U = 40°/ direction D = 50°
Background lighting
Brightness 140 cd/m² 150 cd/m²
Half-brightness time4) 50,000 hours 50,000 hours
Touch screen
Touch screen type Gunze
Technology Analog, resistive
Controller Hampshire, serial, 12-bit
Degree of transmission 84%
Filter glass -
Degree of transmission
Coating
Keys -
Key lifespan
Function keys
Soft keys
Cursor keys
Number block
Other keys
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 5) 15 W typical, 20 W max.
Electrical isolation Yes
Bleeder resistance ≥ 47 kOhm

Table 139: Technical data - Power Panel 200 light (Forts.)

408 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel light / compact

Mechanics 4PP220:0571-L05 4PP220:0571-L45 4PP220:0571-L25 4PP220:0571-L65

Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Design Gray
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 212 mm

Technical data
Height 156 mm

Chapter 2
Depth 76 mm
Weight Approx. 1.9 kg (with aPCI interface module)
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature6)
Operation 0 to +50°C 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +70°C -20 to +60°C
Transport -20 to +70°C -20 to +60°C
Relative humidity See temperature humidity diagram, on page 410
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 139: Technical data - Power Panel 200 light (Forts.)

1) System Management Controller

2) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
3) Typical lifespan (at 50% buffer operation, temperature 25°C when off, 50°C when on).
4) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
5) Values with inserted aPCI interface module
6) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 409

 Technical data • Power Panel light / compact

5.1.2 Temperature humidity diagram - Power Panel 200 light - Monochrome LCD

The following diagram is valid for the devices 4PP220:0571-L05 and 4PP220:0571-L45.

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55
50 Transport
Storage

45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 315: Temperature humidity diagram - Power Panel 200 light - Monochrome LCD

5.1.3 Temperature humidity diagram - Power Panel 200 light - Color LCD

The following diagram is valid for the devices 4PP220:0571-L25 and 4PP220:0571-L25.

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55
Transport

50
Storage

45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 316: Temperature humidity diagram - Power Panel 200 light - Color LCD

410 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel light / compact

5.1.4 Technical data - Power Panel 200 compact

Features 4PP220:0571-C05 4PP220:0571-C45 4PP220:0571-C25 4PP220:0571-C65

Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 4 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM
Quantity 256 KB
Battery-buffered Yes
Watchdog
Controller SMC 1)
Power failure logic
Controller SMC 1)
Buffer time 10 ms
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered Yes
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day2)
Battery
Type Renata 950 mAh
Removable Yes, accessible from the outside
Lifespan 4 years 3)
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time 10 minutes
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 140: Technical data - Power Panel 200 compact

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 411

 Technical data • Power Panel light / compact

Features 4PP220:0571-C05 4PP220:0571-C45 4PP220:0571-C25 4PP220:0571-C65

Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots 1 pcs. 1 pcs. 1 pcs. 1 pcs.
CAN aPCI module X2X aPCI module CAN aPCI module X2X aPCI module
(3IF771.9) inserted (3IF791.9) inserted (3IF771.9) inserted (3IF791.9) inserted
Display
Type LCD monochrome Color LCD
Diagonal 5.7 in (144 mm) 5.7 in (144 mm)
Colors 8 shades of gray 256 colors
Resolution QVGA, 320 x 240 pixels QVGA, 320 x 240 pixels
Contrast 25:1 40:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =40° Direction R / direction L =40°
Vertical Direction U = 40°/ direction D = 50° Direction U = 40°/ direction D = 50°
Background lighting
Brightness 140 cd/m² 150 cd/m²
Half-brightness time4) 50,000 hours 50,000 hours
Touch screen
Touch screen type Gunze
Technology Analog, resistive
Controller Hampshire, serial, 12-bit
Degree of transmission 84%
Filter glass -
Degree of transmission
Coating
Keys -
Key lifespan
Function keys
Soft keys
Cursor keys
Number block
Other keys
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 5) 15 W typical, 20 W max.
Electrical isolation Yes
Bleeder resistance ≥ 47 kOhm

Table 140: Technical data - Power Panel 200 compact (Forts.)

412 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel light / compact

Mechanics 4PP220:0571-C05 4PP220:0571-C45 4PP220:0571-C25 4PP220:0571-C65

Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Design Gray
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 212 mm

Technical data
Height 156 mm

Chapter 2
Depth 76 mm
Weight Approx. 1.9 kg (with aPCI interface module)
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature6)
Operation 0 to +50°C 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +70°C -20 to +60°C
Transport -20 to +70°C -20 to +60°C
Relative humidity See temperature humidity diagram, on page 414
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 140: Technical data - Power Panel 200 compact (Forts.)

1) System Management Controller

2) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
3) Typical lifespan (at 50% buffer operation, temperature 25°C when off, 50°C when on).
4) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
5) Values with inserted aPCI interface module
6) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 413

 Technical data • Power Panel light / compact

5.1.5 Temperature humidity diagram - Power Panel 200 compact - Monochrome LCD

The following diagram is valid for the devices 4PP220:0571-C05 and 4PP220:0571-C45.

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55
50 Transport
Storage

45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 317: Temperature humidity diagram - Power Panel 200 compact - Monochrome LCD

5.1.6 Temperature humidity diagram - Power Panel 200 compact - Color LCD

The following diagram is valid for the devices 4PP220:0571-C25 and 4PP220:0571-C25.

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55
Transport

50
Storage

45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 318: Temperature humidity diagram - Power Panel 200 compact - Color LCD

414 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel light / compact

5.1.7 Dimensions

These Power Panel versions are the same size as a Power Panel 220 device with an aPCI
interface module. The dimensions can be found in diagram 112 "Dimensions - 4PP220.0571-45"
on page 168.

5.1.8 Cutout installation

These Power Panel versions are the same size as a Power Panel 220 device with an aPCI
interface module. The dimensions can be found in diagram 113 "Cutout dimensions" on

Technical data
Chapter 2
page 169.

5.1.9 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel device (Power Panel 220 LCD B/W QVGA 5.7" T MH 1aPCI or Power Panel 220 LCD C QVGA 5.7" T
MH 1aPCI)
4 Retaining clips included
1 Lithium battery 3 V / 950 mAh included
1 aPCI interface module (3IF771.9 - aPCI interface 1x CAN or 3IF791.9 - aPCI interface 1x X2X Link)

Table 141: Contents of delivery - Power Panel 200 light / compact

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 415

 Technical data • Power Panel light / compact

5.2 Power Panel 251 light / compact

5.2.1 Technical data - Power Panel 251 light

Features 4PP251:0571-L05 4PP251:0571-L45 4PP251:0571-L25 4PP251:0571-L65

Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling
Method Passive (heat sink)
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 4 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM
Quantity 256 KB
Battery-buffered Yes
Watchdog
Controller SMC 1)
Power failure logic
Controller SMC 1)
Buffer time 10 ms
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered Yes
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day2)
Battery
Type Renata 950 mAh
Removable Yes, accessible from the outside
Lifespan 4 years 3)
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time 10 minutes
Ethernet
Controller -
Transfer rate
Connection
Cables
NE2000-compatible
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 142: Technical data - Power Panel 251 light

416 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel light / compact

Features 4PP251:0571-L05 4PP251:0571-L45 4PP251:0571-L25 4PP251:0571-L65

Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A

Technical data
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection

Chapter 2
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots 1 pcs. 1 pcs. 1 pcs. 1 pcs.
CAN aPCI module X2X aPCI module CAN aPCI module X2X aPCI module
(3IF771.9) inserted (3IF791.9) inserted (3IF771.9) inserted (3IF791.9) inserted
Display
Type LCD monochrome Color LCD
Diagonal 5.7 in (144 mm) 5.7 in (144 mm)
Colors 8 shades of gray 256 colors
Resolution QVGA, 320 x 240 pixels QVGA, 320 x 240 pixels
Contrast 25:1 40:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =40° Direction R / direction L =40°
Vertical Direction U = 40°/ direction D = 50° Direction U = 40°/ direction D = 50°
Background lighting
Brightness 140 cd/m² 150 cd/m²
Half-brightness time4) 50,000 hours 50,000 hours
Touch screen -
Touch screen type
Technology
Controller
Degree of transmission
Filter glass
Degree of transmission 95%
Coating On both sides
Keys
Key lifespan > 1,000,000 actuations at 1±0.3 to 3±0.3 N actuating force
Function keys 16 with LED
Soft keys 6 with LED
Cursor keys -
Number block 15 without LED
Other keys 5 without LED
Pressing more than one key at a time may result in so-called phantom keys, and may trigger
unintended actions.

Table 142: Technical data - Power Panel 251 light (Forts.)

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 417

 Technical data • Power Panel light / compact

Electrical characteristics 4PP251:0571-L05 4PP251:0571-L45 4PP251:0571-L25 4PP251:0571-L65

Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 5) 15 W typical, 20 W max.
Electrical isolation Yes

Bleeder resistance ≥ 47 kOhm

Mechanical characteristics
Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Orange keys Similar to Pantone 151CV
Dark gray keys Similar to Pantone 431CV
Legend strips (gray) Similar to Pantone 429CV
Design Gray
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 212 mm
Height 245 mm
Depth 76 mm
Weight Approx. 2.6 kg (with aPCi interface module)
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature6)
Operation 0 to +50°C 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +70°C -20 to +60°C
Transport -20 to +70°C -20 to +60°C
Relative humidity See temperature humidity diagram, on page 419
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 142: Technical data - Power Panel 251 light (Forts.)

1) System Management Controller

2) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
3) Typical lifespan (at 50% buffer operation, temperature 25°C when off, 50°C when on).
4) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
5) Values with inserted aPCI interface module
6) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

418 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel light / compact

5.2.2 Temperature humidity diagram - Power Panel 251 light - Monochrome LCD

The following diagram is valid for the devices 4PP251:0571-L05 and 4PP251:0571-L45.

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70

Technical data
65
60

Chapter 2
55
50 Transport
Storage

45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 319: Temperature humidity diagram - Power Panel 251 light - Monochrome LCD

5.2.3 Temperature humidity diagram - Power Panel 251 light - Color LCD

The following diagram is valid for the devices 4PP251:0571-L25 and 4PP251:0571-L65.

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55
Transport

50
Storage

45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 320: Temperature humidity diagram - Power Panel 251 light - Color LCD

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 419

 Technical data • Power Panel light / compact

5.2.4 Technical data - Power Panel 251 compact

Features 4PP251:0571-C05 4PP251:0571-C45 4PP251:0571-C25 4PP251:0571-C65

Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling
Method Passive (heat sink)
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 4 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM
Quantity 256 KB
Battery-buffered Yes
Watchdog
Controller SMC 1)
Power failure logic
Controller SMC 1)
Buffer time 10 ms
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered Yes
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day2)
Battery
Type Renata 950 mAh
Removable Yes, accessible from the outside
Lifespan 4 years 3)
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time 10 minutes
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 143: Technical data - Power Panel 251 compact

420 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel light / compact

Features 4PP251:0571-C05 4PP251:0571-C45 4PP251:0571-C25 4PP251:0571-C65

Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A

Technical data
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection

Chapter 2
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots 1 pcs. 1 pcs. 1 pcs. 1 pcs.
CAN aPCI module X2X aPCI module CAN aPCI module X2X aPCI module
(3IF771.9) inserted (3IF791.9) inserted (3IF771.9) inserted (3IF791.9) inserted
Display
Type LCD monochrome Color LCD
Diagonal 5.7 in (144 mm) 5.7 in (144 mm)
Colors 8 shades of gray 256 colors
Resolution QVGA, 320 x 240 pixels QVGA, 320 x 240 pixels
Contrast 25:1 40:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =40° Direction R / direction L =40°
Vertical Direction U = 40°/ direction D = 50° Direction U = 40°/ direction D = 50°
Background lighting
Brightness 140 cd/m² 150 cd/m²
Half-brightness time4) 50,000 hours 50,000 hours
Touch screen -
Touch screen type
Technology
Controller
Degree of transmission
Filter glass
Degree of transmission 95%
Coating On both sides
Keys
Key lifespan > 1,000,000 actuations at 1±0.3 to 3±0.3 N actuating force
Function keys 16 with LED
Soft keys 6 with LED
Cursor keys -
Number block 15 without LED
Other keys 5 without LED
Pressing more than one key at a time may result in so-called phantom keys, and may trigger
unintended actions.
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 5) 15 W typical, 20 W max.
Electrical isolation Yes

Table 143: Technical data - Power Panel 251 compact (Forts.)

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 421

 Technical data • Power Panel light / compact

Electrical characteristics 4PP251:0571-C05 4PP251:0571-C45 4PP251:0571-C25 4PP251:0571-C65

Bleeder resistance ≥ 47 kOhm
Mechanical characteristics
Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Orange keys Similar to Pantone 151CV
Dark gray keys Similar to Pantone 431CV
Legend strips (gray) Similar to Pantone 429CV
Design Gray
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 212 mm
Height 245 mm
Depth 76 mm
Weight Approx. 2.6 kg (with aPCi interface module)
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature6)
Operation 0 to +50°C 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +70°C -20 to +60°C
Transport -20 to +70°C -20 to +60°C
Relative humidity See temperature humidity diagram, on page 423
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 143: Technical data - Power Panel 251 compact (Forts.)

1) System Management Controller

2) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
3) Typical lifespan (at 50% buffer operation, temperature 25°C when off, 50°C when on).
4) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
5) Values with inserted aPCI interface module
6) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

422 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel light / compact

5.2.5 Temperature humidity diagram - Power Panel 251 compact - Monochrome LCD

The following diagram is valid for the devices 4PP251:0571-C05 and 4PP251:0571-C45.

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70

Technical data
65
60

Chapter 2
55
50 Transport
Storage

45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 321: Temperature humidity diagram - Power Panel 251 compact - Monochrome LCD

5.2.6 Temperature humidity diagram - Power Panel 251 compact - Color LCD

The following diagram is valid for the devices 4PP251:0571-C25 and 4PP251:0571-C25.

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55
Transport

50
Storage

45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 322: Temperature humidity diagram - Power Panel 251 compact - Color LCD

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 423

 Technical data • Power Panel light / compact

5.2.7 Dimensions

These Power Panel versions are the same size as a Power Panel 220 device with an aPCI
interface module. The dimensions can be found in diagram 152 "Dimensions - 4PP251.0571-45"
on page 216.

5.2.8 Cutout installation

These Power Panel versions are the same size as a Power Panel 220 device with an aPCI
interface module. The dimensions can be found in diagram 153 "Cutout dimensions" on
page 217.

5.2.9 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel device (Power Panel 251 LCD B/W QVGA 5.7" F MH 1aPCI or Power Panel 251 LCD C QVGA 5.7" F
MH 1aPCI)
6 Retaining clips included
1 Lithium battery 3 V / 950 mAh included
4 Legend strips (inserted in the front)
1 aPCI interface module (3IF771.9 - aPCI interface 1x CAN or 3IF791.9 - aPCI interface 1x X2X Link)

Table 144: Contents of delivery - Power Panel 251 light / compact

424 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel light / compact

5.3 Power Panel 252 light / compact

5.3.1 Technical data - Power Panel 252 light

Features 4PP252:0571-L05 4PP252:0571-L45 4PP252:0571-L25 4PP252:0571-L65

Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB

Technical data
L2 cache -

Chapter 2
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling
Method Passive (heat sink)
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 4 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM
Quantity 256 KB
Battery-buffered Yes
Watchdog
Controller SMC 1)
Power failure logic
Controller SMC 1)
Buffer time 10 ms
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered Yes
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day2)
Battery
Type Renata 950 mAh
Removable Yes, accessible from the outside
Lifespan 4 years 3)
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time 10 minutes
Ethernet -
Controller
Transfer rate
Connection
Cables
NE2000-compatible
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 145: Technical data - Power Panel 252 light

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 425

 Technical data • Power Panel light / compact

Features 4PP252:0571-L05 4PP252:0571-L45 4PP252:0571-L25 4PP252:0571-L65

Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots 1 pcs. 1 pcs. 1 pcs. 1 pcs.
CAN aPCI module X2X aPCI module CAN aPCI module X2X aPCI module
(3IF771.9) inserted (3IF791.9) inserted (3IF771.9) inserted (3IF791.9) inserted
Display
Type LCD monochrome Color LCD
Diagonal 5.7 in (144 mm) 5.7 in (144 mm)
Colors 8 shades of gray 256 colors
Resolution QVGA, 320 x 240 pixels QVGA, 320 x 240 pixels
Contrast 25:1 40:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =40° Direction R / direction L =40°
Vertical Direction U = 40°/ direction D = 50° Direction U = 40°/ direction D = 50°
Background lighting
Brightness 140 cd/m² 150 cd/m²
Half-brightness time4) 50,000 hours 50,000 hours
Touch screen -
Touch screen type
Technology
Controller
Degree of transmission
Filter glass
Degree of transmission 95%
Coating On both sides
Keys
Key lifespan > 1,000,000 actuations at 1±0.3 to 3±0.3 N actuating force
Function keys 20 with LED
Soft keys -
Cursor keys -
Number block 15 without LED
Other keys 5 without LED
Pressing more than one key at a time may result in so-called phantom keys, and may trigger
unintended actions.
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 5) 15 W typical, 20 W max.
Electrical isolation Yes

Table 145: Technical data - Power Panel 252 light (Forts.)

426 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel light / compact

Electrical characteristics 4PP252:0571-L05 4PP252:0571-L45 4PP252:0571-L25 4PP252:0571-L65

Bleeder resistance ≥ 47 kOhm
Mechanical characteristics
Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Orange keys Similar to Pantone 151CV
Dark gray keys Similar to Pantone 431CV
Legend strips (gray) Similar to Pantone 429CV

Technical data
Design Gray

Chapter 2
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 302 mm
Height 187 mm
Depth 76 mm
Weight Approx. 2.8 kg (with aPCi interface module)
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature6)
Operation 0 to +50°C 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +70°C -20 to +60°C
Transport -20 to +70°C -20 to +60°C
Relative humidity See temperature humidity diagram, on page 428
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 145: Technical data - Power Panel 252 light (Forts.)

1) System Management Controller

2) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
3) Typical lifespan (at 50% buffer operation, temperature 25°C when off, 50°C when on).
4) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
5) Values with inserted aPCI interface module
6) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 427

 Technical data • Power Panel light / compact

5.3.2 Temperature humidity diagram - Power Panel 252 light - Monochrome LCD

The following diagram is valid for the devices 4PP252:0571-L05 and 4PP252:0571-L45.

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55
50 Transport
Storage

45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 323: Temperature humidity diagram - Power Panel 251 light - Monochrome LCD

5.3.3 Temperature humidity diagram - Power Panel 252 light - Color LCD

The following diagram is valid for the devices 4PP252:0571-L25 and 4PP252:0571-L65.

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55
Transport

50
Storage

45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 324: Temperature humidity diagram - Power Panel 251 light - Color LCD

428 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel light / compact

5.3.4 Technical data - Power Panel 252 compact

Features 4PP252:0571-C05 4PP252:0571-C45 4PP252:0571-C25 4PP252:0571-C65

Boot loader / Operating system Automation Runtime
Processor
Type Geode SC2200 266MHz, 32-bit x86
Expanded command set MMX technology, streaming SIMD extension
L1 cache 16 KB
L2 cache -
Floating point unit (FPU) Yes
Cooling

Technical data
Method Passive (heat sink)

Chapter 2
Flash 2 MB (for firmware)
Memory
Type DRAM
Quantity 64 MB
Socket SO-DIMM 144-pin
Graphics
Controller Geode SC2200
Memory 4 MB shared memory (reserved from the main memory)
Screen rotation Yes (See also Section "Screen rotation" on page 448)
SRAM
Quantity 256 KB
Battery-buffered Yes
Watchdog
Controller SMC 1)
Power failure logic
Controller SMC 1)
Buffer time 10 ms
Real-time clock
Battery-buffered Yes
Accuracy At 25°C: Typically 10 ppm (1 seconds) per day2)
Battery
Type Renata 950 mAh
Removable Yes, accessible from the outside
Lifespan 4 years 3)
Backup capacitor (for changing battery)
Buffer time 10 minutes
Ethernet
Controller MacPhyter DP83816
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbps
Connection RJ45 twisted pair (10 Base T / 100 Base T)
Cables S/STP (category 5)
NE2000-compatible -
CompactFlash
Type Type I
Amount 1 slot
Connection Primary IDE device

Table 146: Technical data - Power Panel 252 compact

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 429

 Technical data • Power Panel light / compact

Features 4PP252:0571-C05 4PP252:0571-C45 4PP252:0571-C25 4PP252:0571-C65

Serial interface COM
Type RS232, modem-capable, not electrically isolated
UART 16550-compatible, 16-byte FIFO
Transfer rate Max. 115 kBaud
Connection 9-pin DSUB
USB interface
Type USB 1.1
Amount 2
Transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s (low speed), 12 Mbit/s (full speed)
Connection Type A
Current load Max. 500 mA per connection
Reset button Yes, accessible from the outside
LEDs 1x user (green), 1x CF (yellow)
Mode/Node switch 2, 16 digits each
aPCI slots 1 pcs. 1 pcs. 1 pcs. 1 pcs.
CAN aPCI module X2X aPCI module CAN aPCI module X2X aPCI module
(3IF771.9) inserted (3IF791.9) inserted (3IF771.9) inserted (3IF791.9) inserted
Display
Type LCD monochrome Color LCD
Diagonal 5.7 in (144 mm) 5.7 in (144 mm)
Colors 8 shades of gray 256 colors
Resolution QVGA, 320 x 240 pixels QVGA, 320 x 240 pixels
Contrast 25:1 40:1
Viewing angle (see page 600)
Horizontal Direction R / direction L =40° Direction R / direction L =40°
Vertical Direction U = 40°/ direction D = 50° Direction U = 40°/ direction D = 50°
Background lighting
Brightness 140 cd/m² 150 cd/m²
Half-brightness time4) 50,000 hours 50,000 hours
Touch screen -
Touch screen type
Technology
Controller
Degree of transmission
Filter glass
Degree of transmission 95%
Coating On both sides
Keys
Key lifespan > 1,000,000 actuations at 1±0.3 to 3±0.3 N actuating force
Function keys 20 with LED
Soft keys -
Cursor keys -
Number block 15 without LED
Other keys 5 without LED
Pressing more than one key at a time may result in so-called phantom keys, and may trigger
unintended actions.
Electrical characteristics
Power supply
Rated voltage 24 VDC ±25%
Starting current Max. 20 A for < 1 ms
Power consumption 5) 15 W typical, 20 W max.
Electrical isolation Yes

Table 146: Technical data - Power Panel 252 compact (Forts.)

430 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel light / compact

Electrical characteristics 4PP252:0571-C05 4PP252:0571-C45 4PP252:0571-C25 4PP252:0571-C65

Bleeder resistance ≥ 47 kOhm
Mechanical characteristics
Front
Frame Naturally anodized aluminum
Membrane Polyester
Dark gray border around display Similar to Pantone 432CV
Light background Similar to Pantone 427CV
Orange keys Similar to Pantone 151CV
Dark gray keys Similar to Pantone 431CV
Legend strips (gray) Similar to Pantone 429CV

Technical data
Design Gray

Chapter 2
Gasket Flat gasket around display front
Housing Metal
Outer dimensions
Width 302 mm
Height 187 mm
Depth 76 mm
Weight Approx. 2.8 kg (with aPCi interface module)
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature6)
Operation 0 to +50°C 0 to +50°C
Storage -20 to +70°C -20 to +60°C
Transport -20 to +70°C -20 to +60°C
Relative humidity See temperature humidity diagram, on page 432
Vibration
Operation (continuous) 2 - 9 Hz: 1.75 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 0.5 g
Operation (occasional) 2 - 9 Hz: 3.5 mm amplitude / 9 - 200 Hz: 1 g
Storage 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Transport 2 - 8 Hz: 7.5 mm amplitude / 8 - 200 Hz: 2 g / 200 - 500 Hz: 4 g
Shock
Operation 15 g, 11 ms
Storage 30 g, 15 ms
Transport 30 g, 15 ms
Protection type IP20 back side (only with installed CompactFlash card)
IP65 / NEMA 250 type 4X, dust and sprayed water protection (front side)
Altitude Max. 3000 m

Table 146: Technical data - Power Panel 252 compact (Forts.)

1) System Management Controller

2) At max. specified ambient temperature: typ. 25 ppm (2 seconds) - worst-case 60 ppm (5 seconds).
3) Typical lifespan (at 50% buffer operation, temperature 25°C when off, 50°C when on).
4) At 25°C ambient temperature. Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-brightness time.
5) Values with inserted aPCI interface module
6) Temperature data is for operation at 500 meters. Derating the max. ambient temperature - typically 1°C per 1000 meters (from 500
meters above sea level).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 431

 Technical data • Power Panel light / compact

5.3.5 Temperature humidity diagram - Power Panel 252 compact - Monochrome LCD

The following diagram is valid for the devices 4PP252:0571-C05 and 4PP252:0571-C45.

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55
50 Transport
Storage

45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 325: Temperature humidity diagram - Power Panel 252 compact - Monochrome LCD

5.3.6 Temperature humidity diagram - Power Panel 252 compact - Color LCD

The following diagram is valid for the devices 4PP252:0571-C25 and 4PP252:0571-C25.

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55
Transport

50
Storage

45 Operation
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 326: Temperature humidity diagram - Power Panel 252 compact - Color LCD

432 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Technical data • Power Panel light / compact

5.3.7 Dimensions

These Power Panel versions are the same size as a Power Panel 220 device with an aPCI
interface module. The dimensions can be found in diagram 192 "Dimensions - 4PP252.0571-45"
on page 264.

5.3.8 Cutout installation

These Power Panel versions are the same size as a Power Panel 220 device with an aPCI
interface module. The dimensions can be found in diagram 193 "Cutout dimensions" on

Technical data
Chapter 2
page 265.

5.3.9 Contents of delivery

The following components are included in the delivery of the Power Panel device:

Amount Component
1 Power Panel device (Power Panel 252 LCD B/W QVGA 5.7" F MH 1aPCI or Power Panel 252 LCD C QVGA 5.7" F
MH 1aPCI)
6 Retaining clips included
1 Lithium battery 3 V / 950 mAh included
8 Legend strips (inserted in the front)
1 aPCI interface module (3IF771.9 - aPCI interface 1x CAN or 3IF791.9 - aPCI interface 1x X2X Link)

Table 147: Contents of delivery - Power Panel 252 light / compact

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 433

 Technical data • Power Panel light / compact

434 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Commissioning • Mounting instructions

Chapter 3 • Commissioning

1. Mounting instructions

• The Power Panel must be mounted using the retaining clips included in delivery.
Depending on the Power Panel version, a corresponding number of retaining clips are
included.

Commissioning
Chapter 3
Figure 327: Retaining clip

• In order to guarantee proper air circulation, allow a sufficient amount of space above,
below, to the side and behind the Power Panel device. The minimum specified free space
can be found in the diagram below. Free space specifications apply to all Power Panel
versions (with/without aPCI slots and keys).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 435

 Commissioning • Mounting instructions

Side view

80 mm spacing

Air outlet
At least

At least
80 mm spacing
80 mm spacing

Air inlet
At least

Rear view

At least At least
40 mm spacing 40 mm spacing

Figure 328: Space for air circulation

436 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Commissioning • Mounting orientation

2. Mounting orientation

The following diagram displays the specified mounting orientation for the Power Panel device.
The mounting orientation applies to all Power Panel versions (with/without aPCI slots and keys).

Mounting orientation 0°

0°

Commissioning
Chapter 3
Table 148: Mounting orientation 0°

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 437

 Commissioning • Mounting orientation

Mounting orientation up to -45° Mounting orientation up to +45°

0° 0°
° +45
-45 °

Connection side down Connection side down

Table 149: Mounting orientation -45° and +45°.

Caution!
The maximum permitted ambient temperature can be found in the technical data for
the respective Power Panel device.

438 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Commissioning • Key and LED configurations

3. Key and LED configurations

Each key or LED can be configured individually and adjusted to suit the application. Various B&R
tools are available for this purpose:

• B&R Key Editor for Windows operating systems

• Visual Components for Automation Runtime
Keys and LEDs from each device are processed by the matrix controller in a bit sequence of 128
bits each.

The positions of the keys and LEDs in the matrix are shown as hardware numbers. The hardware
numbers can be read directly on the target system, for example with the B&R Key Editor and the
B&R Control Center.

Commissioning
Screenshot from B&R Control Center Chapter 3

Screenshot from B&R Key Editor

Figure 329: Example - Hardware number in the B&R Key Editor or in the B&R Control Center

The following graphics show the positions of the keys and LEDs in the matrix. They are shown
as follows.

Hardware number of key Hardware number of LED

Hardware number of LED
Hardware number of key
19
41 3
30
Key without LED Key with LED

Figure 330: Display - Keys and LEDs in the matrix

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 439

 Commissioning • Key and LED configurations

3.1 Power Panel 5.7" QVGA

3.1.1 Format - Vertical1

Hardware numbers for 4PP151.0571-01, 4PP151.0571-21, 4PP251.0571-45, 4PP251.0571-65,

4PP251.0571-85 and 4PP251.0571-A5.

84 80
92 88

85 81
93 89

86 82
94 90

87 83
95 91

71 70 69 68 67 66
79 78 77 76 75 74

55 54
61 60 59 58
63 62
39 38 45 44 43 42 41
47 46
23 22 29 28 27 26 25 24
31 30
9
7 6
13 12 11 10
15 14

Figure 331: Hardware numbers - 5.7" device format - Vertical1

440 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Commissioning • Key and LED configurations

3.1.2 Format - Horizontal2

Hardware numbers for 4PP152.0571-01, 4PP152.0571-21, 4PP252.0571-45, 4PP252.0571-65,

4PP2520571-85 and 4PP252.0571-A5.

112 0
11 10 9 8
20 29

96 16 12 13 14 15
19 30
2 1 0
80 32 6
18 31
3 4 5

64 48
17 16

Commissioning
25

Chapter 3
81 65 49 33 17 1
28 26 24
45 44 43 42 41 40

82 66 50 34 18 2 27
46 47 32 33 34 35

Figure 332: Hardware numbers - 5.7" device format - Horizontal2

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 441

 Commissioning • Key and LED configurations

3.2 Power Panel 10.4" VGA

3.2.1 Format - Horizontal1

Hardware numbers for 4PP180.1043-31, 4PP280.1043-75 and 4PP280.1043-B5.

112 114
29 7

96 98
28 6

80 82
27 5

64 66
26 4

48 50
25 3

32 34
24 2

16 0 1 17 33 49 65 81 2 18
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 0 1

Figure 333: Hardware numbers - 10.4" device format - Horizontal1

442 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Commissioning • Key and LED configurations

3.2.2 Format - Vertical1

Hardware numbers for 4PP151.1043-31, 4PP181.1043-31, 4PP281.1043-75 and 4PP281.1043-

B5.

115 4
88 72

99 20
89 73

83 36
90 74

67 52

Commissioning
91 75

Chapter 3
51 68
92 76

35 84
93 77

19 3 114 98 82 66 50 34 18 2
71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 79 78

48 64 49 65
63 62 61 60
59 58 57 56
32 80 33 81
32 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40
16 96 17 97
17 16 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
8
0 112 1 113
0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9

Figure 334: Hardware numbers - 10.4" device format - Vertical1

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 443

 Commissioning • Key and LED configurations

3.2.3 Format - Horizontal2

Hardware numbers for 4PP152.1043-3.1, 4PP182.1043-31, 4PP252.1043-75, 4PP252.1043-

B5, 4PP282.1043-75 and 4PP282.1043-B5

0 3 52 36 20 4
88 72 56 40 24 8
68 37 21 5
16 19 57 41 25 9
89 73
84 53 69 85
58 42 26 10
32 35
90 74

48 51 59 43 27 11
91 75
60 44 28 12
64 67
92 76 61 45 29
13
80 83 62 46 30
93 77

31

96 1 17 33 49 65 81 97 113 99
47 16 14
94 95 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87
112 2 18 34 50 66 82 98 114 115 17
110 111 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103

Figure 335: Hardware numbers - 10.4" device format - Horizontal2

444 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Commissioning • Key and LED configurations

3.3 Power Panel 15" XGA

3.3.1 Format - Horizontal1

Hardware numbers for 4PP180.1505-31, 4PP280.1505-75 and 4PP280.1505-B5.

0 3
33 17

16 19
32 16

32 35
47 31

48 51
46 30

Commissioning
Chapter 3
64 67
45 29

80 83
44 28

96 99
43 27

112 115
42 26

1 2
41 25

17 18
40 24

33 49 65 81 97 113 114 98 82 66 50 34
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 0 1 2 3

Figure 336: Hardware numbers - 15" device format - Horizontal1

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 445

 Commissioning • Key and LED configurations

3.3.2 Format - Vertical1

Hardware numbers for 4PP151.1505-31, 4PP181.1505-31, 4PP251.1505-75, 4PP251.1505-B5,

4PP281.1505-75 and 4PP281.1505-B5.

0 36
8 23

16 20
9 22

32 4
10 21

48 115
11 20

64 99
12 19

80 83
13 18

96 67
14 17

112 51
15 16

1 35
0 31

17 19
1 30

33 49 65 81 97 113 2 18 34 50 66 82 98 114 3
40
2 3 4 5 6 7 24 25 26 27 28 29

41 42 43 44 45 46 47 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 101 100 116 115 127 122

56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 99 117 114 126

96 97 98 121
72 73 74 75 76 78 79 64 65 66 67 68 69 118 113 125

88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 80 81 82 83 69 119 112 124

120
104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 84 85 86 87 123

Figure 337: Hardware numbers - 15" device format - Vertical1

446 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Commissioning • Touch screen calibration

4. Touch screen calibration

4.1 Windows CE

Windows CE starts the touch screen calibration sequence during its first boot in the default
configuration / delivered state.

4.2 Windows XP Embedded

After first starting Windows XP embedded (First Boot Agent), the touch screen driver must be
installed in the device in order to operate the touch screen. The corresponding drivers can be
downloaded from the download area on the B&R homepage (www.br-automation.com). The
touch screen should be calibrated while installing the driver.

4.3 Automation Runtime / Visual Components

Commissioning
The devices are already set up at the plant (pre-calibration). This feature proves advantageous

Chapter 3
in the case of a replacement part because a new calibration is no longer required when
exchanging devices (identical model / type). Nevertheless, we recommend calibrating the device
in order to achieve the best results and to better readjust the touch screen to the user's
preferences.

If the touch screen is calibrated manually, the pre-calibrated setting are overwritten.

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 447

 Commissioning • Screen rotation

5. Screen rotation

It is possible to rotate the image content by 90° using the graphic driver's screen rotation function
(must support the function).

5.1 Power Panel 100 BIOS

5.1.1 Windows XP embedded

The graphics driver does not support the screen rotation function.

5.1.2 Windows CE

The graphics driver supports the screen rotation function. The touch screen must be recalibrated
after rotation 1 (manual restart or when prompted by the operating system).

5.2 PowerPanel 100/200 Automation Runtime

5.2.1 Automation Runtime / Visual Components

Automation Runtime supports the screen rotation function. When developing a project using
Automation Studio 2.7.x or 3.0.x, you can select the orientation of the display before getting
started.

5.3 Power Panel light / compact Automation Runtime

5.3.1 Automation Runtime / Visual Components

Automation Runtime supports the screen rotation function. When developing a project using
Automation Studio 2.7.x or 3.0.x, you can select the orientation of the display before getting
started.

448 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Commissioning • User tips for increasing the display lifespan

6. User tips for increasing the display lifespan

6.1 Backlight

The lifespan of the backlight is specified in "Half Brightness Time". An operating time of 50,000
hours would mean that the display brightness would still be 50% after this time.

6.2 How can the lifespan of backlights be extended?

• Set the display brightness to the lowest value that is still comfortable for the eyes
• Use dark images
• Reducing the brightness by 50% can result in an approximate 50% increase of the half-
brightness time.

6.3 Image sticking

Commissioning
Chapter 3
Image sticking is the "burning in" of a static image on a display after being displayed for a
prolonged period of time. However, this does not only occur with static images. Image sticking
is known in technical literature as the "burn-in effect", "image retention", "memory effect",
"memory sticking" or "ghost image".

There are 2 types of this:

• Area type: This is seen with a dark gray image. The effect disappears if the display is
switched off for a longer period of time.
• Line type: This can cause lasting damage.

6.4 What causes image sticking?

• Static images
• Screensaver not enabled
• Sharp contrast transitions (e.g. black / white)
• High ambient temperatures
• Operation outside of the specifications

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 449

 Commissioning • Pixel error

6.5 How can image sticking be avoided?

• continual change between static and dynamic images

• avoiding excessive brightness contrast between foreground and background display
• use of colors with similar brightness
• use of complementary colors in subsequent images
• use of screensavers

7. Pixel error

Information:
Displays can contain dead pixels that result from the manufacturing process. These
flaws are not grounds claiming reclamation or warranty.

450 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Commissioning • Known problems / issues

8. Known problems / issues

The following issues for the PP100/200 devices are known:

• Using two different types of CompactFlash cards can cause problems in Automation PCs
and Panel PCs. This can result in one of the two cards not being detected during system
startup. This is caused by varying startup speeds. CompactFlash cards with older
technology require significantly more time during system startup than CompactFlash
cards with newer technology. This behavior occurs near the limits of the time frame
provided for startup. The problem described above can occur because the startup tim for
the CompactFlash cards fluctuates due to the variance of the components being used.
Depending on the CompactFlash cards being used, this error might never, sometimes or
always occur.

Commissioning
Chapter 3

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 451

 Commissioning • Known problems / issues

452 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Software • Power Panel 100/200 with Automation Runtime

Chapter 4 • Software

1. Power Panel 100/200 with Automation Runtime

1.1 General information

B&R Automation Runtime guarantees a uniform runtime environment for Automation Studio
programs on all target systems. This ensures uniform programming and operation on all devices.

Automation Runtime possesses a multitasking operating system adapted specially for use with
control technology. The cycle time for your application can be separated among several task
classes. Automation Runtime ensures that all application programs are executed within defined
time periods, proving itself to be a configurable, deterministic real-time multitasking system.

An extensive project can be divided into small individual tasks. This way of working increases
modularity and makes it much easier to maintain projects.

1.1.1 Summary screen

When switching on a Power Panel 100 or Power Panel 200 device, a summary screen appears

Chapter 4
after the "Booting, please wait..." message. It displays the most important parameters of an

Software
Automation Runtime Power Panel device:

Bernecker + Rainer Industrie-Elektronik

Facotory Settings
Version 03
DeviceID 1697
CompatibilityID 00
Brightness (min/typ/max) D5 EA FF
Contrast (min/typ/max) 00 46 FF

Mode/Node 00
MAC Address 00:60:65:00:C6:A7
BootLoader 2.07
HW-Layer 1.2.0
OnBoard AR V2.66

SMC Version AD

All values in hex

Figure 338: Automation Runtime summary screen

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 453

 Software • Power Panel 100/200 with Automation Runtime

Information Example value Meaning

Version 03 Displays the factory settings version. These factory settings determine the device ID, display ID,
display-specific initialization sequences, and other important parameters.

Information:
Factory settings are set by B&R and cannot be changed by the user!
Device ID 1697 Displays the hexadecimal value of the hardware device number.
Compatibility ID 00 Displays the hardware device revision.
Brightness D5 EA FF Indicates the minimum, typical and maximum value as a hex value for the brightness settings of the
(min / typ / max) display.
Contrast 00 46 FF Indicates the minimum, typical and maximum value as a hex value for the contrast settings of the
(min / typ / max) display.
Mode/Node 00 Displays the current operating mode switch positions.
MAC address 00:60:65:00:C6:A7 Displays the assigned media access control (MAC) address.
Boot loader 2.07 Displays the version of the boot loader.
HW layer 1.2.0 Displays the version of the hardware layer.
Onboard AR V2.66 Displays the current onboard Automation Runtime version.
SMC version AD Displays the current SMC (system management controller) software version.

Table 150: Automation Runtime summary screen

454 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Software • Power Panel 100/200 with Automation Runtime

1.2 Power Panel 100 as an intelligent visualization system

The visualization project runs on the Power Panel 100. Serial RS232 or Ethernet TCP/IP
provides the communication to the controller system. Flexible programming with frame drivers
or Ethernet socket services allows a connection to be made to any control system. I/O
peripherals and drives are connected to the controller.

Visualization & operation

Power Panel

RS232 or
Ethernet

Control system

X20 System

Motion control Remote I/O systems

Chapter 4
Software
X67
X20 System

ACOPOS ACOPOS

Figure 339: Power Panel 100 as an intelligent visualization system

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 455

 Software • Power Panel 100/200 with Automation Runtime

1.3 Power Panel 200 with Power Panel 100 terminals

The control program and visualization run on the Power Panel 200. I/O peripherals and drives
are connected via CAN, X2X and ETHERNET Powerlink. Other Power Panel 100 units are
connected as terminals via Ethernet TCP/IP. The central data storage occurs on the
Power Panel 200.

Visualization and operation

Power Panel Power Panel Power Panel

Ethernet

Control system
Visualization & operation

Power Panel

Motion control Remote I/O systems

X67
X20 System

ACOPOS ACOPOS

Figure 340: Power Panel 200 with Power Panel 100 terminals

456 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Software • Power Panel 100/200 with Automation Runtime

1.4 Automation Runtime and SMC

The SMC (system management controller) monitors the following events on a Power Panel
device.

• Voltage dips (power failures)

• Watchdog events
• Reset button
• Overtemperature
• Software reset
Data communication between the SMC and the Geode processor takes place over the serial I²C
bus.

Geode SC2200

Watchdog NMI reset I²C bus

logic logic logic

Software
reset SMC Reset logic Reset key

Chapter 4
Software
Power failure Temperature Overtemperature

Power supply
board

Figure 341: Block diagram of SMC and Geode processor data communication

If one of these events occurs, the SMC triggers the Automation Runtime NMI (non-maskable
interrupt) ISR (interrupt service routine). In 10 ms, the NMI ISR saves 64 KB of remanent PVs
(process variables) from the DRAM on the Power Panel device to the battery-buffered SRAM.
When the 10 ms elapse, the Power Panel device is reset.

The reason for an NMI is logged in the error logbook. The error logbook can be read with either
the B&R Automation Studio programming system or with standard functions (see SYS_Lib
library in the Automation Studio help).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 457

 Software • Power Panel 100/200 with Automation Runtime

1.4.1 Voltage dips (power failures)

An NMI is triggered if the supply voltage falls below 18 VDC.

1.4.2 Watchdog events

Watchdog events are monitored by the SMC. Automation Runtime triggers the watchdog every
20 ms. An NMI is triggered if a signal is not detected by the SMC after 100 ms.

The watchdog window is made up of the minimum and maximum time. The minimum time must
be less than the maximum time. If the watchdog is disabled, the minimum and maximum times
are defined as 0000h. The watchdog is active starting with the first toggle event. The watchdog
is disabled after a reset.

Maximum time

Minimum time

Not allowed Allowed Not allowed

Figure 342: Watchdog events

The watchdog function is not implemented for Power Panel BIOS devices.

1.4.3 Reset button

An NMI is triggered if the reset button is pressed by the user.

1.4.4 Over-temperature

Two internal temperature values (processor and I/O) in the Power Panel device are measured
cyclically (every second). An NMI / reset is triggered if overtemperature is detected three times
in a row. The Power Panel remains reset until the temperature that reached the alarm limit is
reduced by 5°C.
The various temperature alarm limits depend on the boot loader version being used (see figure
338 "Automation Runtime summary screen" on page 453).

Alarm limit until boot loader version 3.12 Alarm limit starting with boot loader version
3.12
Processor (diode line in Geode processor) 95°C 125°C
I/O (sensor on the circuit board near the 80°C 80°C
processor)

Table 151: Differences in the boot loader temperature alarm limits

1.4.5 Software reset

The Power Panel device can also be reset with a software command. This also triggers an NMI.

458 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

2. Power Panel with BIOS

Information:
The following diagrams and BIOS menu items including descriptions refer to BIOS
version 1.05. It is therefore possible that these diagrams and BIOS descriptions do
not correspond with the installed BIOS version.

2.1 General information

BIOS is an abbreviation for "Basic Input and Output System". It is the most basic standardized
communication between the user and the system (hardware). A B&R-modified BIOS from Insyde
is used in the Power Panel devices.

BIOS setup lets you modify basic system configuration settings. These settings are saved in
CMOS RAM.

The CMOS RAM is a nonvolatile, battery-backed memory that retains information when power
is not applied to the Power Panel.

BIOS is immediately activated when switching on the power supply of the Power Panel.

BIOS reads the system configuration information in CMOS RAM, checks the system, and
configures it using the power-on self-test (POST).

Information:

Chapter 4
Software
After 3 unsuccessful attempts at booting the Power Panel device, BIOS overwrites
the current CMOS settings with the CMOS backup values. If there is no valid CMOS
backup present, then CMOS settings are set to their default values (as with "Load
optimized defaults").

When these preliminaries are finished, the BIOS seeks an operating system in the data storage
devices available (CompactFlash card, drive, floppy drive). BIOS launches the operating system
and hands over control of system operations to it.

Optionally, a BIOS summary screen can be displayed at the end of the POST. This displays the
following information depending on the Power Panel display diagonal:

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 459

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

Figure 343: BIOS summary screen for VGA, SVGA, XGA Power Panel devices

Figure 344: BIOS summary screen for QVGA Power Panel devices

To disable this summary screen, see the section "Advanced BIOS features" on page 473 for
VGA, SVGA and XGA Power Panel devices and the section 2.3.4 "Advanced BIOS features" on
page 496 for QVGA Power Panel devices.

To make changes in the BIOS setup, the DEL key must be pressed when booting the Power
Panel device as soon as the following message appears in the upper margin of the display
(during the POST):

Figure 345: Press DEL for setup

If the message disappears before DEL has been pressed1) , then the Power Panel must be
booted again in order to enter BIOS setup.

Information:
The following general rule applies: Only modify those settings that you completely
understand. On no account should settings be changed without a good reason. The
BIOS settings have been carefully chosen by B&R to guarantee ideal performance
and reliability. Even a seemingly minor change to the settings may cause the system
to become unstable.

1) A USB keyboard or the REMHOST program is required to enter characters and operate BIOS setup pages.

460 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

Information:
The settings recommended by B&R can be loaded with "Load optimized defaults".

The following keys1) help you navigate in BIOS setup:

Key Function
Cursor ↑ Moves to the previous item.
Cursor ↓ Go to the next item.
Cursor ← Moves to the previous item.
Cursor → Go to the next item.
ESC Exits the submenu.
Enter or press highlighted character Changes to the selected menu.
shortcut
F1 and ALT+H Opens up a help window that describes the possible values for the highlighted item. Press ESC to exit
the help window. In a help window, the cursor ↑, Cursor ↓, Home, End, Page Up, and Page Down
keys can be used to navigate when help texts are longer than the displayable area.
Home Jumps to the first BIOS menu item or object.
End Jumps to the last BIOS menu item or object.
ALT+Q and ALT+X Enters the BIOS main menu.
- (Minus) Decreases the numerical value or selects the previous parameter value.
+ (Plus) Increases the numerical value or selects the next parameter value.

Table 152: BIOS-relevant keys

Chapter 4
Software

1) A USB keyboard or the REMHOST program is required to enter characters and operate BIOS setup pages.

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 461

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

2.2 BIOS settings for VGA, SVGA and XGA Power Panel devices

Information:
The following diagrams and BIOS menu items including descriptions refer to BIOS
version 1.05. It is therefore possible that these diagrams and BIOS descriptions do
not correspond with the installed BIOS version.

The individual BIOS setup pages for a VGA, SVGA and XGA Power Panel device are described
on the following pages.

2.2.1 BIOS setup main menu

Immediately after the DEL button is pressed during startup, the main BIOS setup menu appears.

Figure 346: BIOS setup main menu

The individual menu items are explained in detail in the following sections.

Shortcut BIOS setup menu Function

T Time 05:15:23 AM The system time can be configured here.
D Date 02/17/2004 The system date can be configured here.
B Motherboard device Motherboard resources can be configured here.
configuration
M Memory optimization The settings for memory management can be made here.
A Advanced BIOS features Advanced BIOS options (boot logo, summary screen, cache areas) can be configured here.
O Special OEM features Specific B&R settings can be made here.
I Device information Important parameters (e.g. temperature, mode/node position, etc.) for a Power Panel device
are displayed here.
F Firmware configuration Onboard firmware for FPGA and aPCI modules can be configured here.

Table 153: Overview of BIOS main menu functions

462 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

Shortcut BIOS setup menu Function

R Restore CMOS values Restores the last saved CMOS values from flash memory.
L Load optimized defaults Load the optimal BIOS settings for best performance.
P Load previous values Reloads values configured when BIOS setup was opened. All changes are lost.
S Save values without exit Saves BIOS values without exiting BIOS setup.
Q Exit without save Exits BIOS setup without saving any changes.
X Save values and exit Saves settings and exits BIOS setup.

Table 153: Overview of BIOS main menu functions (Forts.)

Information:
If using a German keyboard, press the "z" key to enter "y".

2.2.2 Time

Chapter 4
Figure 347: BIOS time menu Software
The currently configured system time is displayed here. The time is buffered by a battery (CMOS
battery) after the Power Panel device has been switched off.

By selecting the item "Time" and the confirming by pressing Enter, or using the shortcut "A", you
can enter a new system time. The format HH:MM[:SS] must be entered as follows:

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 463

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

Example: Set time to 13:00:00.

The entry can be made in three different ways using the keyboard:

• 13:00:00 - Confirm with Enter

• 01:00:00 PM - Confirm with Enter
• 13: - Confirm with Enter

Information:
If using a German keyboard, press the "Shift+ö" key to enter ":".

2.2.3 Date

Figure 348: BIOS date menu

The current system date is displayed here. The date is buffered by a battery (CMOS battery)
after the Power Panel device has been switched off.

By selecting the item "Date" and the confirming by pressing Enter, or using the shortcut "B", you
can enter a new system date. The format MM:DD:YYYY must be entered as shown in the
following example:

Example: Set date to 2.12.2003.

Entry using keyboard:

• 02/12/2003 - Confirm with Enter

Information:
If using a German keyboard, press the "-" key (next to the Shift key) to enter "/".

464 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

2.2.4 Motherboard device configuration

Figure 349: BIOS motherboard device configuration menu

Shortcut BIOS setup menu Function

D Drive configuration Settings for the floppy drive and CompactFlash card.
S Super I/O configuration Configures the super I/O device.
V Video and flat panel configuration Displays the video settings and configuration for resolution, brightness, and contrast
display parameters.
P PCI configuration Configures PCI bus settings.
U USB configuration Configures USB settings.

Chapter 4
R Return to main menu Exits the current page and returns to the BIOS main menu.

Software
Table 154: BIOS motherboard device configuration menu

Drive configuration

Figure 350: BIOS drive configuration menu

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 465

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

BIOS setting Meaning Setting options Effect

IDE BIOS support Displays the IDE configuration for the None -
Power Panel device.
Chipset IDE channel Displays the IDE channel used. None -
DMA/UDMA BIOS DMA/UDMA BIOS support can be Enabled Enables this function.
support configured here.
Disabled Only PIO modes for data transfer to and from
CompactFlash cards are used.
Max The maximum data transfer mode to and Auto Configures the fastest mode supported by the
PIO/MDMA/UDMA from a CompactFlash card can be inserted CompactFlash card.
mode for CF card configured here.

Information:
If a mode is configured that is not PIO 0 to PIO 4 Manual configuration option for PIO mode.
supported by the CompactFlash card,
then the fastest supported mode is MDMA 0 to MDMA 2 Manual configuration option for MDMA mode.
configured. UDMA 0 to UDMA 2 Manual configuration option for UDMA mode.
Model number Displays the CompactFlash model ID. None -
Capabilities Displays the possible data transfer mode None -
speeds to and from an inserted
CompactFlash card.
Phy. geometry Displays the physical geometry of the None -
inserted CompactFlash card in cylinders,
heads and sectors.
Log. geometry Displays the logical geometry of the None -
inserted CompactFlash card in cylinders,
heads and sectors.
Floppy configuration Floppy support (USB) can be enabled Enabled Enables USB floppy support.
here.
It is also possible to access a remote
floppy drive and e.g. upgrade BIOS using
the REMHOST program (see section Disabled Disables USB floppy support.
"REMHOST utility disk" on page 513).
Boot order Configures the order in which memory Floppy disk 1) The device attempts to boot from this drive first.
configuration media is booted.
1 CompactFlash
Information: NONE
If two identical devices are selected, a Floppy disk 1) The device attempts to boot from this drive
conflict warning is displayed. second.
2 CompactFlash
NONE

Table 155: BIOS drive configuration menu

1) Only HD diskettes (1.44 MB) are supported by BIOS.

466 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

Super I/O configuration

Figure 351: BIOS super I/O configuration menu

BIOS setting Meaning Setting options Effect

Serial port A: Configures the first UART address range Disabled No assignment.
and the corresponding interrupt for the
matrix controller. 0x3e8 IRQ 11 Use this address range and interrupt.
BIOS default setting: 0x3e8 IRQ 11. 0x3f8 IRQ 4

Information: 0x2f8 IRQ 3

Two ports cannot use the same 0x3e8 IRQ 4

address range and interrupt.
0x2f8 IRQ 3

Chapter 4
Software
0x2f8 IRQ 11
Serial port B: Configures the second UART address Disabled No assignment.
range and the corresponding interrupt for
the serial interface. 0x3f8 IRQ 4 Use this address range and interrupt.
BIOS default setting: 0x3f8 IRQ 4. 0x2f8 IRQ 3

Information: 0x3e8 IRQ 4

Two ports cannot use the same 0x2f8 IRQ 3

address range and interrupt.
0x3e8 IRQ 11
0x2f8 IRQ 11
Serial port C: Configures the third UART address range Disabled No assignment.
and the corresponding interrupt for the
touch controller. 0x2f8 IRQ 3 Use this address range and interrupt.
BIOS default setting: 0x2f8 IRQ 3. 0x3f8 IRQ 4

Information: 0x2f8 IRQ 3

Two ports cannot use the same 0x3e8 IRQ 4

address range and interrupt.
0x3e8 IRQ 11
0x2f8 IRQ 11

Table 156: BIOS super I/O configuration menu

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 467

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

Video and flat panel configuration

Figure 352: BIOS video configuration menu

BIOS setting Meaning Setting options Effect

Video memory Displays the current video memory None -
reserved by the main memory.
CRT mode Displays on an external screen. None -
Flat panel mode Displays on a Power Panel display. None -
Resolution Setting for the maximum resolution for the Auto The maximum resolution is read from the factory
display. settings and correctly configured automatically.

Information: Auto (+Timing) The maximum resolution and display timing are
read from the factory settings and correctly
Only the resolution specified for the configured automatically. If the display timing
Power Panel device should be cannot be set, the internal default values are
configured! Otherwise, the display can used.
be damaged by incorrect timing
values. QVGA(320x240) LCD Optimal setting for a QVGA LCD Power Panel.

If the mode/node switch is set to 0/0, QVGA(320x240) TFT Optimal setting for a QVGA TFT Power Panel.
then the resolution is automatically VGA (640x480) Optimal setting for a VGA Power Panel.
reset every time the Power Panel
device is restarted. SVGA (800x600) Optimal setting for a SVGA Power Panel.
XGA(1024x768) Optimal setting for a XGA Power Panel.
Brightness Setting for the background lighting of the Auto The optimal brightness is automatically
display. configured using the factory settings. A
brightness value between 100% and 0% is set.
Information:
0% to 100% Manual setting of the desired brightness within
If the mode/node switch is set to 0/0, factory settings limits.
then brightness settings are
automatically set to the default values
from the factory settings every time the
Power Panel device is restarted.

Table 157: BIOS video configuration menu

468 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

BIOS setting Meaning Setting options Effect

Contrast Setting for the contrast of the display. Auto The optimal contrast is automatically configured
using the factory settings. A contrast value
Information: between 100% and 0% is set.
Contrast settings can only be 0% to 100% Manual setting of the desired contrast within
configured for passive displays. If the factory settings limits.
mode/node switch is set to 0/0, then
contrast settings are automatically set
to the default factory settings every
time the Power Panel device is
restarted.

Table 157: BIOS video configuration menu (Forts.)

PCI configuration

Chapter 4
Software
Figure 353: BIOS PCI configuration menu

BIOS setting Meaning Setting options Effect

PCI INTA# Activates the IRQ for the Ethernet Disabled No IRQ is reserved.
controller.
BIOS default setting: IRQ 9. 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12, Assigns these IRQs.
14 or 15
PCI INTB# Activates IRQ for aPCI slot 1. Disabled No IRQ is reserved.
BIOS default setting: IRQ 5.
First IRQ for aPCI Slot 1 and IRQ for USB 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12, Assigns these IRQs.
controller. 14 or 15

PCI INTC# Activates IRQ for aPCI slot 2. Disabled No IRQ is reserved.
BIOS default setting: IRQ 10.
First IRQ for aPCI slot 2 and second IRQ 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12, Assigns these IRQs.
for aPCI slot 1. 14 or 15

PCI INTD# Activates IRQ for the USB controller. Disabled No IRQ is reserved.
BIOS default setting: IRQ 7.
Second IRQ for aPCI slot 2. 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12, Assigns these IRQs.
14 or 15

Table 158: BIOS PCI configuration menu

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 469

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

USB configuration

Figure 354: BIOS USB configuration menu

BIOS setting Meaning Setting options Effect

Legacy USB This function enables USB support in Enabled Enables USB Legacy support.
order to make BIOS settings, e.g. using a
USB keyboard, even before the operating
system with USB support is loaded.
Disabled Disables USB Legacy support.
Information:
Information:
If the mode/node switch is set to 0/0,
then Legacy USB support is always set After deactivating this support, booting from
to "enabled". a USB floppy drive is no longer possible.

Table 159: BIOS USB configuration menu

2.2.5 Memory optimization

Warning!
The parameters in this screen are for system designers, service personnel, and
technically competent users only. Only modify those settings that you completely
understand.

Incorrectly setting "Memory optimization" values can cause instability and even
cause the entire system not to boot. If the Power Panel device can no longer be
booted, then the default values can be restored by restarting three times.

Information:
More detailed information about the meaning and effects of the settings can also be
found in the corresponding user's manual for the processor.

470 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

Figure 355: BIOS memory optimization menu

BIOS setting Meaning Setting options Effect

Memory Defines how memory optimization is Conservative The BIOS automatically uses PC66 timing.
optimization handled.
With this option, it is recommended that Optimized BIOS uses optimized memory settings for the
the user upload the current base values memory chips used. This allows faster timing.
being used by the system from the CPU to Aggressive BIOS uses "aggressive" memory settings based
this BIOS page when setting values on the SPD and CPU speed.
manually for the first time.
Information:
Aggressive memory settings can cause
stability problems for the system.
Manual If "Manual" is selected, then the remaining values

Chapter 4
Software
can be configured on this BIOS menu page.
Values only become active when the user saves
them before exiting BIOS and the Power Panel is
rebooted.
Load current values All the specified values are configured on None The memory timing values currently used are
from CPU this BIOS setup page with the current uploaded by the CPU.
configured values. It is recommended that when using this option,
the user uploads optimal base values (that the
system uses) from the CPU to this BIOS page
when setting the values manually for the first
time.
MD control Configures MD[63:0] drive strength. 0 to 3 0 = weakest, 3 = strongest
MA/BA control Configures MA[12:0] and BA[1:0] drive 0 to 3 0 = weakest, 3 = strongest
strength.
MEM control Configures RASA#, CASA#, WEA#, 0 to 3 0 = weakest, 3 = strongest
CS[1:0]#, CKEA, DQM[7:0] drive strength.
SDRAM clock Configures SDRAM timing. 2; 2.5; 3; 3.5; 4; 4.5; 5 Sets DRAM clock timing.
ratio
Refresh interval This parameter defines the number of 00 to FF
processor core clocks that are multiplied
by 64 between refresh cycles of the
DRAM memory.

Table 160: BIOS memory optimization menu

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 471

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

BIOS setting Meaning Setting options Effect

Refresh stagger This parameter defines the number of 0 SDRAM clocks to
cycles between the RFSH command and 3 SDRAM clocks
each of the four rows.
2 CLK ADDR setup Enables the two-clock address setup Enabled Enables this function.
function.
Disabled Disables this function.
SMM mapping Maps the SMM memory area from Enabled Enables this function.
GX_BASE+400000 to the physical
address A0000 to BFFFF in SDRAM. Disabled Disables this function.

X-bus round robin Configures the priority levels for Enabled Processor, graphic and display controller
processor, graphic and display controller requests are treated with the same priority level.
requests.
Disabled Processor requests are given a higher priority
level. Display controller requests always have the
highest priority.
SDRAM shift This function makes switching possible for 0.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, or 3
SDCLK SDCLK SDRAM hold time requests.
No shift No switching.
Read data phase Configures the read data phase. 1 core clock After one core clock.
Regulates whether read data is latched to
one or two core clocks for the rising edges 2 core clocks After two core clocks.
of the SDCLK.
Fast read mask Prevents the bypassing of FIFO requests Enabled Enables this function.
via the core.
Disabled Disables this function.
CAS latency Column Address Strobe (CAS) latency 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 clk Sets the desired cycle time.
describes the time it takes between
addressing in a RAM block and preparing
the data stored at this address. The higher
the subsequent value, the greater the
delay.
tRC Sets the minimum number of SDRAM 2; 3; 4; 5; 6; 7; 8; 9; 10; Sets the desired cycle time.
cycles between RFSH and RFSH/ACT 11; 12; 13; 14; 15 or 16
commands. Clk
tRAS Sets the minimum number of SDRAM 2; 3; 4; 5; 6; 7; 8; 9; 10; Sets the desired cycle time.
cycles between ACT and PRE 11; 12; 13; 14; 15 or 16
commands. Clk
tRP Sets the minimum number of SDRAM 1; 2; 3; 4; 5; 6 or 7 Clk Sets the desired cycle time.
cycles between PRE and ACT
commands.
tRCD Configures the delay between the ACT 1; 2; 3; 4; 5; 6 or 7 Clk Sets the desired cycle time.
and READ/WRITE command. (tRCD)
Sets the minimum number of SDRAM
cycles between ACT and READ/WRITE
commands.
tRRD Configures the time between ACT(0) to 0-7
ACT(1) command period.
tDPL Sets the minimum number of SDRAM 1; 2; 3; 4; 5; 6; 7 Clk Sets the desired cycle time.
cycles between the time for the last record
date until the memory area
is reloaded.

Table 160: BIOS memory optimization menu (Forts.)

472 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

2.2.6 Advanced BIOS features

Figure 356: Advanced BIOS features menu

BIOS setting Meaning Setting options Effect

Boot logo Displays a boot logo while the Power Disabled No boot logo displayed during booting.
Panel is starting.
Enabled A B&R boot logo is displayed during booting as
long as a bitmap created by a user has not been
added.
Boot message Defines the duration of the "Press DEL for 0 No waiting.
timeout Setup" message on the display and how
much time the user has to change to the

Chapter 4
1-65535 [milliseconds] The system waits for the manually set value in

Software
BIOS configuration.
milliseconds and then resumes the boot
Information: procedure.

Can be resumed before the timeout

expires by pressing any button.
Summary screen Displays information about BIOS, VGA, Enabled Shows the summary screen.
VSA versions, devices found, etc.
Disabled Hides the summary screen.
Summary screen Defines how long the summary screen is 0 No waiting.
timeout displayed.
1-65535 [milliseconds] The manually set value in milliseconds that must
Information: pass.

Can be resumed before the timeout

expires by pressing any button.
Boot up NumLock Defines the status of an existing numeric On Enables the numeric keypad.
status keypad when the system is booted.
Off Disables the numeric keypad.
Clear memory After starting, the BIOS automatically Enabled The entire main memory is cleared.
clears the entire main memory. This makes sense, e.g. when the system to be
booted requires initialized main memory when
Information: booting.
Clearing e.g. 256 MB RAM takes Disabled Disables this function.
approximately 3 seconds.

Table 161: Advanced BIOS features menu

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 473

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

BIOS setting Meaning Setting options Effect

Cache enable The processor has a 16 kB fast L1 cache. Enabled Recurring commands are processed in the fast
The data for fast access is provided in this L1 cache.
memory.
Disabled Disables this function.
Cache mode Using cache mode, write accesses are None -
determined on the cache. This option is
permanently set to "Write back". The
information is only written in the main
memory if necessary (main memory and
cache do not have the same information
content).
System memory When activated, the buffer address length Enabled Enables this function.
patch is not returned as zero from the national
specific software interrupt 15h, the system
service function E8h and the sub-function
20h (Get system memory map).
Disabled Disables this function.
Information:
This function should be activated only
when using the Windows NT 4.0
operating system.
CPU ID patch If Windows NT 4.0 checks the CPU ID and Enabled Enables this function.
recognizes a Geode CPU, it will not be
able to be operated with it. Recognition is
implemented starting from Service Pack
6. For this reason, this function must be
enabled during installation of Windows NT
4.0 until Service Pack 6 has been Disabled Disables this function.
installed.

Information:
This function should be activated only
when using the Windows NT 4.0
operating system.

Table 161: Advanced BIOS features menu (Forts.)

474 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

2.2.7 Special OEM features

Figure 357: BIOS special OEM features menu

BIOS setting Meaning Setting options Effect

Show A boot logo that has been created by a Yes Display
(user boot logo) user can be displayed here instead of the
B&R boot logo.1) No

Info Displays the name and the creation date None -

of the user boot logo.
Pixels Displays the resolution of the user boot None -
logo.

Chapter 4
Software
User serial ID show A user serial number can be displayed in Yes Displays the assigned user serial ID.
the summary screen using this function
when the system is started.
No Hides the assigned user serial ID.
High word Input possibilities for the first 4 bytes for 0000-FFFF The hexadecimal value entered defines the first 4
the user serial number. positions of the user serial ID.
Low word Input possibilities for the second 4 bytes of 0000-FFFF The hexadecimal value entered defines the
the user serial number. second 4 positions of the user serial ID.
Password A password can be defined here which Max. 8 characters The password must be confirmed by being
must be entered by the user when the entered a second time. The password can be
BIOS setup is opened. removed again by entering a blank password (just
pressing Enter).

Information:
The password is also saved in the CMOS
backup and is impossible to delete.

Table 162: BIOS special functions menu

1) See section 2.4.3 "User boot logo upgrade disk" on page 511 regarding guidelines for creating a user boot logo.

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 475

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

2.2.8 Device information

Figure 358: BIOS device information menu

BIOS setting Meaning Setting options Effect

Mode/Node Displays the current mode/node switch None -
position.
Write protect Displays the switch position for the "write None -
protect" switch.
I/O address Displays the Ethernet I/O address. None -
MAC address Displays the assigned MAC address. None -
CPU intern Displays the current internal processor None -
temperature.
Board I/O Indicates the current board I/O None -
temperature.
Status The status for the last automatically saved None If the boot procedure is successful, then the
CMOS backup is displayed here. CMOS values are automatically saved by BIOS in
flash memory. Values are therefore only saved in
Date Date of the last automatically saved None flash memory if the backup is not equal to the
CMOS backup. current CMOS, the backup is not available, or the
Time Time of the last automatically created None backup checksum is incorrect.
CMOS backup.
Status Status display for factory settings. None -
Version Version display for factory settings. None -
Device ID Hex value for the device code of the None -
Power Panel device.
Compatibility ID The compatibility code of the Power Panel None -
device is displayed here.

Table 163: BIOS device information menu

476 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

BIOS setting Meaning Setting options Effect

Display ID Shows the display ID used. None -
Possible display IDs are:
00h - Unknown
10h - Passive displays (STN)
11h - LCD B/W QVGA
12h - LCD COL QVGA
20h - Active displays (TFT) with QVGA
30h - Active displays (TFT) with VGA
40h - Active displays (TFT) with SVGA
50h - Active displays (TFT) with XVGA
Brightness The defined brightness values (minimum, None -
default, maximum) for the display used
are shown here as hex values.
Contrast The defined contrast values (minimum, None -
default, maximum) for the display used
are shown here as hex values.
aPCI slot 1 Information about an installed aPCI None -
Module ID module in aPCI slot 1 of the Power Panel
Device ID device is displayed here.
aPCI slot 1 Information about an installed aPCI None -
Module ID module in aPCI slot 2 of the Power Panel
Device ID device is displayed here.

Table 163: BIOS device information menu (Forts.)

Chapter 4
Software

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 477

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

2.2.9 Firmware configuration

Figure 359: BIOS firmware configuration menu

BIOS setting Meaning Setting options Effect

Onboard FPGA The onboard FPGA controls the image Enabled The onboard FPGA is enabled and initialized.
Boot output for Power Panel 200 devices with
BIOS. Disabled Deactivates the FPGA.
If this function is deactivated, then no picture is
output on Power Panel 200 devices. This function
can only be re-enabled using the program
"REMHOST" (see section "REMHOST utility
disk" on page 513).
Info Information about the FPGA firmware. None -
Status Status display for the onboard FPGA. None -
aPCI slot 1 A connected aPCI module in the aPCI slot Enabled The aPCI module is booted if a corresponding
Boot 1 is initialized and booted as long as valid firmware file is burned in flash memory of the
firmware is available. Power Panel.
Disabled The aPCI module is not booted by BIOS.
Info Information about a stored boot file for the None -
aPCI slot 1 in flash memory.
Status Status display for aPCI slot 1 modules. None -
aPCI slot 2 A connected aPCI module in the aPCI slot Enabled The aPCI module is booted if a corresponding
Boot 2 is initialized and booted as long as valid firmware file is burned in flash memory of the
firmware is available. Power Panel.
Disabled The aPCI module is not booted by BIOS.
Info Information about a stored boot file for the None -
aPCI slot 2 in flash memory.
Status Status display for aPCI slot 2 modules. None -

Table 164: BIOS firmware configuration menu

478 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

2.2.10 Restore CMOS values

Figure 360: BIOS restore CMOS values menu

Selecting "Yes" under this BIOS menu (R shortcut) restores the last CMOS values stored in flash
memory. All configurable CMOS values (besides date and time) are restored again in the BIOS
setup.

Information:
If the boot procedure is successful, then the CMOS values are automatically saved
by BIOS in flash memory. Values are therefore only saved in flash memory if the

Chapter 4
backup is not equal to the current CMOS, the backup is not available, or the backup

Software
checksum is incorrect.

To protect CMOS data, a CMOS backup was integrated into BIOS. If the BIOS setup was ended
using "Save values and exit" and the Power Panel device was correctly restarted, then the
CMOS data is burned to flash memory. If the CMOS checksum is incorrect during startup
(battery dead) or the Power Panel device cannot be booted correctly three times consecutively,
then the salvaged data from flash memory is copied again to CMOS. Setup is back to its original
state, except for the time.

Information:
If using a German keyboard, press the "z" key to enter "y".

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 479

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

2.2.11 Load optimized defaults

Figure 361: BIOS load optimized defaults menu

By clicking on "Yes", optimal BIOS settings for best performance can be loaded using this BIOS
menu item (L shortcut).

Information:
These settings are also recommended by B&R.

Information:
If using a German keyboard, press the "z" key to enter "y".

480 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

2.2.12 Load previous values

Figure 362: BIOS load previous values menu

Selecting "yes" under this BIOS menu item (P shortcut) reloads the values at the point when
BIOS setup was opened. All changes are lost.

Information:
If using a German keyboard, press the "z" key to enter "y".

2.2.13 Save values without exit

Chapter 4
Software

Figure 363: BIOS save values without exit menu

BIOS values are saved using this menu item (S shortcut) by selecting "Yes". The user can then
make additional settings or exit BIOS setup.

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 481

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

Information:
If using a German keyboard, press the "z" key to enter "y".

2.2.14 Exit without save

Figure 364: BIOS exit without save menu

BIOS setup can be exited by selecting "Yes" under this menu item (shortcut "Q") without saving
any changes that might have been made. The system is then automatically restarted.

Information:
If using a German keyboard, press the "z" key to enter "y".

482 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

2.2.15 Save values and exit

Figure 365: BIOS save values and exit menu

If "Yes" is selected under this menu item (X shortcut), the system saves the settings,
automatically exits BIOS setup, and reboots the system.

For more information about the CMOS backup, see the section 2.5 "CMOS backup".

Information:
If using a German keyboard, press the "z" key to enter "y".

Chapter 4
Software

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 483

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

2.3 BIOS settings for QVGA Power Panel devices

Information:
The following diagrams and BIOS menu items including descriptions refer to BIOS
version 1.05. It is therefore possible that these diagrams and BIOS descriptions do
not correspond with the installed BIOS version.

In the following pages, the individual BIOS setup pages for a QVGA Power Panel device will be
described in more detail.

2.3.1 BIOS setup main menu

Immediately after the DEL button is pressed during startup, the main BIOS setup menu appears.

Figure 366: BIOS setup main menu

The individual menu items are explained in detail in the following sections.

Shortcut BIOS setup menu Function

B Motherboard device Motherboard resources such as date, time, USB, PCI, etc. can be configured here.
configuration
M Memory optimization The settings for memory management can be made here.
A Advanced BIOS features Advanced BIOS options (boot logo, summary screen, cache areas) can be configured here.
O Special OEM features Specific B&R settings can be made here.
I Device information Important parameters (e.g. temperature, mode/node position, etc.) for a Power Panel device
are displayed here.
F Firmware configuration Onboard firmware for FPGA and aPCI modules can be configured here.
R Restore CMOS values Restores the last saved CMOS values from flash memory.
L Load optimized defaults Load the optimal BIOS settings for best performance.
P Load previous values Reloads values configured when BIOS setup was opened. All changes are lost.
S Save values without exit Saves BIOS values without exiting BIOS setup.
Q Exit without save Exits BIOS setup without saving any changes.
X Save values and exit Saves settings and exits BIOS setup.

Table 165: Overview of BIOS main menu functions

484 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

Information:
If using a German keyboard, press the "z" key to enter "y".

2.3.2 Motherboard device configuration

Figure 367: BIOS motherboard device configuration

Shortcut BIOS setup menu Function

C Real-time clock configuration Sets the system date and the system time.
D Drive configuration Settings for the floppy drive and CompactFlash card.
S Super I/O configuration Configures the super I/O device.
V Video and flat panel configuration Displays the video settings and configuration for resolution, brightness, and contrast
display parameters.
P PCI configuration Configures PCI bus settings.
U USB configuration Configures USB settings.

Chapter 4
Software
R Return to main menu Exits the current page and returns to the BIOS main menu.

Table 166: BIOS motherboard device configuration menu

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 485

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

Real-time clock configuration

Figure 368: BIOS real-time clock configuration

Shortcut BIOS setup menu Function

T Time Sets the system time.
D Date Sets the system date.

Table 167: BIOS real-time clock configuration menu

Time

The currently configured system time is displayed here. The time is buffered by a battery (CMOS
battery) after the Power Panel device has been switched off.

By selecting the item "Time" and the confirming by pressing Enter, or using the shortcut "A", you
can enter a new system time. The format HH:MM[:SS] must be entered as follows:

Example: Set time to 13:00:00.

The entry can be made in three different ways using the keyboard:

• 13:00:00 - Confirm with Enter

• 01:00:00 PM - Confirm with Enter
• 13: - Confirm with Enter

Information:
If using a German keyboard, press the "Shift+ö" key to enter ":".

486 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

Date

The current system date is displayed here. The date is buffered by a battery (CMOS battery)
after the Power Panel device has been switched off.

By selecting the item "Date" and the confirming by pressing Enter, or using the shortcut "B", you
can enter a new system date. The format MM:DD:YYYY must be entered as shown in the
following example:

Example: Set date to 2.12.2003.

Entry using keyboard:

• 02/12/2003 - Confirm with Enter

Information:
If using a German keyboard, press the "-" key (next to the Shift key) to enter "/".

Drive configuration

Chapter 4
Software
Figure 369: BIOS drive configuration menu

BIOS setting Meaning Setting options Effect

IDE BIOS support Displays the IDE configuration of the None -
Power Panel.
Chipset IDE channel Displays the IDE channel used. None -
DMA/UDMA BIOS DMA/UDMA BIOS support can be Enabled Enables this function.
support configured here.
Disabled Only PIO modes for data transfer to and from
CompactFlash cards are used.

Table 168: BIOS drive configuration menu

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 487

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

BIOS setting Meaning Setting options Effect

Max The maximum data transfer mode to and Auto Configures the fastest mode supported by the
PIO/MDMA/UDMA from a CompactFlash card can be inserted CompactFlash card.
mode for CF card configured here.

Information:
If a mode is configured that is not PIO 0 to PIO 4 Manual configuration option for PIO mode.
supported by the CompactFlash card,
then the fastest supported mode is MDMA 0 to MDMA 2 Manual configuration option for MDMA mode.
configured. UDMA 0 to UDMA 2 Manual configuration option for UDMA mode.
Floppy configuration Floppy support (USB) can be enabled Enabled Enables USB floppy support.
here.
It is also possible to access a remote
floppy drive and e.g. upgrade BIOS using
the REMHOST program (see section Disabled Disables USB floppy support.
"REMHOST utility disk" on page 513).
Boot order Configures the order in which memory Floppy disk 1) The device attempts to boot from this drive first.
configuration media is booted.
1 CompactFlash
Information: NONE
If two identical devices are selected, a Floppy disk 1) The device attempts to boot from this drive
conflict warning is displayed. second.
2 CompactFlash
NONE

Table 168: BIOS drive configuration menu (Forts.)

1) Only HD diskettes (1.44 MB) are supported by BIOS.

Super I/O configuration

Figure 370: BIOS super I/O configuration menu

488 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

BIOS setting Meaning Setting options Effect

Serial port A: Configures the first UART address range Disabled No assignment.
and the corresponding interrupt for the
matrix controller. 0x3e8 IRQ 11 Use this address range and interrupt.
BIOS default setting: 0x3e8 IRQ 11. 0x3f8 IRQ 4

Information: 0x2f8 IRQ 3

Two ports cannot use the same 0x3e8 IRQ 4

address range and interrupt.
0x2f8 IRQ 3
0x2f8 IRQ 11
Serial port B: Configures the second UART address Disabled No assignment.
range and the corresponding interrupt for
the serial interface. 0x3f8 IRQ 4 Use this address range and interrupt.
BIOS default setting: 0x3f8 IRQ 4. 0x2f8 IRQ 3

Information: 0x3e8 IRQ 4

Two ports cannot use the same 0x2f8 IRQ 3

address range and interrupt.
0x3e8 IRQ 11
0x2f8 IRQ 11
Serial port C: Configures the third UART address range Disabled No assignment.
and the corresponding interrupt for the
touch controller. 0x2f8 IRQ 3 Use this address range and interrupt.
BIOS default setting: 0x2f8 IRQ 3. 0x3f8 IRQ 4

Information: 0x2f8 IRQ 3

Two ports cannot use the same 0x3e8 IRQ 4

address range and interrupt.
0x3e8 IRQ 11
0x2f8 IRQ 11

Chapter 4
Software
Table 169: BIOS super I/O configuration menu

Video and flat panel configuration

Figure 371: BIOS video configuration menu

BIOS setting Meaning Setting options Effect

Video memory Displays the current video memory None -
reserved by the main memory.
CRT mode Displays on an external screen. None -

Table 170: BIOS video configuration menu

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 489

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

BIOS setting Meaning Setting options Effect

Flat panel mode Displays on a Power Panel display. None -
Resolution Setting for the maximum resolution for the Auto The maximum resolution is read from the factory
display. settings and correctly configured automatically.

Information: Auto (+Timing) The maximum resolution and display timing are
read from the factory settings and correctly
Only the resolution specified for the configured automatically. If the display timing
Power Panel device should be cannot be set, the internal default values are
configured! Otherwise, the display can used.
be damaged by incorrect timing
values. QVGA(320x240) LCD Optimal setting for a QVGA LCD Power Panel.

If the mode/node switch is set to 0/0, QVGA(320x240) TFT Optimal setting for a QVGA TFT Power Panel.
then the resolution is automatically VGA (640x480) Optimal setting for a VGA Power Panel.
reset every time the Power Panel
device is restarted. SVGA (800x600) Optimal setting for a SVGA Power Panel.
XGA(1024x768) Optimal setting for a XGA Power Panel.
Brightness Setting for the background lighting of the Auto The optimal brightness is automatically
display. configured using the factory settings. A
brightness value between 100% and 0% is set.
Information:
0% to 100% Manual setting of the desired brightness within
If the mode/node switch is set to 0/0, factory settings limits.
then brightness settings are
automatically set to the default values
from the factory settings every time the
Power Panel device is restarted.
Contrast Setting for the contrast of the display. Auto The optimal contrast is automatically configured
using the factory settings. A contrast value
Information: between 100% and 0% is set.
Contrast settings can only be 0% to 100% Manual setting of the desired contrast within
configured for passive displays. If the factory settings limits.
mode/node switch is set to 0/0, then
contrast settings are automatically set
to the default factory settings every
time the Power Panel device is
restarted.

Table 170: BIOS video configuration menu (Forts.)

PCI configuration

Figure 372: BIOS PCI configuration menu

490 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

BIOS setting Meaning Setting options Effect

PCI INTA# Activates the IRQ for the Ethernet Disabled No IRQ is reserved.
controller.
BIOS default setting: IRQ 9. 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12, Assigns these IRQs.
14 or 15
PCI INTB# Activates IRQ for aPCI slot 1. Disabled No IRQ is reserved.
BIOS default setting: IRQ 5.
First IRQ for aPCI Slot 1 and IRQ for USB 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12, Assigns these IRQs.
controller. 14 or 15

PCI INTC# Activates IRQ for aPCI slot 2. Disabled No IRQ is reserved.
BIOS default setting: IRQ 10.
First IRQ for aPCI slot 2 and second IRQ 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12, Assigns these IRQs.
for aPCI slot 1. 14 or 15

PCI INTD# Activates IRQ for the USB controller. Disabled No IRQ is reserved.
BIOS default setting: IRQ 7.
Second IRQ for aPCI slot 2. 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12, Assigns these IRQs.
14 or 15

Table 171: BIOS PCI configuration menu

USB configuration

Chapter 4
Software
Figure 373: BIOS USB configuration menu

BIOS setting Meaning Setting options Effect

Legacy USB This function enables USB support in Enabled Enables USB Legacy support.
order to make BIOS settings, e.g. using a
USB keyboard, even before the operating
system with USB support is loaded.
Disabled Disables USB Legacy support.
Information:
Information:
If the mode/node switch is set to 0/0,
then Legacy USB support is always set After deactivating this support, booting from
to "enabled". a USB floppy drive is no longer possible.

Table 172: BIOS USB configuration menu

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 491

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

2.3.3 Memory optimization

Warning!
The parameters in this screen are for system designers, service personnel, and
technically competent users only. Only modify those settings that you completely
understand.

Incorrectly setting "Memory optimization" values can cause instability and even
cause the entire system not to boot. If the Power Panel device can no longer be
booted, then the default values can be restored by restarting three times.

Information:
More detailed information about the meaning and effects of the settings can also be
found in the corresponding user's manual for the processor.

Figure 374: BIOS memory optimization menu

BIOS setting Meaning Setting options Effect

Memory Defines how memory optimization is Conservative The BIOS automatically uses PC66 timing.
optimization handled.
With this option, it is recommended that Optimized BIOS uses optimized memory settings for the
the user upload the current base values memory chips used. This allows faster timing.
being used by the system from the CPU to Aggressive BIOS uses "aggressive" memory settings based
this BIOS page when setting values on the SPD and CPU speed.
manually for the first time.
Information.
Aggressive memory settings can cause
stability problems for the system.
Manual If "Manual" is selected then the remaining 3
submenus are active, in order to be able to make
the changes.

Table 173: BIOS memory optimization menu

492 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

BIOS setting Meaning Setting options Effect

Load current values All the specified values are configured on None The memory timing values currently used are
from CPU this BIOS setup page with the current uploaded by the CPU.
configured values. It is recommended that when using this option,
the user uploads optimal base values (that the
system uses) from the CPU to this BIOS page
when setting the values manually for the first
time.
MC_MEM_CNTRL1 The memory control register None -
settings MC_MEM_CNTRL1 can be configured
here. Only active if "Memory optimization"
is set to "Manual". See section
"MC_MEM_CNTRL1 settings" on
page 493.
MC_MEM_CNTRL2 The memory control register None -
settings MC_MEM_CNTRL2 can be configured
here. Only active if "Memory optimization"
is set to "Manual". See section
"MC_MEM_CNTRL2 settings" on
page 494.
MC_SYNC_TIM1 The memory control register None -
settings MC_SYNC_TIM1 can be configured here.
Only active if "Memory optimization" is set
to "Manual". See section
"MC_SYNC_TIM1 Settings" on page 495.

Table 173: BIOS memory optimization menu (Forts.)

MC_MEM_CNTRL1 settings

Chapter 4
Software

Figure 375: MC_MEM_CNTRL1 settings

BIOS setting Meaning Setting options Effect

MD control Configures MD[63:0] drive strength. 0 to 3 0 = weakest, 3 = strongest
MA/BA control Configures MA[12:0] and BA[1:0] drive 0 to 3 0 = weakest, 3 = strongest
strength.
MEM control Configures RASA#, CASA#, WEA#, 0 to 3 0 = weakest, 3 = strongest
CS[1:0]#, CKEA, DQM[7:0] drive strength.
SDRAM clock Configures SDRAM timing. 2; 2.5; 3; 3.5; 4; 4.5; 5 Sets DRAM clock timing.
ratio

Table 174: BIOS MC_MEM_CNTRL1 settings menu

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 493

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

BIOS setting Meaning Setting options Effect

Refresh interval This parameter defines the number of 00 to FF
processor core clocks that are multiplied
by 64 between refresh cycles of the
DRAM memory.
Refresh stagger This parameter defines the number of 0 SDRAM clocks to
cycles between the RFSH command and 3 SDRAM clocks
each of the four rows.
2 CLK ADDR setup Enables the two-clock address setup Enabled Enables this function.
function.
Disabled Disables this function.
SMM mapping Maps the SMM memory area from Enabled Enables this function.
GX_BASE+400000 to the physical
address A0000 to BFFFF in SDRAM. Disabled Disables this function.

X-bus round robin Configures the priority levels for Enabled Processor, graphic and display controller
processor, graphic and display controller requests are treated with the same priority level.
requests.
Disabled Processor requests are given a higher priority
level. Display controller requests always have the
highest priority.

Table 174: BIOS MC_MEM_CNTRL1 settings menu (Forts.)

MC_MEM_CNTRL2 settings

Figure 376: MC_MEM_CNTRL2 settings

BIOS setting Meaning Setting options Effect

SDRAM shift This function makes switching possible for 0.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, or 3
SDCLK SDCLK SDRAM hold time requests.
No shift No switching.
Read data phase Configures the read data phase. 1 core clock After one core clock.
Regulates whether read data is latched to
one or two core clocks for the rising edges 2 core clocks After two core clocks.
of the SDCLK.
Fast read mask Prevents the bypassing of FIFO requests Enabled Enables this function.
via the core.
Disabled Disables this function.

Table 175: BIOS MC_MEM_CNTRL2 settings menu

494 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

MC_SYNC_TIM1 Settings

Figure 377: MC_SYNC_TIM1 settings

BIOS setting Meaning Setting options Effect

CAS latency Column Address Strobe (CAS) latency 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 clk Sets the desired cycle time.
describes the time it takes between
addressing in a RAM block and preparing
the data stored at this address. The higher
the subsequent value, the greater the
delay.
tRC Sets the minimum number of SDRAM 2; 3; 4; 5; 6; 7; 8; 9; 10; Sets the desired cycle time.
cycles between RFSH and RFSH/ACT 11; 12; 13; 14; 15 or 16
commands. Clk
tRAS Sets the minimum number of SDRAM 2; 3; 4; 5; 6; 7; 8; 9; 10; Sets the desired cycle time.
cycles between ACT and PRE 11; 12; 13; 14; 15 or 16
commands. Clk
tRP Sets the minimum number of SDRAM 1; 2; 3; 4; 5; 6 or 7 Clk Sets the desired cycle time.
cycles between PRE and ACT

Chapter 4
commands.

Software
tRCD Configures the delay between the ACT 1; 2; 3; 4; 5; 6 or 7 Clk Sets the desired cycle time.
and READ/WRITE command. (tRCD)
Sets the minimum number of SDRAM
cycles between ACT and READ/WRITE
commands.
tRRD Configures the time between ACT(0) to 0-7
ACT(1) command period.
tDPL Sets the minimum number of SDRAM 1; 2; 3; 4; 5; 6; 7 Clk Sets the desired cycle time.
cycles between the time for the last record
date until the memory area
is reloaded.

Table 176: BIOS MC_SYNC_TIM1 settings menu

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 495

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

2.3.4 Advanced BIOS features

Figure 378: Advanced BIOS features menu

BIOS setting Meaning Setting options Effect

Boot logo Displays a boot logo while the Power Disabled No boot logo displayed during booting.
Panel is starting.
Enabled A B&R boot logo is displayed during booting as
long as a bitmap created by a user has not been
added.
Boot message Defines the duration of the "Press DEL for 0 No waiting.
timeout Setup" message on the display and how
much time the user has to change to the
BIOS configuration. 1-65535 [milliseconds] The system waits for the manually set value in
milliseconds and then resumes the boot
Information: procedure.

Can be resumed before the timeout

expires by pressing any button.
Summary screen Displays information about BIOS, VGA, Enabled Shows the summary screen.
VSA versions, devices found, etc.
Disabled Hides the summary screen.
Summary screen Defines how long the summary screen is 0 No waiting.
timeout displayed.
1-65535 [milliseconds] The manually set value in milliseconds that must
Information: pass.

Can be resumed before the timeout

expires by pressing any button.
Boot up NumLock Defines the status of an existing numeric On Enables the numeric keypad.
status keypad when the system is booted.
Off Disables the numeric keypad.
Clear memory After starting, the BIOS automatically Enabled The entire main memory is cleared.
clears the entire main memory. This makes sense, e.g. when the system to be
booted requires initialized main memory when
Information: booting.
Clearing e.g. 256 MB RAM takes Disabled Disables this function.
approximately 3 seconds.
Cache enable The processor has a 16 kB fast L1 cache. Enabled Recurring commands are processed in the fast
The data for fast access is provided in this L1 cache.
memory.
Disabled Disables this function.

Table 177: Advanced BIOS features menu

496 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

BIOS setting Meaning Setting options Effect

Cache mode Using cache mode, write accesses are None -
determined on the cache. This option is
permanently set to "Write back". The
information is only written in the main
memory if necessary (main memory and
cache do not have the same information
content).

Table 177: Advanced BIOS features menu (Forts.)

2.3.5 Special OEM features

Figure 379: BIOS special OEM features menu

BIOS setting Meaning Setting options Effect

Show A boot logo that has been created by a Yes Display
(user boot logo) user can be displayed here instead of the
B&R boot logo.1) No

Chapter 4
Software
Info Displays the name and the creation date None -
of the user boot logo.
Pixels Displays the resolution of the user boot None -
logo.
User serial ID show A user serial number can be displayed in Yes Displays the assigned user serial ID.
the summary screen using this function
when the system is started.
No Hides the assigned user serial ID.
High word Input possibilities for the first 4 bytes for 0000-FFFF The hexadecimal value entered defines the first 4
the user serial number. positions of the user serial ID.
Low word Input possibilities for the second 4 bytes of 0000-FFFF The hexadecimal value entered defines the
the user serial number. second 4 positions of the user serial ID.
Password A password can be defined here which Max. 8 characters The password must be confirmed by being
must be entered by the user when the entered a second time. The password can be
BIOS setup is opened. removed again by entering a blank password (just
pressing Enter).

Information:
The password is also saved in the CMOS
backup and is impossible to delete.

Table 178: BIOS special functions menu

1) See section 2.4.3 "User boot logo upgrade disk" on page 511 regarding guidelines for creating a user boot logo.

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 497

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

2.3.6 Device information

Figure 380: BIOS device information menu

Shortcut BIOS setup menu Function

C CF card information Information about the inserted CompactFlash card is displayed here.
T Interface information Information about the mode/node switch position, the Ethernet controller and
available aPCI modules is displayed here.
M Miscellaneous values Displays CPU and board I/O temperature and information about the last CMOS
backup.
F Factory settings Information for factory settings.
R Return to main menu Exits current page and return to Main Menu.

Table 179: BIOS real-time clock configuration menu

CF card information

Figure 381: BIOS CF card information menu

BIOS setting Meaning Setting options Effect

Model number Displays the CompactFlash model ID. None -
Capabilities Displays the possible data transfer mode None -
speeds to and from an inserted
CompactFlash card.
Phy. geometry Displays the physical geometry of the None -
inserted CompactFlash card in cylinders,
heads and sectors.

Table 180: BIOS CF card information menu

498 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

BIOS setting Meaning Setting options Effect

Log. geometry Displays the logical geometry of the None -
inserted CompactFlash card in cylinders,
heads and sectors.

Table 180: BIOS CF card information menu (Forts.)

Interface information

Figure 382: BIOS interface information menu

BIOS setting Meaning Setting options Effect

Mode/Node Displays the current mode/node switch None -
position.
Write protect Displays the switch position for the "write None -
protect" switch.
I/O address Displays the Ethernet I/O address. None -
MAC address Displays the assigned MAC address. None -

Chapter 4
Software
aPCI slot 1 Information about an installed aPCI None -
Module ID module in aPCI slot 1 of the Power Panel
Device ID device is displayed here.
aPCI slot 1 Information about an installed aPCI None -
Module ID module in aPCI slot 2 of the Power Panel
Device ID device is displayed here.

Table 181: BIOS interface information menu

Miscellaneous values

Figure 383: BIOS miscellaneous values menu

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 499

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

BIOS setting Meaning Setting options Effect

CPU intern Displays the current internal processor None -
temperature.
Board I/O Indicates the current board I/O None -
temperature.
Status The status for the last automatically saved None If the boot procedure is successful, then the
CMOS backup is displayed here. CMOS values are automatically saved by BIOS in
flash memory. Values are therefore only saved in
Date Date of the last automatically saved None flash memory if the backup is not equal to the
CMOS backup. current CMOS, the backup is not available, or the
Time Time of the last automatically created None backup checksum is incorrect.
CMOS backup.

Table 182: BIOS miscellaneous values menu

Factory settings

Figure 384: BIOS factory settings menu

BIOS setting Meaning Setting options Effect

Status Status display for factory settings. None Status
Version Version display for factory settings. None Version
Device ID Hex value for the device code of the None Device ID
Power Panel device.
Compatibility ID The compatibility code of the Power Panel None Compatibility ID
device is displayed here.
Display ID Shows the display ID used. None -
Possible display IDs are:
00h - Unknown
10h - Passive displays (STN)
11h - LCD B/W QVGA
12h - LCD COL QVGA
20h - Active displays (TFT) with QVGA
30h - Active displays (TFT) with VGA
40h - Active displays (TFT) with SVGA
50h - Active displays (TFT) with XVGA
Brightness The defined brightness values (minimum, None -
default, maximum) for the display used
are shown here as hex values.

Table 183: BIOS factory settings menu

500 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

BIOS setting Meaning Setting options Effect

Contrast The defined contrast values (minimum, None -
default, maximum) for the display used
are shown here as hex values.

Table 183: BIOS factory settings menu (Forts.)

2.3.7 Firmware configuration

Figure 385: BIOS firmware configuration menu

BIOS setting Meaning Setting options Effect

Onboard FPGA The onboard FPGA controls the image Enabled The onboard FPGA is enabled and initialized.
Boot output for Power Panel 200 devices with
BIOS. Disabled Deactivates the FPGA.
If this function is deactivated, then no picture is
output on Power Panel 200 devices. This function
can only be re-enabled using the program
"REMHOST" (see section "REMHOST utility
disk" on page 513).

Chapter 4
Software
Info Information about the FPGA firmware. None -
Status Status display for the onboard FPGA. None -
aPCI slot 1 A connected aPCI module in the aPCI slot Enabled The aPCI module is booted if a corresponding
Boot 1 is initialized and booted as long as valid firmware file is burned in flash memory of the
firmware is available. Power Panel.
Disabled The aPCI module is not booted by BIOS.
Info Information about a stored boot file for the None -
aPCI slot 1 in flash memory.
Status Status display for aPCI slot 1 modules. None -
aPCI slot 2 A connected aPCI module in the aPCI slot Enabled The aPCI module is booted if a corresponding
Boot 2 is initialized and booted as long as valid firmware file is burned in flash memory of the
firmware is available. Power Panel.
Disabled The aPCI module is not booted by BIOS.
Info Information about a stored boot file for the None -
aPCI slot 2 in flash memory.
Status Status display for aPCI slot 2 modules. None -

Table 184: BIOS firmware configuration menu

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 501

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

2.3.8 Restore CMOS values

Figure 386: BIOS restore CMOS values menu

Selecting "Yes" under this BIOS menu (R shortcut) restores the last CMOS values stored in flash
memory. All configurable CMOS values (besides date and time) are restored again in the BIOS
setup.

Information:
If the boot procedure is successful, then the CMOS values are automatically saved
by BIOS in flash memory. Values are therefore only saved in flash memory if the
backup is not equal to the current CMOS, the backup is not available, or the backup
checksum is incorrect.

To protect CMOS data, a CMOS backup was integrated into BIOS. If the BIOS setup was ended
using "Save values and exit" and the Power Panel device was correctly restarted, then the
CMOS data is burned to flash memory. If the CMOS checksum is incorrect during startup
(battery dead) or the Power Panel device cannot be booted correctly three times consecutively,
then the salvaged data from flash memory is copied again to CMOS. Setup is back to its original
state, except for the time.

2.3.9 Load optimized defaults

Figure 387: BIOS load optimized defaults menu

By clicking on "Yes", optimal BIOS settings for best performance can be loaded using this BIOS
menu item (L shortcut).

502 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

Information:
These settings are also recommended by B&R.

Information:
If using a German keyboard, press the "z" key to enter "y".

2.3.10 Load previous values

Figure 388: BIOS load previous values menu

Selecting "yes" under this BIOS menu item (P shortcut) reloads the values at the point when
BIOS setup was opened. All changes are lost.

Information:

Chapter 4
Software
If using a German keyboard, press the "z" key to enter "y".

2.3.11 Save values without exit

Figure 389: BIOS save values without exit menu

BIOS values are saved using this menu item (S shortcut) by selecting "Yes". The user can then
make additional settings or exit BIOS setup.

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 503

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

Information:
If using a German keyboard, press the "z" key to enter "y".

2.3.12 Exit without save

Figure 390: BIOS exit without save menu

BIOS setup can be exited by selecting "Yes" under this menu item (shortcut "Q") without saving
any changes that might have been made. The system is then automatically restarted.

Information:
If using a German keyboard, press the "z" key to enter "y".

2.3.13 Save values and exit

Figure 391: BIOS save values and exit menu

If "Yes" is selected under this menu item (X shortcut), the system saves the settings,
automatically exits BIOS setup, and reboots the system.

For more information about the CMOS backup, see the section 2.5 "CMOS backup".

Information:
If using a German keyboard, press the "z" key to enter "y".

504 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

2.3.14 Help

Figure 392: BIOS help menu

This menu item (H shortcut) displays a help page containing the most important key
assignments.

Chapter 4
Software

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 505

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

2.4 BIOS upgrade und utilities

Information:
The following diagrams and BIOS menu items including descriptions refer to BIOS
Version 1.12. It is therefore possible that these diagrams and BIOS descriptions do
not correspond with the installed BIOS version.

BIOS Upgrade & Utilities consists of the following parts:

• BIOS upgrade disk

• aPCI firmware upgrade disk
• User boot logo upgrade disk
• REMHOST utility disk

506 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

2.4.1 BIOS upgrade disk

An upgrade might be necessary for the following reason:

• To update implemented functions or to add newly implemented functions or components

to the BIOS setup (information about changes can be found in the Readme files of the
BIOS upgrade).
A current BIOS upgrade can be found on the HMI Drivers & Utilities CD-ROM (model number
5S0000.01-090 starting from version 1.49) or directly downloaded from the download area on
the B&R homepage (www.br-automation.com).

Procedure

The following steps should be carried out to upgrade or save BIOS:

• First, a blank HD disk must be made bootable (command line "sys a:" or "format a: /s").
or "format a: /s").

Information:
For the upgrade, a boot disk must be created (or a bootable CompactFlash card)
with Windows ME, Windows XP or MS-DOS 6.22.

MS-DOS boot disks function with BIOS versions earlier than 1.02 only with
REMHOST.

• Copy the contents of the *.zip file to this diskette.

Chapter 4
Software
• Insert diskette in the USB floppy disk drive and reboot the Power Panel device (possibly
from the floppy disk drive of a remote PCs using REMHOST, see also section 2.4.4
"REMHOST utility disk" on page 513). For more on the settings required for the Power
Panel device when booting from a disk, please refer to section "Drive configuration" on
page 465 for VGA, SVGA and XGA Power Panel devices and section "Drive
configuration" on page 487 for QVGA Power Panel devices.
• After booting from the diskette, the following start menu opens up:

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 507

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

Microsoft Windows Startup Menu

===================================

1. Upgrade complete System (BIOS,FPGA)

2. Upgrade XpressROM BIOS
3. Upgrade FPGA Firmware
4. Save complete System (BIOS, FPGA)
5. Save XpressROM BIOS
6. Save FPGA Firmware
7. Exit

Enter a choice:_

Figure 393: BIOS upgrade start menu

Item Menu item Description

1 Upgrade complete system (BIOS, FPGA) All BIOS areas (XpressROM and FPGA firmware) are automatically updated (default
after 5 sec).
2 Upgrade XpressROM BIOS only Only the XpressROM BIOS is automatically updated.
3 Upgrade FPGA firmware only Only the FPGA firmware is automatically updated.
4 Save complete system All BIOS areas (XpressROM and FPGA firmware) are automatically protected.

Information:
It's necessary to have up to 448 KB of free space on the disk.
5 Save XpressROM BIOS only Only the XpressROM BIOS is automatically protected.

Information:
It's necessary to have approximately 256 KB of free space on the disk.
6 Save FPGA firmware only Only the FPGA firmware is automatically protected.

Information:
It's necessary to have up to 192 KB of free space on the disk.
7 Exit Returns to the shell (MS-DOS).

Table 185: BIOS upgrade menu description

Information:
If you do not press a button within 5 seconds, then step 1 "Upgrade complete
system" (BIOS, FPGA) is automatically carried out and the Power Panel is
independently updated.

If you want to individually upgrade the XpressROM or the FPGA firmware, then these options
can be selected in the start menu (2 or 3). It is also possible to protect the existing BIOS or
individual components. For this, there must be approximately 448 KB free space on the disk.
Otherwise, "Save..." functions might not be able to be executed.

• The system must be rebooted after a successful upgrade.

508 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

2.4.2 aPCI firmware upgrade disk

A software tool for backing up or upgrading aPCI firmware can be downloaded directly from the
service portal of the B&R homepage (www.br-automation.com).

Procedure

The following steps should be taken to upgrade or save the firmware for aPCI modules:

• First, a blank HD disk must be made bootable (command line "sys a:" or "format a: /s").
or "format a: /s").

Information:
For the upgrade, a boot disk must be created (or a bootable CompactFlash card)
with Windows ME, Windows XP or MS-DOS 6.22.

MS-DOS boot disks function with BIOS versions earlier than 1.02 only with
REMHOST.

• Copy the contents of the *.zip file to this diskette.

• If a user wants to upgrade the aPCI firmware, then aPCI firmware files (FPGA files) for
aPCI modules must be copied to this disk. If there are already aPCI modules connected
to the Power Panel and BIOS V1.04 is installed, then the file name can be determined
automatically by XFLASH.EXE. Otherwise, the filename is queried by XFLASH.EXE or a
default file name is used: "apci1.rom" for aPCI slot 1, "apci2.rom" for aPCI slot 2 -> the
aPCI firmware file must be renamed beforehand!

Chapter 4
Software
Information:
The appropriate aPCI firmware files are available from B&R.

• Insert diskette in the USB floppy disk drive and reboot the Power Panel device (possibly
from the floppy disk drive of a remote PCs using REMHOST, see also section 2.4.4
"REMHOST utility disk" on page 513). For more on the settings required for the Power
Panel device when booting from a disk, please refer to section "Drive configuration" on
page 465 for VGA, SVGA and XGA Power Panel devices and section "Drive
configuration" on page 487 for QVGA Power Panel devices.
• After booting from the diskette, the following start menu opens up:

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 509

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

Microsoft Windows Startup Menu

===================================

1. Upgrade Firmware of both aPCI Slots

2. Upgrade Firmware of aPCI Slot 1
3. Upgrade Firmware of aPCI Slot 2
4. Save Firmware of both aPCI Slots
5. Save Firmware of aPCi Slot 1
6. Save Firmware of aPCi Slot 2
7. Exit

Enter a choice:_

Figure 394: aPCI firmware upgrade start menu

Item Menu item Description

1 Upgrade firmware of both aPCI slots The firmware for both aPCI slots is automatically updated (default after 5 seconds).
2 Upgrade firmware of aPCI slot 1 Only firmware from aPCI slot 1 is updated.
3 Upgrade firmware of aPCI slot 2 Only firmware from aPCI slot 2 is updated.
4 Save firmware of both aPCI slots Firmware for both aPCI slots are automatically saved.

Information:
It's necessary to have up to 384 KB of free space on the disk.
5 Save firmware of aPCI slot 1 Only firmware from aPCI slot 1 is saved.

Information:
It's necessary to have up to 192 KB of free space on the disk.
6 Save firmware of aPCI slot 2 Only firmware from aPCI slot 2 is saved.

Information:
It's necessary to have up to 192 KB of free space on the disk.
7 Exit Returns to the shell (MS-DOS).

Table 186: aPCI firmware upgrade menu description

Information:
If you do not press a button within 5 seconds, then step 1 "Upgrade firmware of both
aPCI Slots" is automatically carried out and the Power Panel is independently
updated.

• The system must be rebooted after a successful upgrade.

510 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

2.4.3 User boot logo upgrade disk

A software tool for updating, backing up, or deleting the user boot logo can be downloaded
directly from the service portal of the B&R homepage (www.br-automation.com).

Procedure

The following steps should be taken to update, save or delete a user boot:

• First, a blank HD disk must be made bootable (command line "sys a:" or "format a: /s").
or "format a: /s").

Information:
For the upgrade, a boot disk must be created (or a bootable CompactFlash card)
with Windows ME, Windows XP or MS-DOS 6.22.

MS-DOS boot disks function with BIOS versions earlier than 1.02 only with
REMHOST.

• Copy the contents of the *.zip file to this diskette.

• Create the user boot logo according to section "Guidelines for creating a user boot logo"
on page 512 and copy to the disk.
• Insert diskette in the USB floppy disk drive and reboot the Power Panel device (possibly
from the floppy disk drive of a remote PCs using REMHOST, see also section 2.4.4
"REMHOST utility disk" on page 513). For more on the settings required for the Power

Chapter 4
Software
Panel device when booting from a disk, please refer to section "Drive configuration" on
page 465 for VGA, SVGA and XGA Power Panel devices and section "Drive
configuration" on page 487 for QVGA Power Panel devices.
• After booting from the diskette, the following start menu opens up:

Microsoft Windows Startup Menu

===================================

1. Update User Boot Logo

2. Save User Boot Logo
3. Delete User Boot Logo
4. Exit

Enter a choice:_

Figure 395: User boot logo upgrade start menu

Item Menu item Description

1 Update user boot logo The user boot logo is automatically updated with the file USERLOGO.ROM (default
after 5 seconds).

Table 187: User boot logo upgrade menu description

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 511

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

Item Menu item Description

2 Save user boot logo The user boot logo is automatically saved in the file USERLOGO.SAV.

Information:
It's necessary to have up to 192 KB of free space on the disk.
3 Delete user boot logo An existing user boot logo is deleted in the flash.

Information:
The B&R boot logo is then automatically displayed again by BIOS.
4 Exit Returns to the shell (MS-DOS).

Table 187: User boot logo upgrade menu description (Forts.)

Information:
If you do not press a button within 5 seconds, then step 1 "Update User Boot Logo"
is automatically carried out and the Power Panel is independently updated.

• The system must be rebooted after a successful upgrade.

• In the CMOS setup for BIOS, the display for the boot logo must be set from "No" to "Yes"
(for more on this, see section 2.2.7 "Special OEM features" on page 475 for VGA, SVGA
and XGA Power Panel devices and also section 2.3.5 "Special OEM features" on
page 497 for QVGA Power Panel devices.

Guidelines for creating a user boot logo

To update the user boot logo, a bitmap must be created according to the following guidelines and
then copied to the user boot logo upgrade disk:

1) A Windows bitmap with a maximum of 256 colors must be created with the appropriate
resolution for the Power Panel: 320x240 (QVGA), 640x480 (VGA), 800x600 (SVGA) or
1024x768 (XGA). The bitmap is not allowed to be compressed.

2) Since status messages are output on the top of the display when booting the Power Panel,
there should not be any user boot logo pixels positioned here in the bitmap (approximately
10 pixel stripes), as these will be cross-faded. These status messages use bitmap palette
index 0 as the background color and index 7 as the foreground color (starting from BIOS
V1.05; index 63 with older versions).

3) Using the utility USERLOGO.EXE, the bitmap file must then be converted into a ROM file
that can be read by BIOS (please refer to the online help for the utility for more instructions
about this).

4) The userlogo.rom file created by the utility is only permitted to have a maximum size of
192 KB. If this size is exceeded, a warning appears. The user can e.g. reduce the details in
the Windows bitmap in order not to exceed the maximum byte size.

5) After this, the userlogo.rom file should be copied to the disk.

512 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

2.4.4 REMHOST utility disk

The REMHOST (remote host) software tool can be downloaded directly from the service portal
on the B&R homepage (www.br-automation.com).

General information

REMHOST is an MS-DOS program (REMHOST.EXE) that can be used by a remote PC to

operate a BIOS Power Panel device. The Power Panel receives keyboard entries from a remote
PC using REMHOST. Screen outputs for the Power Panel device are redirected to the screen of
the remote PC. The Power Panel can access the floppy drive (internal or external) of the remote
PC or an individual floppy drive (USB) and boot from this as well.

Chapter 4
Software
Figure 396: REMHOST communication model

REMHOST can be used if :

• The display for the Power Panel device is not functioning.

• Brightness and contrast settings for the Power Panel display are adjusted in such a way
that outputs can no longer be detected.
• BIOS setup settings must be made for a Power Panel with a QVGA display1) .
• There is no USB floppy present and the BIOS for the Power Panel device should be
updated.

1) With BIOS versions earlier than V1.04

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 513

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

Requirements

The Power Panel must be connected to the remote PC using a serial cable (e.g. a null modem
cable or PG online cable, see figure "REMHOST pin assignment - Power Panel connection
cable" on page 516 for the necessary assignment). The serial cable must be connected to a
COM interface for the remote PC and to the COM interface for the Power Panel device (see
figure 396 "REMHOST communication model"). The mode/node switch for the Power Panel
device must be set to 00 (service mode) see figure 272 "Mode / Node switches" on page 359.

Important notes

Information:
• REMHOST only functions when the "diverted" functions for the Power Panel
device are operated using BIOS calls. For example, that means if a program
writes directly to the video memory on the Power Panel, then these outputs
cannot be redirected to the screen of a remote PC. Generally, only programs
which work in text mode should be used. Therefore, an MS-DOS start diskette
must be used when booting the Power Panel using REMHOST. If a Windows
start diskette is used, illegible symbols are output on the remote screen and
the user's inputs are not correctly displayed.
• REMHOST must be run from MS-DOS. In the MS-DOS command prompt in
Windows, error-free operation of REMHOST is not guaranteed: e.g. very slow
screen outputs (in Windows NT4.0 and 2000), errors with write accesses to
the remote floppy, etc.

Warning!
When upgrading BIOS using REMHOST, note that the Power Panel, the remote PC
and the serial connection are all connected to each other for the whole period while
the upgrade is taking place.

Caution!
The Power Panel can no longer be started if the BIOS upgrade is aborted. Therefore,
when upgrading BIOS with REMHOST, REMHOST should be started in MS-DOS (not
in the MS-DOS command prompt from Windows).

REMHOST configuration

The function of REMHOST is controlled by a REMHOST.INI configuration file. REMHOST.INI is

an ASCII text file that can be opened and edited with any text editor (e.g. Notepad).

514 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

Figure 397: Example of REMHOST.INI

The following table lists all commands supported by REMHOST. If the commands begin with
consecutive slash symbols ("//") , then these are evaluated as the beginning of a comment. This
can be used to disable individual parameters.

Setting option Description

PORT=x Specifies the COM interface on the remote PC that's being used for the serial connection to the Power
Panel. "x" stands for the COM number, e.g. COM2 is used for PORT=2.
LPT The parallel interface is used for communication. This option cannot be used with the Power Panel.
FLOPPY The floppy disk drive for the remote PC is used as the floppy disk drive for the Power Panel. Therefore,
a connected USB floppy disk drive on the Power Panel cannot be used.
FLOPPY=ROMDOS.IMG A floppy image file can be used for the simulation of a floppy disk drive on the hard disk of the remote
PC. A floppy image can be created with the program WINIMAGE (a shareware version can be
downloaded from www.winimage.com). In this way, several versions of BIOS upgrades can be easily
stored on the hard disk of the remote PC.
WRPROT Write protection for the floppy disk drive can be simulated using this parameter.

Chapter 4
Software
NOKEYB If this parameter is activated, then the keyboard of the remote PC is not used by REMHOST. Input
must then take place on the Power Panel, e.g. using a USB keyboard.
NOVIDEO If this parameter is activated, then the screen output is not made on the remote PC. Outputs take place
on the display of the Power Panel device.
DEBUG REMHOST outputs debug information.

Table 188: Description of REMHOST.INI configuration options

Program start

The name of the configuration file can be specified when starting the program. If no name is
specified, then the REMHOST.INI file is used by default.

Figure 398: REMHOST program start

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 515

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

After the program is started, REMHOST displays the current version as well as the COM
interface used for communication with the Power Panel of the remote PC.

The connection is established using a Power Panel device, if this is rebooted and the mode/node
switch is set to 00h on the Power Panel.

Information:
If the Power Panel is already started, then NO connection can be established using
a subsequent REMHOST start.

Program end

REMHOST can be ended by pressing the left SHIFT key and the CTRL key simultaneously.

Information:
The Power Panel must be restarted in order to undo the redirections for keyboard,
floppy disk drive and display.

Pin assignments - Connection cable

The connection cable required for REMHOST must have two 9-pin DSUB sockets. The
appropriate cable can be ordered directly from B&R using model number 9A0017.01 (length =
0.6 m) and 9A0017.02 (length = 1.8 m).

The cable can also be made by the user. A self-made cable can have a maximum length of 15
meters. The pins must be connected as follows:

Remote PC Power Panel

DSUB socket DSUB socket
RxD TxD
(receive data) 2 3 (transmit data)
TxD RxD
(transmit data) 3 2 (receive data)

Ground 5 5 Ground

Figure 399: REMHOST pin assignment - Power Panel connection cable

516 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

2.5 CMOS backup

To protect CMOS data, a CMOS backup has been integrated into BIOS. If BIOS setup was
exited with "Save values and exit" (see section 2.2.15 "Save values and exit" on page 483 for
VGA, SVGA and XGA Power Panel devices and also section 2.3.13 "Save values and exit" on
page 504 for QVGA Power Panel devices) and the Power Panel devices was correctly restarted,
then the CMOS data is burned to flash memory. If the CMOS checksum is incorrect during
startup (battery dead) or the Power Panel device cannot be booted correctly three times
consecutively, then the salvaged data from flash memory is copied again to CMOS. Setup is
back to its original state, except for the time.

2.6 Distribution of resources

2.6.1 RAM address assignment

RAM address Resource

00000000 - 000003FF Interrupt vectors
00000400 - 000004FF BIOS data area
00000500 - 0009FBFF Freely available for the operating system (MS-DOS program area)
0009FC00 - 0009FFFF Advanced BIOS data area
000A0000 - 000BFFFF VGA memory
000C0000 - 000C7FFF VGA BIOS
000C8000 - 000CBFFF Reserved
000CC000 - 000EFFFF XpressROM expansion ROMS. Unused areas can be used for HMA.

Chapter 4
Software
000F0000 - 000FFFFF XpressROM BIOS
00100000 - BC_RAM_TOP Remaining DRAM
40000000 GX_Base register (defined by BIOS, can also be 40000000, 80000000 or C0000000)
40000000 - 40000BFF L1 scratchpad
40008000 - 400080FF Internal BUS IF unit registers
40008100 - 400082FF Graphics pipeline registers
40008300 - 400083FF Display controller registers
40008400 - 400084FF Memory controller registers
40009000 - 403FFFFF PCI Accessible
40010000 - 40010FFF Video configuration registers
40011000 - 40011FFF Audio configuration registers
40015000 - 40015FFF VIP interface registers
40800000 - 40BFFFFF VGA frame buffer
D0000000 - FBFFFFFF PCI memory and PCI ROM (are dynamically assigned during POST)
FFE00000 - FFFFFFFF High BIOS area (flash memory)

Table 189: RAM address assignment

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 517

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

2.6.2 DMA channel assignment

DMA channel Resource

0 Freely available
1 Freely available
2 Disk drive
3 Freely available
4 Freely available
5 Freely available
6 Freely available
7 Freely available

Table 190: DMA channel assignment

2.6.3 I/O address assignment

I/O address Resource

0000 - 000F DMA controller channels 0-3
0020 - 0021 Master programmable interrupt controller
0022 - 0023 CPU configuration registers
0040 - 0043 Programmable interval timer
0060 - 0066 Keyboard controller (emulated by Legacy USB)
0070 - 0071 RTC (real-time clock)
0072 - 0073 Extended RTC (real-time clock)
0080 BIOS POST debug output port
0081 - 0083 DMA channel low page registers
0084 VSA debug output port
0085 - 008F DMA channel low page registers
0092 Port A control register
00A0 - 00A1 Slave programmable interrupt controller
00C0 - 00CF DMA controller channels 4-7
00D0 - 00DF DMA status/control/mode registers channel 0-7
00F0 - 00F1 Co-processor error register
015C - 015D On-chip SIO configuration
0170 - 0177 Primary IDE
01F0 - 01F7 Primary IDE
0220 - 022F Audio (not supported)
02F8 - 02FF COM2
0376 - 0377 Secondary IDE channel
03B0 - 03BB Video controller

Table 191: I/O address assignment

518 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

I/O address Resource

03C0 - 03DF Video controller
03E8 - 03EF COM3
03F0 - 03F5 Floppy controller (emulated by Legacy USB)
03F6 - 03F7 Primary IDE
03F8 - 03FF COM1
0480 - 048F DMA channel high page registers
04D0 - 04D1 Interrupt edge/level registers
0CF8 - 0CFF PCI configuration registers
5000 - 500F IDE controller configuration registers (F2BAR4)
6000 - 60FF SMI status and aPCI registers (F1BAR0)
6200 - 623F X-Bus expansion support registers (F5BAR0)
6400 - 643F GPIO runtime and configuration registers (F0BAR0)
6600 - 663F LPC support registers (F0BAR1)
9000 - 903F CPU configuration registers
AC00 - ACFF aCPI registers (F1BAR1)
AD00 - AFFF PCI assignment (dynamically assigned during POST)
B000 - BFFF PCI assignment (dynamically assigned during POST)
C000 - CFFF PCI assignment (dynamically assigned during POST)
D000 - DFFF PCI assignment (dynamically assigned during POST)
E000 - EFFF PCI assignment (dynamically assigned during POST)
F000 - FFFF Reserved

Chapter 4
Software
Table 191: I/O address assignment (Forts.)

2.6.4 Interrupt assignment

Interrupt Resource
IRQ 0 System timer
IRQ 1 Keyboard (Legacy USB emulation)
IRQ 2 2nd PIC IRQ cascade
IRQ 3 COM2 1)
IRQ 4 COM1 1)
IRQ 5 USB and aPCI slot 1 (first interrupt) 1)
IRQ 6 Disk drive
IRQ 7 aPCI slot 2 1) (second interrupt)
IRQ 8 RTC (real-time clock)
IRQ 9 Ethernet (MacPhyter) 1)
IRQ 10 aPCI slot 2 (first interrupt) and aPCI slot 1 (second interrupt)1)

Table 192: Interrupt assignment

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 519

 Software • Power Panel with BIOS

Interrupt Resource
IRQ 11 COM3 1)
IRQ 12 PS/2 mouse (Legacy USB emulation)
IRQ 13 FPU (co-processor)
IRQ 14 Primary IDE (primary hard disk)
IRQ 15 Secondary IDE (secondary hard disk)

Table 192: Interrupt assignment (Forts.)

1) BIOS setup default setting

520 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Software • Power Panel 100 with BIOS and Windows CE

3. Power Panel 100 with BIOS and Windows CE

Model number Short description Note

9S0001.13-010 OEM MS Win CE4.1 German
Only delivered with a Power Panel BIOS device
9S0001.13-020 OEM MS Win CE4.1 English
Only delivered with a Power Panel BIOS device
9S0001.17-020 OEM Microsoft Windows CE 4.2 English
OEM Microsoft Windows CE 4.2 English license
Only delivered with a Power Panel BIOS device
9S0001.29-020 OEM Microsoft Windows CE 5.0 English Cancelled since 07/2007
OEM Microsoft Windows CE 5.0 English license
Only delivered with a Power Panel BIOS device.
5SWWCE.0517-ENG WinCE5.0 Pro PP100 SCx200
Microsoft Windows CE 5.0 Professional, English; for PP100 BIOS units 5PP120.0571-27,
5PP120.1043-37A, 5PP120.1214-37A, 5PP120.1505-37A, order CompactFlash separately

Chapter 4
Software
(at least 128 MB).
5SWWCE.0617-ENG WinCE5.0 ProPlus PP100 SCX200
Microsoft Windows CE 5.0 Professional Plus, English; for PP100 BIOS units 5PP120.0571-
27, 5PP120.1043-37A, 5PP120.1214-37A, 5PP120.1505-37A, order CompactFlash
separately (at least 128 MB).

Table 193: Model numbers - Windows CE

3.1 General information

B&R Windows CE is an operating system which is optimally tailored to B&R's devices. It includes
only the functions and modules which are required by each device. This makes this operating
system extremely robust and stable. A further advantage of B&R Windows CE compared to other
operating systems are the low licensing costs.

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 521

 Software • Power Panel 100 with BIOS and Windows CE

3.2 Differences between the Windows CE 5.0 versions (Pro - PropPlus)

Detailed information about Windows CE for B&R devices can be downloaded in the download
area on the B&R homepage (www.br-automation.com).

Features Windows CE 5.0

Screen resolution QVGA (LCD), QVGA (TFT), VGA (TFT), SVGA (TFT), XGA (TFT)
Color depth1) 16-bit / 65,536 colors
Graphics card driver AMD Geode SC1200/SC2200 graphics card driver with screen rotation without DirectX
RAM Automatic detection and use of up to 512 MB RAM
Boot time Approx. 20 seconds
Screen rotation The desktop can be turned in 90° intervals
Web browser Internet Explorer 6.0 for Windows CE
.NET Compact Framework 1.0 with SP3
Image size Pro: approx. 26 MB uncompressed
ProPlus: approx. 28 MB uncompressed2)
Custom keys Supported
PVI Supported
Automation Device Interface Supported
Remote Desktop Protocol for thin clients Supported
B&R VNC Viewer Supported
B&R Task Manager Supported
B&R Picture Viewer Supported
Compatible with zenOn Yes
Compatible with Wonderware Yes
Serial interfaces 1 available for use

Table 194: Differences between the Windows CE versions (Pro - PropPlus)

1) The color depth depends on the display being used.

2) Use the function "Compress Windows CE Image" in the B&R Embedded OS Installer to reduce the image size.

3.3 Requirements

The device must fulfill the following criteria to be able run the Windows CE operating system.

• At least 128 MB main memory

• At least one 128 MB CompactFlash card (size should be specified when ordered)

3.4 Installation

Windows CE is usually preinstalled at the B&R plant.

522 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Software • Power Panel 100 with BIOS and Windows CE

3.4.1 B&R Embedded OS Installer

The B&R embedded OS Installer allows you to install existing B&R Windows CE images. The
four files (NK.BIN, BLDR, LOGOXRES.BMP, and LOGOQVGA.BMP) must be provided from an
already functioning B&R Windows CE installation.

The B&R embedded OS Installer can be downloaded from the download area on the B&R
homepage (www.br-automation.com). Further information is available in the online help for the
B&R embedded OS Installer.

Chapter 4
Software

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 523

 Software • Power Panel 100 with BIOS and Windows XP Embedded

4. Power Panel 100 with BIOS and Windows XP Embedded

Model number Short description Note

5SWWXP.0417-ENG WinXPe FP2007 PP100 SCx200
Microsoft Windows XP embedded English, Feature Pack 2007; for PP100 BIOS units
5PP120.1043-37A, 5PP120.1214-37A, 5PP120.1505-37A, order CompactFlash separately
(at least 512 MB). Only delivered with a new PC.
9S0001.16-020 OEM MS WinXPe PP100/200 w/CF Cancelled since 07/2007
Replacement type:
OEM MS WinXP Embedded Runtime PP100 preinstalled on CompactFlash 256 MB;
5SWWXP.0417-ENG
for Power Panel 100 BIOS.
Only delivered with a Power Panel BIOS device
9S0001.25-020 OEM MS WinXPe PP100/200 w/CF SP2 Cancelled since 07/2007
Replacement type:
OEM Microsoft Windows XP embedded SP2 for PP100 BIOS, English; preinstalled on
5SWWXP.0417-ENG
CompactFlash 256 MB.
Only delivered with a Power Panel BIOS device

Table 195: Model numbers - Windows XP Embedded

4.1 General information

Windows XP embedded is the modular version of the desktop operating system Windows XP
Professional. Windows XP embedded is based on the same binary files as Windows XP
Professional and is optimally tailored to the hardware being used. In other words, only the
functions and modules required by the respective device are included. Windows XP embedded
is also based on the same reliable code as Windows XP Professional. It provides industry with
leading reliability, improvements in security and performance, and the latest technology for Web
browsing and extensive device support.

4.2 Features with FP2007 (Feature Pack 2007)

The feature list shows the most important device functions in Windows XP embedded with
Feature Pack 2007 (FP2007).

Function Present
Enhanced write filter (EWF) ✓
File Based Write Filter ✓
Page file configurable
Administrator account ✓
User account configurable

Table 196: Device functions in Windows XP embedded with FP2007

524 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Software • Power Panel 100 with BIOS and Windows XP Embedded

Function Present
Explorer shell ✓
Registry Filter ✓
Internet Explorer 6.0 + SP2 ✓
Internet information service (IIS) -
Terminal service ✓
Windows Firewall ✓
MSN-Explorer -
Outlook Express -
Administrative Tools ✓
Remote Desktop ✓
Remote Assistance -
.NET Framework -
ASP.NET -
Codepages/User Locale/Keyboard ✓
Disk Management Service ✓
Windows Installer Service ✓
Class Installer ✓
CoDevice Installer ✓
Media Player -
DirectX -
Accessories ✓

Chapter 4
Software
Number of fonts 89

Table 196: Device functions in Windows XP embedded with FP2007

4.3 Installation

Windows XP embedded is usually preinstalled at B&R Austria on a suitable CompactFlash card

(at least 512 MB - must be specified when placing order). The system is then automatically
configured after it has been switched on for the first time. This procedure takes approximately 30
minutes, and the device will be rebooted a number of times.

Brief instructions for creating your own Windows XP embedded images or a suitable Target
Designer export file can be downloaded from the download area on the B&R homepage
(www.br-automation.com).

4.4 Drivers

All drivers required for operation are preinstalled on the operating system. If an older driver
version is installed, the latest version can be downloaded from the B&R homepage (www.br-
automation.com) and installed. A potentially activated "Enhanced Write Filter (EWF)" must be
taken into consideration.

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 525

 Software • Power Panel 100 with BIOS and Windows XP Embedded

Information:
Required drivers can only be downloaded from the B&R homepage, not from
manufacturers' pages.

526 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Software • B&R Automation Device Interface (ADI) - Control Center

5. B&R Automation Device Interface (ADI) - Control Center

The ADI (Automation Device Interface) enables access to specific functions of B&R devices.
Settings for this device can be read and edited using the B&R Control Center applet in the control
panel.

Chapter 4
Figure 400: ADI Control Center screenshots - Examples (symbol photo) Software

Information:
The displayed temperature and voltage values (e.g. CPU temperature, core voltage,
battery voltage) on the corresponding ADI page represent uncalibrated information
values. These cannot be used to draw any conclusions about any hardware alarms
or error conditions. The hardware components used have automatic diagnostics
functions that can be applied in the event of error.

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 527

 Software • B&R Automation Device Interface (ADI) - Control Center

5.1 Functions

Information:
The functions provided by the Automation Device Interface (ADI) - Control Center
vary according to device series.

• Adjusting the display-specific parameters of connected Panels

• Reading of device-specific keys
• Activation of device specific LEDs on a foil keypad
• Reading temperatures, fan speeds, statistical data, and switch settings
• Reading user settings and factory settings
• Reading software versions
• Updating and securing firmware
• Creating reports about the current system (support assistance)
• Setting the SDL equalizer value for the SDL cable adjustment
• Configuring an optional mounted UPS
• Change the user serial ID.
Supports following systems:

• Automation PC 620
• Automation PC 810
• Automation PC 820
• Panel PC 300
• Panel PC 700
• Panel PC 725
• Panel PC 800
• Power Panel 100/200
• Power Panel 300/400
• Power Panel 500
• Mobile Panel 40/50
• Mobile Panel 100/200
• Automation Panel 800 (in connection with Automation PCs and Panel PCs)
• Automation Panel 900 (in connection with Automation PCs and Panel PCs)

528 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Software • B&R Automation Device Interface (ADI) - Control Center

5.2 Installation

A detailed description of the Control Center can be found in the integrated online help. The B&R
Automation Device Interface (ADI) driver (also contains Control Center) can be downloaded for
free from the download area on the B&R homepage (www.br-automation.com).

1. Download and unzip the ZIP archive

2. Close all applications

3. Run BrSetup.exe (e.g. double-click on it in Explorer).

- or -

1. Right click on BrSetup.inf in explorer and select "Install".

Information:
The ADI driver is already included in the B&R images of embedded operating
systems.

If a more current ADI driver version exists (see the B&R homepage download area),
it can be installed later. A potentially activated "Enhanced Write Filter (EWF)" must
be taken into consideration when installing.

Chapter 4
Software

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 529

 Software • B&R Automation Device Interface (ADI) - Control Center

530 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Standards and certifications • Applicable European guidelines

Chapter 5 • Standards and certifications

1. Applicable European guidelines

• EMC guidelines 2004/108/EG

• Low-voltage guidelines 2006/95/EG
• Machine guidelines 98/37/EG beginning 12/29/2009: 2006/42/EG

2. Overview of standards

Standard Description
EN 55011 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC), radio disturbance product standard, industrial, scientific, and
Class A, B medical high-frequency devices (ISM devices), limit values and measurement procedure; group 1
(devices that do not create HF during material processing) and group 2 (devices that create HF during
material processing)
EN 55014-1 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC), requirements for household appliances, electric tools, and
similar apparatus - part 1: Emissions
EN 55014-2 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC), requirements for household appliances, electric tools, and
similar apparatus - part 2: Immunity; product family standard
EN 55022 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC), radio disturbance characteristics, information technology
Class A, B equipment (ITE devices), limits and methods of measurement
EN 55024 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC), immunity characteristics, information technology equipment (ITE
Class A or B devices), limits and methods of measurement
EN 60060-2 High-voltage test techniques - part 2: Measuring systems
EN 60068-2-1 Environmental testing - part 2: Tests; test A: Cold
EN 60068-2-2 Environmental testing - part 2: Tests; test B: Dry heat
Standards and
certifications
Chapter 5

EN 60068-2-3 Environmental testing - part 2: Tests; test and guidance: Damp heat, constant
EN 60068-2-6 Environmental testing - part 2: Tests; test: Vibration (sinusoidal)
EN 60068-2-14 Environmental testing - part 2: Tests; test N: Change of temperature
EN 60068-2-27 Environmental testing - part 2: Tests; test and guidance: Shock
EN 60068-2-30 Environmental testing - part 2: Tests; test and guidance: Damp heat, cyclic
EN 60068-2-31 Environmental testing - part 2: Tests; test: Drop and topple, primarily for equipment-type specimens
EN 60068-2-32 Environmental testing - part 2: Tests; test: Free fall
EN 60204-1 Safety of machinery, electrical equipment on machines - part 1: General requirements
EN 60529 Degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP code)

Table 197: Overview of standards

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 531

 Standards and certifications • Overview of standards

Standard Description
EN 60664-1 Insulation coordination for equipment within low-voltage systems - part 1: Principles, requirements and
tests
EN 60721-1 Classification of environmental conditions - part 1: Environmental parameters and their severities
EN 60721-3-2 Classification of environmental conditions - part 3: Classification of groups of environmental
parameters and their severities, section 2: Transport
EN 60721-3-3 Classification of environmental conditions - part 3: Classification of groups of environmental
parameters and their severities, section 3: Stationary use at weather-protected locations
EN 60950 Information technology equipment - safety
EN 61000-3-11 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - part 3-11: Limitation of voltage changes, voltage fluctuations
and flicker in public low-voltage supply systems, equipment with rated current ≤ 75 A and subject to
conditional connection
EN 61000-3-2 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - part 3-2: Limits for harmonic current emissions (equipment input
Class A, B, C, D current ≤ 16 A per phase)
EN 61000-3-3 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - part 3-3: Limitation of voltage changes, voltage fluctuations and
flicker in public low-voltage supply systems, for equipment with rated current ≤ 16 A per phase and not
subject to conditional connection
EN 61000-4-2 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - part 4-2: Testing and measuring techniques; electrostatic
discharge immunity test
EN 61000-4-3 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - part 4-3: Testing and measuring techniques; radiated radio-
frequency electromagnetic field immunity test
EN 61000-4-4 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - part 4-4: Testing and measuring techniques; electrical fast
transient/burst immunity test
EN 61000-4-5 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - part 4-5: Testing and measuring techniques; surge immunity
test
EN 61000-4-6 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - part 4-6: Testing and measuring techniques; immunity to
conducted disturbances, induced by radio-frequency fields
EN 61000-4-8 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - part 4-8: Testing and measuring techniques; power frequency
magnetic field immunity test
EN 61000-4-11 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - part 4-11: Testing and measuring techniques; voltage dips,
short interruptions and voltage variations immunity tests
EN 61000-4-12 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - part 4-12: Testing and measuring techniques; oscillatory waves
immunity test
EN 61000-4-17 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - part 4-12: Testing and measuring techniques; ripple on DC input
power port immunity test
EN 61000-4-29 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) - part 4-29: Testing and measuring techniques; voltage dips,
short interruptions and voltage variations on DC input power port immunity tests
EN 61000-6-1 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC), generic immunity standard - part 1: Residential, business and
commercial areas
EN 61000-6-2 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC), generic immunity standard - part 2: industrial environment
EN 61000-6-3 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC), generic emission standard - part 1: Residential, business and
commercial areas
EN 61000-6-4 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC), generic emission standard - part 2: industrial environment
EN 61131-2 Product standard, programmable logic controllers - part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
IEC 61131-2

Table 197: Overview of standards (Forts.)

532 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Standards and certifications • Emission requirements

Standard Description
EN 61508-1 Functional safety of electrical/electronic/programmable electronic safety-related systems - part 1:
General requirements
EN 61508-2 Functional safety of electrical/electronic/programmable electronic safety-related systems - part 2:
Requirements for electrical/electronic/programmable electronic safety-related systems
NEMA 250 Type 4X UL protection against sprayed water
UL 508 Industrial control equipment (UL = Underwriters Laboratories)
VDE 0701-1 Service, modification, and testing of electrical devices - part 1: General requirements
VDE 0801 Principles for computers in systems with safety tasks
47 CFR Federal Communications Commission (FCC), 47 CFR Part 15 Subpart B Class A

Table 197: Overview of standards (Forts.)

3. Emission requirements

Emissions Test carried out according to Limits according to

Network-related emissions EN 55011 / EN 55022 EN 61000-6-3: Generic standard (residential areas)
EN 55011: Industrial, scientific, and medical (ISM) radio-frequency
equipment, class B (residential areas)
EN 55022: Information technology equipment (ITE devices), class B
(residential areas)
EN 61000-6-4: Generic standard (industrial areas)
EN 55011: Industrial, scientific, and medical (ISM) radio-frequency
equipment, class A (industrial areas)
EN 55022: Information technology equipment (ITE devices), class A
(industrial areas)
EN 61131-2: Programmable logic controllers
47 CFR Part 15 Subpart B Class A (FCC)
Emissions, EN 55011 / EN 55022 EN 61000-6-3: Generic standard (residential areas)
Electromagnetic emissions
EN 55011: Industrial, scientific, and medical (ISM) radio-frequency
equipment, class B (residential areas)
Standards and
certifications
EN 55022: Information technology equipment (ITE devices), class B
Chapter 5

(residential areas)
EN 61000-6-4: Generic standard (industrial areas)
EN 55011: Industrial, scientific, and medical (ISM) radio-frequency
equipment, class A (industrial areas)
EN 55022: Information technology equipment (ITE devices), class A
(industrial areas)
EN 61131-2: Programmable logic controllers
47 CFR Part 15 Subpart B Class A (FCC)
Harmonic currents for devices with EN 61000-3-2 EN 61000-3-2: Limits for harmonic current emissions (equipment input
an input current of ≤ 16 A per line current ≤ 16 A per phase)

Table 198: Overview of limits and testing guidelines for emissions

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 533

 Standards and certifications • Emission requirements

Emissions Test carried out according to Limits according to

Voltage changes, voltage EN 61000-3-3 EN 61000-3-3: Limitation of voltage changes, voltage fluctuations and
fluctuations and flicker in public flicker in public low-voltage supply systems, for equipment with rated
low-voltage supply systems, for current less than or equal to ≤ 16 A per phase and not subject to
equipment with rated current less conditional connection, class A/D
than or equal to ≤ 16 A per phase
and not subject to conditional
connection
Voltage changes, voltage EN 61000-3-11 EN 61000-3-11: Limitation of voltage changes, voltage fluctuations and
fluctuations and flicker in public flicker in public low-voltage supply systems, for equipment with rated
low-voltage supply systems, for current ≤ 75 A per phase and subject to conditional connection, class
equipment with rated current ≤ A/D
75 A per phase and subject to
conditional connection

Table 198: Overview of limits and testing guidelines for emissions (Forts.)

3.1 Network-related emissions

Test carried out according to Limits according to Limits according to Limits according to
EN 55011 / EN 55022 EN 61000-6-3 EN 55011 class B EN 55022 class B
Power mains connections 1) 66 - 56 dB (µV) 66 - 56 dB (µV) 66 - 56 dB (µV)
150 kHz - 500 kHz Quasi-peak value Quasi-peak value Quasi-peak value
56 - 46 dB (µV) 56 - 46 dB (µV) 56 - 46 dB (µV)
Average Average Average
Power mains connections 56 dB (µV) 56 dB (µV) 56 dB (µV)
500 kHz - 5 MHz Quasi-peak value Quasi-peak value Quasi-peak value
46 dB (µV) 46 dB (µV) 46 dB (µV)
Average Average Average
Power mains connections 60 dB (µV) 60 dB (µV) 60 dB (µV)
5 MHz - 30 MHz Quasi-peak value Quasi-peak value Quasi-peak value
50 dB (µV) 50 dB (µV) 50 dB (µV)
Average Average Average
Other connections 2) 40 - 30 dB (µA) - 84 - 74 dB (µV) and
150 kHz - 500 kHz Quasi-peak value 40 - 30 dB (µA)
30 - 20 dB (µA) Quasi-peak value
Average 74 - 64 dB (µV) and
30 - 20 (µA)
Average
Other connections 74 dB (µV) and 30 dB (µA) - 74 dB (µV) and 30 dB (µA)
500 kHz - 30 MHz Quasi-peak value Quasi-peak value
64 dB (µV) and 20 dB (µA) 64 dB (µV) and 20 dB (µA)
Average Average

Table 199: Test requirements - Network-related emissions for residential areas

1) AC network connections only with EN 61000-6-3

2) DC voltage inputs and outputs as well for EN 61000-6-3.

534 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Standards and certifications • Emission requirements

Test carried out according to Limits according to Limits according to Limits according to
EN 55011 / EN 55022 EN 61000-6-4 EN 55011 class A EN 55022 class A
Power mains connections 79 dB (µV) 79 dB (µV) 79 dB (µV)
150 kHz - 500 kHz Quasi-peak value Quasi-peak value Quasi-peak value
66 dB (µV) 66 dB (µV) 66 dB (µV)
Average Average Average
Power mains connections 73 dB (µV) 73 dB (µV) 73 dB (µV)
500 kHz - 30 MHz Quasi-peak value Quasi-peak value Quasi-peak value
60 dB (µV) 60 dB (µV) 60 dB (µV)
Average Average Average
Other connections - - 97 - 87 dB (µV) and
150 kHz - 500 kHz 53 - 43 dB (µA)
Quasi-peak value
84 - 74 dB (µV) and
40 - 30 dB (µA)
Average
Other connections - - 87 dB (µV) and 43 dB (µA)
500 kHz - 30 MHz Quasi-peak value
74 dB (µV) and 30 dB (µA)
Average
Test carried out according to Limits according to Limits according to
EN 55011 / EN 55022 EN 61131-2 47 CFR Part 15 Subpart B class
A
Power mains connections 1) 79 dB (µV) 79 dB (µV)
150 kHz - 500 kHz Quasi-peak value Quasi-peak value
66 dB (µV) 66 dB (µV)
Average Average
Power mains connections 73 dB (µV) 73 dB (µV)
500 kHz - 30 MHz Quasi-peak value Quasi-peak value
60 dB (µV) 60 dB (µV)
Average Average
Other connections -
150 kHz - 500 kHz
Other connections -
500 kHz - 30 MHz

Table 200: Test requirements - Network-related emissions for industrial areas

1) AC network connections only with EN 61131-2 Standards and

certifications
Chapter 5

3.2 Emissions, electromagnetic emissions

Test carried out according to Limits according to Limits according to Limits according to
EN 55011 / EN 55022 EN 61000-6-3 EN 55011 class B EN 55022 class B
30 MHz - 230 MHz < 30 dB (µV/m) < 30 dB (µV/m) < 30 dB (µV/m)
measured at a distance of 10 m Quasi-peak value Quasi-peak value Quasi-peak value
230 MHz - 1 GHz < 37 dB (µV/m) < 37 dB (µV/m) < 37 dB (µV/m)
measured at a distance of 10 m Quasi-peak value Quasi-peak value Quasi-peak value

Table 201: : Test requirements - Electromagnetic emissions for residential areas

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 535

 Standards and certifications • Emission requirements

Test carried out according to Limits according to Limits according to Limits according to
EN 55011 / EN 55022 EN 61000-6-4 EN 55011 class A EN 55022 class A
30 MHz - 230 MHz < 40 dB (µV/m) < 40 dB (µV/m) < 40 dB (µV/m)
measured at a distance of 10 m Quasi-peak value Quasi-peak value Quasi-peak value
230 MHz - 1 GHz < 47 dB (µV/m) < 47 dB (µV/m) < 47 dB (µV/m)
measured at a distance of 10 m Quasi-peak value Quasi-peak value Quasi-peak value
Test carried out according to Limits according to
EN 55011 / EN 55022 EN 61131-2
30 MHz - 230 MHz < 40 dB (µV/m)
measured at a distance of 10 m Quasi-peak value
230 MHz - 1 GHz < 47 dB (µV/m)
measured at a distance of 10 m Quasi-peak value
Test carried out Limits according to 47 CFR Part
15 Subpart B class A
30 MHz - 88 MHz < 90 dB (µV/m)
measured at a distance of 10 m Quasi-peak value
88 MHz - 216 MHz < 150 dB (µV/m)
measured at a distance of 10 m Quasi-peak value
216 MHz - 960 MHz < 210 dB (µV/m)
measured at a distance of 10 m Quasi-peak value
>960 MHz < 300 dB (µV/m)
measured at a distance of 10 m Quasi-peak value

Table 202: : Test requirements - Electromagnetic emissions for industrial areas

3.3 Harmonic currents for devices ≤ 16 A

Test carried out according to Limits according to

EN 61000-3-2 EN 61000-3-2
Largest permissible value of Only odd
harmonic current according to the harmonics
order (n)
n mA/W A
3 3.4 2.30
5 1.9 1.14
7 1.0 0.77
9 0.5 0.40
11 0.35 0.33
13 ≤ n ≤ 3.85/n 0.15
39 x 15/n

Table 203: : Test requirement - harmonic currents for devices with an input current ≤ 16 A

536 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Standards and certifications • Emission requirements

3.4 Voltage fluctuations and flickering ≤ 16 A

Test carried out according to Limits according to

EN 61000-3-3 EN 61000-3-3
Pst ≤ 1.0
Plt ≤ 0.65
d(t): 3.3% for max. 500 ms
dc ≤ 3.3%
dmax ≤ 4%

Table 204: : Test requirements - Voltage fluctuations and flickering in low-voltage systems ≤ 16 A

3.5 Voltage fluctuations and flickering ≤ 75 A

Test carried out according to Limits according to

EN 61000-3-11 EN 61000-3-11
TBD

Table 205: : Test requirements - Voltage fluctuations and flickering in low-voltage systems ≤ 75 A

Standards and
certifications
Chapter 5

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 537

 Standards and certifications • Requirements for immunity to disturbances

4. Requirements for immunity to disturbances

Immunity Test carried out according to Limits according to

Electrostatic discharge (ESD) EN 61000-4-2 EN 61000-6-1: Generic standard (residential areas)
EN 61000-6-2: Generic standard (industrial areas)
EN 61131-2: Programmable logic controllers
EN 55024: Information technology equipment (ITE devices)
Immunity against high-frequency EN 61000-4-3 EN 61000-6-1: Generic standard (residential areas)
electromagnetic
fields (HF field) EN 61000-6-2: Generic standard (industrial areas)
EN 61131-2: Programmable logic controllers
EN 55024: Information technology equipment (ITE devices)
Immunity to high-speed transient EN 61000-4-4 EN 61000-6-1: Generic standard (residential areas)
electrical disturbances (burst)
EN 61000-6-2: Generic standard (industrial areas)
EN 61131-2: Programmable logic controllers
EN 55024: Information technology equipment (ITE devices)
Immunity to surge voltages EN 61000-4-5 EN 61000-6-1: Generic standard (residential areas)
EN 61000-6-2: Generic standard (industrial areas)
EN 61131-2: Programmable logic controllers
EN 55024: Information technology equipment (ITE devices)
Immunity to conducted EN 61000-4-6 EN 61000-6-1: Generic standard (residential areas)
disturbances
EN 61000-6-2: Generic standard (industrial areas)
EN 61131-2: Programmable logic controllers
EN 55024: Information technology equipment (ITE devices)
Immunity against magnetic fields EN 61000-4-8 EN 61000-6-1: Generic standard (residential areas)
with electrical frequencies
EN 61000-6-2: Generic standard (industrial areas)
EN 61131-2: Programmable logic controllers
EN 55024: Information technology equipment (ITE devices)
Immunity to voltage dips, short- EN 61000-4-11 EN 61000-6-2: Generic standard (industrial areas)
term interruptions and voltage
fluctuations EN 61131-2: Programmable logic controllers
EN 55024: Information technology equipment (ITE devices)
Immunity to damped vibration EN 61000-4-12 EN 61000-6-2: Generic standard (industrial areas)
EN 61000-6-2: Generic standard (industrial areas)
EN 61131-2: Programmable logic controllers
EN 55024: Information technology equipment (ITE devices)

Table 206: Overview of limits and testing guidelines for immunity

Evaluation criteria according to EN 61000-6-2

538 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Standards and certifications • Requirements for immunity to disturbances

Criteria A:
The operating equipment must continue to work as intended during the test. There should be
no interference in the operating behavior and no system failures below a minimum operating
quality as defined by the manufacturer.

Criteria B:
The operating equipment must continue to work as intended after the test. There should be no
interference in the operating behavior and no system failures below a minimum operating quality
as defined by the manufacturer.

Criteria C:
A temporary function failure is permitted when the function restores itself, or the function can be
restored by activating configuration and control elements.

Criteria D:
Impairment or failure of the function, which can no longer be established (operating equipment
destroyed).

4.1 Electrostatic discharge (ESD)

Test carried out according to Limits according to Limits according to Limits according to
EN 61000-4-2 EN 61000-6-2 EN 61131-2 EN 55024
Contact discharge to powder- ±4 kV, 10 discharges, ±4 kV, 10 discharges, ±4 kV, 10 discharges,
coated and bare metal housing criteria B criteria B criteria B
parts
Discharge through the air to plastic ±8 kV, 10 discharges, ±8 kV, 10 discharges, ±8 kV, 10 discharges,
housing parts criteria B criteria B criteria B

Table 207: Test requirements - Electrostatic discharge (ESD)

4.2 High-frequency electromagnetic fields (HF field) Standards and

certifications
Chapter 5

Test carried out according to Limits according to Limits according to Limits according to
EN 61000-4-3 EN 61000-6-2 EN 61131-2 EN 55024
Housing, completely wired 80 MHz - 1 GHz, 10 V/m, 80% 80 MHz - 1 GHz, 1.4 - 2 GHz, 80 MHz - 1 GHz, 1.4 - 2 GHz,
amplitude modulation with 1 kHz, 10 V/m, 80% amplitude 3 V/m, 80% amplitude modulation
length 3 seconds, criteria A modulation with 1 kHz, length 3 with 1 kHz, length 3 seconds,
seconds, criteria A criteria A
800-960 MHz (GSM), 10 V/m,
pulse modulation with 50% duty
cycle, criteria A

Table 208: Test requirements - High-frequency electromagnetic fields (HF field)

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 539

 Standards and certifications • Requirements for immunity to disturbances

4.3 High-speed transient electrical disturbances (burst)

Test carried out according to Limits according to Limits according to Limits according to
EN 61000-4-4 EN 61000-6-2 EN 61131-2 EN 55024
AC power I/O ±2 kV, criteria B - ±1 kV, criteria B
AC power inputs - ±2 kV, criteria B -
AC power outputs - ±1 kV, criteria B -
1)
DC power I/O >10 m ±2 kV, criteria B - ±0.5 kV, criteria B
DC power inputs >10 m - ±2 kV, criteria B -
DC power outputs >10 m - ±1 kV, criteria B -
Functional ground connections, ±1 kV, criteria B ±1 kV, criteria B ±0.5 kV, criteria B
signal lines and I/Os >3 m
Unshielded AC I/O >3 m - ±2 kV, criteria B -
Analog I/O ±1 kV, criteria B ±1 kV, criteria B -

Table 209: Test requirements - High-speed transient electrical disturbances (burst)

1) For EN 55024 without length limitation.

4.4 Surges

Test carried out according to Limits according to Limits according to Limits according to
EN 61000-4-5 EN 61000-6-2 EN 61131-2 EN 55024
AC power I/O, L to L ±1 kV, criteria B ±1 kV, criteria B ±1 kV, criteria B
AC power I/O, L to PE ±2 kV, criteria B ±2 kV, criteria B ±2 kV, criteria B
DC power I/O, L+ to L-, >10 m ±0.5 kV, criteria B - -
DC power I/O, L to PE, >10 m ±0.5 kV, criteria B - ±0.5 kV, criteria B
DC power inputs, L+ to L- - ±0.5 kV, criteria B -
DC power inputs, L to PE - ±1 kV, criteria B -
DC power outputs, L+ to L- - ±0.5 kV, criteria B -
DC power outputs, L to PE - ±0.5 kV, criteria B -
Signal connections >30 m ±1 kV, criteria B ±1 kV, criteria B ±1 kV, criteria B
All shielded cables - ±1 kV, criteria B -

Table 210: Test requirements - Surge voltages

4.5 Conducted disturbances

Test carried out according to Limits according to Limits according to Limits according to
EN 61000-4-6 EN 61000-6-2 EN 61131-2 EN 55024
AC power I/O 150 kHz - 80 MHz, 10 V, 80% 150 kHz - 80 MHz, 3 V, 80% 150 kHz - 80 MHz, 3 V, 80%
amplitude modulation with 1 kHz, amplitude modulation with 1 kHz, amplitude modulation with 1 kHz,
length 3 seconds, criteria A length 3 seconds, criteria A criteria A

Table 211: Test requirements - Conducted disturbances

540 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Standards and certifications • Requirements for immunity to disturbances

Test carried out according to Limits according to Limits according to Limits according to
EN 61000-4-6 EN 61000-6-2 EN 61131-2 EN 55024
DC power I/O 150 kHz - 80 MHz, 10 V, 80% 150 kHz - 80 MHz, 3 V, 80% 150 kHz - 80 MHz, 3 V, 80%
amplitude modulation with 1 kHz, amplitude modulation with 1 kHz, amplitude modulation with 1 kHz,
length 3 seconds, criteria A length 3 seconds, criteria A criteria A
Functional ground connections 0.15 - 80 MHz, 10 V, 80% 150 kHz - 80 MHz, 3 V, 80% -
amplitude modulation with 1 kHz, amplitude modulation with 1 kHz,
Length 3 seconds, criteria A length 3 seconds, criteria A
Signal connections >3 m 0.15 - 80 MHz, 10 V, 80% 150 kHz - 80 MHz, 3 V, 80% 150 kHz - 80 MHz, 3 V, 80%
amplitude modulation with 1 kHz, amplitude modulation with 1 kHz, amplitude modulation with 1 kHz,
Length 3 seconds, criteria A length 3 seconds, criteria A criteria A

Table 211: Test requirements - Conducted disturbances (Forts.)

4.6 Magnetic fields with electrical frequencies

Test carried out according to Limits according to Limits according to Limits according to
EN 61000-4-8 EN 61000-6-2 EN 61131-2 EN 55024
Test direction x, test in the field of 30 A/m, criteria A 30 A/m, criteria A 50 Hz, 1 A/m, criteria A
an induction coil 1 m x 1 m
Test direction y, test in the field of 30 A/m, criteria A 30 A/m, criteria A 50 Hz, 1 A/m, criteria A
an induction coil 1 m x 1 m
Test direction z, test in the field of 30 A/m, criteria A 30 A/m, criteria A 50 Hz, 1 A/m, criteria A
an induction coil 1 m x 1 m

Table 212: Test requirements - Magnetic fields with electrical frequencies

4.7 Voltage dips, fluctuations, and short-term interruptions

Test carried out according to Limits according to Limits according to Limits according to
EN 61000-4-11 EN 61000-6-2 EN 61131-2 EN 55024
AC power inputs Voltage dip - Voltage dip
70% (30% reduction), 0.5 periods, < 5% (> 95% reduction), 0.5 half-
criteria B oscillations, criteria B
AC power inputs Voltage dip - Voltage dip
40% (60% reduction), 5 periods, 70% (30% reduction), 25 half-
criteria C oscillations, criteria C
Standards and
certifications
Chapter 5

AC power inputs Voltage dip - -

40% (60% reduction), 50 periods,
criteria C
AC power inputs Voltage interruptions - Voltage interruptions
< 5% (> 95% reduction), 250 < 5% (> 95% reduction), 250 half-
periods, criteria C oscillations, criteria C
AC power inputs - 20 interruptions, 0.5 periods, -
criteria A
DC power inputs - 20 interruptions for 10 ms < UN - -
15%, criteria A

Table 213: Test requirements - Voltage dips, fluctuations, and short-term interruptions

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 541

 Standards and certifications • Requirements for immunity to disturbances

4.8 Damped vibration

Test carried out according to Limits according to

EN 61000-4-12 EN 61131-2
Power I/O, L to L ±1 kV, 1 MHz, repeat rate
400/seconds, length 2 seconds,
connection lengths 2 m, criteria B
Power I/O, L to PE ±2.5 kV, 1 MHz, repeat rate
400/seconds, length 2 seconds,
connection lengths 2 m, criteria B

Table 214: Test requirements - Damped vibration

542 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Standards and certifications • Mechanical conditions

5. Mechanical conditions

Vibration Test carried out according to Limits according to

Vibration operation EN 60068-2-6 EN 61131-2: Programmable logic controllers
EN 60721-3-3 class 3M4
Vibration during transport EN 60068-2-6 EN 60721-3-2 class 2M1
(packaged)
EN 60721-3-2 class 2M2
EN 60721-3-2 class 2M3
B&R
Shock during operation EN 60068-2-27 EN 61131-2: Programmable logic controllers
EN 60721-3-3 class 3M4
Shock during transport (packaged) EN 60068-2-27 EN 60721-3-2 class 2M1
EN 60721-3-2 class 2M2
EN 60721-3-2 class 2M3
B&R
Toppling (packaged) EN 60068-2-31 EN 60721-3-2 class 2M1
EN 60721-3-2 class 2M2
EN 60721-3-2 class 2M3
Free fall (packaged) EN 60068-2-32 EN 61131-2: Programmable logic controllers
B&R

Table 215: Overview of limits and testing guidelines for vibration

5.1 Vibration operation

Test carried out according to Limits according to Limits according to

EN 60068-2-6 EN 61131-2 EN 60721-3-3 class 3M4
Vibration during operation: 10 sweeps for each axis 10 sweeps for each axis
Uninterrupted duty with moveable
frequency in all 3 axes (x, y, z), 1 Frequency Limit value Frequency Limit value
octave per minute 5 - 9 Hz Amplitude 2 - 9 Hz Amplitude
Standards and
certifications
3.5 mm 3 mm
Chapter 5

9 - 150 Hz Acceleration 9 - 200 Hz Acceleration

1g 1g

Table 216: Test requirements - Vibration during operation

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 543

 Standards and certifications • Mechanical conditions

5.2 Vibration during transport (packaged)

Test carried out according to Limits according to Limits according to Limits according to
EN 60068-2-6 EN 60721-3-2 class 2M1 EN 60721-3-2 class 2M2 EN 60721-3-2 class 2M3
Vibration during transport: 10 sweeps for each axis, 10 sweeps for each axis, 10 sweeps for each axis,
Uninterrupted duty with moveable packaged packaged packaged
frequency in all 3 axes (x, y, z)
Frequency Limit value Frequency Limit value Frequency Limit value
2 - 9 Hz Amplitude 2 - 9 Hz Amplitude 2 - 8 Hz Amplitude
3.5 mm 3.5 mm 7.5 mm
9 - 200 Hz Acceleration 9 - 200 Hz Acceleration 8 - 200 Hz Acceleration
1g 1g 2g
200 - 500 Hz Acceleration 200 - 500 Hz Acceleration 200 - 500 Hz Acceleration
1.5 g 1.5 g 4g
Limit values according to B&R
10 sweeps per axis, not packaged
2 - 8 Hz Amplitude
7.5 mm
8 - 200 Hz Acceleration
2g
200 - 500 Hz Acceleration
4g

Table 217: Test requirements - Vibration during transport (packaged)

5.3 Shock during operation

Test carried out according to Limits according to Limits according to

EN 60068-2-27 EN 61131-2 EN 60721-3-3 class 3M4
Shock during operation: Pulse Acceleration 15 g, Acceleration 15 g,
(half-sine) stress in all 3 axes (x, y, length 11 ms, 18 shocks length 11 ms
z)

Table 218: Test requirements - Shock during operation

5.4 Shock during transport (packaged)

Test carried out according to Limits according to Limits according to Limits according to
EN 60068-2-27 EN 60721-3-2 class 2M1 EN 60721-3-2 class 2M2 EN 60721-3-2 class 2M3
Pulse (half-sine) stress in all 3 axes Acceleration 10 g, Acceleration 30 g, Acceleration 100 g,
(x, y, z) Length 11 ms, each 3 shocks, Length 6 ms, each 3 shocks, Length 6 ms, each 3 shocks,
packaged packaged packaged
Limits according to
B&R
Acceleration 30 g,
Length 11 ms, each 3 shocks,
not packaged

Table 219: Test requirements - Shock during transport

544 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Standards and certifications • Mechanical conditions

5.5 Toppling

Test carried out according to Limits according to Limits according to Limits according to
EN 60068-2-31 EN 60721-3-2 class 2M1 EN 60721-3-2 class 2M2 EN 60721-3-2 class 2M3
Drop and topple Devices: Drop/topple Devices: Drop/topple Devices: Drop/topple
on each edge on each edge on each edge
Weight Required Weight Required Weight Required
<20 kg Yes <20 kg Yes <20 kg Yes
20 - 100 kg - 20 - 100 kg Yes 20 - 100 kg Yes
>100 kg - >100 kg - >100 kg Yes

Table 220: Test requirements - Toppling

5.6 Free fall (packaged)

Test carried out according to Limits according to Limits according to Limits according to Limits according to
EN 60068-2-32 EN 61131-2 EN 60721-3-2 class EN 60721-3-2 class EN 60721-3-2 class
2M1 2M2 2M3
Free fall Devices with delivery Devices packaged Devices packaged Devices packaged
packaging each with 5
fall tests
Weight Height Weight Height Weight Height Weight Height
<10 kg 1.0 m <20 kg 0.25 m <20 kg 1.2 m <20 kg 1.5 m
10 - 40 kg 0.5 m 20 - 100 0.25 m 20 - 100 1.0 m 20 - 100 1.2 m
kg kg kg
>40 kg 0.25 m >100 kg 0.1 m >100 kg 0.25 m >100 kg 0.5 m
Devices with product
packaging each with 5
fall tests
Weight Height
<10 kg 0.3 m
10 - 40 kg 0.3 m
>40 kg 0.25 m
Standards and
certifications
Limits according to
Chapter 5

B&R
Devices packaged
Weight Height
<40 kg 1m

Table 221: Test requirements - Toppling

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 545

 Standards and certifications • Climate conditions

6. Climate conditions

Temperature / humidity Test carried out according to Limits according to

Worst case operation UL 508 UL 508: Industrial control equipment
EN 61131-2: Programmable logic controllers
Dry heat EN 60068-2-2 EN 61131-2: Programmable logic controllers
Dry cold EN 60068-2-1 EN 61131-2: Programmable logic controllers
Large temperature fluctuations EN 60068-2-14 EN 61131-2: Programmable logic controllers
Temperature fluctuations in EN 60068-2-14 EN 61131-2: Programmable logic controllers
operation
Humid heat, cyclic EN 60068-2-30 EN 61131-2: Programmable logic controllers
Humid heat, constant (storage) EN 60068-2-3 EN 61131-2: Programmable logic controllers
Sprayed water (from front) NEMA 250 Type 4X UL 50 - NEMA 250 4X: Degree of protection provided by housing

Table 222: Overview of limits and testing guidelines for temperature and humidity

6.1 Worst case operation

Test carried out Limits according to Limits according to

according to UL 508 UL 508 EN 61131-2
Worst case during operation. 3 hours at max. ambient 3 hours at max. ambient
Operation of the device with the temperature (min. +40°C) temperature (min. +40°C)
max. ambient temperature duration approx. 5 hours duration approx. 5 hours
specified in the data sheet at the
max. specified load

Table 223: Test requirements - Worst case during operation

6.2 Dry heat

Test carried out according to Limits according to

EN 60068-2-2 EN 61131-2
Dry heat 16 hours at +70°C for 1 cycle,
then 1 hour acclimatization and
function testing, duration
approximately 17 hours

Table 224: Test requirements - Dry heat

6.3 Dry cold

Test carried out according to Limits according to

EN 60068-2-1 EN 61131-2
Dry cold 16 hours at -40°C for 1 cycle, then
1 hour acclimatization and
function testing, duration
approximately 17 hours

Table 225: Test requirements - Dry cold

546 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Standards and certifications • Climate conditions

6.4 Large temperature fluctuations

Test carried out according to Limits according to

EN 60068-2-14 EN 61131-2
Large temperature fluctuations 3 hours at -40° C and 3 hours at
+70°C, 2 cycles, then 2 hours
acclimatization and function
testing, duration approximately
14 hours

Table 226: Test requirements - Large temperature fluctuations

6.5 Temperature fluctuations in operation

Test carried out according to Limits according to

EN 60068-2-14 EN 61131-2
Open devices: These can also 3 hours at +5° C and 3 hours at
have a housing and are installed in 55°C, 5 cycles, temperature
switching cabinets gradient 3°C / min, the unit is
occasionally supplied with voltage
during testing, duration
approximately 30 hours
Closed devices: These are devices 3 hours at +5°C and
whose data sheet specifies a 3 hours at +55°C, 5 cycles,
surrounding housing (enclosure) temperature gradient 3°C / min,
with the corresponding safety the unit is occasionally supplied
precautions with voltage during testing,
duration approximately 30 hours

Table 227: Test requirements - Temperature fluctuations in operation

6.6 Humid heat, cyclic

Test carried out according to Limits according to

EN 60068-2-30 EN 61131-2
Alternating climate 24 hours at +25°C / +55°C and
97% / 83% RH, 2 cycles, then
2 hours acclimatization, function
testing and insulation, duration
Standards and
certifications
approximately 50 hours
Chapter 5

Table 228: Test requirements - Humid heat, cyclic

6.7 Humid heat, constant (storage)

Test carried out according to Limits according to

EN 60068-2-3 EN 61131-2
Humid heat, constant (storage) 48 hours at +40°C and 92.5% RH,
then insulation test within 3 hours,
duration approximately 49 hours

Table 229: Test requirements - Humid heat, constant (storage)

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 547

 Standards and certifications • Climate conditions

6.8 Sprayed water (front side)

Test carried out according to Limits according to

UL 50 NEMA 250 Type 4X
Sprayed water (front side) Spraying using a 25.4 mm
(diameter) water jet nozzle
Distance: 3 to 3.7 meters (all
angles)
Water flow: 246 liters/minute
Duration: 48 seconds, 5 seconds
minimum

Table 230: Test requirements - Sprayed water (front side)

548 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Standards and certifications • Safety

7. Safety

Safety Test carried out according to Limits according to

Ground resistance EN 61131-2 EN 60204-1: Electrical equipment of machines
EN 61131-2: Programmable logic controllers
Insulation resistance EN 60204-1: Electrical equipment of machines
High voltage EN 60060-1 EN 61131-2: Programmable logic controllers
UL 508: Industrial control equipment
Residual voltage EN 61131-2 EN 60204-1: Electrical equipment of machines
EN 61131-2: Programmable logic controllers
Leakage current VDE 0701-1: Service, changes and testing of electrical devices
B&R
Overload UL 508 EN 61131-2: Programmable logic controllers
UL 508: Industrial control equipment
Simulation component defect UL 508 EN 61131-2: Programmable logic controllers
UL 508: Industrial control equipment
Voltage range EN 61131-2: Programmable logic controllers

Table 231: Overview of limits and testing guidelines for safety

7.1 Ground resistance

Test carried out according to Limits according to Limits according to

EN 61131-2 EN 60204-11) EN 61131-2
Ground resistance: housing (from Smallest effective cross section of Maximum measured voltage drop Test current 30 A for 2 min,
any metal part to the ground the protective ground conductor at a test current of 10 A < 0.1 Ohm
terminal) for the branch being tested
1.0 mm² 3.3 V
1.5 mm² 2.6 V
2.5 mm² 1.9 V
4.0 mm² 1.4 V
Standards and
certifications
Chapter 5

> 6.0 mm² 1.0 V

Table 232: Test requirements - Ground resistance

1) See EN 60204-1:1997 page 62, table 9.

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 549

 Standards and certifications • Safety

7.2 Insulation resistance

Test carried out Limits according to

EN 60204-11)
Insulation resistance: main circuits > 1 MOhm at 500 VDC voltage
to protective ground conductor

Table 233: Test requirements - Insulation resistance

1) See EN 60204-1:1997 page 62, table 9.

7.3 High voltage

Test carried out according to Limits according to Limits according to

EN 60060-1 EN 61131-21) UL 508
High voltage: Primary circuit to Input voltage Test voltage Input Test voltage
secondary circuit and to protective voltage
ground circuit (transformers, coils, 1.2/50 µs AC, 1 min DC, 1 min AC, 1 min DC, 1 min
varistors, capacitors and voltage
components used to protect surge peak
against over-voltage can be 0 - 50 VAC 850 V 510 V 720 V ≤ 50 V 500 V 707 V
removed before the test) 0 - 60 VDC
50 - 100 VAC 1360 V 740 V 1050 V > 50 V 1000 V + (1000 V +
60 - 100 VDC 2 x UN 2 x UN)
x 1.414
100 - 150 VAC 2550 V 1400 V 1950 V
100 - 150 VDC
150 - 300 VAC 4250 V 2300 V 3250 V
150 - 300 VDC
300 - 600 VAC 6800 V 3700 V 5250 V
300 - 600 VDC
600 - 1000 VAC 10200 V 5550 V 7850 V
600 - 1000 VDC

Table 234: Test requirements - High voltage

1) See EN 61131-2:2003 page 104, table 59.

7.4 Residual voltage

Test carried out according to Limits according to Limits according to

EN 61131-2 EN 60204-1 EN 61131-2
Residual voltage after switching off < 60 V after 5 sec (active parts) < 60 V after 5 sec (active parts)
< 60 V after 1 sec (plug pins) < 60 V after 1 sec (plug pins)

Table 235: Test requirements - Residual voltage

550 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Standards and certifications • Safety

7.5 Leakage current

Test carried out Limits according to B&R

VDE 0701-1
Leakage current: Phase to ground < 3.5 mA < 1 mA

Table 236: Test requirements - Leakage current

7.6 Overload

Test carried out according to Limits according to Limits according to

UL 508 EN 61131-2 UL 508
Overload of transistor outputs 50 switches, 1.5 IN, 1 sec 50 switches, 1.5 IN, 1 sec
on / 9 sec off on / 9 sec off

Table 237: Test requirements - Overload

7.7 Defective component

Test carried out according to Limits according to Limits according to

UL 508 EN 61131-2 UL 508
Simulation of how components in Non-flammable surrounding cloth Non-flammable surrounding cloth
power supply became defective No contact with conductive parts No contact with
conductive parts

Table 238: Test requirements - Defective component

7.8 Voltage range

Test carried out according to Limits according to

EN 61131-2
Supply voltage Measurement Tolerance
value min/max
Standards and
certifications
Chapter 5

24 VDC
-15%
48 VDC
+20%
125 VDC
24 VAC
48 VAC
100 VAC
110 VAC
15%
120 VAC
+10%
200 VAC
230 VAC
240 VAC
400 VAC

Table 239: Test requirements - Voltage range

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 551

 Standards and certifications • Other tests

8. Other tests

Other tests Test carried out according to Limits according to

Function test - -
Optical test - -
Hot spot measurement - -
Impact resistance - -
Protection type - EN 60529: Degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP code)
Degree of pollution - EN 60664-1: Insulation coordination for equipment within low-voltage
systems - part 1: Principles, requirements and tests
Mounting dimensions - B&R

Table 240: Overview of limits and testing guidelines for other tests

8.1 Impact resistance

Test carried out according to Limits according to

TBD

Table 241: Test requirements - Impact resistance

8.2 Protection type

Test carried out according to Limits according to Limits according to

EN 60529 EN 60529
Protection of the operating IP2. IP.6
equipment Protection against large solid Protection against large solid
foreign bodies =12.5 mm diameter foreign bodies:
dust-proof
Protection of personnel IP2. IP.6
Protection against touching Protection against touching
dangerous parts with finger dangerous parts with conductor
Protection against water IP.0 IP.5
permeation with damaging Not protected Protected against sprayed water
consequences

Table 242: Test requirements - Protection

8.3 Degree of pollution

Test carried out according to Limits according to

EN 60664-1
Definition Degree of pollution II

Table 243: Test requirements - Degree of pollution

552 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Standards and certifications • International certifications

9. International certifications

B&R products and services comply with applicable standards. They are international standards
from organizations such as ISO, IEC and CENELEC, as well as national standards from
organizations such as UL, CSA, FCC, VDE, ÖVE, etc. We give special consideration to the
reliability of our products in an industrial environment.

Certifications
USA and Canada All important B&R products are tested and listed by Underwriters Laboratories and
checked quarterly by a UL inspector.
This mark is valid for the USA and Canada and simplifies certification of your machines
and systems in these areas.

Europe All harmonized EN standards for the applicable guidelines are met.

Table 244: International certifications

Standards and
certifications
Chapter 5

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 553

 Standards and certifications • International certifications

554 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Accessories • Overview

Chapter 6 • Accessories

1. Overview

Model number Description Note

0AC201.91 Lithium batteries (4x)
Lithium batteries, 4 pcs., 3 V / 950 mAh, button cell
0TB103.9 Plug 24V 5.08 3-pin screw clamps
24 VDC 3-pin connector, female. Screw clamps, 3.31 mm², protected against vibration by the
screw flange
0TB103.91 Plug 24V 5.08 3-pin cage clamps
24 VDC 3-pin connector, female. Cage clamps, 3.31 mm², protected against vibration by the
screw flange
4A0006.00-000 Lithium battery (1x)
Lithium battery, 1 pc., 3 V / 950 mAh, button cell
4AC200.1000-00 aPCI slot cover, 1 pc.
Optional aPCI slot cover for inserting into an available aPCI slot on a Power Panel 200 device
5AC900.057X-00 Legend strips 3x 5.7" Vertical1
Legend strip template for 4PP151.0571-01, 4PP151.0571-21, 4PP251.0571-45,
4PP251.0571-65, 4PP251.0571-85, 4PP251.0571-A5
5AC900.057X-01 Legend strips 2x 5.7" Horizontal2
Legend strip template for 4PP152.0571-01, 4PP152.0571-21, 4PP252.0571-45,
4PP252.0571-65, 4PP252.0571-85, 4PP252.0571-A5
5AC900.104X-00 Legend strip 1x 10.4" Vertical1
Legend strip template for 4PP151.1043-31, 4PP181.1043-31, 4PP251.1043-75,
4PP251.1043-B5, 4PP281.1043-75, 4PP281.1043-B5
5AC900.104X-01 Legend strip 1x 10.4" Horizontal2
Legend strip template for 4PP152.1043-31, 4PP182.1043-31, 4PP252.1043-75,
4PP252.1043-B5, 4PP282.1043-75, 4PP282.1043-B5
5AC900.104X-02 Legend strips 3x 10.4" Horizontal1
Legend strip template for 4PP180.1043-31, 4PP280.1043-75, 4PP280.1043-B5
5AC900.150X-00 Legend strips 4x 15"
Legend strip template for 4PP280.1505-75, 4PP280.1505-B5, 4PP281.1505-75,
4PP281.1505-B5
5CFCRD.0032-01 CompactFlash 32 MB TrueIDE SanDisk/R2 Cancelled
CompactFlash card with 32 MB flash PROM and True IDE/ATA interface since 11/2003
5CFCRD.0032-02 CompactFlash 32 MB TrueIDE SanDisk/A Cancelled
CompactFlash card with 32 MB flash PROM and True IDE/ATA interface since 12/2005
Accessories

5CFCRD.0064-01 CompactFlash 64 MB TrueIDE SanDisk/R2 Cancelled

Chapter 6

CompactFlash card with 64 MB flash PROM and True IDE/ATA interface since 11/2003
5CFCRD.0064-02 CompactFlash 64 MB TrueIDE SanDisk/A Cancelled
CompactFlash card with 64 MB flash PROM and True IDE/ATA interface since 12/2005

Table 245: Model numbers - Accessories

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 555

 Accessories • Overview

Model number Description Note

5CFCRD.0064-03 CompactFlash 64 MB TrueIDE SSI
CompactFlash card with 64 MB SLC NAND flash and True IDE/ATA interface
5CFCRD.0128-01 CompactFlash 128 MB TrueIDE SanDisk/R2 Cancelled
CompactFlash card with 128 MB flash PROM and True IDE/ATA interface since 11/2003
5CFCRD.0128-02 CompactFlash 128 MB TrueIDE SanDisk/A Cancelled
CompactFlash card with 128 MB flash PROM and True IDE/ATA interface since 12/2005
5CFCRD.0128-03 CompactFlash 128 MB TrueIDE SSI
CompactFlash card with 128 MB SLC NAND flash and True IDE/ATA interface
5CFCRD.0192-01 CompactFlash 196 MB TrueIDE SanDisk/R2 Cancelled
CompactFlash card with 196 MB flash PROM and True IDE/ATA interface since 07/2003
5CFCRD.0256-01 CompactFlash 256 MB TrueIDE SanDisk/R2 Cancelled
CompactFlash card with 256 MB flash PROM and True IDE/ATA interface since 11/2003
5CFCRD.0256-02 CompactFlash 256 MB TrueIDE SanDisk/A Cancelled
CompactFlash card with 256 MB flash PROM and True IDE/ATA interface since 12/2005
5CFCRD.0256-03 CompactFlash 256 MB TrueIDE SSI
CompactFlash card with 256 MB SLC NAND flash and True IDE/ATA interface
5CFCRD.0384-01 CompactFlash 384 MB TrueIDE SanDisk/R2 Cancelled
CompactFlash card with 384 MB flash PROM and True IDE/ATA interface since 07/2003
5CFCRD.0512-01 CompactFlash 512 MB TrueIDE SanDisk/R2 Cancelled
CompactFlash card with 512 MB flash PROM and True IDE/ATA interface since 11/2003
5CFCRD.0512-02 CompactFlash 512 MB TrueIDE SanDisk/A Cancelled
CompactFlash card with 512 MB flash PROM and True IDE/ATA interface since 12/2005
5CFCRD.0512-03 CompactFlash 512 MB TrueIDE SSI
CompactFlash card with 512 MB SLC NAND flash and True IDE/ATA interface
5CFCRD.1024-02 CompactFlash 1024 MB TrueIDE SanDisk/A Cancelled
CompactFlash card with 1024 MB flash PROM and True IDE/ATA interface since 12/2005
5CFCRD.1024-03 CompactFlash 1024 MB TrueIDE SSI
CompactFlash card with 1024 MB SLC NAND flash and True IDE/ATA interface
5CFCRD.2048-02 CompactFlash 2024 MB TrueIDE SanDisk/A Cancelled
CompactFlash card with 2048 MB flash PROM and True IDE/ATA interface since 12/2005
5CFCRD.2048-03 CompactFlash 2048 MB TrueIDE SSI
CompactFlash card with 2048 MB SLC NAND flash and True IDE/ATA interface
5CFCRD.4096-03 CompactFlash 4096 MB TrueIDE SSI
CompactFlash card with 4096 MB SLC NAND flash and True IDE/ATA interface
5CFCRD.8192-03 CompactFlash 8192 MB TrueIDE SSI In preparation
CompactFlash card with 8192 MB SLC NAND flash and True IDE/ATA interface
5MMUSB.0128-00 USB flash drive 128 MB SanDisk Cancelled since
USB 2.0 flash drive 128 MB 12/2005
5MMUSB.0256-00 USB flash drive 256 MB SanDisk Cancelled since
USB 2.0 flash drive 256 MB 03/2007
5MMUSB.0512-00 USB flash drive 512 MB SanDisk
USB 2.0 flash drive 512 MB

Table 245: Model numbers - Accessories (Forts.)

556 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Accessories • Overview

Model number Description Note

5MMUSB.1024-00 USB flash drive 1 GB SanDisk Cancelled since
USB 2.0 flash drive 1 GB 03/2007
5MMUSB.2048-00 USB flash drive 2 GB SanDisk
USB 2.0 flash drive 2 GB
9A0017.01 RS232 DB9 null modem cable 0.6 m
Null modem cable RS232 0.6 m to connect UPS and IPC (9-pin DSUB socket - 9-pin DSUB
socket).
9A0017.02 RS232 DB9 null modem cable 1.8 m
Null modem cable RS232 1.8 m to connect UPS and IPC (9-pin DSUB socket - 9-pin DSUB
socket).
5SWHMI.0000-00 HMI Drivers & Utilities DVD

Table 245: Model numbers - Accessories (Forts.)

Accessories
Chapter 6

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 557

 Accessories • Lithium battery

2. Lithium battery

2.1 General information

The lithium battery is needed for buffering the BIOS CMOS data, the real-time clock, and SRAM
data.

The battery is subject to wear and must be replaced when the battery power ("Bad" status) is
insufficient (see "Changing the battery" on page 590).

2.2 Order data

Model number Description Figure

0AC201.91 Lithium batteries, 4 pcs., 3 V / 950 mAh, button cell
4A0006.00-000 Lithium battery, 1 pc., 3 V / 950 mAh, button cell

Table 246: Order data - Lithium batteries

2.3 Technical data

Information:
The following characteristics, features and limit values only apply to this accessory
and can deviate from those specified for the entire device. For the entire device
where this accessory is installed, refer to the data provided specifically for the entire
device.

Features 0AC201.91 4A0006.00-000

Capacity 950 mAh
Voltage 3V
Self discharge at 23°C < 1% per year
Storage time Max. 3 years at 30°C
Environment
Storage temperature -20 to +60°C
Relative humidity 0 to 95%, non-condensing

Table 247: Technical data - Lithium batteries

558 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Accessories • TB103 3-pin supply voltage connector

3. TB103 3-pin supply voltage connector

3.1 General information

This single row 3-pin terminal block is mainly used to connect the supply voltage.

3.2 Order data

Model number Description Figure

0TB103.9 Plug for the 24 V supply voltage (screw clamps)
0TB103.91 Plug for the 24 V supply voltage (cage clamps)

0TB103.9

0TB103.91

Table 248: Order data - TB103

Information:
The following characteristics, features and limit values only apply to this accessory
and can deviate from those specified for the entire device. For the entire device
where this accessory is installed, refer to the data provided specifically for the entire
device.

Name 0TB103.9 0TB103.91

Number of pins 3
Accessories

Type of terminal Screw clamps Cage clamps

Chapter 6

Distance between contacts 5.08 mm

Resistance between contacts ≤5 mΩ

Table 249: Technical data - TB103

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 559

 Accessories • TB103 3-pin supply voltage connector

Name 0TB103.9 0TB103.91

Nominal voltage according to VDE / 250 V / 300 V
UL,CSA
Current load according to VDE / UL,CSA 14.5 A / 10 A per contact
Terminal size 0.08 mm² - 3.31 mm²
Cable type Copper wires only (no aluminum wires!)

Table 249: Technical data - TB103 (Forts.)

560 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Accessories • aPCI slot cover

4. aPCI slot cover

The aPCI slot cover can be installed when an aPCI slot on a Power Panel 200 device is not in
use for whatever reason. This can also be necessary e.g. for EMC reasons.

Figure 401: aPCI slot cover 4AC200.1000-00

4.1 Installation

Because it has the same mechanical dimensions as a B&R aPCI module, it can easily be
inserted into a free aPCI slot and tightly fastened to the Power Panel using a knurled screw.

Figure 402: aPCI slot cover installation

Accessories
Chapter 6

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 561

 Accessories • Legend strip templates

5. Legend strip templates

Power Panel devices with keys are delivered with partially pre-labeled key legend strips (F1, F2,
etc.). The key legend strip slots are accessible on the back of the Power Panel device (above
and below).

Figure 403: Legend strip templates

Printable legend strips (A4 format) can be ordered from B&R (see table 250 "Order data - Legend
strip templates" on page 563). They can be printed using a standard laser printer (b/w or color)
in a temperature range from -40 to +125°C. A print template (available for Corel Draw versions
7, 9 and 10) for the respective legend strip template can be downloaded from the B&R
homepage at www.br-automation.com.

562 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Accessories • Legend strip templates

5.1 Order data

Model number Description Figure

5AC900.057X-00 Legend strips 3x 5.7" Vertical1 Examples of legend strip templates
Legend strip template for Power Panels 4PP151.0571-01,
4PP151.0571-21, 4PP251.0571-45, 4PP251.0571-65,
4PP251.0571-85, 4PP251.0571-A5. For 3 devices.
5AC900.057X-01 Legend strips 2x 5.7" Horizontal2
Legend strip template for Power Panels 4PP152.0571-01,
4PP152.0571-21, 4PP252.0571-45, 4PP252.0571-65,
4PP252.0571-85, 4PP252.0571-A5. For 2 devices.
5AC900.104X-00 Legend strip 1x 10.4" Vertical1
Legend strip template for Power Panels 4PP151.1043-31, POWER PANEL EINSCHUBSTREIFENVORDRUCK PASSEND FÜR
POWER PANEL KEY TEMPLATE FOR
4PP280.1505-75, 4PP280.1505-B5
Identnummer: C0030776
Format: A4

4PP181.1043-31, 4PP251.1043-75, 4PP251.1043-B5,

4PP281.1505-75, 4PP281.1505-B5

4PP281.1043-75, 4PP281.1043-B5. For 1 device.

5AC900.104X-01 Legend strip 1x 10.4" Horizontal2
Legend strip template for Power Panels 4PP152.1043-31,
4PP182.1043-31, 4PP252.1043-75, 4PP252.1043-B5,
4PP282.1043-75, 4PP282.1043-B5. For 1 device.
5AC900.104X-02 Legend strips 3x 10.4" Horizontal1
Legend strip template for Power Panels 4PP180.1043-31,
4PP280.1043-75, 4PP280.1043-B5. For 3 devices.
5AC900.150X-00 Legend strips 4x 15" POWER PANEL EINSCHUBSTREIFENVORDRUCK PASSEND FÜR Identnummer: C0030768
POWER PANEL KEY TEMPLATE FOR Format: A4

Legend strip template for Power Panels 4PP151.1505-31, 4PP151.0571-01, 4PP151.0571-21, 4PP251.0571-45,
4PP251.0571-65, 4PP251.0571-85, 4PP251.0571-A5

4PP180.1505-31, 4PP181.1505-31, 4PP251.1505-75,

4PP251.1505-B5, 4PP280.1505-75, 4PP280.1505-B5,
4PP281.1505-75, 4PP281.1505-B5. For 4 devices.

Table 250: Order data - Legend strip templates

Accessories
Chapter 6

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 563

 Accessories • CompactFlash cards 5CFCRD.xxxx-03

6. CompactFlash cards 5CFCRD.xxxx-03

6.1 General information

Information:
Silicon Systems CompactFlash cards 5CFCRD.xxxx-03 and CompactFlash cards
from a different manufacturer cannot be used in the same system at the same time.
Due to differences in technology (older vs. newer technologies), problems can
occur during system startup that are caused by the different boot times.

See chapter 3 "Commissioning", section 8 "Known problems / issues" on page 451.

Information:
On Windows CE 5.0 devices, 5CFCRD.xxxx-03 CompactFlash cards up to 1GB are
supported.

6.2 Order data

Model number Description Figure

5CFCRD.0064-03 CompactFlash 64 MB SSI
5CFCRD.0128-03 CompactFlash 128 MB SSI
5CFCRD.0256-03 CompactFlash 256 MB SSI
5CFCRD.0512-03 CompactFlash 512 MB SSI
5CFCRD.1024-03 CompactFlash 1024 MB SSI
5CFCRD.2048-03 CompactFlash 2048 MB SSI
5CFCRD.4096-03 CompactFlash 4096 MB SSI
5CFCRD.8192-03 CompactFlash 8192 MB SSI
CompactFlash card

Table 251: Order data - CompactFlash cards

564 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Accessories • CompactFlash cards 5CFCRD.xxxx-03

6.3 Technical data

Caution!
A sudden loss of power can cause data to be lost! In very rare cases, the mass
memory may also become damaged.

To prevent damage and loss of data, B&R recommends that you use a UPS device.

Information:
The following characteristics, features and limit values only apply to this accessory
and can deviate those specified for the entire device. For the entire device where
this accessory is installed, refer to the data provided specifically for the entire
device.

Features 5CFCRD. 5CFCRD. 5CFCRD. 5CFCRD. 5CFCRD. 5CFCRD. 5CFCRD. 5CFCRD.

0064-03 0128-03 0256-03 0512-03 1024-03 2048-03 4096-03 8192-03
MTBF (at 25°C) > 4,000,000 hours
Maintenance None
Data reliability < 1 unrecoverable error in 1014 bit read accesses
Data retention 10 years
Lifetime monitoring Yes
Supported operating modes PIO Mode 0-4, Multiword DMA Mode 0-2
Continuous reading Typically 8 MB/s
Continuous writing Typically 6 MB/s
Endurance
Clear/write cycles
Typical > 2.000.000
SLC flash Yes
Wear leveling Static
Error Correction Coding (ECC) Yes
Support
Hardware MP100/200, PP100/200, PP300/400, PPC700, PPC300,
Provit 2000, Provit 5000, APC620, APC680, APC810, APC820
Windows XP Professional - - - - - - Yes Yes
Windows XP Embedded - - - Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Windows CE 6.0 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 1)
Accessories
Chapter 6

Windows CE 5.0 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes - - -

Table 252: Technical data - CompactFlash cards 5CFCRD.xxxx-03

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 565

 Accessories • CompactFlash cards 5CFCRD.xxxx-03

Support 5CFCRD. 5CFCRD. 5CFCRD. 5CFCRD. 5CFCRD. 5CFCRD. 5CFCRD. 5CFCRD.

0064-03 0128-03 0256-03 0512-03 1024-03 2048-03 4096-03 8192-03
PVI Transfer Tool ≥ V2.57 (part of PVI Development Setup ≥ V2.5.3.3005)
B&R Embedded OS Installer ≥ V2.21
Mechanical characteristics
Dimensions
Length 36.4 ±0.15 mm
Width 42.8 ±0.10 mm
Thickness 3.3 ±0.10 mm
Weight 11.4 g
Environmental characteristics
Ambient temperature
Operation 0 to +70°C
Storage -50 to +100°C
Transport -50 to +100°C
Relative humidity
Operation / Storage / Transport 8 to 95%, non-condensing
Vibration
Operation max. 16.3 g (159 m/s2 0-peak)
Storage / Transport max. 30 g (294 m/s2 0-peak)
Shock
Operation max. 1000 g (9810 m/s2 0-peak)
Storage / Transport max. 3000 g (29430 m/s2 0-peak)
Altitude Maximum 80,000 feet (24,383 meters)

Table 252: Technical data - CompactFlash cards 5CFCRD.xxxx-03 (Forts.)

1) Not supported by B&R Embedded OS installer.

6.3.1 Temperature humidity diagram - Operation and storage

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55 Storage
50 Operation
Transport
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 404: Temperature humidity diagram - CompactFlash cards 5CFCRD.xxxx-03

566 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Accessories • CompactFlash cards 5CFCRD.xxxx-03

6.4 Dimensions

1,60 ±0.05
±0,05

0.99 ±0.05
1.60 26 50

1 25
1.01 ±0.07 1.01 ±0.07
3.30 ±0.1
2x 12 ±0.10

2x 3 ±0.07
CompactFlash type I
2x 25.78 ±0.07

2.44 ±0.07

36.4 ±0.15
Top

0.76 ±0.07
1.65 0.63 ±0.07
41.66 ±0.13
4 x R0.5 ±0.1
42.8 ±0.1

Figure 405: Dimensions - CompactFlash card Type I

Accessories
Chapter 6

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 567

 Accessories • CompactFlash cards 5CFCRD.xxxx-02

7. CompactFlash cards 5CFCRD.xxxx-02

7.1 General information

CompactFlash cards are easy-to-exchange storage media. Due to their robustness against
environmental influences (e.g. temperature, shock, vibration, etc.), CompactFlash cards are
ideal for use as storage media in industrial environments.

7.2 Order data

Model number Description Figure

5CFCRD.0032-02 CompactFlash 32 MB TrueIDE SanDisk/A
5CFCRD.0064-02 CompactFlash 64 MB TrueIDE SanDisk/A
5CFCRD.0128-02 CompactFlash 128 MB TrueIDE SanDisk/A
5CFCRD.0256-02 CompactFlash 256 MB TrueIDE SanDisk/A
5CFCRD.0512-02 CompactFlash 512 MB TrueIDE SanDisk/A
5CFCRD.1024-02 CompactFlash 1024 MB TrueIDE SanDisk/A
5CFCRD.2048-02 CompactFlash 2048 MB TrueIDE SanDisk/A

Table 253: Order data - CompactFlash cards 5CFCRD.xxxx-02

7.3 Technical data

Information:
The following characteristics, features and limit values only apply to this accessory
and can deviate those specified for the entire device. For the entire device where
this accessory is installed, refer to the data provided specifically for the entire
device.

Features 5CFCRD.xxxx-02
MTBF (@ 25°C) > 3,000,000 hours
Maintenance None
Data reliability < 1 unrecoverable error in 1014 bit read accesses
< 1 faulty correction in 1020 bit read accesses
Write/erase procedures > 2,000,000 times

Table 254: Technical data - CompactFlash cards 5CFCRD.xxxx-02

568 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Accessories • CompactFlash cards 5CFCRD.xxxx-02

Mechanics 5CFCRD.xxxx-02
Dimensions
Length 36.4 ±0.15 mm
Width 42.8 ±0.10 mm
Thickness 3.3 ±0.10 mm
Weight 11.4 g
Environment
Ambient temperature
Operation 0 to +70°C
Storage -25 to +85°C
Transport -25 to +85°C
Relative humidity
Operation / Storage 8 to 95%, non-condensing
Vibration
Operation / Storage Maximum 30 G (point to point)
Shock
Operation / Storage Maximum 3,000 G
Altitude 24000 meters

Table 254: Technical data - CompactFlash cards 5CFCRD.xxxx-02 (Forts.)

7.4 Dimensions
1,60 ±0.05
±0,05

0.99 ±0.05
1.60

26 50

1 25
1.01 ±0.07 1.01 ±0.07
3.30 ±0.1
2x 12 ±0.10

2x 3 ±0.07

CompactFlash type I
2x 25.78 ±0.07

2.44 ±0.07
36.4 ±0.15

Top
0.76 ±0.07

1.65 0.63 ±0.07

41.66 ±0.13
4 x R0.5 ±0.1
42.8 ±0.1
Accessories
Chapter 6

Figure 406: Dimensions - CompactFlash card Type I

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 569

 Accessories • CompactFlash cards 5CFCRD.xxxx-02

7.5 Calculating the lifespan

SanDisk provides a 6-page "white paper" for the lifespan calculation of CompactFlash cards (see
following pages). This document can also be found on the SanDisk homepage.

Figure 407: SanDisk white paper - Page 1

570 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Accessories • CompactFlash cards 5CFCRD.xxxx-02

Figure 408: SanDisk white paper - Page 2

Accessories
Chapter 6

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 571

 Accessories • CompactFlash cards 5CFCRD.xxxx-02

Figure 409: SanDisk white paper - Page 3

572 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Accessories • CompactFlash cards 5CFCRD.xxxx-02

Figure 410: SanDisk white paper - Page 4

Accessories
Chapter 6

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 573

 Accessories • CompactFlash cards 5CFCRD.xxxx-02

Figure 411: SanDisk white paper - Page 5

574 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Accessories • CompactFlash cards 5CFCRD.xxxx-02

Figure 412: SanDisk white paper - Page 6

Accessories
Chapter 6

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 575

 Accessories • CompactFlash cards 5CFCRD.0xxx-01

8. CompactFlash cards 5CFCRD.0xxx-01

8.1 General information

CompactFlash cards are easy-to-exchange storage media. Due to their robustness against
environmental influences (e.g. temperature, shock, vibration, etc.), CompactFlash cards are
ideal for use as storage media in industrial environments.

8.2 Order data

Model number Description Figure

5CFCRD.0032-01 CompactFlash 32 MB ATA/True IDE
5CFCRD.0064-01 CompactFlash 64 MB ATA/True IDE
5CFCRD.0128-01 CompactFlash 128 MB ATA/True IDE
5CFCRD.0128-01 CompactFlash 196 MB ATA/True IDE
5CFCRD.0256-01 CompactFlash 256 MB ATA/True IDE
5CFCRD.0384-01 CompactFlash 384 MB ATA/True IDE
5CFCRD.0512-01 CompactFlash 512 MB ATA/True IDE

Table 255: Order data - CompactFlash cards 5CFCRD.0xxx-01

8.3 Technical data

Information:
The specified limits listed here, such as temperature, relative humidity, shock and
vibration, only apply to his accessory and do not automatically apply to the whole
terminal.

Features 5CFCRD.xxxx-01
Temperature
Operation 0 to 60°C
Storage -25 to 85°C
Relative humidity
Operation / Storage 8 to 95%, non-condensing
Vibration
Operation / Storage Maximum 30 G point-to-point
Shock
Operation / Storage Maximum 3,000 G

Table 256: Technical data - CompactFlash cards 5CFCRD.xxxx-01

576 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Accessories • CompactFlash cards 5CFCRD.0xxx-01

Features 5CFCRD.xxxx-01
Altitude 24000 meters
MTBF (@ 25°C) > 3,000,000 hours
Maintenance None
Data reliability <1 unrecoverable error in 1014 bit read accesses
<1 faulty correction in 1020 bit read accesses
Write/erase procedures > 2,000,000 times
Weight 11.4 grams
Dimensions
Length 36.4 ±0.15 mm
Width 42.8 ±0.10 mm
Thickness 3.3 ±0.10 mm

Table 256: Technical data - CompactFlash cards 5CFCRD.xxxx-01 (Forts.)

Accessories
Chapter 6

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 577

 Accessories • USB flash drive

9. USB flash drive

Information:
We reserve the right to supply alternative products due to the vast quantity of flash
drives available on the market and their corresponding short product lifecycle. As a
result, the following measures may be necessary (e.g. using the SanDisk Cruzer
Micro flash drive with 512 MB) to take the following measures in order to boot from
these flash drives:

• The flash drive must be reformatted or in some cases even re-partitioned (set
active partition).
• The flash drive must be at the top of the BIOS boot order, or alternatively the
IDE controllers can also be deactivated in the BIOS. This can be avoided in
most cases if a "fdisk /mbr" command is also executed on the USB flash
drive.

9.1 General information

USB flash drives are easy-to-exchange storage media. Because of the fast data transfer (USB
2.0), the USB flash drives are ideal for use as a portable memory medium. Without requiring
additional drivers ("Hot Plug & Play" - except with Windows 98SE), the USB flash drive can be
converted immediately into an additional drive where data can be read or written. Only USB flash
drives from the memory specialists SanDisk are used.

9.2 Order data

Model number Description Figure

5MMUSB.0128-00 USB flash drive 128 MB SanDisk
Cruzer Mini ®
SanDisk Cruzer Mini
5MMUSB.0256-00 USB flash drive 256 MB SanDisk
Cruzer Mini
5MMUSB.0512-00 USB flash drive 512 MB SanDisk
Cruzer Mini up to Rev. E0 or Cruzer Micro starting with Rev.
E0
5MMUSB.1024-00 USB flash drive 1 GB SanDisk
Cruzer Mini up to Rev. C0 or Cruzer Micro starting with
Rev. C0 ®
SanDisk Cruzer Micro
5MMUSB.2048-00 USB flash drive 2 GB SanDisk
Cruzer Micro

Table 257: Order data - USB flash drives

578 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Accessories • USB flash drive

9.3 Technical data

Information:
The following characteristics, features and limit values only apply to this accessory
and can deviate those specified for the entire device. For the entire device where
this accessory is installed, refer to the data provided specifically for the entire
device.

Features 5MMUSB.0128-00 5MMUSB.0256-00 5MMUSB.0512-00 5MMUSB.1024-00 5MMUSB.2048-00

LED
Cruzer Mini / Cruzer Micro 1 LED (green), signals data transfer (send and receive)
Power supply Via the USB port
Current requirements Cruzer Mini / 650 µA sleep mode, 150 mA read/write
Cruzer Micro
Interface Cruzer Mini / Cruzer Micro USB specification 2.0 high speed device, mass storage class, USB-IF and WHQL certified
Type USB 1.1 and 2.0 compatible
Transfer rate Up to 480 MBit (high speed)
Sequential reading Max. 8.7 MB/second
Sequential writing Max. 1.7 MB/second
Connection To each USB type A interface
MTBF (at 25°C)
Cruzer Mini / Cruzer Micro 100,000 hours
Data retention
Cruzer Mini / Cruzer Micro 10 years
Maintenance
Cruzer Mini / Cruzer Micro None
Operating system support
Cruzer Mini Windows CE 4.1, CE 4.2, 98SE1) , ME, 2000, XP, Mac OS 9.1.x and Mac OS X 10.1.2
Cruzer Micro Windows CE 4.2, CE 5.0, ME, 2000, XP and Mac OS 9.1.x+, OS X v10.1.2+
Mechanical characteristics
Dimensions
Height - Cruzer Mini / Cruzer Micro 62 mm / 52.2 mm
Width - Cruzer Mini / Cruzer Micro 19 mm / 19 mm
Depth - Cruzer Mini / Cruzer Micro 11 mm / 7.9 mm
Environmental characteristics
Environmental temperature Cruzer Mini /
Cruzer Micro
Operation 0 to +45°C
Storage -20 to +60°C
Transport -20 to +60°C
Humidity Cruzer Mini / Cruzer Micro
Operation 10 to 90%, non-condensing
Storage 5 to 90%, non-condensing
Transport 5 to 90%, non-condensing
Accessories
Chapter 6

Table 258: Technical data - USB flash drive 5MMUSB.xxxx-00

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 579

 Accessories • USB flash drive

Features 5MMUSB.0128-00 5MMUSB.0256-00 5MMUSB.0512-00 5MMUSB.1024-00 5MMUSB.2048-00

Vibration Cruzer Mini / Cruzer Micro

Operation At 10 - 500 Hz: 2 g (19.6 m/s2 0 peak), oscillation rate 1/minute
Storage At 10 - 500 Hz: 4 g (39.2 m/s2 0 peak), oscillation rate 1/minute
Transport At 10 - 500 Hz: 4 g (39.2 m/s2 0 peak), oscillation rate 1/minute
Shock Cruzer Mini / Cruzer Micro
Operation Max. 40 g (392 m/s2 0-peak) and 11 ms length
Storage Max. 80 g (784 m/s2 0-peak) and 11 ms length
Transport Max. 80 g (784 m/s2 0-peak) and 11 ms length
Altitude Cruzer Mini / Cruzer Micro
Operation 3048 meters
Storage 12192 meters
Transport 12192 meters

Table 258: Technical data - USB flash drive 5MMUSB.xxxx-00 (Forts.)

1) For Win 98SE, a driver can be downloaded from the SanDisk homepage.

9.3.1 Temperature humidity diagram - Operation and storage

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
Transport

55
Stotage

50 Operation
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 413: Temperature humidity diagram - USB flash drive - 5MMUSB.xxxx-00

580 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Accessories • USB flash drive

9.4 Creating a bootable USB flash drive

When used in connection with a B&R industrial PC, it is possible to boot the system from one of
the flash drives available from B&R. The flash drive must be specially prepared for this.

9.4.1 Requirements

The following peripherals are required for creating a bootable USB flash drive:

• B&R USB flash drive

• B&R Industrial PC
• USB floppy drive (external)
• USB keyboard
• A start disk created using MS-DOS 6.22 or Windows 98 - 1.44MB HDD (Windows
Millennium, NT4.0, 2000, XP start disks cannot be used).
The tools "format.com" and "fdisk.exe" must be located on the diskette!

9.4.2 Procedure

• Plug in the flash drive and boot from the start disk.
• Set active partition on the flash drive using "fdisk" and follow the further instructions.
• Reboot the system from the start disk.
• Format and simultaneously transfer the system files to the flash drive with the command
"format c: /s".

Accessories
Chapter 6

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 581

 Accessories • Null modem cable

10. Null modem cable

Figure 414: Null modem cable 9A0017.0x

10.1 Order data

Model number Description Note

9A0017.01 RS232 DB9 null modem cable 0.6 m
Null modem cable RS232 0.6 m to connect UPS and IPC (9-pin DSUB socket - 9-pin DSUB
socket).
9A0017.02 RS232 DB9 null modem cable 1.8 m
Null modem cable RS232 1.8 m to connect UPS and IPC (9-pin DSUB socket - 9-pin DSUB
socket).

Table 259: Model numbers - USB cables

10.2 Technical data

Features 9A0017.01 9A0017.02

Length 0.6 m ±10 mm 1.8 m ±30 mm
Outer diameter Max. 5 mm
Shielding Entire cable
Connector type 2 9-pin DSUB sockets - female
Wire cross section AWG 22
Flexibility Flexible
Flex radius Min. 100 mm

Table 260: Technical data - Null modem cable

582 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Accessories • Null modem cable

10.3 Cable specifications

DSUB (9-pin), male DSUB (9-pin), female

9 5 9 5

6 6
1 1

Pin assignments
DSUB (9-pin), female DSUB (9-pin), female

8 7
7 8
5 5
2 3
3 2
4 1
6 6
1 4
Sheathing Sheathing
Figure 415: Pin assignments - Null modem cable

Accessories
Chapter 6

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 583

 Accessories • HMI Drivers & Utilities DVD 5SWHMI.0000-00

11. HMI Drivers & Utilities DVD 5SWHMI.0000-00

Figure 416: HMI Drivers & Utilities DVD 5SWHMI.0000-00

Model number Short description Note

5SWHMI.0000-00 HMI Drivers & Utilities DVD

Table 261: Model number - HMI Drivers & Utilities DVD

This DVD contains drivers, utilities, software upgrades and user's manuals for B&R Panel
system products (see B&R homepage www.br-automation.com – Industrial PCs, Visualization
and Operation).

At the time of its creation, the content on the DVD is identical to the files found in the download
area of the B&R homepage (under Service – “Material Related Downloads”).

BIOS upgrades for the products

• Automation PC 620 / Panel PC 700 CPU Board 815E und 855GME BIOS
• Automation PC 620 / Panel PC 700 CPU Board X855GME BIOS
• Automation PC 620 / Panel PC 700 CPU Board 945GME N270 BIOS
• Automation PC 680
• Automation PC 810 / Automation PC 820 / Panel PC 800 B945GME BIOS
• Automation PC 810 / Panel PC 800 945GME N270 CPU Board BIOS
• Automation PC 810 / Panel PC 800 GM45 CPU Board BIOS
• Provit 2000 products - IPC2000/2001/2002
• Provit 5000 products - IPC5000/5600/5000C/5600C
• Power Panel 100 BIOS devices

584 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Accessories • HMI Drivers & Utilities DVD 5SWHMI.0000-00

• Mobile Panel 100 BIOS devices

• Power Panel 100 / Mobile Panel 100 User Boot Logo
• Power Panel 100 / Mobile Panel 100 REMHOST Utility
• Power Panel 300/400 BIOS devices
• Power Panel 300/400 BIOS User Boot Logo
• Panel PC 310

Drivers for the devices

• Automation Device Interface (ADI)

• Audio
• Chipset
• CD-ROM
• LS120
• Graphics
• Network
• PCI / SATA RAID controller
• Touch screen
• Touchpad
• Interfacecard

Firmware Upgrades

• Automation PC 620 / Panel PC 700 (MTCX, SDLR, SDLT)

• Automation PC 810 (MTCX, SDLR, SDLT)
• Automation PC 820 (MTCX, SDLR, SDLT)
• Mobile Panel 100 (SMCX)
• Panel PC 300 (MTCX)
• Power Panel 100 (aPCI)
• Power Panel 300/400 (aPCI)
• Power Panel 300/400 (MTCX)
• Panel PC 800 (MTCX, SDLR, SDLT)
• UPS firmware
Accessories
Chapter 6

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 585

 Accessories • HMI Drivers & Utilities DVD 5SWHMI.0000-00

Utilities / Tools

• B&R Embedded OS Installer

• Windows CE Tools
• User Boot Logo Conversion Utility
• SATA RAID Installations Utility
• Automation Device Interface (ADI)
• CompactFlash endurance calculator (Silicon Systems)
• Miscellaneous
• MTC Utilities
• Key Editor
• MTC & Mkey Utilities
• Mkey Utilities
• UPS configuration software
• ICU ISA configuration
• Intel PCI NIC Boot ROM
• Diagnostic Utilities

Windows

• Windows CE 6.0
• Windows CE 5.0
• Windows CE 4.2
• Windows CE 4.1
• Windows CE Tools
• Windows Embedded Standard 2009
• Thin Client
• Windows NT Embedded
• Windows XP Embedded
• VNC Viewer

MCAD templates for

• Industrial PCs
• Operator Interface devices
• Legend Strips templates
• Customized designs

586 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Accessories • HMI Drivers & Utilities DVD 5SWHMI.0000-00

ECAD templates for

• Industrial PCs
• Automation PCs
• Automation Panel 900
• Panel (Power Panel)

Documentation for

• Automation PC 620
• Automation PC 680
• Automation PC 810
• Automation PC 820
• Automation Panel 800
• Automation Panel 900
• Panel PC 310
• Panel PC 700
• Panel PC 725
• Panel PC 800
• Power Panel 15/21/35/41
• Power Panel 100/200
• Power Panel 300/400
• Mobile Panel 40/50
• Mobile Panel 100/200
• Mobile Panel connection box
• Provit 2000
• Provit 3030
• Provit 4000
• Provit 5000
• Provit Benchmark
• Provit Mkey
• Windows CE 5.0 help
• Windows CE 6.0 help
Accessories
Chapter 6

• Windows NT Embedded application guide

• Windows XP Embedded application guide
• UPS - uninterruptible power supply

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 587

 Accessories • HMI Drivers & Utilities DVD 5SWHMI.0000-00

• Implementation instructions
• B&R Hilscher feldbus cards (CANopen, DeviceNet, PROFIBUS, PROFINET)

Service tools

• Acrobat Reader 5.0.5 (freeware in German, English and French)

• Power Archiver 6.0 (freeware in German, English and French)
• Internet Explorer 5.0 (German and English)
• Internet Explorer 6.0 (German and English)

588 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Maintenance / Servicing • Operating guidelines for the touch screen

Maintenance / Servicing
Chapter 7
Chapter 7 • Maintenance / Servicing

The following section describes service/maintenance work that can be performed by the user.

Maintenance work on Maintenance work Change interval

Power Panel Depends on how dirty the touch membrane is
Cleaning the touch screen
Approximately once a week
For the lifespan, see the technical data for the
Changing the battery 1)
individual devices.

Table 262: Maintenance work

1) Change intervals are recommended by B&R and refer to average life span and operating conditions.

1. Operating guidelines for the touch screen

• Do not use pointed objects such as pens, knives, etc. A specially designed pen for the
touch screen is optional and can be ordered from B&R (model no. 9A0013.01).
• Do not place any heavy objects on the touch screen.

2. Cleaning the touch screen

Displays with touch screens should be cleaned at regular intervals.

2.1 Cleaning agents

A damp cloth should be used for cleaning the touch screen. When moistening the cloth, use only
water with detergent, screen cleaning agent, or alcohol (ethanol). The cleaning agent should be
applied to the cloth beforehand and not sprayed directly onto the touch screen itself. Never use
aggressive solvents, chemicals, or scouring agents.

Information:
Only clean the device when it has been switched off, as touching the screen will
trigger unintended functions to be executed.

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 589

 Maintenance / Servicing • Changing the battery

3. Changing the battery

Changing the battery is only necessary for devices with a lithium battery (see section "Technical
data" on page 43 for Power Panel devices).

The lithium battery buffers the internal real-time clock (RTC), SRAM data, and individually saved
BIOS settings. The battery status (good or bad) can be queried using software.

Battery check

The battery status (good or bad) is checked every time the device is turned on, as well as every
24 hours. The check involves applying a load to the battery for a short time (approx. 1 second),
followed by an evaluation. The evaluated battery status is displayed in the BIOS Setup pages
and in the B&R Control Center (ADI driver), but can also be read in a customer application via
the ADI Library.

Battery status Meaning

OK Data buffering is guaranteed
Bad Data buffering is guaranteed for approx. another 500 hours from the point in time that the battery capacity is
determined to be BAD (insufficient).

Table 263: Meaning of battery status OK - Bad

From this point, starting from when battery capacity is recognized as insufficient, data buffering
is guaranteed for approximately another 500 hours. When changing the battery, data is buffered
for approximately another 10 minutes by a gold leaf capacitor.

Information:
The battery should only be changed by qualified personnel.

Technical data
See section 2 "Lithium battery" on page 558.

3.1 Procedure for changing the battery

• Disconnect the power supply to the Power Panel

• Touch the housing or earth connection (not the power supply!) in order to discharge any
electrostatic charge from your body
• Remove the battery cover: The battery cover is found on the rear side of the Power Panel
device.

590 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Maintenance / Servicing • Changing the battery

Maintenance / Servicing
0 aPCI slot Power Panel devices 1 or 2 aPCI slot Power Panel devices

Chapter 7
• Remove the battery from the holder (don't use uninsulated tools --> risk of short
circuiting). The battery should not be held by its edges. Insulated tweezers may also be
used for removing the battery.

Right Wrong

Figure 417: Battery handling

• After removing the battery, the data is buffered for at least another 10 minutes by a gold
leaf capacitor so that data is not lost.
• Insert the new battery with correct polarity.
• Put on the battery cover and fasten the screws.
• Reconnect the power supply to the Power Panel.
• The data and time in BIOS may have to be set again (see section "Power Panel with
BIOS" on page 459).

Warning!
Lithium batteries are considered hazardous waste. Used batteries should be
disposed of accordingly.

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 591

 Maintenance / Servicing • Changing the battery

592 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Appendix A • Touch screen

Appendix A

The following characteristics, features, and limit values only apply to the individual components
used on a Power Panel device and do not apply to the Power Panel device as a whole. The

Appendix A
specifications in Chapter 2 "Technical data" beginning on Page 43 apply.

1. Touch screen

1.1 Elo

This touch screen is used in the 10.4", 12.1" and 15" Power Panel designs (depending on the
revision).

Information:
The following characteristics, features, and limit values only apply to this individual
component and can deviate from those specified for the entire device. For the entire
device in which this individual component is used, refer to the data given
specifically for the entire device.

Elo Accu touch screen Specifications

Manufacturer Elo
Accuracy
For < 18" diagonals Typically < than 0.080 inches (2.032 mm)
Maximum error in all directions 0.180 inches (4.752 mm)
For > 18" diagonals Maximum 1% of the diagonal for the active area of the touch screens
Response time <10 ms
Release pressure < 113 grams
Resolution 4096 x 4096 touch points
Light permeability up to 80% ± 5%
Temperature
Operation - 10 to + 50°C
Storage - 40 to + 71°C
Transport - 40 to + 71°C
Relative humidity
Operation Max. 90% at max. +50°C
Storage Max. 90% at max. 50°C for 240 hours, non-condensing
Transport Max. 90% at max. 50°C for 240 hours, non-condensing

Table 264: Technical data - Elo Accu touch screen 5-wire

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 593

 Touch screen

Elo Accu touch screen Specifications

Waterproofing IP65
Lifespan 35 million touch operations on the same point
Chemical resistance 1) Acetone, ammonia-based glass cleaner, normal food and drinks,
hexane, methylene chloride, methylethylketone, mineral spirits, turpentine, isopropyl alcohol
Activation Finger, pointer, credit card, glove
Drivers Touch screen drivers can be downloaded from the download area on the B&R homepage (www.br-
automation.com).
Additionally, they can also be found on the B&R HMI Driver and Utilities DVD (Mod. No.
5SWHMI.0000-00).

Table 264: Technical data - Elo Accu touch screen 5-wire (Forts.)

1) The active area of the touch screen is resistant to these chemicals for a timeframe of one hour at 21°C.

1.1.1 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
55
50 Storage
Operation
45 Transport
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 418: Temperature humidity diagram - Elo Accu touch screen 5-wire

1.1.2 Cleaning

The touch screen should be cleaned with a moist lint-free cloth. When moistening the cloth, use
only water with detergent, screen cleaning agent, or alcohol (ethanol). The cleaning agent
should be applied to the cloth beforehand and not sprayed directly onto the touch screen itself.
Never use aggressive solvents, chemicals, or scouring agents.

594 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Appendix A • Touch screen

1.2 3M touch

This touch screen is used in the 10.4", 12.1" and 15" Power Panel designs (depending on the
revision).

Information:
The following characteristics, features, and limit values only apply to this individual
component and can deviate from those specified for the entire device. For the entire
device in which this individual component is used, refer to the data given

Appendix A
specifically for the entire device.

3M touch Specifications
Manufacturer 3M
Accuracy -
Response time -
Release pressure 10 to 80 grams
Resolution -
Light permeability Up to 85%
Temperature
Operation -20 to +50°C
Storage -40 to +70°C
Transport -40 to +70°C
Waterproofing -
Lifespan 35 million touch operations on the same point
Chemical resistance 1) Tea, coffee, ketchup, mustard, vinegar, beer, cola, red wine, cooking oil, whiskey, universal cleaning
agents, washing detergent, bleach (5.25%), hydrogen peroxide (3%), Lysol, ethyl, alcohol,
isopropyl alcohol, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone (MEK), toluene, concentrated hydrochloric acid,
naphtha, mineral oil, motor oil, diesel, gear fluid, brake fluid, antifreeze, hydraulic oil
Activation Finger, pointer, credit card, glove

Table 265: 3M touch

1) The active area of the touch screen is resistant to these chemicals for one hour at 22°C and 45% relative humidity.

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 595

 Touch screen

1.2.1 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
Transport
55
Storage

50 Operation
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 419: Temperature humidity diagram - 3M touch

1.2.2 Cleaning

The touch screen should be cleaned with a moist lint-free cloth. When moistening the cloth, use
only water with detergent, screen cleaning agent, or alcohol (ethanol). The cleaning agent
should be applied to the cloth beforehand and not sprayed directly onto the touch screen itself.
Never use aggressive solvents, chemicals, or scouring agents.

1.3 Gunze touch

This touch screen is used in 5.7" Power Panel designs.

Information:
The following characteristics, features, and limit values only apply to this individual
component and can deviate from those specified for the entire device. For the entire
device in which this individual component is used, refer to the data given
specifically for the entire device.

Gunze touch Specifications

Manufacturer Gunze
Accuracy -
Response time -

Table 266: Gunze touch

596 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Appendix A • Touch screen

Gunze touch Specifications

Release pressure < 50 grams (with finger)
Resolution -
Light permeability Up to 84%
Temperature
Operation -10 to +60°C
Storage -20 to +70°C
Transport -20 to +70°C
Waterproofing -

Appendix A
Lifespan 1 million touch operations on the same point
Chemical resistance Alcoholic-based compound, such as ethanol.
Activation Finger, pointer, credit card, glove

Table 266: Gunze touch (Forts.)

1.3.1 Temperature humidity diagram

100
95
90
85
Relative humidity [%RH] (non-condensing)

80
75
70
65
60
Transport

55
Storage

50 Operation
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
- Temperature [°C] +

Figure 420: Temperature humidity diagram - Gunze touch

1.3.2 Cleaning

The touch screen should be cleaned with a moist lint-free cloth. When moistening the cloth, use
only water with detergent, screen cleaning agent, or alcohol (ethanol). The cleaning agent
should be applied to the cloth beforehand and not sprayed directly onto the touch screen itself.
Never use aggressive solvents, chemicals, or scouring agents.

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 597

 Décor foil

2. Décor foil

Information:
The following characteristics, features, and limit values only apply to this individual
component and can deviate from those specified for the entire device.

The décor foil conforms to DIN 42115 (section 2). This means it is resistant to exposure to the
following chemicals for a 24-hour period with no visible signs of damage:

Ethanol Formaldehyde 37%-42% 1.1.1.Trichloroethane

Cyclohexanol Acetaldehyde Ethyl acetate
Diacetone alcohol Aliphatic hydrocarbons Diethyl ether
Glycol Toluene N-Butyl acetate
Isopropanol Xylene Amyl acetate
Glycerine White spirits Butylcellosolve
Methanol Ether
Triacetin
Dowandol
DRM/PM
Acetone Formic acid <50% Sodium hypochlorite <20%
Methyl ethyl ketone Acetic acid <50% Hydrogen peroxide <25%
Dioxan Phosphoric acid <30% Potassium carbonate
Cyclohexanone Hydrochloric acid <36% Washing agents
MIBK Nitric acid <10% Fabric conditioner
Isophorone Trichloracetic acid <50% Ferric chloride
Sulphuric acid <10% Ferrous chloride (FeCl2)
Ferrous chloride (FeCl3)
Ammonia <40% Cutting oil Dibutyl phthalate
Caustic soda <40% Diesel oil Dioctyl phthalate
Potassium hydroxide Linseed oil Sodium carbonate
Alkali carbonate Paraffin oil
Bichromate Blown castor oil
Potassium Silicon oil
Acetonitrile Turpentine oil substitute
Sodium bisulphate Universal brake fluid
Aviation fuel
Gasoline
Water
Sea water
Decon

Table 267: Chemical resistance of the décor foil

The décor foil conforms to DIN 42115 section 2 for exposure to glacial acetic acid for less than
one hour without visible damage.

598 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Appendix A • Filter glass

3. Filter glass

If the Power Panel is not equipped with a touch screen, then a filter glass with the following
properties is used.

Information:
The following characteristics, features, and limit values only apply to this individual
component and can deviate from those specified for the entire device.

Appendix A
3.1 Mechanical characteristics

Abrasion-resistant according to DIN 52347

Adhesive strength according to DIN 58 196-K2 (section 6)

3.2 Chemical properties

Durability according to DIN 50021 - CASS

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 599

 Viewing angles

4. Viewing angles

The viewing angle information of the display types (R, L, U, D) can be seen in the technical data
for the individual components.

Figure 421: Viewing angles

600 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Appendix A • Mounting compatibilities

5. Mounting compatibilities

This section describes the compatibility of the installation dimensions for the Power Panel
100/200, Power Panel 300/400, Automation Panel 900 and Panel PC 700 units according to the
respective device diagonals.

The outer dimensions of the device types are identical for the respective diagonals.
The different device types are abbreviated as follows:

Device type Abbreviation

Appendix A
Power Panel 100/200 PP100/200
Power Panel 300/400 PP300/400
Automation Panel 900 AP900
Panel PC 700 PPC700

Table 268: Product abbreviations

5.1 Compatibility overview

The following table offers a brief overview of the devices PP100/200, PP300/400, AP900 and
PPC700. Detailed information can be found in the section "Compatibility details" on page 603.

Compatibility between the device types is represented on each line using matching symbols.

Quantity Format Image Compatible PP100/200 PP300/400 AP900 PPC700

Outer ■ ■ - -
Horizontal1

dimensions
Installation ● ● - -
dimensions

Outer ■ ■ - -
Horizontal2

dimensions
Installation ● ● - -
5.7“
dimensions

Outer ■ ■ - -
dimensions
Vertical1

Installation ● ● - -
dimensions

Table 269: Device compatibility overview

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 601

 Mounting compatibilities

Quantity Format Image Compatible PP100/200 PP300/400 AP900 PPC700

Outer ■ ■ ■ ■
dimensions
Horizontal1

Installation ● ● ● ●
dimensions

Outer ■ ■ ■ ■
Horizontal2

dimensions
Installation ● ● ▲ ▲
10.4“
dimensions

Outer ■ ■ ■ ■
dimensions
Vertical1

Installation ● ● ▲ ▲
dimensions

Outer ■ ■ ■ ■
Horizontal1

dimensions
12.1“ Installation ● ● ▲ ▲
dimensions

Outer ■ ■ ■ ■
Horizontal1

dimensions
Installation ● ● ● ●
dimensions

15“ Outer ■ ■ ■ ■
dimensions
Vertical1

Installation ● ● ● ●
dimensions

Table 269: Device compatibility overview

602 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Appendix A • Mounting compatibilities

5.2 Compatibility details

The measurement values (all in mm) in the following figures have the following meaning.

Left interval Outer dimensions Right interval

to device edge to device edge
10 423 x 288 10
8.5
Upper interval
to device edge

Appendix A
Installation dimensions
e.g. Depends on device type
402 x 266.5 ± 0.5
PP100/200/300/400 402 x 271 ± 0.5 AP900/PPC700

Difference
4.5

13 PP100/200/300/400
8.5 AP900, PPC700
Outer contour of device
Lower interval to device edge
Cutout of PP100/200/200/300/400 device
e.g. depends on device type
Cutout of AP900/PPC700 device

Figure 422: Compatibility details - figure structure

5.2.1 5.7" devices

6.5 212 x 156 6.5

6.5

199 x 143 ± 0.5

PP100/200/300/400

6.5
Outer contour of device
Cutout of device

Figure 423: Mounting compatibility - 5.7" device format - Horizontal1

5.7" Power Panel 100/200 and Power Panel 300/400 devices in Horizontal1 format are 100%
mounting compatible.

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 603

 Mounting compatibilities

6.5 302 x 187 6.5

6.5

289 x 174 ± 0.5

PP100/200/300/400

6.5

Outer contour of device

Cutout of device

Figure 424: Mounting compatibility - 5.7" device format - Horizontal2

5.7" Power Panel 100/200 and Power Panel 300/400 devices in Vertical1 format are 100%
mounting compatible.

6.5 212 x 245 6.5

6.5

199 x 226.8 ± 0.5

PP100/200/300/400

11.7

Outer contour of device

Cutout of device

Figure 425: Mounting compatibility - 5.7" device format - Vertical1

5.7" Power Panel 100/200 and Power Panel 300/400 devices in Vertical1 format are 100%
mounting compatible.

604 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Appendix A • Mounting compatibilities

5.2.2 10.4" devices

10 323 x 260 10
8.5

PP100/200/300/400 AP900/PPC700
303 x 243 ± 0.5

Appendix A
PP100/200/300/400 AP900
8.5

Outer contour of device

Cutout of device

Figure 426: Mounting compatibility - 10.4" device format - Horizontal1

10.4" Power Panel 100/200, Power Panel 300/400, Automation Panel 900 and Panel PC 700
devices in Horizontal1 format are 100% mounting compatible.

10 423 x 288 10
8.5

402 x 266,5 ± 0.5

PP100/200/300/400 402 x 271 ± 0.5 AP900/PPC700
4.5

13 PP100/200/300/400
8.5 AP900, PPC700
Outer contour of device
Cutout of PP100/200/200/300/400 device
Cutout of AP900/PPC700 device

Figure 427: Mounting compatibility - 10.4" device format - Horizontal2

10.4" Power Panel 100/200 and Power Panel 300/400 are are not 100% mounting compatible
with the Horizontal2 format Automation Panel 900 and Panel PC 700 devices. The Automation
Panel 900 and Panel PC 700 devices require a cutout that is 4.5 mm larger vertically (lower
edge).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 605

 Mounting compatibilities

The larger cutout can can be conditionally used for all devices:

• When mounting, make sure that the PP100/200/300/400 devices are placed and
mounted as close to the center of the cutout as possible. Failure to do so can prevent the
retaining clips from holding firmly, which means that a firm seal is no longer guaranteed
with the gasket (IP65).

10 323 x 358 10
8.5

303 x 336 ± 0.5

303 x 341 ± 0.5
PP100/200/300/400 AP900/PPC700
5

13,5 PP100/200/300/400
8.5 AP900, PPC700

Outer contour of device

Cutout of PP100/200/200/300/400 device
Cutout of AP900/PPC700 device

Figure 428: Mounting compatibility - 10.4" device format - Vertical1

10.4" Power Panel 100/200 and Power Panel 300/400 are not 100% mounting compatible with
the Vertical1 format for the Automation Panel 900 and Panel PC 700 devices. The Automation
Panel 900 and Panel PC 700 devices require a cutout that is 5 mm larger vertically (lower edge).

The larger cutout can can be conditionally used for all devices:
• When mounting, make sure that the PP100/200/300/400 devices are placed and
mounted as close to the center of the cutout as possible. Failure to do so can prevent the
retaining clips from holding firmly, which means that a firm seal is no longer guaranteed
with the gasket (IP65).

606 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Appendix A • Mounting compatibilities

5.2.3 12.1" devices

10 AP900, PPC700 10 AP900, PPC700

8.5 PP100/200/300/400 362 x 284 8.5 PP100/200/300/400
8.5

345 x 267 ± 0.5

Appendix A
342 x 267 ± 0.5

PP100/200/300/400 AP900/PPC700

8.5
1.5 1.5

Outer contour of device

Cutout of PP100/200/200/300/400 device
Cutout of AP900/PPC700 device

Figure 429: Mounting compatibility - 12.1" device format - Horizontal1

12.1" Power Panel 100/200 and Power Panel 300/400 are not 100% mounting compatible with
the Horizontal1 format for the Automation Panel 900 and Panel PC 700 devices. The Power
Panel 100/200 and Power Panel 300/400 devices require a cut that is 1.5 mm wider (left and
right).

The larger cutout can can be conditionally used for all devices:

• When mounting, make sure that the AP900 and PPC700 devices can be placed and
mounted as close to the center of the cutout as possible.

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 607

 Mounting compatibilities

5.2.4 15" devices

10 435 x 330 10
9

PP100/200/300/400 AP900/PPC700
415 x 312 ± 0.5

PP100/200/300/400 AP900
9

Outer contour of device

Cutout of device

Figure 430: Mounting compatibility - 15" device format - Horizontal1

15" Power Panel 100/200, Power Panel 300/400, Automation Panel 900 and Panel PC 700
devices in Horizontal1 format are 100% mounting compatible.

10 435 x 430 10
9

415 x 412 ± 0.5

PP100/200/300/400 AP900

9
Outer contour of device
Cutout of device

Figure 431: Mounting compatibility - 15" device format - Vertical1

15" Power Panel 100/200, Power Panel 300/400, Automation Panel 900 and Panel PC 700
devices in Vertical1 format are 100% mounting compatible.

608 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Appendix A • B&R Key Editor information

6. B&R Key Editor information

On display units, it is often necessary to adjust the function keys and LEDs for the application
software being used. With the B&R Key Editor, it is possible to quickly and easily set up the
application individually.

Appendix A

Figure 432: B&R Key Editor screenshots Version 3.10 (representation picture)

Features:

• Configuration of normal keys like on a keyboard (A, B, C, etc.)

• Keyboard shortcuts (CTRL+C, SHIFT+DEL, etc.) on one key
• Special key functions (change brightness, etc.)
• Assign functions to LEDs (HDD access, power, etc.)
• 4 assignments per key possible (using layer function)
• Configuration of panel locking time when multiple Automation Panel 900 devices are
connected to Automation PC 620 and Panel PC 700 devices

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 609

 B&R Key Editor information

Supports following systems (Version 3.10):

• Automation PC 620
• Automation PC 810
• Automation PC 820
• Automation Panel 800
• Automation Panel 900
• IPC2000, IPC2001, IPC2002
• IPC5000, IPC5600
• IPC5000C, IPC5600C
• Mobile Panel 40/50
• Mobile Panel 100/200
• Panel PC 300
• Panel PC 700
• Panel PC 800
• Power Panel 100/200
• Power Panel 300/400
• Power Panel 500 (the Key Editor device file must be downloaded separately from the
B&R homepage)
A detailed guide for configuring keys and LEDs can be found in the B&R Key Editor's online help.
The B&R Key Editor can be downloaded for free from the download area on the B&R homepage
(www.br-automation.com). Additionally, it can also be found on the B&R HMI Drivers & Utilities
DVD (model number 5SWHMI.0000-00).

610 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Appendix A • B&R Automation Device Interface (ADI) development kit

7. B&R Automation Device Interface (ADI) development kit

This software can be used to activate functions of the B&R Automation Device Interface (ADI)
from Windows applications, which, for example, were created using the following development
tools:

• Microsoft Visual C++ 6.0

• Microsoft Visual Basic 6.0
• Microsoft Embedded Visual C++ 4.0

Appendix A
• Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 (or newer)

Figure 433: ADI development kit screenshots (Version 3.10)

Features:

• One Microsoft Visual Basic module with declarations for the ADI functions.
• Header files and import libraries for Microsoft Visual C++.
• Help files for Visual Basic and Visual C++.
• Sample projects for Visual Basic and Visual C++.
• ADI DLL (for testing the applications, if no ADI driver is installed).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 611

 B&R Automation Device Interface (ADI) development kit

Supports following systems (Version 3.10 and higher):

• Automation PC 620
• Automation PC 810
• Automation PC 820
• Mobile Panel 40/50
• Mobile Panel 100/200
• Panel PC 300
• Panel PC 700
• Panel PC 800
• Power Panel 100/200
• Power Panel 300/400
• Power Panel 500
The ADI driver suitable for the device must be installed on the stated product series. The ADI
driver is already included in the B&R images of embedded operating systems.

A detailed description of using the ADI functions can be found in the integrated online help.

The B&R Automation Device Interface (ADI) development kit can be downloaded for free from
the download area on the B&R homepage (www.br-automation.com).

612 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Appendix A • B&R Automation Device Interface (ADI) .NET SDK

8. B&R Automation Device Interface (ADI) .NET SDK

This software can be used to activate functions of the B&R Automation Device Interface (ADI)
from .NET applications, which were created using Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 (or newer).

Supported programming languages:

• Visual Basic
• Visual C++

Appendix A
• Visual C#
• Visual J#

System requirements:

• Developingsystem: PC with Windows XP/7 with

- Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 or newer

- Microsoft .NET Framework 2.0 and / or Microsoft .NET Compact Framework 2.0
or newer

Figure 434: ADI .NET SDK Screenshots (Version 1.50)

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 613

 B&R Automation Device Interface (ADI) .NET SDK

Features:

• ADI .NET Class Library.

• Help files in HTML Help 1.0 format (.chm file) and MS Help 2.0 format (.HxS file).
• Sample projects and code snippets for Visual Basic, Visual C++, Visual C# and Visual J#.
• ADI DLL (for testing the applications, if no ADI driver is installed).
Supports following systems (Version 1.30 and higher):

• Automation PC 620
• Automation PC 810
• Automation PC 820
• Mobile Panel 40/50
• Mobile Panel 100/200
• Panel PC 300
• Panel PC 700
• Panel PC 800
• Power Panel 100/200
• Power Panel 300/400
• Power Panel 500
The ADI driver suitable for the device must be installed on the stated product series. The ADI
driver is already included in the B&R images of embedded operating systems.

A detailed description of using the ADI functions can be found in the integrated online help.

The ADI .NET SDK can be downloaded for free from the download area on the B&R homepage
(www.br-automation.com).

614 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Appendix A • Glossary

9. Glossary

ACPI

Abbreviation for "Advanced Configuration and Power Interface". Configuration interface that
enables the operating system to control the power supply for each device connected to the PC.
With ACPI, the computer's BIOS is only responsible for the details of communication with the
hardware.

Appendix A
APC
Abbreviation for "Automation PC".

API

Abbreviation for "Application Program Interface" The interface, which allows applications to
communicate with other applications or with the operating system.
Automation Runtime

A uniform runtime system for all B&R automation components.

BIOS

An abbreviation for "Basic Input/Output System". Core software for computer systems with
essential routines for controlling input and output processes on hardware components, for
performing tests after system start, and for loading the operating system. Although BIOS is used
to configure a system's performance, the user does not usually come into contact with it.

Bit

Binary digit > binary position, binary character, smallest discrete unit of information. A bit can
have the value 0 or 1.

Bit rate

The number of bits that can be transferred within a specified time unit. 1 bit/sec = 1 baud.

Bootstrap loader

A program that automatically runs when the computer is switched on or restarted. After some
basic hardware tests have been carried out, the bootstrap loader starts a larger loader and hands
over control to it, which in turn boots the operating system. The bootstrap loader is typically found
in ROM on the computer.

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 615

 Glossary

Byte

Data format [1 byte = 8 bits] and a unit for characterizing information amounts and memory
capacity. The following units are the commonly used units of progression: KB, MB, GB.

B&R Automation Runtime

Windows-based program for creating installation disks to install B&R Automation Runtime™ on
the target system.

Cache

Background memory, also known as non-addressable memory or fast buffer memory. It is used
to relieve the fast main memory of a computer. For example, data that should be output to slower
components by the working memory (e.g. disk storage, printers) is stored temporarily in cache
memory and output from there at an appropriate speed for the target devices.

CAN

An abbreviation for "Controller Area Network" (serial bus system). Structure according to ISO
11898. Bus medium: twisted pair. Good transfer properties in short distances less than 40 m with
a 1 MBit/sec data transfer rate. Maximum number of stations: unlimited in theory, up to 64 with
real-time capability in practice, i.e. defined maximum delay times for messages with high priority.
High reliability using error detection, error handling, troubleshooting. Hamming distance.

CD-ROM

Abbreviation for "Compact Disc Read-Only Memory". A removable data medium with a capacity
of ~700 MB. CD-ROMs are optically scanned.

CE mark

A CE mark for a product. It consists of the letters "CE" and indicates conformity to all EU
guidelines for the labeled product. It indicates that the individual or corporate body who has
performed or attached the label assures that the product conforms to all EU guidelines for
complete harmonization. It also indicates that all mandatory conformity evaluation procedures
have taken place.

CMOS

"CMOS" is a battery powered memory area where fundamental parameters of an IBM (or
compatible) personal computer are stored. Information such as the type of hard drive, size of the
working memory and the current date and time are required when booting the computer. As the
name suggests, the memory is based on CMOS technology standards.

COM

A device name used to access serial ports in MS-DOS. The first serial port can be accessed
under COM1, the second under COM2, etc. A modem, mouse, or serial printer is typically
connected to a serial port.

616 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Appendix A • Glossary

COM1

Device name for the first serial port in a PC system. The input/output area for COM1 is usually
found at address 03F8H. Generally, the COM1 port is assigned to IRQ 4. In many systems, an
RS232 serial mouse is connected to COM1.

COM2

Device name for the second serial port in a PC system. The input/output area for COM2 is
usually found at address 02F8H. Generally, the COM2 port is assigned to IRQ 3. In many
systems, a modem is connected to COM2.

Appendix A
COM3

Device name for a serial port in a PC system. The input/output area for COM3 is usually found
at address 03E8H. Generally, the COM3 port is assigned to IRQ 4. In many systems, COM3 is
used as an alternative for COM1 or COM2 if peripheral devices are already connected to COM1
and COM2.

CompactFlash®

CompactFlash memory cards [CF cards] are exchangeable nonvolatile mass memory systems
with very small dimensions [43 x 36 x 3.3 mm, approximately half the size of a credit card]. In
addition to the flash memory chips, the controller is also present on the cards. CF cards provide
complete PC card / ATA functionality and compatibility. A 50-pin CF card can be simply inserted
in a passive 68-pin type II adapter card. It conforms to all electrical and mechanical PC card
interface specifications. CF cards were launched by SanDisk back in 1994. Currently, memory
capacities reach up to 8 GB per unit. Since 1995, CompactFlash Association [CFA] has been
looking after standardization and the worldwide distribution of CF technology

Controller

A device component which allows access to other devices on a computer subsystem. A disk
controller, for example, allows access to hard disks and disk drives and is responsible both for
physical and logic drive access.

CPU

An abbreviation for "Central Processing Unit". Interprets and executes commands. It is also
known as a "microprocessor" or "processor" for short. A processor is able to receive, decode and
execute commands, as well as transfer information to and from other resources via the computer
bus.

CRT

An abbreviation for "Cathode Ray Tube". The main component of a television set or a standard
computer screen. A cathode ray tube consists of a vacuum tube that contains one or more
electron guns. Each electron gun creates a horizontal electron beam that appears on the front
of the tube (the screen). The inner surface of the screen is coated with phosphor, which is lit
when hit by the electrons. Each of the electron beams move in a line from top to bottom. In order
to prevent flickering, the screen content is updated at least 25 times per second. The sharpness
of the picture is determined by the number of pixels on the screen.

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 617

 Glossary

CTS

An abbreviation for "Clear To Send". A signal used when transferring serial data from modem to
computer, indicating its readiness to send the data. CTS is a hardware signal which is transferred
via line number 5 in compliance with the RS-232-C standard.

DCD

An abbreviation for " Data Carrier Detected". A signal used in serial communication that is sent
by the modem to the computer it is connected to, indicating that it is ready for transfer.

Dial-up

Data is transferred over the telephone network using a modem or an ISDN adapter.

DIMM

"Double In-line Memory Module" consisting of one or more RAM chips on a small circuit board
that is connected with the motherboard of a computer.

DMA

Direct Memory Access >. Accelerated direct access to a computer’s RAM by bypassing the
CPU.

DRAM

An abbreviation for "Dynamic Random Access Memory". Dynamic RAM consists of an

integrated semiconductor circuit that stores information based on the capacitor principle.
Capacitors lose their charge in a relatively short time. Therefore, dynamic RAM circuit boards
must contain a logic that allows continual recharging of RAM chips. Since the processor cannot
access dynamic RAM while it is being recharged, one or more waiting states can occur when
reading or writing data. Although it is slower, dynamic RAM is used more often than static RAM
since the simple design of the circuits means that it can store four times more data than static
RAM.

DSR

An abbreviation for "Data Set Ready". A signal used in serial data transfer that is sent by the
modem to the computer it is connected to, indicating its readiness for processing. DSR is a
hardware signal which is sent via line number 6 in compliance with the RS-232-C standard.

DTR

An abbreviation for "Data Terminal Ready". A signal used in serial data transfer that is sent by
the computer to the modem it is connected to, indicating the computer's readiness to accept
incoming signals.

618 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Appendix A • Glossary

DVD

An abbreviation for "Digital Versatile Disc". The next generation of optical data carrier
technology. Using this technology it is possible to encode video, audio and computer data on CD.
DVDs can store a higher volume of data than conventional CDs. Standard DVDs, which have a
single layer, can hold 4.7 GB. Dual-layer DVDs can hold 8.5 GB. Double-sided DVDs can
therefore hold up to 17 GB. A special drive is needed for DVDs. Conventional CDs can also be
played on DVD drives.

Appendix A
EDID data

Abbreviation for "Extended Display Identification Data". EDID data contains the characteristics
of monitors / TFT displays transferred as 128 KB data blocks to the graphics card via the Display
Data Channel (DDC). This EDID data can be used to set the graphics card to the monitor
properties.

EDO-RAM

An abbreviation for "Extended Data Out Random Access Memory". Dynamic RAM that provides
data for the CPU while the next memory access is being initialized. This increases speed.

EIDE

An abbreviation for "Enhanced Integrated Drive Electronics". An expansion of the IDE standard.
Enhanced IDE is considered the standard for hardware interfaces. This interface is designed for
drives with an integrated drive controller.

EMC

"Electromagnetic Compatibility". The ability of a device or a system to function satisfactorily in

its electromagnetic environment without introducing intolerable electromagnetic disturbances to
anything in that environment [IEV 161-01-07].

Encode, encoding

When processing information, it is often necessary to change the information from one form of
representation to another. This conversion process is called encoding, and the rules used to
assign one character set to another are referred to as encoding rules. A differentiation is made
between ambiguous and unambiguous encoding depending on if one set is a direct reflection of
the other. Most codes use unambiguous encoding with one set directly reflecting the other. A
differentiation is also made between redundant and non-redundant encoding. With non-
redundant encoding, the full range of the available character set is used, i.e. each code is
defined. With redundant encoding, the available character set also contains codes that are not
used. This differentiation is important during data transfer when detecting and, if necessary,
correcting data transfer errors.

EPROM

Erasable PROM >(completely with ultraviolet light).

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 619

 Glossary

Ethernet

An IEEE 802.3 standard for networks. Ethernet uses bus or star topology and controls the traffic
on communication lines using the access procedure CSMA/CD (Carrier Sense Multiple Access
with Collision Detection). Network nodes are connected using coaxial cables, fiber optic cables
or twisted pair cabling. Data transfer on an Ethernet network takes place in frames of variable
lengths that consist of supply and controller information as well as 1500 bytes of data. The
Ethernet standard provides base band transfers at 10 megabit and 100 megabit per second.

Ethernet POWERLINK

An enhancement of standard Ethernet. It enables data exchange under strict real-time

conditions with cycle times down to 200 µs and jitter under 1 µs. This makes Ethernet power
available on all communication levels of automation technology – from control levels to I/O.
Ethernet POWERLINK was initiated by the company B&R Industrie-Elektronik and is now
managed by the open end user and vendor association, EPSG - Ethernet POWERLINK
Standardization Group (www.ethernet-powerlink.org).

FDD

Abbreviation for "Floppy Disk Drive". Reading device for removable magnetic memory from the
early days of PC technology. Due to their sensitivity and moving components, FDDs have been
almost completely replaced by CompactFlash memory in modern automation solutions.

FIFO

An abbreviation for "First In First Out". A queuing organization method whereby elements are
removed in the same order as they were inserted. The first element inserted is the first one
removed. Such an organization method is typical for a list of documents that are waiting to be
printed.

Firmware

Programs stored permanently in read-only memory. Firmware is software used to operate

computer-controlled devices that generally stays in the device throughout its lifespan or over a
long period of time. Such software includes operating systems for CPUs and application
programs for industrial PCs as well as programmable logic controllers (e.g. the software in a
washing machine controller). This software is written in read-only memory (ROM, PROM,
EPROM) and cannot be easily replaced.

Floppy

Also known as a diskette. A round plastic disk with an iron oxide coating that can store a
magnetic field. When the floppy disk is inserted in a disk drive, it rotates so that the different
areas (or sectors) of the disk's surface are moved under the read/write head. This allows the
magnetic orientation of the particle to be modified and recorded. Orientation in one direction
represents binary 1, while the reverse orientation represents binary 0.

620 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Appendix A • Glossary

FPC

An abbreviation for "Flat Panel Controller".

FPD

An abbreviation for "Flat Panel Display".

FTP

"File Transfer Protocol". Rules for transferring data over a network from one computer to another
computer. This protocol is based on TCP/IP, which has established itself as the standard for

Appendix A
transferring data over Ethernet networks. FTP is one of the most used protocols on the Internet.
It is defined in RFC 959 in the official regulations for Internet communication.

GB

Gigabyte (1 GB = 230 or 1,073,741,824 bytes)

Handshake

Method of synchronization for data transfer when data is sent at irregular intervals. The sender
signals that data can be sent, and the receiver signals when new data can be received.

HDD

An abbreviation for "Hard Disk Drive". Fixed magnetic mass memory with high capacities, e.g.
120 GB.

IDE

An abbreviation for "Integrated Drive Electronics". A drive interface where the controller
electronics are integrated in the drive.

Interface

From the hardware point of view, an interface is the connection point between two
modules/devices/systems. The units on both sides of the interface are connected by the
interface lines so that data, addresses, and control signals can be exchanged. The term interface
includes all functional, electrical and constructive conditions [encoding, signal level, pin
assignments] that characterize the connection point between the modules, devices, or systems.
Depending on the type of data transfer, a differentiation is made between parallel [e.g.
Centronics, IEEE 488] and serial interfaces [e.g. V.24, TTY, RS232, RS422, RS485], which are

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 621

 Glossary

set up for different transfer speeds and transfer distances. From the point of view of software,
the term "interface" describes the transfer point between program modules using specified rules
for transferring the program data.

IPC

An abbreviation for "Industrial PC".

ISA

An abbreviation for "Industry Standard Architecture". A term given for the bus design which
allows expansion of the system with plug-in cards that can be inserted in PC expansion slots.

ISO

International Organization for Standardization > Worldwide federation of national

standardization institutions from over 130 countries. ISO is not an acronym for the name of the
organization; it is derived from the Greek word "isos", meaning "equal" (www.iso.ch).

Jumper

A small plug or wire link for adapting the hardware configuration used to connect the different
points of an electronic circuit.

Keypad modules

Keypad modules are divided into two groups: standard keypad modules (can be cascaded to
a controller) and special keypad modules (must be connected by an electrician according to
function, e.g. E-stop).

LCD

An abbreviation for "Liquid Crystal Display". A display type, based on liquid crystals that have a
polarized molecular structure and are enclosed between two transparent electrodes as a thin
layer. If an electrical field is applied to the electrodes, the molecules align themselves with the
field and form crystalline arrangements that polarize the light passing through. A polarization
filter, which is arranged using lamellar electrodes, blocks the polarized light. In this way, a cell
(pixel) containing liquid crystals can be switched on using electrode gates, thus coloring this pixel
black. Some LCD displays have an electroluminescent plate behind the LCD screen for lighting.
Other types of LCD displays can use color.

622 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Appendix A • Glossary

LED

An abbreviation for "Light Emitting Diode". A semiconductor diode which converts electrical
energy into light. LEDs work on the principle of electroluminescence. They are highly efficient
because they do not produce much heat in spite of the amount of light they emit. For example,
"operational status indicators" on floppy disk drives are LEDs.

LPT

Logical device name for line printers. In MS-DOS, names are reserved for up to three parallel
printer ports with the names LPT1, LPT2 and LPT3. The first parallel port (LPT1) is usually

Appendix A
identical to the primary parallel output device PRN (in MS-DOS the logical device name for the
printer). The abbreviation LPT stands for "Line Printer Terminal".

MB

Megabyte (1 MB = 220 or 1,048,576 bytes).

Microprocessor

Highly integrated circuit with the functionality of a CPU, normally housed on a single chip. It
comprises a control unit, arithmetic and logic unit, several registers and a link system for
connecting memory and peripheral components. The main performance features are the internal
and external data bus and address bus widths, the command set and the clock frequency.
Additionally, a choice can be made between CISC and RISC processors. The first commercially
available worldwide microprocessor was the Intel 4004. It came on the market in 1971.

MIPS

Million instructions per second > Measurement for the computing speed of computers.

Mkey

An abbreviation for "Module keyblock". A common term given to keys found on Provit display
units. They can be freely configured with Mkey utilities.

Modem

Modulator/demodulator. > Modulation/demodulation device, add-on card, or external device that

allows information to be exchanged between computers over the telephone network using
digital/analog or analog/digital signal conversion.

Motherboard

A circuit board that houses the main components of a computer such as the CPU switching
circuit, co-processors, RAM, ROM for firmware, interface circuits, and expansion slots for
hardware expansions.

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 623

 Glossary

MTBF

An abbreviation for "Mean time between failure". The average time which passes before a
hardware component fails and repair is needed. This time is usually expressed in thousands or
ten thousands of hours, sometimes known as power-on hours (POH).

MTC

An abbreviation for "Maintenance Controller". The MTC is an independent processor system that
provides additional functions for a B&R industrial PC that are not available with a normal PC. The
MTC communicates with the B&R industrial PC via the ISA bus (using a couple register).

MTCX

Abbreviation for "MainTenance Controller EXtended".

Multitasking

Multitasking is an operating mode in an operating system that allows several computer tasks to
be executed virtually simultaneously.

.NET

DOTNET, Microsoft’s new development platform that provides a common runtime library and
type system for all programming languages. DOTNET is the umbrella term for the following
products, strategies and technologies: .NET Framework, a new software platform, Visual Studio
.NET, a new development environment that supports several .NET programming languages
(e.g. C# or VB.NET, specially created for .NET), .NET My Services, a group of services taking
over functions such as authentication, .NET Enterprise Server, which, apart from its name, is
independent of the other technologies and includes the products Exchange Server 2000,
Application Center 2000, and SQL Server 2000. .NET devices, supported by a slimmed down
version of .NET Framework (.NET Compact Framework).

Node

Branching point in a network.

OEM

Original Equipment Manufacturer. A company that integrates third-party and in-house

manufactured components into their own product range and then distributes these products
under its own name.

OPC

OLE for Process Control > A communication standard for components in the area of automation.
The goal of OPC development is to provide an open interface that builds on Windows-based
technologies such as OLE, COM and DCOM. It allows problem-free standardized data transfer

624 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Appendix A • Glossary

between controllers, operating and monitoring systems, field devices and office applications
from different manufacturers. This development is promoted by the OPC Foundation, which is
made up of over 200 companies from around the world, including Microsoft and other leading
companies. Lately, OPC is interpreted as a synonym for "openness, productivity, and
connectivity", symbolizing the new possibilities that this standard opens up.

OPC server

The missing link between connection modules for the Interbus and the visualization application.
It communicates serially with the connection modules via the ISA or PCI bus or Ethernet.

Appendix A
P

Panel

A common term for B&R display units (with or without keys).

Panelware

A generic term given for standard and special keypad modules offered by B&R.

PC card

Registered trademark of PCMCIA for add-on cards conforming to PCMCIA specifications.

PCI bus

Peripheral Component Interconnect bus. Developed by Intel as an intermediary/local bus for the
latest PC generations. It is basically a synchronous bus. The main clock of the CPU is used for
synchronization. The PCI bus is microprocessor-independent, 32-bit and 64-bit compatible, and
supports both 3.3 V and 5 V cards and devices.

PCMCIA

An abbreviation for "Personal Computer Memory Card International Association". An association

of manufacturers and dealers who are dedicated to the cultivation and further development of
common standards for peripheral devices based on PC cards with a slot for such cards. PC
cards are mainly used for laptops, palmtops (and other portable computers), and intelligent
electronic devices. Version 1 of the PCMCIA standard was introduced in 1990.

PICMG

PCI Industrial Computers Manufacturers Group. Goal: Use of commercial PCI bus for industrial
environments, especially CompactPCI bus (www.picmg.org).
PnP

An abbreviation for "Plug and Play". Specifications developed by Intel. Using Plug and Play
allows a PC to automatically configure itself so that it can communicate with peripheral devices
(e.g. monitors, modems, and printers). Users can connect a peripheral device (plug) and it
immediately runs (play) without having to manually configure the system. A Plug and Play PC
requires a BIOS that supports Plug and Play and a respective expansion card.

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 625

 Glossary

POH

An abbreviation for "Power On Hours". See MTBF.

POST

An abbreviation for "Power-On Self Test". A set of routines that are stored in ROM on the
computer and that test different system components, e.g. RAM, disk drive and the keyboard in
order to determine that the connection is operating correctly and ready for operation. POST
routines notify the user of problems that occur. This is done using several signal tones or by
displaying a message that frequently accompanies a diagnosis value on the standard output or
standard error devices (generally the monitor). If the POST runs successfully, control is
transferred over to the system's bootstrap loader.

Power Panel

Power Panel is part of the B&R product family and is a combination of an operator panel and
controller in one device. This covers the PP21 and PP41 products.

POWERLINK

See "Ethernet POWERLINK".

PP21

B&R Power Panel type. It is equipped with an RS232 interface, a CAN interface, a PCMCIA slot
and integrated digital input/output channels. Additionally, up to six B&R SYSTEM 2003 screw-in
modules can be connected. LCD 4 x 20 characters.

PP41

B&R Power Panel type. It is equipped with an RS232 interface, a CAN interface, a PCMCIA slot
and integrated digital input/output channels. Additionally, up to six B&R SYSTEM 2003 screw-in
modules can be connected. 5.7" QVGA b/w LCD.

PROFIBUS DP

PROFIBUS for "decentralized peripherals". PROFIBUS DP can be used to allow simple digital
and analog I/O modules as well as intelligent signal and data processing units to be installed in
the machine room, which among other things can significantly reduce cabling costs. Often used
for time-critical factory automation applications.

PV

Process variable. Logical storage location for values and states in a program.

QVGA

Abbreviation for Quarter Video Graphics Array. Usually a screen resolution of 320 × 240 pixels.

626 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Appendix A • Glossary

RAM

An abbreviation for "Random Access Memory". Semiconductor memory which can be read or
written to by the microprocessor or other hardware components. Memory locations can be
accessed in any order. The various ROM memory types do allow random access, but they
cannot be written to. The term RAM refers to a more temporary memory that can be written to
as well as read.

Real time

Appendix A
A system is operating in real time or has real-time capability if the input sizes (e.g. signals, data)
are received and processed in a defined time period, and the results are made available in real
time for a partner system or the system environment. See also "real-time demands" and "real-
time system".

ROM

An abbreviation for "Read-Only Memory". Semiconductor memory where programs or data were
permanently stored during the production process.

RS232

Recommended Standard Number 232. Oldest and most widespread interface standard, also
called a V.24 interface. All signals are referenced to ground making this an unbalanced interface.
High level: -3 ... -30 V, low level: +3 ... +30 V. Cable lengths up to 15 m, transfer rates up to 20
kBit/s. For point-to-point connections between 2 participants.

RS422

Recommended Standard Number 422. Interface standard, balanced operation, increased

immunity to disturbances. High level: 2 ... -6 V, low level: +2 ... +6 V. 4-wire connection
[inverted/not inverted], cable lengths up to 1200 m, transfer rates up to 10 Mbit/s, 1 sender can
carry out simplex communication with up to 10 receivers.

RS485

Recommended Standard Number 485. Interface standard upgraded from RS422. High level: 1.5
... -6 V, low level: +1.5 ... +6 V; 2-wire connection [half duplex operation] or 4-wire connection
[full duplex operation. Cable lengths up to 1200 m, transfer rates up to 10 Mbit/s. Up to 32
participants can be connected to an RS485 bus [sender/receiver].

RTS

An abbreviation for "Request To Send". A signal used in serial data transfer for requesting send
permission. For example, it is sent from a computer to the modem connected to it. The RTS
signal is assigned to pin 4 according to the hardware specifications of the RS-232-C standard.

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 627

 Glossary

RXD

An abbreviation for "Receive (RX) Data". A line for transferring serial data received from one
device to another, e.g. from a modem to a computer. For connections complying with the RS-
232-C standard, the RXD is connected to pin 3 of the plug.

SCADA

Supervision, Control And Data Acquisition. SCADA systems are used to control, monitor, and
log industrial processes. A high degree of configurability allows customization for various
processes.

SDRAM

An abbreviation for "Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory". A construction of

dynamic semiconductor components (DRAM) that can operate with higher clock rates than
conventional DRAM switching circuits. This is made possible using block access. For each
access, the DRAM determines the next memory addresses to be accessed.

SFC

Sequential function chart > Graphic input language for PLCs used to represent sequential
control.

SRAM

An abbreviation for "Static Random Access Memory". A semiconductor memory (RAM) made up
of certain logic circuits (flip-flop) that only keeps stored information while powered. In computers,
static RAM is generally only used for cache memory.

Switch

Device similar to a hub that takes data packets received in a network and, unlike a hub, passes
them only to the respective addressee, not to all network nodes. Unlike a hub, a switch provides
targeted communication within a network that only takes place between sender and receiver.
Other network nodes are not involved.

Task

Program unit that is assigned a specific priority by the real-time operating system. It contains a
complete process and can consist of several modules.

TCP/IP

Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Suit of Protocols. Network protocol that has become the
generally accepted standard for data exchange in heterogeneous networks. TCP/IP is used both
in local networks for communication between various computer and also for LAN to WAN
access.

628 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Appendix A • Glossary

TFT display

LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) technology where the display consists of a large grid of LCD cells.
Each pixel is represented by a cell, whereby electrical fields produced in the cells are supported
by thin film transistors (TFT) that result in an active matrix. In its simplest form, there is exactly
one thin film transistor per cell. Displays with an active matrix are generally used in laptops and
notebooks because they are thin, offer high-quality color displays and can be viewed from all
angles.

Touch screen

Appendix A
Screen with touch sensors for activating an item with the finger.

TXD

An abbreviation for "Transmit (TX) Data". A line for the transfer of serial data sent from one
device to another, e.g. from a computer to a modem. For connections complying with the RS-
232-C standard, the TXD is connected to pin 2 of the plug.

UART

An abbreviation for "Universal Asynchronous Receiver-Transmitter". A module generally

consisting of a single integrated circuit that combines the circuits required for asynchronous
serial communication for both sending and receiving. UART represents the most common type
of circuit in modems for connecting to a personal computer.

UDMA

An abbreviation for "Ultra Direct Memory Access". A special IDE data transfer mode that allows
high data transfer rates for drives. There have been many variations in recent times.
UDMA33 mode transfers 33 megabytes per second.
UDMA66 mode transfers 66 megabytes per second.
UDMA100 mode transfers 100 megabytes per second.
Both the mainboard and the hard drive must support the specification to implement
modifications.

UPS

Abbreviation for "Uninterruptible Power Supply". See "UPS".

USB

An abbreviation for "Universal Serial Bus". A serial bus with a bandwidth of up to 12 megabits
per second (Mbit/s) for connecting a peripheral device to a microcomputer. Up to 127 devices
can be connected to the system using a single multipurpose connection, the USB bus (e.g.
external CD drives, printers, modems as well as the mouse and keyboard). This is done by
connecting the devices in a row. USB allows devices to be changed when the power supply is
switched on (hot plugging) and multi-layered data flow.

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 629

 Glossary

UPS

An abbreviation for "Uninterruptible Power Supply". The UPS supplies power to systems that
cannot be connected directly to the power mains for safety reasons because a power failure
could lead to loss of data. The UPS allows the PC to be shut down securely without losing data
if a power failure occurs.

Visual Components

Integrated in B&R Automation Studio. Visual Components can be used to configure visualization
projects that use text and graphics.

VGA

An abbreviation for "Video Graphics Adapter". A video adapter which can handle all EGA
(Enhanced Graphics Adapter) video modes and adds several new modes.

Windows CE

Compact 32-bit operating system with multitasking and multithreading that Microsoft developed
especially for the OEM market. It can be ported for various processor types and has a high
degree of real-time capability. The development environment uses proven, well-established
development tools. It is an open and scalable Windows operating system platform for many
different devices. Examples of such devices are handheld PCs, digital wireless receivers,
intelligent mobile phones, multimedia consoles, etc. In embedded systems, Windows CE is also
an excellent choice for automation technology.

XGA

An abbreviation for "EXtended Graphics Array". An expanded standard for graphics controllers
and monitors that was introduced by IBM in 1990. This standard supports 640x480 resolution
with 65,536 colors or 1024x768 resolution with 256 colors. This standard is generally used in
workstation systems.

XML

eXtensible Markup Language > Corresponds to: expandable display language. This new
language was officially recommended in 1998 by the World Wide Web Consortium W3C as a
standard for Web publishing and document management in client/server environments. Further
development of the SGML standard. Unlike SGML documents, XML documents do not require
a schema description in the form of a DTD file. XML is already supported completely in the newer
versions of many ERP und MES systems. XML is accepted as an industrial standard thanks to

630 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Appendix A • Glossary

its simple notation. Information is represented using the ASCII character set. This makes XML
easy to read and transparent, and its portability of text is usually superior to binary structures
(www.xml.com).

Appendix A

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 631

 Glossary

632 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Figure index

Figure index

Figure 1: Power Panel 100 and Power Panel 200 devices ........................................... 43
Figure 2: Supply voltage connection ............................................................................. 45
Figure 3: Grounding clip ................................................................................................ 46
Figure 4: USB port......................................................................................................... 47
Figure 5: Mode/Node switch.......................................................................................... 48
Figure 6: Status LEDs ................................................................................................... 49
Figure 7: Ethernet connection ....................................................................................... 49
Figure 8: Reset button ................................................................................................... 50
Figure 9: CompactFlash slot.......................................................................................... 51
Figure 10: Safety sticker.................................................................................................. 52
Figure 11: Device label.................................................................................................... 52
Figure 12: Design / dimensions - Serial number sticker .................................................. 53
Figure 13: Front view - 4PP120.0571-01......................................................................... 54
Figure 14: Rear view - 4PP120.0571-01 ......................................................................... 54
Figure 15: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP120.0571-01 ........................................ 58
Figure 16: Dimensions - 4PP120.0571-01 ...................................................................... 58
Figure 17: Cutout dimensions.......................................................................................... 59
Figure 18: Front view - 4PP120.0571-21......................................................................... 60

Figure index
Figure 19: Rear view - 4PP120.0571-21 ......................................................................... 60
Figure 20: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP120.0571-21 ........................................ 64
Figure 21: Dimensions - 4PP120.0571-21 ...................................................................... 64
Figure 22: Cutout dimensions.......................................................................................... 65
Figure 23: Front view - 4PP120.1043-31......................................................................... 66
Figure 24: Rear view - 4PP120.1043-31 ......................................................................... 66
Figure 25: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP120.1043-31 ........................................ 70
Figure 26: Dimensions - 4PP120.1043-31 ...................................................................... 70
Figure 27: Cutout dimensions.......................................................................................... 71
Figure 28: Front view - 4PP120.1505-31......................................................................... 72
Figure 29: Rear view - 4PP120.1505-31 ......................................................................... 72
Figure 30: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP120.1505-31 ........................................ 76
Figure 31: Dimensions - 4PP120.1505-31 ...................................................................... 76
Figure 32: Cutout dimensions.......................................................................................... 77
Figure 33: Front view - 4PP151.0571-01......................................................................... 78
Figure 34: Rear view - 4PP151.0571-01 ......................................................................... 78
Figure 35: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP151.0571-01 ........................................ 82
Figure 36: Dimensions - 4PP151.0571-01 ...................................................................... 82
Figure 37: Cutout dimensions.......................................................................................... 83
Figure 38: Front view - 4PP151.0571-21......................................................................... 84
Figure 39: Rear view - 4PP151.0571-21 ......................................................................... 84
Figure 40: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP151.0571-21 ........................................ 88
Figure 41: Dimensions - 4PP151.0571-21 ...................................................................... 88
Figure 42: Cutout dimensions.......................................................................................... 89
Figure 43: Front view - 4PP151.1043-31......................................................................... 90
Figure 44: Rear view - 4PP151.1043-31 ......................................................................... 90
Figure 45: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP151.1043-31 ........................................ 94
Figure 46: Dimensions - 4PP151.1043-31 ...................................................................... 94
Figure 47: Cutout dimensions.......................................................................................... 95

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 633

 Figure index

Figure 48: Front view - 4PP151.1505-31......................................................................... 96

Figure 49: Rear view - 4PP151.1505-31 ......................................................................... 96
Figure 50: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP151.1505-31 ...................................... 100
Figure 51: Dimensions - 4PP151.1505-31 .................................................................... 100
Figure 52: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 101
Figure 53: Front view - 4PP152.0571-01....................................................................... 102
Figure 54: Rear view - 4PP152.0571-01 ....................................................................... 102
Figure 55: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP152.0571-01 ...................................... 106
Figure 56: Dimensions - 4PP152.0571-01 .................................................................... 106
Figure 57: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 107
Figure 58: Front view - 4PP152.0571-21....................................................................... 108
Figure 59: Rear view - 4PP152.0571-21 ....................................................................... 108
Figure 60: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP152.0571-21 ...................................... 112
Figure 61: Dimensions - 4PP152.0571-21 .................................................................... 112
Figure 62: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 113
Figure 63: Front view - 4PP152.1043-31....................................................................... 114
Figure 64: Rear view - 4PP152.1043-31 ....................................................................... 114
Figure 65: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP152.1043-31 ...................................... 118
Figure 66: Dimensions - 4PP152.1043-31 .................................................................... 118
Figure 67: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 119
Figure 68: Front view - 4PP180.1043-31....................................................................... 120
Figure 69: Rear view - 4PP180.1043-31 ....................................................................... 120
Figure 70: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP180.1043-31 ...................................... 124
Figure 71: Dimensions - 4PP180.1043-31 .................................................................... 124
Figure 72: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 125
Figure 73: Front view - 4PP180.1505-31....................................................................... 126
Figure 74: Rear view - 4PP180.1505-31 ....................................................................... 126
Figure 75: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP180.1505-31 ...................................... 130
Figure 76: Dimensions - 4PP180.1505-31 .................................................................... 130
Figure 77: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 131
Figure 78: Front view - 4PP181.1043-31....................................................................... 132
Figure 79: Rear view - 4PP181.1043-31 ....................................................................... 132
Figure 80: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP181.1043-31 ...................................... 136
Figure 81: Dimensions - 4PP181.1043-31 .................................................................... 136
Figure 82: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 137
Figure 83: Front view - 4PP181.1505-31....................................................................... 138
Figure 84: Rear view - 4PP181.1505-31 ....................................................................... 138
Figure 85: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP181.1505-31 ...................................... 142
Figure 86: Dimensions - 4PP181.1505-31 .................................................................... 142
Figure 87: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 143
Figure 88: Front view - 4PP182.1043-31....................................................................... 144
Figure 89: Rear view - 4PP182.1043-31 ....................................................................... 144
Figure 90: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP182.1043-31 ...................................... 148
Figure 91: Dimensions - 4PP182.1043-31 .................................................................... 148
Figure 92: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 149
Figure 93: Supply voltage connection ........................................................................... 150
Figure 94: Grounding clip .............................................................................................. 151

634 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Figure index

Figure 95: USB port....................................................................................................... 152

Figure 96: Mode/Node switch........................................................................................ 153
Figure 97: Status LEDs ................................................................................................. 154
Figure 98: Ethernet connection ..................................................................................... 154
Figure 99: Reset button ................................................................................................. 155
Figure 100: CompactFlash slot........................................................................................ 155
Figure 101: Safety sticker................................................................................................ 156
Figure 102: Device label.................................................................................................. 156
Figure 103: Design / dimensions - Serial number sticker ................................................ 157
Figure 104: Front view - 4PP210.0000-95....................................................................... 158
Figure 105: Rear view - 4PP210.0000-95 ....................................................................... 158
Figure 106: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP210.0000-95 ...................................... 162
Figure 107: Dimensions - 4PP210.0000-95 .................................................................... 162
Figure 108: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 163
Figure 109: Front view - 4PP220.0571-45....................................................................... 164
Figure 110: Rear view - 4PP220.0571-45 ....................................................................... 164
Figure 111: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP220.0571-45 ...................................... 168
Figure 112: Dimensions - 4PP220.0571-45 .................................................................... 168

Figure index
Figure 113: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 169
Figure 114: Front view - 4PP220.0571-65....................................................................... 170
Figure 115: Rear view - 4PP220.0571-65 ....................................................................... 170
Figure 116: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP220.0571-65 ...................................... 174
Figure 117: Dimensions - 4PP220.0571-65 .................................................................... 174
Figure 118: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 175
Figure 119: Front view - 4PP220.0571-85....................................................................... 176
Figure 120: Rear view - 4PP220.0571-85 ....................................................................... 176
Figure 121: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP220.0571-85 ...................................... 180
Figure 122: Dimensions - 4PP220.0571-85 .................................................................... 180
Figure 123: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 181
Figure 124: Front view - 4PP220.0571-A5 ...................................................................... 182
Figure 125: Rear view - 4PP220.0571-A5....................................................................... 182
Figure 126: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP220.0571-A5...................................... 186
Figure 127: Dimensions - 4PP220.0571-A5 .................................................................... 186
Figure 128: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 187
Figure 129: Front view - 4PP220.1043-75....................................................................... 188
Figure 130: Rear view - 4PP220.1043-75 ....................................................................... 188
Figure 131: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP220.1043-75 ...................................... 192
Figure 132: Dimensions - 4PP220.1043-75 .................................................................... 192
Figure 133: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 193
Figure 134: Front view - 4PP220.1043-B5 ...................................................................... 194
Figure 135: Rear view - 4PP220.1043-B5....................................................................... 194
Figure 136: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP220.1043-B5...................................... 198
Figure 137: Dimensions - 4PP220.1043-B5 .................................................................... 198
Figure 138: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 199
Figure 139: Front view - 4PP220.1505-75....................................................................... 200
Figure 140: Rear view - 4PP220.1505-75 ....................................................................... 200
Figure 141: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP220.1505-75 ...................................... 204

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 635

 Figure index

Figure 142: Dimensions - 4PP220.1505-75 .................................................................... 204

Figure 143: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 205
Figure 144: Front view - 4PP220.1505-B5 ...................................................................... 206
Figure 145: Rear view - 4PP220.1505-B5....................................................................... 206
Figure 146: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP220.1505-B5...................................... 210
Figure 147: Dimensions - 4PP220.1505-B5 .................................................................... 210
Figure 148: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 211
Figure 149: Front view - 4PP251.0571-45....................................................................... 212
Figure 150: Rear view - 4PP251.0571-45 ....................................................................... 212
Figure 151: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP251.0571-45 ...................................... 216
Figure 152: Dimensions - 4PP251.0571-45 .................................................................... 216
Figure 153: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 217
Figure 154: Front view - 4PP251.0571-65....................................................................... 218
Figure 155: Rear view - 4PP251.0571-65 ....................................................................... 218
Figure 156: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP251.0571-65 ...................................... 222
Figure 157: Dimensions - 4PP251.0571-65 .................................................................... 222
Figure 158: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 223
Figure 159: Front view - 4PP251.0571-85....................................................................... 224
Figure 160: Rear view - 4PP251.0571-85 ....................................................................... 224
Figure 161: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP251.0571-85 ...................................... 228
Figure 162: Dimensions - 4PP251.0571-85 .................................................................... 228
Figure 163: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 229
Figure 164: Front view - 4PP251.0571-A5 ...................................................................... 230
Figure 165: Rear view - 4PP251.0571-A5....................................................................... 230
Figure 166: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP251.0571-A5...................................... 234
Figure 167: Dimensions - 4PP251.0571-A5 .................................................................... 234
Figure 168: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 235
Figure 169: Front view - 4PP251.1043-75....................................................................... 236
Figure 170: Rear view - 4PP251.1043-75 ....................................................................... 236
Figure 171: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP251.1043-75 ...................................... 240
Figure 172: Dimensions - 4PP251.1043-75 .................................................................... 240
Figure 173: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 241
Figure 174: Front view - 4PP251.1043-B5 ...................................................................... 242
Figure 175: Rear view - 4PP251.1043-B5....................................................................... 242
Figure 176: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP251.1043-B5...................................... 246
Figure 177: Dimensions - 4PP251.1043-B5 .................................................................... 246
Figure 178: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 247
Figure 179: Front view - 4PP251.1505-75....................................................................... 248
Figure 180: Rear view - 4PP251.1505-75 ....................................................................... 248
Figure 181: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP251.1505-75 ...................................... 252
Figure 182: Dimensions - 4PP251.1505-75 .................................................................... 252
Figure 183: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 253
Figure 184: Front view - 4PP251.1505-B5 ...................................................................... 254
Figure 185: Rear view - 4PP251.1505-B5....................................................................... 254
Figure 186: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP251.1505-B5...................................... 258
Figure 187: Dimensions - 4PP251.1505-B5 .................................................................... 258
Figure 188: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 259

636 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Figure index

Figure 189: Front view - 4PP252.0571-45....................................................................... 260

Figure 190: Rear view - 4PP252.0571-45 ....................................................................... 260
Figure 191: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP252.0571-45 ...................................... 264
Figure 192: Dimensions - 4PP252.0571-45 .................................................................... 264
Figure 193: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 265
Figure 194: Front view - 4PP252.0571-65....................................................................... 266
Figure 195: Rear view - 4PP252.0571-65 ....................................................................... 266
Figure 196: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP252.0571-65 ...................................... 270
Figure 197: Dimensions - 4PP252.0571-65 .................................................................... 270
Figure 198: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 271
Figure 199: Front view - 4PP252.0571-85....................................................................... 272
Figure 200: Rear view - 4PP252.0571-85 ....................................................................... 272
Figure 201: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP252.0571-85 ...................................... 276
Figure 202: Dimensions - 4PP252.0571-85 .................................................................... 276
Figure 203: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 277
Figure 204: Front view - 4PP252.0571-A5 ...................................................................... 278
Figure 205: Rear view - 4PP252.0571-A5....................................................................... 278
Figure 206: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP252.0571-A5...................................... 282

Figure index
Figure 207: Dimensions - 4PP252.0571-A5 .................................................................... 282
Figure 208: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 283
Figure 209: Front view - 4PP252.1043-75....................................................................... 284
Figure 210: Rear view - 4PP252.1043-75 ....................................................................... 284
Figure 211: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP252.1043-75 ...................................... 288
Figure 212: Dimensions - 4PP252.1043-75 .................................................................... 288
Figure 213: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 289
Figure 214: Front view - 4PP252.1043-B5 ...................................................................... 290
Figure 215: Rear view - 4PP252.1043-B5....................................................................... 290
Figure 216: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP252.1043-B5...................................... 294
Figure 217: Dimensions - 4PP252.1043-B5 .................................................................... 294
Figure 218: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 295
Figure 219: Front view - 4PP280.1043-75....................................................................... 296
Figure 220: Rear view - 4PP280.1043-75 ....................................................................... 296
Figure 221: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP280.1043-75 ...................................... 300
Figure 222: Dimensions - 4PP280.1043-75 .................................................................... 300
Figure 223: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 301
Figure 224: Front view - 4PP280.1043-B5 ...................................................................... 302
Figure 225: Rear view - 4PP280.1043-B5....................................................................... 302
Figure 226: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP280.1043-B5...................................... 306
Figure 227: Dimensions - 4PP280.1043-B5 .................................................................... 306
Figure 228: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 307
Figure 229: Front view - 4PP280.1505-75....................................................................... 308
Figure 230: Rear view - 4PP280.1505-75 ....................................................................... 308
Figure 231: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP280.1505-75 ...................................... 312
Figure 232: Dimensions - 4PP280.1505-75 .................................................................... 312
Figure 233: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 313
Figure 234: Front view - 4PP280.1505-B5 ...................................................................... 314
Figure 235: Rear view - 4PP280.1505-B5....................................................................... 314

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 637

 Figure index

Figure 236: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP280.1505-B5...................................... 318

Figure 237: Dimensions - 4PP280.1505-B5 .................................................................... 318
Figure 238: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 319
Figure 239: Front view - 4PP281.1043-75....................................................................... 320
Figure 240: Rear view - 4PP281.1043-75 ....................................................................... 320
Figure 241: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP281.1043-75 ...................................... 324
Figure 242: Dimensions - 4PP281.1043-75 .................................................................... 324
Figure 243: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 325
Figure 244: Front view - 4PP281.1043-B5 ...................................................................... 326
Figure 245: Rear view - 4PP281.1043-B5....................................................................... 326
Figure 246: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP281.1043-B5...................................... 330
Figure 247: Dimensions - 4PP281.1043-B5 .................................................................... 330
Figure 248: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 331
Figure 249: Front view - 4PP281.1505-75....................................................................... 332
Figure 250: Rear view - 4PP281.1505-75 ....................................................................... 332
Figure 251: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP281.1505-75 ...................................... 336
Figure 252: Dimensions - 4PP281.1505-75 .................................................................... 336
Figure 253: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 337
Figure 254: Front view - 4PP281.1505-B5 ...................................................................... 338
Figure 255: Rear view - 4PP281.1505-B5....................................................................... 338
Figure 256: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP281.1505-B5...................................... 342
Figure 257: Dimensions - 4PP281.1505-B5 .................................................................... 342
Figure 258: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 343
Figure 259: Front view - 4PP282.1043-75....................................................................... 344
Figure 260: Rear view - 4PP282.1043-75 ....................................................................... 344
Figure 261: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP282.1043-75 ...................................... 348
Figure 262: Dimensions - 4PP282.1043-75 .................................................................... 348
Figure 263: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 349
Figure 264: Front view - 4PP282.1043-B5 ...................................................................... 350
Figure 265: Rear view - 4PP282.1043-B5....................................................................... 350
Figure 266: Temperature humidity diagram - 4PP282.1043-B5...................................... 354
Figure 267: Dimensions - 4PP282.1043-B5 .................................................................... 354
Figure 268: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 355
Figure 269: Supply voltage connection ........................................................................... 356
Figure 270: Grounding clip .............................................................................................. 357
Figure 271: USB port connection .................................................................................... 358
Figure 272: Mode / Node switches .................................................................................. 359
Figure 273: Ethernet connection ..................................................................................... 360
Figure 274: Reset button ................................................................................................. 361
Figure 275: CompactFlash slot........................................................................................ 361
Figure 276: Safety sticker................................................................................................ 362
Figure 277: Device label.................................................................................................. 362
Figure 278: Design / dimensions - Serial number sticker ................................................ 363
Figure 279: Front view - 5PP120.0571-27....................................................................... 364
Figure 280: Rear view - 5PP120.0571-27 ....................................................................... 364
Figure 281: Temperature humidity diagram - 5PP120.0571-27 ...................................... 368
Figure 282: Dimensions - 5PP120.0571-27 .................................................................... 368

638 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Figure index

Figure 283: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 369

Figure 284: Front view - 5PP120.1043-37....................................................................... 370
Figure 285: Rear view - 5PP120.1043-37 ....................................................................... 370
Figure 286: Temperature humidity diagram - 5PP120.1043-37 ...................................... 374
Figure 287: Dimensions - 5PP120.1043-37 .................................................................... 374
Figure 288: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 375
Figure 289: Front view - 5PP120.1043-37A .................................................................... 376
Figure 290: Rear view - 5PP120.1043-37A..................................................................... 376
Figure 291: Temperature humidity diagram - 5PP120.1043-37A.................................... 380
Figure 292: Dimensions - 5PP120.1043-37A .................................................................. 380
Figure 293: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 381
Figure 294: Front view - 5PP120.1214-37....................................................................... 382
Figure 295: Rear view - 5PP120.1214-37 ....................................................................... 382
Figure 296: Temperature humidity diagram - 5PP120.1214-37 ...................................... 386
Figure 297: Dimensions - 5PP120.1214-37 .................................................................... 386
Figure 298: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 387
Figure 299: Front view - 5PP120.1214-37A .................................................................... 388
Figure 300: Rear view - 5PP120.1214-37A..................................................................... 388

Figure index
Figure 301: Temperature humidity diagram - 5PP120.1214-37A.................................... 392
Figure 302: Dimensions - 5PP120.1214-37A .................................................................. 392
Figure 303: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 393
Figure 304: Front view - 5PP120.1505-37....................................................................... 394
Figure 305: Rear view - 5PP120.1505-37 ....................................................................... 394
Figure 306: Temperature humidity diagram - 5PP120.1505-37 ...................................... 398
Figure 307: Dimensions - 5PP120.1505-37 .................................................................... 398
Figure 308: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 399
Figure 309: Front view - 5PP120.1505-37A .................................................................... 400
Figure 310: Rear view - 5PP120.1505-37A..................................................................... 400
Figure 311: Temperature humidity diagram - 5PP120.1505-37A.................................... 404
Figure 312: Dimensions - 5PP120.1505-37A .................................................................. 404
Figure 313: Cutout dimensions........................................................................................ 405
Figure 314: Power Panel light / compact overview.......................................................... 406
Figure 315: Temperature humidity diagram - Power Panel 200 light - Monochrome LCD.....
410
Figure 316: Temperature humidity diagram - Power Panel 200 light - Color LCD .......... 410
Figure 317: Temperature humidity diagram - Power Panel 200 compact - Monochrome LCD
414
Figure 318: Temperature humidity diagram - Power Panel 200 compact - Color LCD ... 414
Figure 319: Temperature humidity diagram - Power Panel 251 light - Monochrome LCD.....
419
Figure 320: Temperature humidity diagram - Power Panel 251 light - Color LCD .......... 419
Figure 321: Temperature humidity diagram - Power Panel 251 compact - Monochrome LCD
423
Figure 322: Temperature humidity diagram - Power Panel 251 compact - Color LCD ... 423
Figure 323: Temperature humidity diagram - Power Panel 251 light - Monochrome LCD.....
428
Figure 324: Temperature humidity diagram - Power Panel 251 light - Color LCD .......... 428

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 639

 Figure index

Figure 325: Temperature humidity diagram - Power Panel 252 compact - Monochrome LCD
432
Figure 326: Temperature humidity diagram - Power Panel 252 compact - Color LCD ... 432
Figure 327: Retaining clip................................................................................................ 435
Figure 328: Space for air circulation................................................................................ 436
Figure 329: Example - Hardware number in the B&R Key Editor or in the B&R Control Center
439
Figure 330: Display - Keys and LEDs in the matrix ......................................................... 439
Figure 331: Hardware numbers - 5.7" device format - Vertical1 ..................................... 440
Figure 332: Hardware numbers - 5.7" device format - Horizontal2 ................................. 441
Figure 333: Hardware numbers - 10.4" device format - Horizontal1 ............................... 442
Figure 334: Hardware numbers - 10.4" device format - Vertical1 ................................... 443
Figure 335: Hardware numbers - 10.4" device format - Horizontal2 ............................... 444
Figure 336: Hardware numbers - 15" device format - Horizontal1 .................................. 445
Figure 337: Hardware numbers - 15" device format - Vertical1 ...................................... 446
Figure 338: Automation Runtime summary screen ......................................................... 453
Figure 339: Power Panel 100 as an intelligent visualization system ............................... 455
Figure 340: Power Panel 200 with Power Panel 100 terminals....................................... 456
Figure 341: Block diagram of SMC and Geode processor data communication............. 457
Figure 342: Watchdog events.......................................................................................... 458
Figure 343: BIOS summary screen for VGA, SVGA, XGA Power Panel devices ........... 460
Figure 344: BIOS summary screen for QVGA Power Panel devices .............................. 460
Figure 345: Press DEL for setup ..................................................................................... 460
Figure 346: BIOS setup main menu ................................................................................ 462
Figure 347: BIOS time menu ........................................................................................... 463
Figure 348: BIOS date menu........................................................................................... 464
Figure 349: BIOS motherboard device configuration menu ............................................ 465
Figure 350: BIOS drive configuration menu .................................................................... 465
Figure 351: BIOS super I/O configuration menu ............................................................. 467
Figure 352: BIOS video configuration menu.................................................................... 468
Figure 353: BIOS PCI configuration menu ...................................................................... 469
Figure 354: BIOS USB configuration menu..................................................................... 470
Figure 355: BIOS memory optimization menu................................................................. 471
Figure 356: Advanced BIOS features menu.................................................................... 473
Figure 357: BIOS special OEM features menu ............................................................... 475
Figure 358: BIOS device information menu..................................................................... 476
Figure 359: BIOS firmware configuration menu .............................................................. 478
Figure 360: BIOS restore CMOS values menu ............................................................... 479
Figure 361: BIOS load optimized defaults menu ............................................................. 480
Figure 362: BIOS load previous values menu ................................................................. 481
Figure 363: BIOS save values without exit menu............................................................ 481
Figure 364: BIOS exit without save menu ....................................................................... 482
Figure 365: BIOS save values and exit menu ................................................................. 483
Figure 366: BIOS setup main menu ................................................................................ 484
Figure 367: BIOS motherboard device configuration ...................................................... 485
Figure 368: BIOS real-time clock configuration ............................................................... 486
Figure 369: BIOS drive configuration menu .................................................................... 487

640 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Figure index

Figure 370: BIOS super I/O configuration menu ............................................................. 488

Figure 371: BIOS video configuration menu.................................................................... 489
Figure 372: BIOS PCI configuration menu ...................................................................... 490
Figure 373: BIOS USB configuration menu..................................................................... 491
Figure 374: BIOS memory optimization menu................................................................. 492
Figure 375: MC_MEM_CNTRL1 settings ........................................................................ 493
Figure 376: MC_MEM_CNTRL2 settings ........................................................................ 494
Figure 377: MC_SYNC_TIM1 settings ............................................................................ 495
Figure 378: Advanced BIOS features menu.................................................................... 496
Figure 379: BIOS special OEM features menu ............................................................... 497
Figure 380: BIOS device information menu..................................................................... 498
Figure 381: BIOS CF card information menu .................................................................. 498
Figure 382: BIOS interface information menu ................................................................. 499
Figure 383: BIOS miscellaneous values menu................................................................ 499
Figure 384: BIOS factory settings menu.......................................................................... 500
Figure 385: BIOS firmware configuration menu .............................................................. 501
Figure 386: BIOS restore CMOS values menu ............................................................... 502
Figure 387: BIOS load optimized defaults menu ............................................................. 502

Figure index
Figure 388: BIOS load previous values menu ................................................................. 503
Figure 389: BIOS save values without exit menu............................................................ 503
Figure 390: BIOS exit without save menu ....................................................................... 504
Figure 391: BIOS save values and exit menu ................................................................. 504
Figure 392: BIOS help menu ........................................................................................... 505
Figure 393: BIOS upgrade start menu............................................................................. 508
Figure 394: aPCI firmware upgrade start menu .............................................................. 510
Figure 395: User boot logo upgrade start menu.............................................................. 511
Figure 396: REMHOST communication model ............................................................... 513
Figure 397: Example of REMHOST.INI........................................................................... 515
Figure 398: REMHOST program start ............................................................................. 515
Figure 399: REMHOST pin assignment - Power Panel connection cable....................... 516
Figure 400: ADI Control Center screenshots - Examples (symbol photo)....................... 527
Figure 401: aPCI slot cover 4AC200.1000-00................................................................. 561
Figure 402: aPCI slot cover installation ........................................................................... 561
Figure 403: Legend strip templates ................................................................................. 562
Figure 404: Temperature humidity diagram - CompactFlash cards 5CFCRD.xxxx-03 ... 566
Figure 405: Dimensions - CompactFlash card Type I ..................................................... 567
Figure 406: Dimensions - CompactFlash card Type I ..................................................... 569
Figure 407: SanDisk white paper - Page 1...................................................................... 570
Figure 408: SanDisk white paper - Page 2...................................................................... 571
Figure 409: SanDisk white paper - Page 3...................................................................... 572
Figure 410: SanDisk white paper - Page 4...................................................................... 573
Figure 411: SanDisk white paper - Page 5...................................................................... 574
Figure 412: SanDisk white paper - Page 6...................................................................... 575
Figure 413: Temperature humidity diagram - USB flash drive - 5MMUSB.xxxx-00 ........ 580
Figure 414: Null modem cable 9A0017.0x ...................................................................... 582
Figure 415: Pin assignments - Null modem cable ........................................................... 583
Figure 416: HMI Drivers & Utilities DVD 5SWHMI.0000-00 ............................................ 584

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 641

 Figure index

Figure 417: Battery handling ........................................................................................... 591

Figure 418: Temperature humidity diagram - Elo Accu touch screen 5-wire................... 594
Figure 419: Temperature humidity diagram - 3M touch .................................................. 596
Figure 420: Temperature humidity diagram - Gunze touch............................................. 597
Figure 421: Viewing angles ............................................................................................. 600
Figure 422: Compatibility details - figure structure .......................................................... 603
Figure 423: Mounting compatibility - 5.7" device format - Horizontal1 ............................ 603
Figure 424: Mounting compatibility - 5.7" device format - Horizontal2 ............................ 604
Figure 425: Mounting compatibility - 5.7" device format - Vertical1 ................................ 604
Figure 426: Mounting compatibility - 10.4" device format - Horizontal1 .......................... 605
Figure 427: Mounting compatibility - 10.4" device format - Horizontal2 .......................... 605
Figure 428: Mounting compatibility - 10.4" device format - Vertical1 .............................. 606
Figure 429: Mounting compatibility - 12.1" device format - Horizontal1 .......................... 607
Figure 430: Mounting compatibility - 15" device format - Horizontal1 ............................. 608
Figure 431: Mounting compatibility - 15" device format - Vertical1 ................................. 608
Figure 432: B&R Key Editor screenshots Version 3.10 (representation picture)............. 609
Figure 433: ADI development kit screenshots (Version 3.10) ......................................... 611
Figure 434: ADI .NET SDK Screenshots (Version 1.50) ................................................. 613

642 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Table index

Table index

Table 1: Manual history ..................................................................................................... 23

Table 2: Environmentally-friendly separation of materials................................................. 31
Table 3: Organization of safety notices ............................................................................. 32
Table 4: Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime ........................................................ 33
Table 5: Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime ........................................................ 34
Table 6: Model numbers - Power Panel 100 with BIOS .................................................... 37
Table 7: Model numbers - Accessories ............................................................................. 38
Table 8: Model numbers - Software .................................................................................. 40
Table 9: Model numbers - Documentation ........................................................................ 41
Table 10: Pin assignments - COM ...................................................................................... 46
Table 11: Technical data for USB connection ..................................................................... 47
Table 12: Switch settings for the Mode / Node switch ........................................................ 48
Table 13: Status LEDs ........................................................................................................ 49
Table 14: Ethernet controller ............................................................................................... 49
Table 15: Status LEDs - Ethernet controller........................................................................ 50
Table 16: Technical data - 4PP120.0571-01....................................................................... 55
Table 17: Contents of delivery - 4PP120.0571-01 .............................................................. 59
Table 18: Technical data - 4PP120.0571-21....................................................................... 61
Table 19: Contents of delivery - 4PP120.0571-21 .............................................................. 65
Table 20: Technical data - 4PP120.1043-31....................................................................... 67
Table 21: Contents of delivery - 4PP120.1043-31 .............................................................. 71
Table 22: Technical data - 4PP120.1505-31....................................................................... 73
Table 23: Contents of delivery - 4PP120.1505-31 .............................................................. 77
Table 24: Technical data - 4PP151.0571-01....................................................................... 79
Table 25: Contents of delivery - 4PP151.0571-01 .............................................................. 83
Table 26: Technical data - 4PP151.0571-21....................................................................... 85

Table index
Table 27: Contents of delivery - 4PP151.0571-21 .............................................................. 89
Table 28: Technical data - 4PP120.1043-31....................................................................... 91
Table 29: Contents of delivery - 4PP151.1043-31 .............................................................. 95
Table 30: Technical data - 4PP151.1505-31....................................................................... 97
Table 31: Contents of delivery - 4PP151.1505-31 ............................................................ 101
Table 32: Technical data - 4PP152.0571-01..................................................................... 103
Table 33: Contents of delivery - 4PP152.0571-01 ............................................................ 107
Table 34: Technical data - 4PP152.0571-21..................................................................... 109
Table 35: Contents of delivery - 4PP152.0571-21 ............................................................ 113
Table 36: Technical data - 4PP152.1043-31..................................................................... 115
Table 37: Contents of delivery - 4PP152.1043-31 ............................................................ 119
Table 38: Technical data - 4PP180.1043-31..................................................................... 121
Table 39: Contents of delivery - 4PP180.1043-31 ............................................................ 125
Table 40: Technical data - 4PP180.1505-31..................................................................... 127
Table 41: Contents of delivery - 4PP180.1505-31 ............................................................ 131
Table 42: Technical data - 4PP181.1043-31..................................................................... 133
Table 43: Contents of delivery - 4PP181.1043-31 ............................................................ 137
Table 44: Technical data - 4PP181.1505-31..................................................................... 139
Table 45: Contents of delivery - 4PP181.1505-31 ............................................................ 143
Table 46: Technical data - 4PP182.1043-31..................................................................... 145
Table 47: Contents of delivery - 4PP182.1043-31 ............................................................ 149

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 643

 Table index

Table 48: Pin assignments - COM .................................................................................... 151

Table 49: Technical data for USB connection ................................................................... 152
Table 50: Switch settings for the Mode / Node switch ...................................................... 153
Table 51: Ethernet controller ............................................................................................. 154
Table 52: Status LEDs - Ethernet controller...................................................................... 155
Table 53: Technical data - 4PP210.0000-95..................................................................... 159
Table 54: Contents of delivery - 4PP210.0000-95 ............................................................ 163
Table 55: Technical data - 4PP220.0571-45..................................................................... 165
Table 56: Contents of delivery - 4PP220.0571-45 ............................................................ 169
Table 57: Technical data - 4PP220.0571-65..................................................................... 171
Table 58: Contents of delivery - 4PP220.0571-65 ............................................................ 175
Table 59: Technical data - 4PP220.0571-85..................................................................... 177
Table 60: Contents of delivery - 4PP220.0571-85 ............................................................ 181
Table 61: Technical data - 4PP220.0571-A5 .................................................................... 183
Table 62: Contents of delivery - 4PP220.0571-A5 ............................................................ 187
Table 63: Technical data - 4PP220.1043-75..................................................................... 189
Table 64: Contents of delivery - 4PP220.1043-75 ............................................................ 193
Table 65: Technical data - 4PP220.1043-B5 .................................................................... 195
Table 66: Contents of delivery - 4PP220.1043-B5 ............................................................ 199
Table 67: Technical data - 4PP220.1505-75..................................................................... 201
Table 68: Contents of delivery - 4PP220.1505-75 ............................................................ 205
Table 69: Technical data - 4PP220.1505-B5 .................................................................... 207
Table 70: Contents of delivery - 4PP220.1505-B5 ............................................................ 211
Table 71: Technical data - 4PP251.0571-45..................................................................... 213
Table 72: Contents of delivery - 4PP251.0571-45 ............................................................ 217
Table 73: Technical data - 4PP251.0571-65..................................................................... 219
Table 74: Contents of delivery - 4PP251.0571-65 ............................................................ 223
Table 75: Technical data - 4PP251.0571-85..................................................................... 225
Table 76: Contents of delivery - 4PP251.0571-85 ............................................................ 229
Table 77: Technical data - 4PP251.0571-A5 .................................................................... 231
Table 78: Contents of delivery - 4PP251.0571-A5 ............................................................ 235
Table 79: Technical data - 4PP251.1043-75..................................................................... 237
Table 80: Contents of delivery - 4PP251.1043-75 ............................................................ 241
Table 81: Technical data - 4PP251.1043-B5 .................................................................... 243
Table 82: Contents of delivery - 4PP251.1043-B5 ............................................................ 247
Table 83: Technical data - 4PP251.1505-75..................................................................... 249
Table 84: Contents of delivery - 4PP251.1505-75 ............................................................ 253
Table 85: Technical data - 4PP251.1505-B5 .................................................................... 255
Table 86: Contents of delivery - 4PP251.1505-B5 ............................................................ 259
Table 87: Technical data - 4PP252.0571-45..................................................................... 261
Table 88: Contents of delivery - 4PP252.0571-45 ............................................................ 265
Table 89: Technical data - 4PP252.0571-65..................................................................... 267
Table 90: Contents of delivery - 4PP252.0571-65 ............................................................ 271
Table 91: Technical data - 4PP252.0571-85..................................................................... 273
Table 92: Contents of delivery - 4PP252.0571-85 ............................................................ 277
Table 93: Technical data - 4PP252.0571-A5 .................................................................... 279
Table 94: Contents of delivery - 4PP252.0571-A5 ............................................................ 283

644 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Table index

Table 95: Technical data - 4PP252.1043-75..................................................................... 285

Table 96: Contents of delivery - 4PP252.1043-75 ............................................................ 289
Table 97: Technical data - 4PP252.1043-B5 .................................................................... 291
Table 98: Contents of delivery - 4PP252.1043-B5 ............................................................ 295
Table 99: Technical data - 4PP280.1043-75..................................................................... 297
Table 100: Contents of delivery - 4PP280.1043-75 ............................................................ 301
Table 101: Technical data - 4PP280.1043-B5 .................................................................... 303
Table 102: Contents of delivery - 4PP280.1043-B5 ............................................................ 307
Table 103: Technical data - 4PP280.1505-75..................................................................... 309
Table 104: Contents of delivery - 4PP280.1505-75 ............................................................ 313
Table 105: Technical data - 4PP280.1505-B5 .................................................................... 315
Table 106: Contents of delivery - 4PP280.1505-B5 ............................................................ 319
Table 107: Technical data - 4PP281.1043-75..................................................................... 321
Table 108: Contents of delivery - 4PP281.1043-75 ............................................................ 325
Table 109: Technical data - 4PP281.1043-B5 .................................................................... 327
Table 110: Contents of delivery - 4PP281.1043-B5 ............................................................ 331
Table 111: Technical data - 4PP281.1505-75..................................................................... 333
Table 112: Contents of delivery - 4PP281.1505-75 ............................................................ 337
Table 113: Technical data - 4PP281.1505-B5 .................................................................... 339
Table 114: Contents of delivery - 4PP281.1505-B5 ............................................................ 343
Table 115: Technical data - 4PP282.1043-75..................................................................... 345
Table 116: Contents of delivery - 4PP282.1043-75 ............................................................ 349
Table 117: Technical data - 4PP282.1043-B5 .................................................................... 351
Table 118: Contents of delivery - 4PP282.1043-B5 ............................................................ 355
Table 119: Pin assignments - COM .................................................................................... 357
Table 120: Technical data for USB connection ................................................................... 358

Table index
Table 121: Switch settings for the Mode / Node switch ...................................................... 359
Table 122: Status LEDs ...................................................................................................... 360
Table 123: Ethernet controller ............................................................................................. 360
Table 124: Status LEDs - Ethernet controller...................................................................... 361
Table 125: Technical data - 5PP120.0571-27..................................................................... 365
Table 126: Contents of delivery - 5PP120.0571-27 ............................................................ 369
Table 127: Technical data - 5PP120.1043-37..................................................................... 371
Table 128: Contents of delivery - 5PP120.1043-37 ............................................................ 375
Table 129: Technical data - 5PP120.1043-37A .................................................................. 377
Table 130: Contents of delivery - 5PP120.1043-37A .......................................................... 381
Table 131: Technical data - 5PP120.1214-37..................................................................... 383
Table 132: Contents of delivery - 5PP120.1214-37 ............................................................ 387
Table 133: Technical data - 5PP120.1214-37A .................................................................. 389
Table 134: Contents of delivery - 5PP120.1214-37A .......................................................... 393
Table 135: Technical data - 5PP120.1505-37..................................................................... 395
Table 136: Contents of delivery - 5PP120.1505-37 ............................................................ 399
Table 137: Technical data - 5PP120.1505-37A .................................................................. 401
Table 138: Contents of delivery - 5PP120.1505-37A .......................................................... 405
Table 139: Technical data - Power Panel 200 light............................................................. 407
Table 140: Technical data - Power Panel 200 compact...................................................... 411
Table 141: Contents of delivery - Power Panel 200 light / compact.................................... 415

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 645

 Table index

Table 142: Technical data - Power Panel 251 light............................................................. 416

Table 143: Technical data - Power Panel 251 compact...................................................... 420
Table 144: Contents of delivery - Power Panel 251 light / compact.................................... 424
Table 145: Technical data - Power Panel 252 light............................................................. 425
Table 146: Technical data - Power Panel 252 compact...................................................... 429
Table 147: Contents of delivery - Power Panel 252 light / compact.................................... 433
Table 148: Mounting orientation 0° ..................................................................................... 437
Table 149: Mounting orientation -45° and +45°. ................................................................. 438
Table 150: Automation Runtime summary screen .............................................................. 454
Table 151: Differences in the boot loader temperature alarm limits.................................... 458
Table 152: BIOS-relevant keys ........................................................................................... 461
Table 153: Overview of BIOS main menu functions ........................................................... 462
Table 154: BIOS motherboard device configuration menu ................................................. 465
Table 155: BIOS drive configuration menu ......................................................................... 466
Table 156: BIOS super I/O configuration menu .................................................................. 467
Table 157: BIOS video configuration menu ........................................................................ 468
Table 158: BIOS PCI configuration menu ........................................................................... 469
Table 159: BIOS USB configuration menu.......................................................................... 470
Table 160: BIOS memory optimization menu ..................................................................... 471
Table 161: Advanced BIOS features menu......................................................................... 473
Table 162: BIOS special functions menu ............................................................................ 475
Table 163: BIOS device information menu ......................................................................... 476
Table 164: BIOS firmware configuration menu ................................................................... 478
Table 165: Overview of BIOS main menu functions ........................................................... 484
Table 166: BIOS motherboard device configuration menu ................................................. 485
Table 167: BIOS real-time clock configuration menu .......................................................... 486
Table 168: BIOS drive configuration menu ......................................................................... 487
Table 169: BIOS super I/O configuration menu .................................................................. 489
Table 170: BIOS video configuration menu ........................................................................ 489
Table 171: BIOS PCI configuration menu ........................................................................... 491
Table 172: BIOS USB configuration menu.......................................................................... 491
Table 173: BIOS memory optimization menu ..................................................................... 492
Table 174: BIOS MC_MEM_CNTRL1 settings menu ......................................................... 493
Table 175: BIOS MC_MEM_CNTRL2 settings menu ......................................................... 494
Table 176: BIOS MC_SYNC_TIM1 settings menu ............................................................. 495
Table 177: Advanced BIOS features menu......................................................................... 496
Table 178: BIOS special functions menu ............................................................................ 497
Table 179: BIOS real-time clock configuration menu .......................................................... 498
Table 180: BIOS CF card information menu ....................................................................... 498
Table 181: BIOS interface information menu ...................................................................... 499
Table 182: BIOS miscellaneous values menu .................................................................... 500
Table 183: BIOS factory settings menu .............................................................................. 500
Table 184: BIOS firmware configuration menu ................................................................... 501
Table 185: BIOS upgrade menu description ....................................................................... 508
Table 186: aPCI firmware upgrade menu description ......................................................... 510
Table 187: User boot logo upgrade menu description ........................................................ 511
Table 188: Description of REMHOST.INI configuration options.......................................... 515

646 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Table index

Table 189: RAM address assignment ................................................................................. 517

Table 190: DMA channel assignment ................................................................................. 518
Table 191: I/O address assignment .................................................................................... 518
Table 192: Interrupt assignment ......................................................................................... 519
Table 193: Model numbers - Windows CE.......................................................................... 521
Table 194: Differences between the Windows CE versions (Pro - PropPlus)..................... 522
Table 195: Model numbers - Windows XP Embedded ....................................................... 524
Table 196: Device functions in Windows XP embedded with FP2007................................ 524
Table 197: Overview of standards ...................................................................................... 531
Table 198: Overview of limits and testing guidelines for emissions .................................... 533
Table 199: Test requirements - Network-related emissions for residential areas ............... 534
Table 200: Test requirements - Network-related emissions for industrial areas ................. 535
Table 201: : Test requirements - Electromagnetic emissions for residential areas............. 535
Table 202: : Test requirements - Electromagnetic emissions for industrial areas............... 536
Table 203: : Test requirement - harmonic currents for devices with an input current ≤ 16 A ....
536
Table 204: : Test requirements - Voltage fluctuations and flickering in low-voltage systems ≤
16 A................................................................................................................... 537
Table 205: : Test requirements - Voltage fluctuations and flickering in low-voltage systems ≤
75 A................................................................................................................... 537
Table 206: Overview of limits and testing guidelines for immunity...................................... 538
Table 207: Test requirements - Electrostatic discharge (ESD) ........................................... 539
Table 208: Test requirements - High-frequency electromagnetic fields (HF field) .............. 539
Table 209: Test requirements - High-speed transient electrical disturbances (burst) ......... 540
Table 210: Test requirements - Surge voltages .................................................................. 540
Table 211: Test requirements - Conducted disturbances ................................................... 540

Table index
Table 212: Test requirements - Magnetic fields with electrical frequencies ........................ 541
Table 213: Test requirements - Voltage dips, fluctuations, and short-term interruptions .... 541
Table 214: Test requirements - Damped vibration .............................................................. 542
Table 215: Overview of limits and testing guidelines for vibration....................................... 543
Table 216: Test requirements - Vibration during operation ................................................. 543
Table 217: Test requirements - Vibration during transport (packaged)............................... 544
Table 218: Test requirements - Shock during operation ..................................................... 544
Table 219: Test requirements - Shock during transport ...................................................... 544
Table 220: Test requirements - Toppling ............................................................................ 545
Table 221: Test requirements - Toppling ............................................................................ 545
Table 222: Overview of limits and testing guidelines for temperature and humidity ........... 546
Table 223: Test requirements - Worst case during operation ............................................. 546
Table 224: Test requirements - Dry heat ............................................................................ 546
Table 225: Test requirements - Dry cold ............................................................................. 546
Table 226: Test requirements - Large temperature fluctuations ......................................... 547
Table 227: Test requirements - Temperature fluctuations in operation............................... 547
Table 228: Test requirements - Humid heat, cyclic ............................................................. 547
Table 229: Test requirements - Humid heat, constant (storage)......................................... 547
Table 230: Test requirements - Sprayed water (front side)................................................. 548
Table 231: Overview of limits and testing guidelines for safety .......................................... 549
Table 232: Test requirements - Ground resistance............................................................. 549

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 647

 Table index

Table 233: Test requirements - Insulation resistance ......................................................... 550

Table 234: Test requirements - High voltage ...................................................................... 550
Table 235: Test requirements - Residual voltage ............................................................... 550
Table 236: Test requirements - Leakage current ................................................................ 551
Table 237: Test requirements - Overload ........................................................................... 551
Table 238: Test requirements - Defective component ........................................................ 551
Table 239: Test requirements - Voltage range.................................................................... 551
Table 240: Overview of limits and testing guidelines for other tests ................................... 552
Table 241: Test requirements - Impact resistance .............................................................. 552
Table 242: Test requirements - Protection .......................................................................... 552
Table 243: Test requirements - Degree of pollution ............................................................ 552
Table 244: International certifications ................................................................................. 553
Table 245: Model numbers - Accessories ........................................................................... 555
Table 246: Order data - Lithium batteries ........................................................................... 558
Table 247: Technical data - Lithium batteries ..................................................................... 558
Table 248: Order data - TB103 ........................................................................................... 559
Table 249: Technical data - TB103 ..................................................................................... 559
Table 250: Order data - Legend strip templates ................................................................. 563
Table 251: Order data - CompactFlash cards ..................................................................... 564
Table 252: Technical data - CompactFlash cards 5CFCRD.xxxx-03.................................. 565
Table 253: Order data - CompactFlash cards 5CFCRD.xxxx-02 ........................................ 568
Table 254: Technical data - CompactFlash cards 5CFCRD.xxxx-02.................................. 568
Table 255: Order data - CompactFlash cards 5CFCRD.0xxx-01........................................ 576
Table 256: Technical data - CompactFlash cards 5CFCRD.xxxx-01.................................. 576
Table 257: Order data - USB flash drives ........................................................................... 578
Table 258: Technical data - USB flash drive 5MMUSB.xxxx-00 ......................................... 579
Table 259: Model numbers - USB cables ........................................................................... 582
Table 260: Technical data - Null modem cable ................................................................... 582
Table 261: Model number - HMI Drivers & Utilities DVD..................................................... 584
Table 262: Maintenance work ............................................................................................. 589
Table 263: Meaning of battery status OK - Bad .................................................................. 590
Table 264: Technical data - Elo Accu touch screen 5-wire ................................................. 593
Table 265: 3M touch ........................................................................................................... 595
Table 266: Gunze touch ...................................................................................................... 596
Table 267: Chemical resistance of the décor foil ................................................................ 598
Table 268: Product abbreviations ....................................................................................... 601
Table 269: Device compatibility overview ........................................................................... 601

648 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Model number index

Model number index

0 4PP252.1043-75.................................36, 284
4PP252.1043-B5 ................................36, 290
0AC201.91......................................... 38, 558 4PP280.1043-75.................................36, 296
0TB103.9 ........................................... 38, 559 4PP280.1043-B5 ................................36, 302
0TB103.91 ......................................... 38, 559 4PP280.1505-75.................................36, 308
4PP280.1505-B5 ................................36, 314
4 4PP281.1043-75.................................36, 320
4PP281.1043-B5 ................................36, 326
4A0006.00-000 .................................. 38, 558 4PP281.1505-75.................................36, 332
4AC200.1000-00................................ 38, 561 4PP281.1505-B5 ................................36, 338
4PP120.0571-01.................................. 33, 54 4PP282.1043-75.................................37, 344
4PP120.0571-21.................................. 33, 60 4PP282.1043-B5 ................................37, 350
4PP120.1043-31.................................. 33, 66
4PP120.1505-31.................................. 33, 72 5
4PP151.0571-01.................................. 33, 78
4PP151.0571-21.................................. 33, 84 5AC900.057X-00 ................................38, 563
4PP151.1043-31.................................. 33, 90 5AC900.057X-01 ................................38, 563
4PP151.1505-31.................................. 33, 96 5AC900.104X-00 ................................38, 563
4PP152.0571-01................................ 33, 102 5AC900.104X-01 ................................38, 563
4PP152.0571-21................................ 33, 108 5AC900.104X-02 ................................38, 563
4PP152.1043-31................................ 33, 114 5AC900.150X-00 ................................38, 563
4PP180.1043-31................................ 34, 120 5CFCRD.0032-01...............................38, 576
4PP180.1505-31................................ 34, 126 5CFCRD.0032-02...............................38, 568
4PP181.1043-31................................ 34, 132 5CFCRD.0064-01...............................38, 576
4PP181.1505-31................................ 34, 138 5CFCRD.0064-02...............................38, 568
4PP182.1043-31................................ 34, 144 5CFCRD.0064-03...............................38, 564
4PP210.0000-95................................ 34, 158 5CFCRD.0128-01...............................38, 576
4PP220.0571-45................................ 34, 164 5CFCRD.0128-02...............................38, 568
4PP220.0571-65................................ 34, 170 5CFCRD.0128-03...............................39, 564
4PP220.0571-85................................ 34, 176 5CFCRD.0192-01...............................39, 576
4PP220.0571-A5 ............................... 34, 182 5CFCRD.0256-01...............................39, 576
4PP220.1043-75................................ 34, 188 5CFCRD.0256-02...............................39, 568
4PP220.1043-B5 ............................... 35, 194 5CFCRD.0256-03...............................39, 564
4PP220.1505-75................................ 35, 200 5CFCRD.0384-01...............................39, 576
4PP220.1505-B5 ............................... 35, 206 5CFCRD.0512-01...............................39, 576
4PP251.0571-45................................ 35, 212 5CFCRD.0512-02...............................39, 568
4PP251.0571-65................................ 35, 218 5CFCRD.0512-03...............................39, 564
4PP251.0571-85................................ 35, 224 5CFCRD.1024-02...............................39, 568
4PP251.0571-A5 ............................... 35, 230 5CFCRD.1024-03...............................39, 564
4PP251.1043-75................................ 35, 236 5CFCRD.2048-02...............................39, 568
4PP251.1043-B5 ............................... 35, 242 5CFCRD.2048-03...............................39, 564
Model number index

4PP251.1505-75................................ 35, 248 5CFCRD.4096-03...............................39, 564

4PP251.1505-B5 ............................... 35, 254 5CFCRD.8192-03...............................39, 564
4PP252.0571-45................................ 35, 260 5MMUSB.0128-00 ..............................39, 578
4PP252.0571-65................................ 35, 266 5MMUSB.0256-00 ..............................39, 578
4PP252.0571-85................................ 36, 272 5MMUSB.0512-00 ..............................39, 578
4PP252.0571-A5 ............................... 36, 278 5MMUSB.1024-00 ..............................39, 578

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 649

 Model number index

5MMUSB.2048-00 ............................. 40, 578 9A0017.01 ..........................................40, 582

5PP120.0571-27................................ 37, 364 9A0017.02 ..........................................40, 582
5PP120.1043-37................................ 37, 370 9S0001.13-010 ...................................40, 521
5PP120.1043-37A ............................. 37, 376 9S0001.13-020 ...................................40, 521
5PP120.1214-37................................ 37, 382 9S0001.16-020 ...................................40, 524
5PP120.1214-37A ............................. 37, 388 9S0001.17-020 ...................................40, 521
5PP120.1505-37................................ 37, 394 9S0001.25-020 ...................................40, 524
5PP120.1505-37A ............................. 37, 400 9S0001.29-020 ...................................40, 521
5SWHMI.0000-00 ...................... 40, 557, 584
5SWWCE.0517-ENG......................... 40, 521
5SWWCE.0617-ENG......................... 40,
M
521
5SWWXP.0417-ENG......................... 40, 524 MAPP100.200-ENG ................................... 41
MAPP100.200-GER ................................... 41
9
9A0013.01 ..................................................40

650 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Index

Index

Symbole CD-ROM .................................................. 616

CE mark ................................................... 616
.NET .........................................................624 Certifications ............................................ 553
CF card information ................................. 498
A Changing the battery ............................... 590
Cleaning agents ....................................... 589
Accessories .............................................555 Cleaning the touch screen ....................... 589
ACPI ........................................................615 CMOS ...................................................... 616
ADI ...........................................................527 CMOS backup ......................................... 517
.NET SDK .............................................613 Code ........................................................ 619
Development kit ....................................611 Coding ..................................................... 619
Advanced BIOS features .................473, 496 COM ........................................................ 616
Air circulation ...........................................436 COM interface ........................... 46, 151, 357
APC .........................................................615 COM1 ...................................................... 617
aPCI firmware upgrade disk ....................509 COM2 ...................................................... 617
API ...........................................................615 COM3 ...................................................... 617
Appendix A ..............................................593 CompactFlash ......................................... 617
Automation Device Interface ....................527 Calculating the lifespan ........................ 570
Automation Runtime ........................453, 615 Dimensions .................................. 567, 569
Summary screen ..................................453 General information .............................. 564
Order data ............................................ 564
Technical data .............................. 565, 568
B CompactFlash cards ................................ 568
B&R Automation Device Interface ...........527 CompactFlash slot ..................... 51, 155, 361
B&R Automation Runtime ........................616 Compatibility ID ....................................... 454
B&R Control Center .................................527 Control Center ......................................... 527
B&R Embedded OS Installer ...................523 Controller ................................................. 617
B&R Key Editor ........................................609 CPU ......................................................... 617
Battery handling .......................................591 CRT ......................................................... 617
BIOS ................................................459, 615 CTS ......................................................... 618
QVGA ...................................................484
Summary screen ..................................460 D
VGA, SVGA and XGA ..........................462
BIOS setup main menu ....................462, 484 Data buffering .......................................... 590
BIOS upgrade disk ...................................507 Date ......................................................... 464
Index

BIOS upgrade und utilities .......................506 DCD ......................................................... 618

Bit .............................................................615 Development kit ....................................... 611
Bit rate .....................................................615 Device ID ................................................. 454
Boot loader ..............................................454 Device information ........................... 476, 498
Bootstrap loader ......................................629 Device label ............................... 52, 156, 362
Byte ..........................................................616 Dial-up ..................................................... 618
Dimension standards ................................. 32
DIMM ....................................................... 618
C Disposal ..................................................... 31
Cache ......................................................616 Distribution of resources .......................... 517
CAN .........................................................616 DMA channel assignment .................... 518
I/O address assignment ....................... 518

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 651

 Index

Interrupt assignment .............................519 G

RAM address assignment ....................517
DMA .........................................................618 GB ........................................................... 621
Documentation ...........................................41 Gold foil capacitor ............................ 590, 591
DOTNET ..................................................624 Grounding clip ........................... 46, 151, 357
DRAM ......................................................618
Drive configuration ...........................465, 487 H
DSR .........................................................618
DTR .........................................................618 Handshake .............................................. 621
DVD .........................................................619 HDD ......................................................... 621
Holding torque ......................................... 166
E HW layer .................................................. 454

EDID ........................................................619 I
EDO-RAM ................................................619
EIDE ........................................................619 IDE ........................................................... 621
Embedded OS Installer ............................523 Interface ................................................... 621
EMC .........................................................619 Interface information ................................ 499
EPROM ....................................................619 IPC ........................................................... 622
ESD ...........................................................28 ISA ........................................................... 622
Electrical components with housing .......28 ISO .......................................................... 622
Electrical components without housing ..28
Individual components ............................29
Packaging ...............................................28
J
Proper handling ......................................28 Jumper ..................................................... 622
Ethernet ...................................................620
Ethernet connection ...................49, 154, 360
Ethernet POWERLINK .............................620 K
Exit without save ..............................482, 504
Keypad modules ...................................... 628

F L
Factory settings .......................................500
LCD ......................................................... 622
FDD .........................................................620
LED .......................................................... 623
Features .....................................................44
Lithium battery ......................................... 558
FIFO .........................................................620
Load optimized defaults ................... 480, 502
Filter glass ...............................................599
Load previous values ....................... 481, 503
Firmware ..................................................620
Locking time ............................................ 609
Firmware configuration ....................478, 501
LPT .......................................................... 623
Floppy ......................................................620
FPC ..........................................................621
FPD ..........................................................621 M
FTP ..........................................................621
MAC address ........................................... 454
Manual history ........................................... 23
MB ........................................................... 623
MC_MEM_CNTRL1 settings ................... 493

652 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50

 Index

MC_MEM_CNTRL2 settings ...................494 PCMCIA ................................................... 625

MC_SYNC_TIM1 settings ........................495 Phantomkeys ............................................. 26
Membrane ................................................598 PICMG ..................................................... 625
Memory optimization ........................470, 492 Pixel error ................................................ 450
Microprocessor ........................................623 PnP .......................................................... 625
MIPS ........................................................623 POH ......................................................... 626
Miscellaneous values ...............................499 POST ....................................................... 626
Mkey ........................................................623 Power Panel ............................................ 626
Mode/Node ..............................................454 Power Panel 100 with Automation Runtime ..
Mode/Node switch .....................48, 153, 359 45
Model numbers ..........................................33 Power Panel 100 with BIOS .................... 356
Accessories ............................................38 Power Panel 200 with Automation Runtime ..
Power Panel with Automation Runtime ..33 150
Power Panel with BIOS ..........................37 Power Panel light / compact .................... 406
Software .................................................40 POWERLINK ........................................... 626
Modem .....................................................623 PP21 ........................................................ 626
Motherboard ....................................623, 624 PP41 ........................................................ 626
Motherboard device configuration ...465, 485 pre calibration .......................................... 447
Mounting instructions ...............................435 Process variable ...................................... 626
Mounting orientation ................................437 PROFIBUS .............................................. 626
MTBF .......................................................624 PV ............................................................ 626
MTC .........................................................624
MTCX .......................................................624
Q
Multitasking ..............................................624
QVGA ...................................................... 626
N
R
Node ........................................................619
Null modem cable ....................................582 RAM ......................................................... 627
Real time ................................................. 619
O Real-time clock configuration .................. 486
REMHOST ............................................... 513
OEM .........................................................624 Configuration ........................................ 514
Onboard AR .............................................454 Connection cable ................................. 516
OPC .........................................................624 Program end ........................................ 516
Index

OPC server ..............................................625 Program start ....................................... 515

Operation information ..............................589 Requirements ....................................... 514
Over-temperature ....................................457 Reset button .............................. 50, 155, 361
Restore CMOS values ..................... 479, 502
Retaining clip ........................................... 435
P
ROM ........................................................ 627
Panel ........................................................625 RS232 ...................................................... 627
Panelware ................................................625 RS422 ...................................................... 627
PC card ....................................................625 RS485 ...................................................... 627
PCI ...........................................................625 RTS ......................................................... 627
PCI configuration .............................469, 490 RXD ......................................................... 628

Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50 653

 Index

S Touch screen calibration ......................... 447

Automation Runtime ............................. 447
Safety notices ............................................28 Visual Components .............................. 447
Environmentally-friendly disposal ...........31 Windows CE ......................................... 447
Installation ..............................................30 Windows XP embedded ....................... 447
Intended use ...........................................28 TXD ......................................................... 629
Operation ................................................30
Organization ...........................................32
Policy and procedures ............................29
U
Programs ................................................30 UART ....................................................... 629
Protection against electrostatic discharges UDMA ...................................................... 629
28 UPS ................................................. 629, 630
Touching electrical parts ........................30 USB ......................................................... 629
Transport and storage ............................29 USB configuration ............................ 470, 491
Viruses ...................................................30 USB flash drive ................................ 578, 581
Safety sticker ...................................156, 362 General information .............................. 578
Save values and exit ................................483 Order data ............................................ 578
Save values without exit ..................481, 503 Technical data ...................................... 579
SCADA ....................................................628 USB port .................................... 47, 152, 358
SDRAM ....................................................628 User boot logo upgrade disk .................... 511
Sequential Function Chart .......................628
Serial number sticker .................53, 157, 363
SFC ..........................................................628 V
SMC .........................................................457
VGA ......................................................... 630
SMC version ............................................454
Video and flat panel configuration ... 468, 489
Software reset ..........................................457
Viewing angles ........................................ 600
Special OEM features ......................475, 497
Visual Components ......................... 439, 630
SRAM ......................................................628
Voltage dips ............................................. 457
Standards ................................................531
Status LEDs ...............................49, 154, 360
Summary screen ......................................453 W
Super I/O configuration ....................467, 488
Supply voltage ...........................45, 150, 356 Watchdog ................................................ 457
Supply voltage connectors .......................559 Windows CE .................................... 521, 630
Switch ......................................................628 eMbedded OS Installer ........................ 523
System management controller, ..............457 General information .............................. 521
Installation ............................................ 522
Windows XP Embedded .......................... 524
T General information .............................. 524
Installation ............................................ 525
Task .........................................................628
TCP/IP .....................................................628
TFT display ..............................................629 X
Time .........................................................463
Torque .....................................................160 XGA ......................................................... 630
Touch screen ...................................593, 629 XML ......................................................... 630

654 Power Panel 100/200 User's Manual V 2.50